There are few places where TCP reads skb->skb_mstamp expecting
a value in usec unit.
skb->tstamp (aka skb->skb_mstamp) will soon store CLOCK_TAI nsec value.
Add tcp_skb_timestamp_us() to provide proper conversion when needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP pacing is either implemented in sch_fq or internally.
We have the goal of being able to offload pacing on the NICS.
TCP will soon provide per skb skb->tstamp as early departure time.
Like ETF in commit 25db26a913 ("net/sched: Introduce the ETF Qdisc")
we chose CLOCK_T as the clock base, so that TCP and pacers can share
a common clock, to get better RTT samples (without pacing artificially
inflating these samples).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current implementation, tls records are encrypted & transmitted
serially. Till the time the previously submitted user data is encrypted,
the implementation waits and on finish starts transmitting the record.
This approach of encrypt-one record at a time is inefficient when
asynchronous crypto accelerators are used. For each record, there are
overheads of interrupts, driver softIRQ scheduling etc. Also the crypto
accelerator sits idle most of time while an encrypted record's pages are
handed over to tcp stack for transmission.
This patch enables encryption of multiple records in parallel when an
async capable crypto accelerator is present in system. This is achieved
by allowing the user space application to send more data using sendmsg()
even while previously issued data is being processed by crypto
accelerator. This requires returning the control back to user space
application after submitting encryption request to accelerator. This
also means that zero-copy mode of encryption cannot be used with async
accelerator as we must be done with user space application buffer before
returning from sendmsg().
There can be multiple records in flight to/from the accelerator. Each of
the record is represented by 'struct tls_rec'. This is used to store the
memory pages for the record.
After the records are encrypted, they are added in a linked list called
tx_ready_list which contains encrypted tls records sorted as per tls
sequence number. The records from tx_ready_list are transmitted using a
newly introduced function called tls_tx_records(). The tx_ready_list is
polled for any record ready to be transmitted in sendmsg(), sendpage()
after initiating encryption of new tls records. This achieves parallel
encryption and transmission of records when async accelerator is
present.
There could be situation when crypto accelerator completes encryption
later than polling of tx_ready_list by sendmsg()/sendpage(). Therefore
we need a deferred work context to be able to transmit records from
tx_ready_list. The deferred work context gets scheduled if applications
are not sending much data through the socket. If the applications issue
sendmsg()/sendpage() in quick succession, then the scheduling of
tx_work_handler gets cancelled as the tx_ready_list would be polled from
application's context itself. This saves scheduling overhead of deferred
work.
The patch also brings some side benefit. We are able to get rid of the
concept of CLOSED record. This is because the records once closed are
either encrypted and then placed into tx_ready_list or if encryption
fails, the socket error is set. This simplifies the kernel tls
sendpath. However since tls_device.c is still using macros, accessory
functions for CLOSED records have been retained.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the device matching check in __fib_validate_source to a helper and
export it for use by netfilter modules. Code move only; no functional
change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All higher l4proto numbers are handled by the generic tracker; the
l4proto lookup function already returns generic one in case the l4proto
number exceeds max size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
l4 protocols are demuxed by l3num, l4num pair.
However, almost all l4 trackers are l3 agnostic.
Only exceptions are:
- gre, icmp (ipv4 only)
- icmpv6 (ipv6 only)
This commit gets rid of the l3 mapping, l4 trackers can now be looked up
by their IPPROTO_XXX value alone, which gets rid of the additional l3
indirection.
For icmp, ipcmp6 and gre, add a check on state->pf and
return -NF_ACCEPT in case we're asked to track e.g. icmpv6-in-ipv4,
this seems more fitting than using the generic tracker.
Additionally we can kill the 2nd l4proto definitions that were needed
for v4/v6 split -- they are now the same so we can use single l4proto
struct for each protocol, rather than two.
The EXPORT_SYMBOLs can be removed as all these object files are
part of nf_conntrack with no external references.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its unused, next patch will remove l4proto->l3proto number to simplify
l4 protocol demuxer lookup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
icmp(v6) are the only two layer four protocols that need the error()
callback (to handle icmp errors that are related to an established
connections, e.g. packet too big, port unreachable and the like).
Remove the error callback and handle these two special cases from the core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only two protocols need the ->error() function: icmp and icmpv6.
This is because icmp error mssages might be RELATED to an existing
connection (e.g. PMTUD, port unreachable and the like), and their
->error() handlers do this.
The error callback is already optional, so remove it for
udp and call them from ->packet() instead.
As the error() callback can call checksum functions that write to
skb->csum*, the const qualifier has to be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
->new() gets invoked after ->error() and before ->packet() if
a conntrack lookup has found no result for the tuple.
We can fold it into ->packet() -- the packet() implementations
can check if the conntrack is confirmed (new) or not
(already in hash).
If its unconfirmed, the conntrack isn't in the hash yet so current
skb created a new conntrack entry.
Only relevant side effect -- if packet() doesn't return NF_ACCEPT
but -NF_ACCEPT (or drop), while the conntrack was just created,
then the newly allocated conntrack is freed right away, rather than not
created in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_hook_state contains all the hook meta-information: netns, protocol family,
hook location, and so on.
Instead of only passing selected information, pass a pointer to entire
structure.
This will allow to merge the error and the packet handlers and remove
the ->new() function in followup patches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
According to ETSI TS 102 622 specification chapter 4.4 pipe identifier
is 7 bits long which allows for 128 unique pipe IDs. Because
NFC_HCI_MAX_PIPES is used as the number of pipes supported and not
as the max pipe ID, its value should be 128 instead of 127.
nfc_hci_recv_from_llc extracts pipe ID from packet header using
NFC_HCI_FRAGMENT(0x7F) mask which allows for pipe ID value of 127.
Same happens when NCI_HCP_MSG_GET_PIPE() is being used. With
pipes array having only 127 elements and pipe ID of 127 the OOB memory
access will result.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Suren Baghdasaryan <surenb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commonly, ethernet addresses are just using a policy of
{ .len = ETH_ALEN }
which leaves userspace free to send more data than it should,
which may hide bugs.
Introduce NLA_EXACT_LEN which checks for exact size, rejecting
the attribute if it's not exactly that length. Also add
NLA_EXACT_LEN_WARN which requires the minimum length and will
warn on longer attributes, for backward compatibility.
Use these to define NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR (new strict policy) and
NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR_COMPAT (compatible policy with warning);
these are used like this:
static const struct nla_policy <name>[...] = {
[NL_ATTR_NAME] = NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR,
...
};
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some situations some netlink attributes may be used for output
only (kernel->userspace) or may be reserved for future use. It's
then helpful to be able to prevent userspace from using them in
messages sent to the kernel, since they'd otherwise be ignored and
any future will become impossible if this happens.
Add NLA_REJECT to the policy which does nothing but reject (with
EINVAL) validation of any messages containing this attribute.
Allow for returning a specific extended ACK error message in the
validation_data pointer.
While at it clear up the documentation a bit - the NLA_BITFIELD32
documentation was added to the list of len field descriptions.
Also, use NL_SET_BAD_ATTR() in one place where it's open-coded.
The specific case I have in mind now is a shared nested attribute
containing request/response data, and it would be pointless and
potentially confusing to have userspace include response data in
the messages that actually contain a request.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When async support was added it needed to access the sk from the async
callback to report errors up the stack. The patch tried to use space
after the aead request struct by directly setting the reqsize field in
aead_request. This is an internal field that should not be used
outside the crypto APIs. It is used by the crypto code to define extra
space for private structures used in the crypto context. Users of the
API then use crypto_aead_reqsize() and add the returned amount of
bytes to the end of the request memory allocation before posting the
request to encrypt/decrypt APIs.
So this breaks (with general protection fault and KASAN error, if
enabled) because the request sent to decrypt is shorter than required
causing the crypto API out-of-bounds errors. Also it seems unlikely the
sk is even valid by the time it gets to the callback because of memset
in crypto layer.
Anyways, fix this by holding the sk in the skb->sk field when the
callback is set up and because the skb is already passed through to
the callback handler via void* we can access it in the handler. Then
in the handler we need to be careful to NULL the pointer again before
kfree_skb. I added comments on both the setup (in tls_do_decryption)
and when we clear it from the crypto callback handler
tls_decrypt_done(). After this selftests pass again and fixes KASAN
errors/warnings.
Fixes: 94524d8fc9 ("net/tls: Add support for async decryption of tls records")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vakul Garg <Vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release the committed transaction log from a work queue, moving
expensive synchronize_rcu out of the locked section and providing
opportunity to batch this.
On my test machine this cuts runtime of nft-test.py in half.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Splits unbind_set into destroy_set and unbinding operation.
Unbinding removes set from lists (so new transaction would not
find it anymore) but keeps memory allocated (so packet path continues
to work).
Rebind function is added to allow unrolling in case transaction
that wants to remove set is aborted.
Destroy function is added to free the memory, but this could occur
outside of transaction in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Adds a hook for programs of type BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR and
attach type BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR that is executed in the flow dissector
path. The BPF program is per-network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This contains key material in crypto_send_aes_gcm_128 and
crypto_recv_aes_gcm_128.
Introduce union tls_crypto_context, and replace the two identical
unions directly embedded in struct tls_context with it. We can then
use this union to clean up the memory in the new tls_ctx_free()
function.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new sock flag - SOCK_XDP. This will be used
for notifying the upper layer that XDP program is attached on the
lower socket, and requires for extra headroom.
TUN will be the first user.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
llc_sap_close() is called by llc_sap_put() which
could be called in BH context in llc_rcv(). We can't
block in BH.
There is no reason to block it here, kfree_rcu() should
be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.
The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.
This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib6_info reference in rt6_info is rcu protected. Add a helper
to extract prefsrc from and update cxgbi_check_route6 to use it.
Fixes: 0153167aeb ("net/ipv6: Remove rt6i_prefsrc")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree:
1) Remove duplicated include at the end of UDP conntrack, from Yue Haibing.
2) Restore conntrack dependency on xt_cluster, from Martin Willi.
3) Fix splat with GSO skbs from the checksum target, from Florian Westphal.
4) Rework ct timeout support, the template strategy to attach custom timeouts
is not correct since it will not work in conjunction with conntrack zones
and we have a possible free after use when removing the rule due to missing
refcounting. To fix these problems, do not use conntrack template at all
and set custom timeout on the already valid conntrack object. This
fix comes with a preparation patch to simplify timeout adjustment by
initializating the first position of the timeout array for all of the
existing trackers. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix missing dependency on from IPv4 chain NAT type, from Florian.
6) Release chain reference counter from the flush path, from Taehee Yoo.
7) After flushing an iptables ruleset, conntrack hooks are unregistered
and entries are left stale to be cleaned up by the timeout garbage
collector. No TCP tracking is done on established flows by this time.
If ruleset is reloaded, then hooks are registered again and TCP
tracking is restored, which considers packets to be invalid. Clear
window tracking to exercise TCP flow pickup from the middle given that
history is lost for us. Again from Florian.
8) Fix crash from netlink interface with CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMEOUT=y
and CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_TIMEOUT=n.
9) Broken CT target due to returning incorrect type from
ctnl_timeout_find_get().
10) Solve conntrack clash on NF_REPEAT verdicts too, from Michal Vaner.
11) Missing conversion of hashlimit sysctl interface to new API, from
Cong Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flower in_hw_count type to fixed-size u32 and dump it as
TCA_FLOWER_IN_HW_COUNT. This change is necessary to properly test shared
blocks and re-offload functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead, adjust __qdisc_enqueue_tail() such that HTB can use it
instead.
The only other caller of __qdisc_enqueue_tail() is
qdisc_enqueue_tail() so we can move the backlog and return value
handling (which HTB doesn't need/want) to the latter.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the conversion to fib6_info, rt6i_prefsrc has a single user that
reads the value and otherwise it is only set. The one reader can be
converted to use rt->from so rt6i_prefsrc can be removed, reducing
rt6_info by another 20 bytes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid use-after-free(s), use a refcount to keep track of the
usable references to any instantiated struct p9_req_t.
This commit adds p9_req_put(), p9_req_get() and p9_req_try_get() as
wrappers to kref_put(), kref_get() and kref_get_unless_zero().
These are used by the client and the transports to keep track of
valid requests' references.
p9_free_req() is added back and used as callback by kref_put().
Add SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU as it ensures that the memory freed by
kmem_cache_free() will not be reused for another type until the rcu
synchronisation period is over, so an address gotten under rcu read
lock is safe to inc_ref() without corrupting random memory while
the lock is held.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1535626341-20693-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Co-developed-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Bortoli <tomasbortoli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: syzbot+467050c1ce275af2a5b8@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Having a specific cache for the fcall allocations helps speed up
end-to-end latency.
The caches will automatically be merged if there are multiple caches
of items with the same size so we do not need to try to share a cache
between different clients of the same size.
Since the msize is negotiated with the server, only allocate the cache
after that negotiation has happened - previous allocations or
allocations of different sizes (e.g. zero-copy fcall) are made with
kmalloc directly.
Some figures on two beefy VMs with Connect-IB (sriov) / trans=rdma,
with ior running 32 processes in parallel doing small 32 bytes IOs:
- no alloc (4.18-rc7 request cache): 65.4k req/s
- non-power of two alloc, no patch: 61.6k req/s
- power of two alloc, no patch: 62.2k req/s
- non-power of two alloc, with patch: 64.7k req/s
- power of two alloc, with patch: 65.1k req/s
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1532943263-24378-2-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Acked-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
'msize' is often a power of two, or at least page-aligned, so avoiding
an overhead of two dozen bytes for each allocation will help the
allocator do its work and reduce memory fragmentation.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1533825236-22896-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Suggested-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Acked-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
get_target_net() will be used in follow-up patches in ipv{4,6} codepaths to
retrieve network namespaces based on network namespace identifiers. So
remove the static declaration and export in the rtnetlink header. Also,
rename it to rtnl_get_net_ns_capable() to make it obvious what this
function is doing.
Export rtnl_get_net_ns_capable() so it can be used when ipv6 is built as
a module.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardwares have limitations on the packets' type in AMSDU.
Add an optional driver callback to determine if two skbs can
be used in the same AMSDU or not.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may have AMSDU size limitation per TID, due to
HW constrains. Add an option to set this limit.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have a TXQ abstraction for non-data packets that need
powersave buffering. Since the AP cannot sleep, in case
of station we can use this TXQ for all management frames,
regardless if they are bufferable. Add HW flag to allow
that.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For certain sounding frames, it may be useful to report them
to userspace even though they don't have a PSDU in order to
determine the PHY parameters (e.g. VHT rate/stream config.)
Add support for this to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rekeying PTK keys without "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed
Frames" did use a procedure not suitable to replace in-use keys and
could caused the following issues:
1) Freeze caused by incoming frames:
If the local STA installed the key prior to the remote STA we still
had the old key active in the hardware when mac80211 switched over
to the new key.
Therefore there was a window where the card could hand over frames
decoded with the old key to mac80211 and bump the new PN (IV) value
to an incorrect high number. When it happened the local replay
detection silently started to drop all frames sent with the new key.
2) Freeze caused by outgoing frames:
If mac80211 was providing the PN (IV) and handed over a clear text
frame for encryption to the hardware prior to a key change the
driver/card could have processed the queued frame after switching
to the new key. This bumped the PN value on the remote STA to an
incorrect high number, tricking the remote STA to discard all frames
we sent later.
3) Freeze caused by RX aggregation reorder buffer:
An aggregation session started with the old key and ending after the
switch to the new key also bumped the PN to an incorrect high number,
freezing the connection quite similar to 1).
4) Freeze caused by repeating lost frames in an aggregation session:
A driver could repeat a lost frame and encrypt it with the new key
while in a TX aggregation session without updating the PN for the
new key. This also could freeze connections similar to 2).
5) Clear text leak:
Removing encryption offload from the card cleared the encryption
offload flag only after the card had deleted the key and we did not
stop TX during the rekey. The driver/card could therefore get
unencrypted frames from mac80211 while no longer be instructed to
encrypt them.
To prevent those issues the key install logic has been changed:
- Mac80211 divers known to be able to rekey PTK0 keys have to set
@NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
- mac80211 stops queuing frames depending on the key during the replace
- the key is first replaced in the hardware and after that in mac80211
- and mac80211 stops/blocks new aggregation sessions during the rekey.
For drivers not setting
@NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 the user space must avoid PTK
rekeys if "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed Frames" is not
being used. Rekeys for mac80211 drivers without this flag will generate a
warning and use an extra call to ieee80211_flush_queues() to both
highlight and try to prevent the issues with not updated drivers.
The core of the fix changes the key install procedure from:
- atomic switch over to the new key in mac80211
- remove the old key in the hardware (stops encryption offloading, fall
back to software encryption with a potential clear text packet leak
in between)
- delete the inactive old key in mac80211
- enable hardware encryption offloading for the new key
to:
- if it's a PTK mark the old key as tainted to drop TX frames with the
outgoing key
- replace the key in hardware with the new one
- atomic switch over to the new (not marked as tainted) key in
mac80211 (which also resumes TX)
- delete the inactive old key in mac80211
With the new sequence the hardware will be unable to decrypt frames
encrypted with the old key prior to switching to the new key in mac80211
and thus prevent PNs from packets decrypted with the old key to be
accounted against the new key.
For that to work the drivers have to provide a clear boundary.
Mac80211 drivers setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 confirm
to provide it and mac80211 will then be able to correctly rekey in-use
PTK keys with those drivers.
The mac80211 requirements for drivers to set the flag have been added to
the "Hardware crypto acceleration" documentation section. It drills down
to:
The drivers must not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
mac80211 once the call to set_key() with %DISABLE_KEY has been
completed. It's allowed to either drop or continue to use the old key
for any outgoing frames which are already in the queues, but it must not
send out any of them unencrypted or encrypted with the new key.
Even with the new boundary in place aggregation sessions with the
reorder buffer are problematic:
RX aggregation session started prior and completed after the rekey could
still dump frames received with the old key at mac80211 after it
switched over to the new key. This is side stepped by stopping all (RX
and TX) aggregation sessions when replacing a PTK key and hardware key
offloading.
Stopping TX aggregation sessions avoids the need to get
the PNs (IVs) updated in frames prepared for the old key and
(re)transmitted after the switch to the new key. As a bonus it improves
the compatibility when the remote STA is not handling rekeys as it
should.
When using software crypto aggregation sessions are not stopped.
Mac80211 won't be able to decode the dangerous frames and discard them
without special handling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[trim overly long rekey warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As before with HE, the data needs to be provided by the
driver in the skb head, since there's not enough space
in the skb CB.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default skb_pacing_shift
by storing it in the hardware struct.
Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org>
[adjust commit log, move & adjust comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on whether or not rate control supports selecting
rates depending on the bandwidth, we can use VHT extended
NSS support. In essence, this is dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable
from the spec, since depending on that we'll need to parse
the bandwidth.
If needed, also set/clear the VHT Capability Element bit for
this capability so that we don't advertise it erroneously or
don't advertise it when we actually use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Same as for HT and VHT.
This helps the lower level to know whether the AP supports HE.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may want to also use the TXQ abstraction with
non-data packets that need powersave buffering, so add a
hardware flag to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* various A-MSDU building fixes (currently only affects mt76)
* syzkaller & spectre fixes in hwsim
* TXQ vs. teardown fix that was causing crashes
* embed WMM info in reg rule, bad code here had been causing crashes
* one compilation issue with fix from Arnd (rfkill-gpio includes)
* fixes for a race and bad data during/after channel switch
* nl80211: a validation fix, attribute type & unit fixes
along with other small fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=lLBA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-09-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here are quite a large number of fixes, notably:
* various A-MSDU building fixes (currently only affects mt76)
* syzkaller & spectre fixes in hwsim
* TXQ vs. teardown fix that was causing crashes
* embed WMM info in reg rule, bad code here had been causing crashes
* one compilation issue with fix from Arnd (rfkill-gpio includes)
* fixes for a race and bad data during/after channel switch
* nl80211: a validation fix, attribute type & unit fixes
along with other small fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tls records are decrypted using asynchronous acclerators such as
NXP CAAM engine, the crypto apis return -EINPROGRESS. Presently, on
getting -EINPROGRESS, the tls record processing stops till the time the
crypto accelerator finishes off and returns the result. This incurs a
context switch and is not an efficient way of accessing the crypto
accelerators. Crypto accelerators work efficient when they are queued
with multiple crypto jobs without having to wait for the previous ones
to complete.
The patch submits multiple crypto requests without having to wait for
for previous ones to complete. This has been implemented for records
which are decrypted in zero-copy mode. At the end of recvmsg(), we wait
for all the asynchronous decryption requests to complete.
The references to records which have been sent for async decryption are
dropped. For cases where record decryption is not possible in zero-copy
mode, asynchronous decryption is not used and we wait for decryption
crypto api to complete.
For crypto requests executing in async fashion, the memory for
aead_request, sglists and skb etc is freed from the decryption
completion handler. The decryption completion handler wakesup the
sleeping user context when recvmsg() flags that it has done sending
all the decryption requests and there are no more decryption requests
pending to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 331a9295de ("net: sched: act: add extack for lookup callback").
This extack is never used after 6 months... In fact, it can be just
set in the caller, right after ->lookup().
Cc: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add AF_XDP zero-copy support for i40e driver (!), from Björn and Magnus.
2) BPF verifier improvements by giving each register its own liveness
chain which allows to simplify and getting rid of skip_callee() logic,
from Edward.
3) Add bpf fs pretty print support for percpu arraymap, percpu hashmap
and percpu lru hashmap. Also add generic percpu formatted print on
bpftool so the same can be dumped there, from Yonghong.
4) Add bpf_{set,get}sockopt() helper support for TCP_SAVE_SYN and
TCP_SAVED_SYN options to allow reflection of tos/tclass from received
SYN packet, from Nikita.
5) Misc improvements to the BPF sockmap test cases in terms of cgroup v2
interaction and removal of incorrect shutdown() calls, from John.
6) Few cleanups in xdp_umem_assign_dev() and xdpsock samples, from Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit gets rid of the structure xdp_umem_props. It was there to
be able to break a dependency at one point, but this is no longer
needed. The values in the struct are instead stored directly in the
xdp_umem structure. This simplifies the xsk code as well as af_xdp
zero-copy drivers and as a bonus gets rid of one internal header file.
The i40e driver is also adapted to the new interface in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
* new channels in 60 GHz
* clarify (average) ACK signal reporting API
* expose ieee80211_send_layer2_update() for all drivers
* start/stop mac80211's TXQs properly when required
* avoid regulatory restore with IE ignoring
* spelling: contidion -> condition
* fully implement WFA Multi-AP backhaul
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BW1J
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few changes at this point:
* new channels in 60 GHz
* clarify (average) ACK signal reporting API
* expose ieee80211_send_layer2_update() for all drivers
* start/stop mac80211's TXQs properly when required
* avoid regulatory restore with IE ignoring
* spelling: contidion -> condition
* fully implement WFA Multi-AP backhaul
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_err_attr() sets netlink_ext_ack::bad_attr which is a pointer to const
struct nlattr so make the attr argument also const.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the xdp_umem_get_{data,dma} functions to include/net/xdp_sock.h,
so that the upcoming zero-copy implementation in the Ethernet drivers
can utilize them.
Also, supply some dummy function implementations for
CONFIG_XDP_SOCKETS=n configs.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Export __xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model as xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model,
so it can be used from netdev drivers. Also, add additional checks for
the memory type.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This commit adds proper MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY support for
convert_to_xdp_frame. Converting a MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY xdp_buff to an
xdp_frame is done by transforming the MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY buffer into a
MEM_TYPE_PAGE_ORDER0 frame. This is costly, and in the future it might
make sense to implement a more sophisticated thread-safe alloc/free
scheme for MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY, so that no allocation and copy is
required in the fast-path.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Using a private template is problematic:
1. We can't assign both a zone and a timeout policy
(zone assigns a conntrack template, so we hit problem 1)
2. Using a template needs to take care of ct refcount, else we'll
eventually free the private template due to ->use underflow.
This patch reworks template policy to instead work with existing conntrack.
As long as such conntrack has not yet been placed into the hash table
(unconfirmed) we can still add the timeout extension.
The only caveat is that we now need to update/correct ct->timeout to
reflect the initial/new state, otherwise the conntrack entry retains the
default 'new' timeout.
Side effect of this change is that setting the policy must
now occur from chains that are evaluated *after* the conntrack lookup
has taken place.
No released kernel contains the timeout policy feature yet, so this change
should be ok.
Changes since v2:
- don't handle 'ct is confirmed case'
- after previous patch, no need to special-case tcp/dccp/sctp timeout
anymore
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are no more users left of the p9_idpool; delete it.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-7-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Replace the custom batch allocation with a slab. Use an IDR to store
pointers to the active requests instead of an array. We don't try to
handle P9_NOTAG specially; the IDR will happily shrink all the way back
once the TVERSION call has completed.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-6-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
The current support in the 60GHz band is for channels 1-4.
Add support for channels 5 and 6.
This requires enlarging ieee80211_channel.center_freq from u16 to u32.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes, it is required to stop the transmissions momentarily and
resume it later; stopping the txqs becomes very critical in scenarios where
the packet transmission has to be ceased completely. For example, during
the hardware restart, during off channel operations,
when initiating CSA(upon detecting a radar on the DFS channel), etc.
The TX queue stop/start logic in mac80211 works well in stopping the TX
when drivers make use of netdev queues, i.e, when Qdiscs in network layer
take care of traffic scheduling. Since the devices implementing
wake_tx_queue can run without Qdiscs, packets will be handed to mac80211
directly without queueing them in the netdev queues.
Also, mac80211 does not invoke any of the
netif_stop_*/netif_wake_* APIs if wake_tx_queue is implemented.
Since the queues are not stopped in this case, transmissions can continue
and this will impact negatively on the operation of the wireless device.
For example,
During hardware restart, we stop the netdev queues so that packets are
not sent to the driver. Since ath10k implements wake_tx_queue,
TX queues will not be stopped and packets might reach the hardware while
it is restarting; this can make hardware unresponsive and the only
possible option for recovery is to reboot the entire system.
There is another problem to this, it is observed that the packets
were sent on the DFS channel for a prolonged duration after radar
detection impacting the channel closing time.
We can still invoke netif stop/wake APIs when wake_tx_queue is implemented
but this could lead to packet drops in network layer; adding stop/start
logic for software TXQs in mac80211 instead makes more sense; the change
proposed adds the same in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make ieee80211_send_layer2_update() a common function so other drivers
can re-use it.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make wmm_rule be part of the reg_rule structure. This simplifies the
code a lot at the cost of having bigger memory usage. However in most
cases we have only few reg_rule's and when we do have many like in
iwlwifi we do not save memory as it allocates a separate wmm_rule for
each channel anyway.
This also fixes a bug reported in various places where somewhere the
pointers were corrupted and we ended up doing a null-dereference.
Fixes: 230ebaa189 ("cfg80211: read wmm rules from regulatory database")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[rephrase commit message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ICE, E1000, IGB, IXGBE, and I40E bug fixes from the Intel folks.
2) Better fix for AB-BA deadlock in packet scheduler code, from Cong
Wang.
3) bpf sockmap fixes (zero sized key handling, etc.) from Daniel
Borkmann.
4) Send zero IPID in TCP resets and SYN-RECV state ACKs, to prevent
attackers using it as a side-channel. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Memory leak in mediatek bluetooth driver, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
6) Hook up rt->dst.input of ipv6 anycast routes properly, from Hangbin
Liu.
7) hns and hns3 bug fixes from Huazhong Tan.
8) Fix RIF leak in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
9) iova range check fix in vhost, from Jason Wang.
10) Fix hang in do_tcp_sendpages() with tls, from John Fastabend.
11) More r8152 chips need to disable RX aggregation, from Kai-Heng Feng.
12) Memory exposure in TCA_U32_SEL handling, from Kees Cook.
13) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Kevin Yang.
14) hv_netvsc, ignore non-PCI devices, from Stephen Hemminger.
15) qed driver fixes from Tomer Tayar.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (77 commits)
net: sched: Fix memory exposure from short TCA_U32_SEL
qed: fix spelling mistake "comparsion" -> "comparison"
vhost: correctly check the iova range when waking virtqueue
qlge: Fix netdev features configuration.
net: macb: do not disable MDIO bus at open/close time
Revert "net: stmmac: fix build failure due to missing COMMON_CLK dependency"
net: macb: Fix regression breaking non-MDIO fixed-link PHYs
mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Do not leak RIFs when removing bridge
i40e: fix condition of WARN_ONCE for stat strings
i40e: Fix for Tx timeouts when interface is brought up if DCB is enabled
ixgbe: fix driver behaviour after issuing VFLR
ixgbe: Prevent unsupported configurations with XDP
ixgbe: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL
igb: Replace mdelay() with msleep() in igb_integrated_phy_loopback()
igb: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL in igb_sw_init()
igb: Use an advanced ctx descriptor for launchtime
e1000: ensure to free old tx/rx rings in set_ringparam()
e1000: check on netif_running() before calling e1000_up()
ixgb: use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of allocator/memset
ice: Trivial formatting fixes
...
The new tcf_exts_for_each_action() macro doesn't reference its
arguments when CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is disabled, which leads to
a harmless warning in at least one driver:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.c: In function 'tc_fill_actions':
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.c:64:6: error: unused variable 'i' [-Werror=unused-variable]
Adding a cast to void lets us avoid this kind of warning.
To be on the safe side, do it for all three arguments, not
just the one that caused the warning.
Fixes: 244cd96adb ("net_sched: remove list_head from tc_action")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core signal handling updates from Eric Biederman:
"It was observed that a periodic timer in combination with a
sufficiently expensive fork could prevent fork from every completing.
This contains the changes to remove the need for that restart.
This set of changes is split into several parts:
- The first part makes PIDTYPE_TGID a proper pid type instead
something only for very special cases. The part starts using
PIDTYPE_TGID enough so that in __send_signal where signals are
actually delivered we know if the signal is being sent to a a group
of processes or just a single process.
- With that prep work out of the way the logic in fork is modified so
that fork logically makes signals received while it is running
appear to be received after the fork completes"
* 'siginfo-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (22 commits)
signal: Don't send signals to tasks that don't exist
signal: Don't restart fork when signals come in.
fork: Have new threads join on-going signal group stops
fork: Skip setting TIF_SIGPENDING in ptrace_init_task
signal: Add calculate_sigpending()
fork: Unconditionally exit if a fatal signal is pending
fork: Move and describe why the code examines PIDNS_ADDING
signal: Push pid type down into complete_signal.
signal: Push pid type down into __send_signal
signal: Push pid type down into send_signal
signal: Pass pid type into do_send_sig_info
signal: Pass pid type into send_sigio_to_task & send_sigurg_to_task
signal: Pass pid type into group_send_sig_info
signal: Pass pid and pid type into send_sigqueue
posix-timers: Noralize good_sigevent
signal: Use PIDTYPE_TGID to clearly store where file signals will be sent
pid: Implement PIDTYPE_TGID
pids: Move the pgrp and session pid pointers from task_struct to signal_struct
kvm: Don't open code task_pid in kvm_vcpu_ioctl
pids: Compute task_tgid using signal->leader_pid
...
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_check() is replaced by tcf_idr_check_alloc(),
and __tcf_idr_check() now can be folded into tcf_idr_search().
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ops->delete() wants is getting the tn->idrinfo, but we already
have tc_action before calling ops->delete(), and tc_action has
a pointer ->idrinfo.
More importantly, each type of action does the same thing, that is,
just calling tcf_idr_delete_index().
So it can be just removed.
Fixes: b409074e66 ("net: sched: add 'delete' function to action ops")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix races in IPVS, from Tan Hu.
2) Missing unbind in matchall classifier, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Missing act_ife action release, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Cure lockdep splats in ila, from Cong Wang.
5) veth queue leak on link delete, from Toshiaki Makita.
6) Disable isdn's IIOCDBGVAR ioctl, it exposes kernel addresses. From
Kees Cook.
7) RCU usage fixup in XDP, from Tariq Toukan.
8) Two TCP ULP fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
9) r8169 needs REALTEK_PHY as a Kconfig dependency, from Heiner
Kallweit.
10) Always take tcf_lock with BH disabled, otherwise we can deadlock
with rate estimator code paths. From Vlad Buslov.
11) Don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e r8169 chips, they don't resume properly.
From Jian-Hong Pan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (41 commits)
ip6_vti: fix creating fallback tunnel device for vti6
ip_vti: fix a null pointer deferrence when create vti fallback tunnel
r8169: don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e
net: lan743x_ptp: convert to ktime_get_clocktai_ts64
net: sched: always disable bh when taking tcf_lock
ip6_vti: simplify stats handling in vti6_xmit
bpf: fix redirect to map under tail calls
r8169: add missing Kconfig dependency
tools/bpf: fix bpf selftest test_cgroup_storage failure
bpf, sockmap: fix sock_map_ctx_update_elem race with exist/noexist
bpf, sockmap: fix map elem deletion race with smap_stop_sock
bpf, sockmap: fix leakage of smap_psock_map_entry
tcp, ulp: fix leftover icsk_ulp_ops preventing sock from reattach
tcp, ulp: add alias for all ulp modules
bpf: fix a rcu usage warning in bpf_prog_array_copy_core()
samples/bpf: all XDP samples should unload xdp/bpf prog on SIGTERM
net/xdp: Fix suspicious RCU usage warning
net/mlx5e: Delete unneeded function argument
Documentation: networking: ti-cpsw: correct cbs parameters for Eth1 100Mb
isdn: Disable IIOCDBGVAR
...
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-08-18
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix a BPF selftest failure in test_cgroup_storage due to rlimit
restrictions, from Yonghong.
2) Fix a suspicious RCU rcu_dereference_check() warning triggered
from removing a device's XDP memory allocator by using the correct
rhashtable lookup function, from Tariq.
3) A batch of BPF sockmap and ULP fixes mainly fixing leaks and races
as well as enforcing module aliases for ULPs. Another fix for BPF
map redirect to make them work again with tail calls, from Daniel.
4) Fix XDP BPF samples to unload their programs upon SIGTERM, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tag is the same as 9p-for-4.19 without the two MAINTAINERS patches
Contains mostly fixes (6 to be backported to stable) and a few changes,
here is the breakdown:
* Rework how fids are attributed by replacing some custom tracking in a
list by an idr (f28cdf0430)
* For packet-based transports (virtio/rdma) validate that the packet
length matches what the header says (f984579a01)
* A few race condition fixes found by syzkaller (9f476d7c54,
430ac66eb4)
* Missing argument check when NULL device is passed in sys_mount
(10aa14527f)
* A few virtio fixes (23cba9cbde, 31934da810, d28c756cae)
* Some spelling and style fixes
----------------------------------------------------------------
Chirantan Ekbote (1):
9p/net: Fix zero-copy path in the 9p virtio transport
Colin Ian King (1):
fs/9p/v9fs.c: fix spelling mistake "Uknown" -> "Unknown"
Jean-Philippe Brucker (1):
net/9p: fix error path of p9_virtio_probe
Matthew Wilcox (4):
9p: Fix comment on smp_wmb
9p: Change p9_fid_create calling convention
9p: Replace the fidlist with an IDR
9p: Embed wait_queue_head into p9_req_t
Souptick Joarder (1):
fs/9p/vfs_file.c: use new return type vm_fault_t
Stephen Hemminger (1):
9p: fix whitespace issues
Tomas Bortoli (5):
net/9p/client.c: version pointer uninitialized
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race-condition by flushing workqueue before the kfree()
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race by holding the lock
9p: validate PDU length
9p: fix multiple NULL-pointer-dereferences
jiangyiwen (2):
net/9p/virtio: Fix hard lockup in req_done
9p/virtio: fix off-by-one error in sg list bounds check
piaojun (5):
net/9p/client.c: add missing '\n' at the end of p9_debug()
9p/net/protocol.c: return -ENOMEM when kmalloc() failed
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: fix some spell mistakes in comments
fs/9p/xattr.c: catch the error of p9_client_clunk when setting xattr failed
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: add null terminal for mount tag
fs/9p/v9fs.c | 2 +-
fs/9p/vfs_file.c | 2 +-
fs/9p/xattr.c | 6 ++++--
include/net/9p/client.h | 11 ++++-------
net/9p/client.c | 119 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------------------------------------------------
net/9p/protocol.c | 2 +-
net/9p/trans_fd.c | 22 +++++++++++++++-------
net/9p/trans_rdma.c | 4 ++++
net/9p/trans_virtio.c | 66 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------------
net/9p/trans_xen.c | 3 +++
net/9p/util.c | 1 -
12 files changed, 122 insertions(+), 116 deletions(-)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQ8idm2ZSicIMLgzKqoqIItDqvwPAUCW3ElNwAKCRCoqIItDqvw
PMzfAKCkCYFyNC89vcpxcCNsK7rFQ1qKlwCgoaBpZDdegOu0jMB7cyKwAWrB0LM=
=h3T0
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag '9p-for-4.19-2' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux
Pull 9p updates from Dominique Martinet:
"This contains mostly fixes (6 to be backported to stable) and a few
changes, here is the breakdown:
- rework how fids are attributed by replacing some custom tracking in
a list by an idr
- for packet-based transports (virtio/rdma) validate that the packet
length matches what the header says
- a few race condition fixes found by syzkaller
- missing argument check when NULL device is passed in sys_mount
- a few virtio fixes
- some spelling and style fixes"
* tag '9p-for-4.19-2' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux: (21 commits)
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: add null terminal for mount tag
9p/virtio: fix off-by-one error in sg list bounds check
9p: fix whitespace issues
9p: fix multiple NULL-pointer-dereferences
fs/9p/xattr.c: catch the error of p9_client_clunk when setting xattr failed
9p: validate PDU length
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race by holding the lock
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race-condition by flushing workqueue before the kfree()
net/9p/virtio: Fix hard lockup in req_done
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: fix some spell mistakes in comments
9p/net: Fix zero-copy path in the 9p virtio transport
9p: Embed wait_queue_head into p9_req_t
9p: Replace the fidlist with an IDR
9p: Change p9_fid_create calling convention
9p: Fix comment on smp_wmb
net/9p/client.c: version pointer uninitialized
fs/9p/v9fs.c: fix spelling mistake "Uknown" -> "Unknown"
net/9p: fix error path of p9_virtio_probe
9p/net/protocol.c: return -ENOMEM when kmalloc() failed
net/9p/client.c: add missing '\n' at the end of p9_debug()
...
Lets not turn the TCP ULP lookup into an arbitrary module loader as
we only intend to load ULP modules through this mechanism, not other
unrelated kernel modules:
[root@bar]# cat foo.c
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <linux/tcp.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
int main(void)
{
int sock = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
setsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_ULP, "sctp", sizeof("sctp"));
return 0;
}
[root@bar]# gcc foo.c -O2 -Wall
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]# ./a.out
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
sctp 1077248 4
libcrc32c 16384 3 nf_conntrack,nf_nat,sctp
[root@bar]#
Fix it by adding module alias to TCP ULP modules, so probing module
via request_module() will be limited to tcp-ulp-[name]. The existing
modules like kTLS will load fine given tcp-ulp-tls alias, but others
will fail to load:
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]# ./a.out
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]#
Sockmap is not affected from this since it's either built-in or not.
Fixes: 734942cc4e ("tcp: ULP infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We must register nfnetlink ops last, as that exposes nf_tables to
userspace. Without this, we could theoretically get nfnetlink request
before net->nft state has been initialized.
Fixes: 99633ab29b ("netfilter: nf_tables: complete net namespace support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
- Gustavo A. R. Silva keeps working on the implicit switch fallthru
changes.
- Support 802.11ax High-Efficiency wireless in cfg80211 et al, From
Luca Coelho.
- Re-enable ASPM in r8169, from Kai-Heng Feng.
- Add virtual XFRM interfaces, which avoids all of the limitations of
existing IPSEC tunnels. From Steffen Klassert.
- Convert GRO over to use a hash table, so that when we have many
flows active we don't traverse a long list during accumluation.
- Many new self tests for routing, TC, tunnels, etc. Too many
contributors to mention them all, but I'm really happy to keep
seeing this stuff.
- Hardware timestamping support for dpaa_eth/fsl-fman from Yangbo Lu.
- Lots of cleanups and fixes in L2TP code from Guillaume Nault.
- Add IPSEC offload support to netdevsim, from Shannon Nelson.
- Add support for slotting with non-uniform distribution to netem
packet scheduler, from Yousuk Seung.
- Add UDP GSO support to mlx5e, from Boris Pismenny.
- Support offloading of Team LAG in NFP, from John Hurley.
- Allow to configure TX queue selection based upon RX queue, from
Amritha Nambiar.
- Support ethtool ring size configuration in aquantia, from Anton
Mikaev.
- Support DSCP and flowlabel per-transport in SCTP, from Xin Long.
- Support list based batching and stack traversal of SKBs, this is
very exciting work. From Edward Cree.
- Busyloop optimizations in vhost_net, from Toshiaki Makita.
- Introduce the ETF qdisc, which allows time based transmissions. IGB
can offload this in hardware. From Vinicius Costa Gomes.
- Add parameter support to devlink, from Moshe Shemesh.
- Several multiplication and division optimizations for BPF JIT in
nfp driver, from Jiong Wang.
- Lots of prepatory work to make more of the packet scheduler layer
lockless, when possible, from Vlad Buslov.
- Add ACK filter and NAT awareness to sch_cake packet scheduler, from
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
- Support regions and region snapshots in devlink, from Alex Vesker.
- Allow to attach XDP programs to both HW and SW at the same time on
a given device, with initial support in nfp. From Jakub Kicinski.
- Add TLS RX offload and support in mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
- Use PHYLIB in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
- All sorts of changes to support Spectrum 2 in mlxsw driver, from
Ido Schimmel.
- PTP support in mv88e6xxx DSA driver, from Andrew Lunn.
- Make TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option more accurate, from Jon
Maxwell.
- Support for templates in packet scheduler classifier, from Jiri
Pirko.
- IPV6 support in RDS, from Ka-Cheong Poon.
- Native tproxy support in nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
- Maintain IP fragment queue in an rbtree, but optimize properly for
in-order frags. From Peter Oskolkov.
- Improvde handling of ACKs on hole repairs, from Yuchung Cheng"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1996 commits)
bpf: test: fix spelling mistake "REUSEEPORT" -> "REUSEPORT"
hv/netvsc: Fix NULL dereference at single queue mode fallback
net: filter: mark expected switch fall-through
xen-netfront: fix warn message as irq device name has '/'
cxgb4: Add new T5 PCI device ids 0x50af and 0x50b0
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: missing unlock on error path
rds: fix building with IPV6=m
inet/connection_sock: prefer _THIS_IP_ to current_text_addr
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: bitwise vs logical bug
net: sock_diag: Fix spectre v1 gadget in __sock_diag_cmd()
ieee802154: hwsim: using right kind of iteration
net: hns3: Add vlan filter setting by ethtool command -K
net: hns3: Set tx ring' tc info when netdev is up
net: hns3: Remove tx ring BD len register in hns3_enet
net: hns3: Fix desc num set to default when setting channel
net: hns3: Fix for phy link issue when using marvell phy driver
net: hns3: Fix for information of phydev lost problem when down/up
net: hns3: Fix for command format parsing error in hclge_is_all_function_id_zero
net: hns3: Add support for serdes loopback selftest
bnxt_en: take coredump_record structure off stack
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=tnPz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'audit-pr-20180814' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit
Pull audit patches from Paul Moore:
"Twelve audit patches for v4.19 and they run the full gamut from fixes
to features.
Notable changes include the ability to use the "exe" audit filter
field in a wider variety of filter types, a fix for our comparison of
GID/EGID in audit filter rules, better association of related audit
records (connecting related audit records together into one audit
event), and a fix for a potential use-after-free in audit_add_watch().
All the patches pass the audit-testsuite and merge cleanly on your
current master branch"
* tag 'audit-pr-20180814' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit:
audit: fix use-after-free in audit_add_watch
audit: use ktime_get_coarse_real_ts64() for timestamps
audit: use ktime_get_coarse_ts64() for time access
audit: simplify audit_enabled check in audit_watch_log_rule_change()
audit: check audit_enabled in audit_tree_log_remove_rule()
cred: conditionally declare groups-related functions
audit: eliminate audit_enabled magic number comparison
audit: rename FILTER_TYPE to FILTER_EXCLUDE
audit: Fix extended comparison of GID/EGID
audit: tie ANOM_ABEND records to syscall
audit: tie SECCOMP records to syscall
audit: allow other filter list types for AUDIT_EXE
As part of the effort to reduce the code duplication between _THIS_IP_
and current_text_addr(), let's consolidate callers of
current_text_addr() to use _THIS_IP_.
Signed-off-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-08-13
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add driver XDP support for veth. This can be used in conjunction with
redirect of another XDP program e.g. sitting on NIC so the xdp_frame
can be forwarded to the peer veth directly without modification,
from Toshiaki.
2) Add a new BPF map type REUSEPORT_SOCKARRAY and prog type SK_REUSEPORT
in order to provide more control and visibility on where a SO_REUSEPORT
sk should be located, and the latter enables to directly select a sk
from the bpf map. This also enables map-in-map for application migration
use cases, from Martin.
3) Add a new BPF helper bpf_skb_ancestor_cgroup_id() that returns the id
of cgroup v2 that is the ancestor of the cgroup associated with the
skb at the ancestor_level, from Andrey.
4) Implement BPF fs map pretty-print support based on BTF data for regular
hash table and LRU map, from Yonghong.
5) Decouple the ability to attach BTF for a map from the key and value
pretty-printer in BPF fs, and enable further support of BTF for maps for
percpu and LPM trie, from Daniel.
6) Implement a better BPF sample of using XDP's CPU redirect feature for
load balancing SKB processing to remote CPU. The sample implements the
same XDP load balancing as Suricata does which is symmetric hash based
on IP and L4 protocol, from Jesper.
7) Revert adding NULL pointer check with WARN_ON_ONCE() in __xdp_return()'s
critical path as it is ensured that the allocator is present, from Björn.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preventing the kernel from responding to ICMP Echo Requests messages
can be useful in several ways. The sysctl parameter
'icmp_echo_ignore_all' can be used to prevent the kernel from
responding to IPv4 ICMP echo requests. For IPv6 pings, such
a sysctl kernel parameter did not exist.
Add the ability to prevent the kernel from responding to IPv6
ICMP echo requests through the use of the following sysctl
parameter : /proc/sys/net/ipv6/icmp/echo_ignore_all.
Update the documentation to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Virgile Jarry <virgile@acceis.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For preparing decryption request, several memory chunks are required
(aead_req, sgin, sgout, iv, aad). For submitting the decrypt request to
an accelerator, it is required that the buffers which are read by the
accelerator must be dma-able and not come from stack. The buffers for
aad and iv can be separately kmalloced each, but it is inefficient.
This patch does a combined allocation for preparing decryption request
and then segments into aead_req || sgin || sgout || iv || aad.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a 64-bit system, the wait_queue_head_t is 24 bytes while the pointer
to it is 8 bytes. Growing the p9_req_t by 16 bytes is better than
performing a 24-byte memory allocation.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-5-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
The p9_idpool being used to allocate the IDs uses an IDR to allocate
the IDs ... which we then keep in a doubly-linked list, rather than in
the IDR which allocated them. We can use an IDR directly which saves
two pointers per p9_fid, and a tiny memory allocation per p9_client.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-4-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
This patch introduces several helper functions/macros that will be
used in the follow-up patch. No runtime changes yet.
The new logic (fully implemented in the second patch) is as follows:
* Nodes in the rb-tree will now contain not single fragments, but lists
of consecutive fragments ("runs").
* At each point in time, the current "active" run at the tail is
maintained/tracked. Fragments that arrive in-order, adjacent
to the previous tail fragment, are added to this tail run without
triggering the re-balancing of the rb-tree.
* If a fragment arrives out of order with the offset _before_ the tail run,
it is inserted into the rb-tree as a single fragment.
* If a fragment arrives after the current tail fragment (with a gap),
it starts a new "tail" run, as is inserted into the rb-tree
at the end as the head of the new run.
skb->cb is used to store additional information
needed here (suggested by Eric Dumazet).
Reported-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend gen_new_estimator() to also take stats_lock when re-assigning rate
estimator statistics pointer. (to be used by unlocked actions)
Rename 'stats_lock' to 'lock' and change argument description to explain
that it is now also used for control path.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for removing dependency on rtnl lock from rules update
path, all users of shared objects must take reference while working with
them.
Extend action ops with put_dev() API to be used on net device returned by
get_dev().
Modify mirred action (only action that implements get_dev callback):
- Take reference to net device in get_dev.
- Implement put_dev API that releases reference to net device.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This path replaces physically contiguous memory arrays
allocated using kmalloc_array() with flexible arrays.
This enables to avoid memory allocation failures on the
systems under a memory stress.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Babin <obabin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khorenko <khorenko@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces wrappers for accessing in/out streams indirectly.
This will enable to replace physically contiguous memory arrays
of streams with flexible arrays (or maybe any other appropriate
mechanism) which do memory allocation on a per-page basis.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Babin <obabin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khorenko <khorenko@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new flag to indicate a one-time immediate ACK. This flag is
occasionaly set under specific TCP protocol states in addition to
the more common quickack mechanism for interactive application.
In several cases in the TCP code we want to force an immediate ACK
but do not want to call tcp_enter_quickack_mode() because we do
not want to forget the icsk_ack.pingpong or icsk_ack.ato state.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows a BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT bpf prog to select a
SO_REUSEPORT sk from a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY introduced in
the earlier patch. "bpf_run_sk_reuseport()" will return -ECONNREFUSED
when the BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT prog returns SK_DROP.
The callers, in inet[6]_hashtable.c and ipv[46]/udp.c, are modified to
handle this case and return NULL immediately instead of continuing the
sk search from its hashtable.
It re-uses the existing SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF setsockopt to attach
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT. The "sk_reuseport_attach_bpf()" will check
if the attaching bpf prog is in the new SK_REUSEPORT or the existing
SOCKET_FILTER type and then check different things accordingly.
One level of "__reuseport_attach_prog()" call is removed. The
"sk_unhashed() && ..." and "sk->sk_reuseport_cb" tests are pushed
back to "reuseport_attach_prog()" in sock_reuseport.c. sock_reuseport.c
seems to have more knowledge on those test requirements than filter.c.
In "reuseport_attach_prog()", after new_prog is attached to reuse->prog,
the old_prog (if any) is also directly freed instead of returning the
old_prog to the caller and asking the caller to free.
The sysctl_optmem_max check is moved back to the
"sk_reuseport_attach_filter()" and "sk_reuseport_attach_bpf()".
As of other bpf prog types, the new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT is only
bounded by the usual "bpf_prog_charge_memlock()" during load time
instead of bounded by both bpf_prog_charge_memlock and sysctl_optmem_max.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch adds a BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT which can select
a SO_REUSEPORT sk from a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY. Like other
non SK_FILTER/CGROUP_SKB program, it requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN.
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT introduces "struct sk_reuseport_kern"
to store the bpf context instead of using the skb->cb[48].
At the SO_REUSEPORT sk lookup time, it is in the middle of transiting
from a lower layer (ipv4/ipv6) to a upper layer (udp/tcp). At this
point, it is not always clear where the bpf context can be appended
in the skb->cb[48] to avoid saving-and-restoring cb[]. Even putting
aside the difference between ipv4-vs-ipv6 and udp-vs-tcp. It is not
clear if the lower layer is only ipv4 and ipv6 in the future and
will it not touch the cb[] again before transiting to the upper
layer.
For example, in udp_gro_receive(), it uses the 48 byte NAPI_GRO_CB
instead of IP[6]CB and it may still modify the cb[] after calling
the udp[46]_lib_lookup_skb(). Because of the above reason, if
sk->cb is used for the bpf ctx, saving-and-restoring is needed
and likely the whole 48 bytes cb[] has to be saved and restored.
Instead of saving, setting and restoring the cb[], this patch opts
to create a new "struct sk_reuseport_kern" and setting the needed
values in there.
The new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT and "struct sk_reuseport_(kern|md)"
will serve all ipv4/ipv6 + udp/tcp combinations. There is no protocol
specific usage at this point and it is also inline with the current
sock_reuseport.c implementation (i.e. no protocol specific requirement).
In "struct sk_reuseport_md", this patch exposes data/data_end/len
with semantic similar to other existing usages. Together
with "bpf_skb_load_bytes()" and "bpf_skb_load_bytes_relative()",
the bpf prog can peek anywhere in the skb. The "bind_inany" tells
the bpf prog that the reuseport group is bind-ed to a local
INANY address which cannot be learned from skb.
The new "bind_inany" is added to "struct sock_reuseport" which will be
used when running the new "BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT" bpf prog in order
to avoid repeating the "bind INANY" test on
"sk_v6_rcv_saddr/sk->sk_rcv_saddr" every time a bpf prog is run. It can
only be properly initialized when a "sk->sk_reuseport" enabled sk is
adding to a hashtable (i.e. during "reuseport_alloc()" and
"reuseport_add_sock()").
The new "sk_select_reuseport()" is the main helper that the
bpf prog will use to select a SO_REUSEPORT sk. It is the only function
that can use the new BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY. As mentioned in
the earlier patch, the validity of a selected sk is checked in
run time in "sk_select_reuseport()". Doing the check in
verification time is difficult and inflexible (consider the map-in-map
use case). The runtime check is to compare the selected sk's reuseport_id
with the reuseport_id that we want. This helper will return -EXXX if the
selected sk cannot serve the incoming request (e.g. reuseport_id
not match). The bpf prog can decide if it wants to do SK_DROP as its
discretion.
When the bpf prog returns SK_PASS, the kernel will check if a
valid sk has been selected (i.e. "reuse_kern->selected_sk != NULL").
If it does , it will use the selected sk. If not, the kernel
will select one from "reuse->socks[]" (as before this patch).
The SK_DROP and SK_PASS handling logic will be in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
A later patch will introduce a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY which
allows a SO_REUSEPORT sk to be added to a bpf map. When a sk
is removed from reuse->socks[], it also needs to be removed from
the bpf map. Also, when adding a sk to a bpf map, the bpf
map needs to ensure it is indeed in a reuse->socks[].
Hence, reuseport_lock is needed by the bpf map to ensure its
map_update_elem() and map_delete_elem() operations are in-sync with
the reuse->socks[]. The BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY map will only
acquire the reuseport_lock after ensuring the adding sk is already
in a reuseport group (i.e. reuse->socks[]). The map_lookup_elem()
will be lockless.
This patch also adds an ID to sock_reuseport. A later patch
will introduce BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT which allows
a bpf prog to select a sk from a bpf map. It is inflexible to
statically enforce a bpf map can only contain the sk belonging to
a particular reuse->socks[] (i.e. same IP:PORT) during the bpf
verification time. For example, think about the the map-in-map situation
where the inner map can be dynamically changed in runtime and the outer
map may have inner maps belonging to different reuseport groups.
Hence, when the bpf prog (in the new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT
type) selects a sk, this selected sk has to be checked to ensure it
belongs to the requesting reuseport group (i.e. the group serving
that IP:PORT).
The "sk->sk_reuseport_cb" pointer cannot be used for this checking
purpose because the pointer value will change after reuseport_grow().
Instead of saving all checking conditions like the ones
preced calling "reuseport_add_sock()" and compare them everytime a
bpf_prog is run, a 32bits ID is introduced to survive the
reuseport_grow(). The ID is only acquired if any of the
reuse->socks[] is added to the newly introduced
"BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY" map.
If "BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY" is not used, the changes in this
patch is a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Although the actual cookie check "__cookie_v[46]_check()" does
not involve sk specific info, it checks whether the sk has recent
synq overflow event in "tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()". The
tcp_sk(sk)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp is updated every second
when it has sent out a syncookie (through "tcp_synq_overflow()").
The above per sk "recent synq overflow event timestamp" works well
for non SO_REUSEPORT use case. However, it may cause random
connection request reject/discard when SO_REUSEPORT is used with
syncookie because it fails the "tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()"
test.
When SO_REUSEPORT is used, it usually has multiple listening
socks serving TCP connection requests destinated to the same local IP:PORT.
There are cases that the TCP-ACK-COOKIE may not be received
by the same sk that sent out the syncookie. For example,
if reuse->socks[] began with {sk0, sk1},
1) sk1 sent out syncookies and tcp_sk(sk1)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp
was updated.
2) the reuse->socks[] became {sk1, sk2} later. e.g. sk0 was first closed
and then sk2 was added. Here, sk2 does not have ts_recent_stamp set.
There are other ordering that will trigger the similar situation
below but the idea is the same.
3) When the TCP-ACK-COOKIE comes back, sk2 was selected.
"tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow(sk2)" returns true. In this case,
all syncookies sent by sk1 will be handled (and rejected)
by sk2 while sk1 is still alive.
The userspace may create and remove listening SO_REUSEPORT sockets
as it sees fit. E.g. Adding new thread (and SO_REUSEPORT sock) to handle
incoming requests, old process stopping and new process starting...etc.
With or without SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CB]BPF,
the sockets leaving and joining a reuseport group makes picking
the same sk to check the syncookie very difficult (if not impossible).
The later patches will allow bpf prog more flexibility in deciding
where a sk should be located in a bpf map and selecting a particular
SO_REUSEPORT sock as it sees fit. e.g. Without closing any sock,
replace the whole bpf reuseport_array in one map_update() by using
map-in-map. Getting the syncookie check working smoothly across
socks in the same "reuse->socks[]" is important.
A partial solution is to set the newly added sk's ts_recent_stamp
to the max ts_recent_stamp of a reuseport group but that will require
to iterate through reuse->socks[] OR
pessimistically set it to "now - TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID" when a sk is
joining a reuseport group. However, neither of them will solve the
existing sk getting moved around the reuse->socks[] and that
sk may not have ts_recent_stamp updated, unlikely under continuous
synflood but not impossible.
This patch opts to treat the reuseport group as a whole when
considering the last synq overflow timestamp since
they are serving the same IP:PORT from the userspace
(and BPF program) perspective.
"synq_overflow_ts" is added to "struct sock_reuseport".
The tcp_synq_overflow() and tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()
will update/check reuse->synq_overflow_ts if the sk is
in a reuseport group. Similar to the reuseport decision in
__inet_lookup_listener(), both sk->sk_reuseport and
sk->sk_reuseport_cb are tested for SO_REUSEPORT usage.
Update on "synq_overflow_ts" happens at roughly once
every second.
A synflood test was done with a 16 rx-queues and 16 reuseport sockets.
No meaningful performance change is observed. Before and
after the change is ~9Mpps in IPv4.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-08-10
Here's one more (most likely last) bluetooth-next pull request for the
4.19 kernel.
- Added support for MediaTek serial Bluetooth devices
- Initial skeleton for controller-side address resolution support
- Fix BT_HCIUART_RTL related Kconfig dependencies
- A few other minor fixes/cleanups
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains netfilter updates for your net-next tree:
1) Expose NFT_OSF_MAXGENRELEN maximum OS name length from the new OS
passive fingerprint matching extension, from Fernando Fernandez.
2) Add extension to support for fine grain conntrack timeout policies
from nf_tables. As preparation works, this patchset moves
nf_ct_untimeout() to nf_conntrack_timeout and it also decouples the
timeout policy from the ctnl_timeout object, most work done by
Harsha Sharma.
3) Enable connection tracking when conntrack helper is in place.
4) Missing enumeration in uapi header when splitting original xt_osf
to nfnetlink_osf, also from Fernando.
5) Fix a sparse warning due to incorrect typing in the nf_osf_find(),
from Wei Yongjun.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the definitions for LE address resolution enable HCI commands.
When the LE address resolution enable gets changed via HCI commands
make sure that flag gets updated.
Signed-off-by: Ankit Navik <ankit.p.navik@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
xdp_frame has kernel pointers which should not be readable from bpf
programs. When we want to reuse xdp_frame region but it may be read by
bpf programs later, we can use this helper to clear kernel pointers.
This is more efficient than calling memset() for the entire struct.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
llc_sap_put() decreases the refcnt before deleting sap
from the global list. Therefore, there is a chance
llc_sap_find() could find a sap with zero refcnt
in this global list.
Close this race condition by checking if refcnt is zero
or not in llc_sap_find(), if it is zero then it is being
removed so we can just treat it as gone.
Reported-by: <syzbot+278893f3f7803871f7ce@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported that we reinitialize an active delayed
work in vsock_stream_connect():
ODEBUG: init active (active state 0) object type: timer_list hint:
delayed_work_timer_fn+0x0/0x90 kernel/workqueue.c:1414
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 11518 at lib/debugobjects.c:329
debug_print_object+0x16a/0x210 lib/debugobjects.c:326
The pattern is apparently wrong, we should only initialize
the dealyed work once and could repeatly schedule it. So we
have to move out the initializations to allocation side.
And to avoid confusion, we can split the shared dwork
into two, instead of re-using the same one.
Fixes: d021c34405 ("VSOCK: Introduce VM Sockets")
Reported-by: <syzbot+8a9b1bd330476a4f3db6@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Cc: Andy king <acking@vmware.com>
Cc: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Cc: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the existing 'dissection' of tunnel metadata to 'dissect'
options already present in tunnel metadata. This dissection is
controlled by a new dissector key, FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ENC_OPTS.
This dissection only occurs when skb_flow_dissect_tunnel_info()
is called, currently only the Flower classifier makes that call.
So there should be no impact on other users of the flow dissector.
This is in preparation for allowing the flower classifier to
match on Geneve options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-08-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add cgroup local storage for BPF programs, which provides a fast
accessible memory for storing various per-cgroup data like number
of transmitted packets, etc, from Roman.
2) Support bpf_get_socket_cookie() BPF helper in several more program
types that have a full socket available, from Andrey.
3) Significantly improve the performance of perf events which are
reported from BPF offload. Also convert a couple of BPF AF_XDP
samples overto use libbpf, both from Jakub.
4) seg6local LWT provides the End.DT6 action, which allows to
decapsulate an outer IPv6 header containing a Segment Routing Header.
Adds this action now to the seg6local BPF interface, from Mathieu.
5) Do not mark dst register as unbounded in MOV64 instruction when
both src and dst register are the same, from Arthur.
6) Define u_smp_rmb() and u_smp_wmb() to their respective barrier
instructions on arm64 for the AF_XDP sample code, from Brian.
7) Convert the tcp_client.py and tcp_server.py BPF selftest scripts
over from Python 2 to Python 3, from Jeremy.
8) Enable BTF build flags to the BPF sample code Makefile, from Taeung.
9) Remove an unnecessary rcu_read_lock() in run_lwt_bpf(), from Taehee.
10) Several improvements to the README.rst from the BPF documentation
to make it more consistent with RST format, from Tobin.
11) Replace all occurrences of strerror() by calls to strerror_r()
in libbpf and fix a FORTIFY_SOURCE build error along with it,
from Thomas.
12) Fix a bug in bpftool's get_btf() function to correctly propagate
an error via PTR_ERR(), from Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timeout policy is currently embedded into the nfnetlink_cttimeout
object, move the policy into an independent object. This allows us to
reuse part of the existing conntrack timeout extension from nf_tables
without adding dependencies with the nfnetlink_cttimeout object layout.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As, ctnl_untimeout is required by nft_ct, so move ctnl_timeout from
nfnetlink_cttimeout to nf_conntrack_timeout and rename as nf_ct_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Sharma <harshasharmaiitr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Using HCI_VENDOR_PKT for vendor specific events does work since it has
also the value 0xff, but it is actually the packet type indicator
constant and not the event constant. So introduce HCI_EV_VENDOR and
use it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-08-05
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.19 kernel.
- Added support for Bluetooth Advertising Extensions
- Added vendor driver support to hci_h5 HCI driver
- Added serdev support to hci_h5 driver
- Added support for Qualcomm wcn3990 controller
- Added support for RTL8723BS and RTL8723DS controllers
- btusb: Added new ID for Realtek 8723DE
- Several other smaller fixes & cleanups
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to TCP OOO RX queue, it makes sense to use rb trees to store
IP fragments, so that OOO fragments are inserted faster.
Tested:
- a follow-up patch contains a rather comprehensive ip defrag
self-test (functional)
- ran neper `udp_stream -c -H <host> -F 100 -l 300 -T 20`:
netstat --statistics
Ip:
282078937 total packets received
0 forwarded
0 incoming packets discarded
946760 incoming packets delivered
18743456 requests sent out
101 fragments dropped after timeout
282077129 reassemblies required
944952 packets reassembled ok
262734239 packet reassembles failed
(The numbers/stats above are somewhat better re:
reassemblies vs a kernel without this patchset. More
comprehensive performance testing TBD).
Reported-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Reported-by: Juha-Matti Tilli <juha-matti.tilli@iki.fi>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree:
1) Support for transparent proxying for nf_tables, from Mate Eckl.
2) Patchset to add OS passive fingerprint recognition for nf_tables,
from Fernando Fernandez. This takes common code from xt_osf and
place it into the new nfnetlink_osf module for codebase sharing.
3) Lightweight tunneling support for nf_tables.
4) meta and lookup are likely going to be used in rulesets, make them
direct calls. From Florian Westphal.
A bunch of incremental updates:
5) use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO() from nft_numgen, from YueHaibing.
6) Use kvmalloc_array() to allocate hashtables, from Li RongQing.
7) Explicit dependencies between nfnetlink_cttimeout and conntrack
timeout extensions, from Harsha Sharma.
8) Simplify NLM_F_CREATE handling in nf_tables.
9) Removed unused variable in the get element command, from
YueHaibing.
10) Expose bridge hook priorities through uapi, from Mate Eckl.
And a few fixes for previous Netfilter batch for net-next:
11) Use per-netns mutex from flowtable event, from Florian Westphal.
12) Remove explicit dependency on iptables CT target from conntrack
zones, from Florian.
13) Fix use-after-free in rmmod nf_conntrack path, also from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We prefer to ARRAY_SIZE rather than the open code to calculate size.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push iov_iter up from rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() to its caller to allow
non-contiguous iovs to be passed down, thereby permitting file reading to
be simplified in the AFS filesystem in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_ct_alloc_hashtable is used to allocate memory for conntrack,
NAT bysrc and expectation hashtable. Assuming 64k bucket size,
which means 7th order page allocation, __get_free_pages, called
by nf_ct_alloc_hashtable, will trigger the direct memory reclaim
and stall for a long time, when system has lots of memory stress
so replace combination of __get_free_pages and vzalloc with
kvmalloc_array, which provides a overflow check and a fallback
if no high order memory is available, and do not retry to reclaim
memory, reduce stall
and remove nf_ct_free_hashtable, since it is just a kvfree
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yu <zhangyu31@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Li <wangli39@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fixes: 83ba464515 ("net: add helpers checking if socket can be bound to nonlocal address")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are no longer used outside of cls_api.c so make them static.
Move tcf_chain_flush() to avoid fwd declaration of tcf_chain_put().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- new patch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may make offloading decision based on whether
ip_forward_update_priority is enabled or not. Therefore distribute
netevent notifications to give them a chance to react to a change.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After IPv4 packets are forwarded, the priority of the corresponding SKB
is updated according to the TOS field of IPv4 header. This overrides any
prioritization done earlier by e.g. an skbedit action or ingress-qos-map
defined at a vlan device.
Such overriding may not always be desirable. Even if the packet ends up
being routed, which implies this is an L3 network node, an administrator
may wish to preserve whatever prioritization was done earlier on in the
pipeline.
Therefore introduce a sysctl that controls this behavior. Keep the
default value at 1 to maintain backward-compatible behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The construction "net->ipv4.sysctl_ip_nonlocal_bind || inet->freebind
|| inet->transparent" is present three times and its IPv6 counterpart
is also present three times. We introduce two small helpers to
characterize these tests uniformly.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We never use RCU protection for it, just a lot of cargo-cult
rcu_deference_protects calls.
Note that we do keep the kfree_rcu call for it, as the references through
struct sock are RCU protected and thus might require a grace period before
freeing.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The seg6local LWT provides the End.DT6 action, which allows to
decapsulate an outer IPv6 header containing a Segment Routing Header
(SRH), full specification is available here:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-05
This patch adds this action now to the seg6local BPF
interface. Since it is not mandatory that the inner IPv6 header also
contains a SRH, seg6_bpf_srh_state has been extended with a pointer to
a possible SRH of the outermost IPv6 header. This helps assessing if the
validation must be triggered or not, and avoids some calls to
ipv6_find_hdr.
v3: s/1/true, s/0/false for boolean values
v2: - changed true/false -> 1/0
- preempt_enable no longer called in first conditional block
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This is similar TC_ACT_REDIRECT, but with a slightly different
semantic:
- on ingress the mirred skbs are passed to the target device
network stack without any additional check not scrubbing.
- the rcu-protected stats provided via the tcf_result struct
are updated on error conditions.
This new tcfa_action value is not exposed to the user-space
and can be used only internally by clsact.
v1 -> v2: do not touch TC_ACT_REDIRECT code path, introduce
a new action type instead
v2 -> v3:
- rename the new action value TC_ACT_REINJECT, update the
helper accordingly
- take care of uncloned reinjected packets in XDP generic
hook
v3 -> v4:
- renamed again the new action value (JiriP)
v4 -> v5:
- fix build error with !NET_CLS_ACT (kbuild bot)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each lockless action currently does its own RCU locking in ->act().
This allows using plain RCU accessor, even if the context
is really RCU BH.
This change drops the per action RCU lock, replace the accessors
with the _bh variant, cleans up a bit the surrounding code and
documents the RCU status in the relevant header.
No functional nor performance change is intended.
The goal of this patch is clarifying that the RCU critical section
used by the tc actions extends up to the classifier's caller.
v1 -> v2:
- preserve rcu lock in act_bpf: it's needed by eBPF helpers,
as pointed out by Daniel
v3 -> v4:
- fixed some typos in the commit message (JiriP)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fold it into the only caller to make the code simpler and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in hiding this logic in a helper. Also remove the
useless events != 0 check and only busy loop once we know we actually
have a poll method.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For any open socket file descriptor sock->sk->sk_wq->wait will always
point to sock->wq->wait. That means we can do the shorter dereference
and removal a NULL check and don't have to not worry about any RCU
protection.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wait_address argument is always directly derived from the filp
argument, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new quirk HCI_QUIRK_NON_PERSISTENT_SETUP allowing that a quirk that
runs setup() after every open() and not just after the first open().
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for advertising in primary and secondary
channel on different PHYs. User can add the phy preference in
the flag based on which phy type will be added in extended
advertising parameter would be set.
@ MGMT Command: Add Advertising (0x003e) plen 11
Instance: 1
Flags: 0x00000200
Advertise in CODED on Secondary channel
Duration: 0
Timeout: 0
Advertising data length: 0
Scan response length: 0
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) plen 2
Extended advertising: Disabled (0x00)
Number of sets: Disable all sets (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters (0x08|0x0036) plen 25
Handle: 0x00
Properties: 0x0000
Min advertising interval: 1280.000 msec (0x0800)
Max advertising interval: 1280.000 msec (0x0800)
Channel map: 37, 38, 39 (0x07)
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address type: Public (0x00)
Peer address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (OUI 00-00-00)
Filter policy: Allow Scan Request from Any, Allow Connect Request from Any (0x00)
TX power: 127 dbm (0x7f)
Primary PHY: LE Coded (0x03)
Secondary max skip: 0x00
Secondary PHY: LE Coded (0x03)
SID: 0x00
Scan request notifications: Disabled (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This event comes after connection complete event for incoming
connections. Since we now have different random address for
each instance, conn resp address is assigned from this event.
As of now only connection part is handled as we are not
enabling duration or max num of events while starting ext adv.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This basically sets the random address for the adv instance
Random address can be set only if the instance is created which
is done in Set ext adv param.
Random address and rpa expire timer and flags have been added
to adv instance which will be used when the respective
instance is scheduled.
This introduces a hci_get_random_address() which returns the
own address type and random address (rpa or nrpa) based
on the instance flags and hdev flags. New function is required
since own address type should be known before setting adv params
but address can be set only after setting params.
< HCI Command: LE Set Advertising Set Random Address (0x08|0x0035) plen 7
Advertising handle: 0x00
Advertising random address: 3C:8E:56:9B:77:84 (OUI 3C-8E-56)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Advertising Set Random Address (0x08|0x0035) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If ext adv is enabled then use ext adv to disable as well.
Also remove the adv set during LE disable.
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) plen 2
Extended advertising: Disabled (0x00)
Number of sets: Disable all sets (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements Set Ext Adv data and Set Ext Scan rsp data
if controller support extended advertising.
Currently the operation is set as Complete data and fragment
preference is set as no fragment
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Data (0x08|0x0037) plen 35
Handle: 0x00
Operation: Complete extended advertising data (0x03)
Fragment preference: Minimize fragmentation (0x01)
Data length: 0x15
16-bit Service UUIDs (complete): 2 entries
Heart Rate (0x180d)
Battery Service (0x180f)
Name (complete): Test LE
Company: Google (224)
Data: 0102
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Advertising Data (0x08|0x0037) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch basically replaces legacy adv with extended adv
based on the controller support. Currently there is no
design change. ie only one adv set will be enabled at a time.
This also adds tx_power in instance and store whatever returns
from Set_ext_parameter, use the same in adv data as well.
For instance 0 tx_power is stored in hdev only.
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters (0x08|0x0036) plen 25
Handle: 0x00
Properties: 0x0010
Use legacy advertising PDUs: ADV_NONCONN_IND
Min advertising interval: 1280.000 msec (0x0800)
Max advertising interval: 1280.000 msec (0x0800)
Channel map: 37, 38, 39 (0x07)
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address type: Public (0x00)
Peer address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (OUI 00-00-00)
Filter policy: Allow Scan Request from Any, Allow Connect Request from Any (0x00)
TX power: 127 dbm (0x7f)
Primary PHY: LE 1M (0x01)
Secondary max skip: 0x00
Secondary PHY: LE 1M (0x01)
SID: 0x00
Scan request notifications: Disabled (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 5
LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters (0x08|0x0036) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
TX power (selected): 7 dbm (0x07)
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) plen 6
Extended advertising: Enabled (0x01)
Number of sets: 1 (0x01)
Entry 0
Handle: 0x00
Duration: 0 ms (0x00)
Max ext adv events: 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Advertising Enable (0x08|0x0039) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reads the number of advertising sets in the controller
during init and save it in hdev.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch defines the extended ADV types and handle it in ADV report.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This also add macros for checking LMP support for different
pkt_types
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
1M is mandatory to be supported by LE controllers and the same
would be set in power on. This patch defines hdev flags for
LE PHYs and set 1M to default.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently nft uses inlined variants for common operations
such as 'ip saddr 1.2.3.4' instead of an indirect call.
Also handle meta get operations and lookups without indirect call,
both are builtin.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On ingress, a network device such as a switch assigns to packets
priority based on various criteria. Common options include interpreting
PCP and DSCP fields according to user configuration. When a packet
egresses the switch, a reverse process may rewrite PCP and/or DSCP
values according to packet priority.
The following three functions support a) obtaining a DSCP-to-priority
map or vice versa, and b) finding default-priority entries in APP
database.
The DCB subsystem supports for APP entries a very generous M:N mapping
between priorities and protocol identifiers. Understandably,
several (say) DSCP values can map to the same priority. But this
asymmetry holds the other way around as well--one priority can map to
several DSCP values. For this reason, the following functions operate in
terms of bitmaps, with ones in positions that match some APP entry.
- dcb_ieee_getapp_dscp_prio_mask_map() to compute for a given netdevice
a map of DSCP-to-priority-mask, which gives for each DSCP value a
bitmap of priorities related to that DSCP value by APP, along the
lines of dcb_ieee_getapp_mask().
- dcb_ieee_getapp_prio_dscp_mask_map() similarly to compute for a given
netdevice a map from priorities to a bitmap of DSCPs.
- dcb_ieee_getapp_default_prio_mask() which finds all default-priority
rules for a given port in APP database, and returns a mask of
priorities allowed by these default-priority rules.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case a chain is empty and not explicitly created by a user,
such chain should not exist. The only exception is if there is
an action "goto chain" pointing to it. In that case, don't show the
chain in the dump. Track the chain references held by actions and
use them to find out if a chain should or should not be shown
in chain dump.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2018-07-27
1) Extend the output_mark to also support the input direction
and masking the mark values before applying to the skb.
2) Add a new lookup key for the upcomming xfrm interfaces.
3) Extend the xfrm lookups to match xfrm interface IDs.
4) Add virtual xfrm interfaces. The purpose of these interfaces
is to overcome the design limitations that the existing
VTI devices have.
The main limitations that we see with the current VTI are the
following:
VTI interfaces are L3 tunnels with configurable endpoints.
For xfrm, the tunnel endpoint are already determined by the SA.
So the VTI tunnel endpoints must be either the same as on the
SA or wildcards. In case VTI tunnel endpoints are same as on
the SA, we get a one to one correlation between the SA and
the tunnel. So each SA needs its own tunnel interface.
On the other hand, we can have only one VTI tunnel with
wildcard src/dst tunnel endpoints in the system because the
lookup is based on the tunnel endpoints. The existing tunnel
lookup won't work with multiple tunnels with wildcard
tunnel endpoints. Some usecases require more than on
VTI tunnel of this type, for example if somebody has multiple
namespaces and every namespace requires such a VTI.
VTI needs separate interfaces for IPv4 and IPv6 tunnels.
So when routing to a VTI, we have to know to which address
family this traffic class is going to be encapsulated.
This is a lmitation because it makes routing more complex
and it is not always possible to know what happens behind the
VTI, e.g. when the VTI is move to some namespace.
VTI works just with tunnel mode SAs. We need generic interfaces
that ensures transfomation, regardless of the xfrm mode and
the encapsulated address family.
VTI is configured with a combination GRE keys and xfrm marks.
With this we have to deal with some extra cases in the generic
tunnel lookup because the GRE keys on the VTI are actually
not GRE keys, the GRE keys were just reused for something else.
All extensions to the VTI interfaces would require to add
even more complexity to the generic tunnel lookup.
So to overcome this, we developed xfrm interfaces with the
following design goal:
It should be possible to tunnel IPv4 and IPv6 through the same
interface.
No limitation on xfrm mode (tunnel, transport and beet).
Should be a generic virtual interface that ensures IPsec
transformation, no need to know what happens behind the
interface.
Interfaces should be configured with a new key that must match a
new policy/SA lookup key.
The lookup logic should stay in the xfrm codebase, no need to
change or extend generic routing and tunnel lookups.
Should be possible to use IPsec hardware offloads of the underlying
interface.
5) Remove xfrm pcpu policy cache. This was added after the flowcache
removal, but it turned out to make things even worse.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Allow to update the set mark on SA updates.
From Nathan Harold.
7) Convert some timestamps to time64_t.
From Arnd Bergmann.
8) Don't check the offload_handle in xfrm code,
it is an opaque data cookie for the driver.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Remove xfrmi interface ID from flowi. After this pach
no generic code is touched anymore to do xfrm interface
lookups. From Benedict Wong.
10) Allow to update the xfrm interface ID on SA updates.
From Nathan Harold.
11) Don't pass zero to ERR_PTR() in xfrm_resolve_and_create_bundle.
From YueHaibing.
12) Return more detailed errors on xfrm interface creation.
From Benedict Wong.
13) Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO instead of IS_ERR + PTR_ERR.
From the kbuild test robot.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Make sure we don't go over the maximum jump stack boundary,
from Taehee Yoo.
2) Missing rcu_barrier() in hash and rbtree sets, also from Taehee.
3) Missing check to nul-node in rbtree timeout routine, from Taehee.
4) Use dev->name from flowtable to fix a memleak, from Florian.
5) Oneliner to free flowtable object on removal, from Florian.
6) Memleak in chain rename transaction, again from Florian.
7) Don't allow two chains to use the same name in the same
transaction, from Florian.
8) handle DCCP SYNC/SYNCACK as invalid, this triggers an
uninitialized timer in conntrack reported by syzbot, from Florian.
9) Fix leak in case netlink_dump_start() fails, from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* always keep regulatory user hint
* add missing break statement in station flags parsing
* fix non-linear SKBs in port-control-over-nl80211
* reconfigure VLAN stations during HW restart
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=qtIc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-07-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few fixes:
* always keep regulatory user hint
* add missing break statement in station flags parsing
* fix non-linear SKBs in port-control-over-nl80211
* reconfigure VLAN stations during HW restart
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a couple of flower offload commands in order to propagate
template creation/destruction events down to device drivers.
Drivers may use this information to prepare HW in an optimal way
for future filter insertions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user to set a template for newly created chains. Template lock
down the chain for particular classifier type/options combinations.
The classifier needs to support templates, otherwise kernel would
reply with error.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user to create, destroy, get and dump chain objects. Do that by
extending rtnl commands by the chain-specific ones. User will now be
able to explicitly create or destroy chains (so far this was done only
automatically according the filter/act needs and refcounting). Also, the
user will receive notification about any chain creation or destuction.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, chain 0 is implicitly created during block creation. However
that does not align with chain object exposure, creation and destruction
api introduced later on. So make the chain 0 behave the same way as any
other chain and only create it when it is needed. Since chain 0 is
somehow special as the qdiscs need to hold pointer to the first chain
tp, this requires to move the chain head change callback infra to the
block structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have offload replay infrastructure added by
commit 326367427c ("net: sched: call reoffload op on block callback reg")
and flows are guaranteed to be removed correctly, we can revert
commit 951a8ee6de ("nfp: reject binding to shared blocks").
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Example setup:
host: ip -6 addr add dev eth1 2001:db8:104::4
where eth1 is enslaved to a VRF
switch: ip -6 ro add 2001:db8:104::4/128 dev br1
where br1 only has an LLA
ping6 2001:db8:104::4
ssh 2001:db8:104::4
(NOTE: UDP works fine if the PKTINFO has the address set to the global
address and ifindex is set to the index of eth1 with a destination an
LLA).
For ICMP, icmp6_iif needs to be updated to check if skb->dev is an
L3 master. If it is then return the ifindex from rt6i_idev similar
to what is done for loopback.
For TCP, restore the original tcp_v6_iif definition which is needed in
most places and add a new tcp_v6_iif_l3_slave that considers the
l3_slave variability. This latter check is only needed for socket
lookups.
Fixes: 9ff7438460 ("net: vrf: Handle ipv6 multicast and link-local addresses")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cost is the the same and this removes the need
to worry about complications that come from de_thread
and group_leader changing.
__task_pid_nr_ns has been updated to take advantage of this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Make net_ns_get_ownership() reusable by networking code outside of core.
This is useful, for example, to allow bridge related sysfs files to be
owned by container root.
Add a function comment since this is a potentially dangerous function to
use given the way that kobject_get_ownership() works by initializing uid
and gid before calling .get_ownership().
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree:
1) No need to set ttl from reject action for the bridge family, from
Taehee Yoo.
2) Use a fixed timeout for flow that are passed up from the flowtable
to conntrack, from Florian Westphal.
3) More preparation patches for tproxy support for nf_tables, from Mate
Eckl.
4) Remove unnecessary indirection in core IPv6 checksum function, from
Florian Westphal.
5) Use nf_ct_get_tuplepr() from openvswitch, instead of opencoding it.
From Florian Westphal.
6) socket match now selects socket infrastructure, instead of depending
on it. From Mate Eckl.
7) Patch series to simplify conntrack tuple building/parsing from packet
path and ctnetlink, from Florian Westphal.
8) Fetch timeout policy from protocol helpers, instead of doing it from
core, from Florian Westphal.
9) Merge IPv4 and IPv6 protocol trackers into conntrack core, from
Florian Westphal.
10) Depend on CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV6 and CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES
respectively, instead of IPV6. Patch from Mate Eckl.
11) Add specific function for garbage collection in conncount,
from Yi-Hung Wei.
12) Catch number of elements in the connlimit list, from Yi-Hung Wei.
13) Move locking to nf_conncount, from Yi-Hung Wei.
14) Series of patches to add lockless tree traversal in nf_conncount,
from Yi-Hung Wei.
15) Resolve clash in matching conntracks when race happens, from
Martynas Pumputis.
16) If connection entry times out, remove template entry from the
ip_vs_conn_tab table to improve behaviour under flood, from
Julian Anastasov.
17) Remove useless parameter from nf_ct_helper_ext_add(), from Gao feng.
18) Call abort from 2-phase commit protocol before requesting modules,
make sure this is done under the mutex, from Florian Westphal.
19) Grab module reference when starting transaction, also from Florian.
20) Dynamically allocate expression info array for pre-parsing, from
Florian.
21) Add per netns mutex for nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.
22) A couple of patches to simplify and refactor nf_osf code to prepare
for nft_osf support.
23) Break evaluation on missing socket, from Mate Eckl.
24) Allow to match socket mark from nft_socket, from Mate Eckl.
25) Remove dependency on nf_defrag_ipv6, now that IPv6 tracker is
built-in into nf_conntrack. From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per DCTCP RFC8257 (Section 3.2) the ACK reflecting the CE status change
has to be sent immediately so the sender can respond quickly:
""" When receiving packets, the CE codepoint MUST be processed as follows:
1. If the CE codepoint is set and DCTCP.CE is false, set DCTCP.CE to
true and send an immediate ACK.
2. If the CE codepoint is not set and DCTCP.CE is true, set DCTCP.CE
to false and send an immediate ACK.
"""
Previously DCTCP implementation may continue to delay the ACK. This
patch fixes that to implement the RFC by forcing an immediate ACK.
Tested with this packetdrill script provided by Larry Brakmo
0.000 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
0.000 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
0.000 setsockopt(3, SOL_TCP, TCP_CONGESTION, "dctcp", 5) = 0
0.000 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
0.000 listen(3, 1) = 0
0.100 < [ect0] SEW 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1000,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
0.100 > SE. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 8>
0.110 < [ect0] . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
0.200 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DEBUG, [1], 4) = 0
0.200 < [ect0] . 1:1001(1000) ack 1 win 257
0.200 > [ect01] . 1:1(0) ack 1001
0.200 write(4, ..., 1) = 1
0.200 > [ect01] P. 1:2(1) ack 1001
0.200 < [ect0] . 1001:2001(1000) ack 2 win 257
+0.005 < [ce] . 2001:3001(1000) ack 2 win 257
+0.000 > [ect01] . 2:2(0) ack 2001
// Previously the ACK below would be delayed by 40ms
+0.000 > [ect01] E. 2:2(0) ack 3001
+0.500 < F. 9501:9501(0) ack 4 win 257
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when a DCTCP receiver delays an ACK and receive a
data packet with a different CE mark from the previous one's, it
sends two immediate ACKs acking previous and latest sequences
respectly (for ECN accounting).
Previously sending the first ACK may mark off the delayed ACK timer
(tcp_event_ack_sent). This may subsequently prevent sending the
second ACK to acknowledge the latest sequence (tcp_ack_snd_check).
The culprit is that tcp_send_ack() assumes it always acknowleges
the latest sequence, which is not true for the first special ACK.
The fix is to not make the assumption in tcp_send_ack and check the
actual ack sequence before cancelling the delayed ACK. Further it's
safer to pass the ack sequence number as a local variable into
tcp_send_ack routine, instead of intercepting tp->rcv_nxt to avoid
future bugs like this.
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no need to store the name in separate area.
Furthermore, it uses kmalloc but not kfree and most accesses seem to treat
it as char[IFNAMSIZ] not char *.
Remove this and use dev->name instead.
In case event zeroed dev, just omit the name in the dump.
Fixes: d92191aa84 ("netfilter: nf_tables: cache device name in flowtable object")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to remove performance impact of having the extra u32 in every
single flowi, this change removes the flowi_xfrm struct, prefering to
take the if_id as a method parameter where needed.
In the inbound direction, if_id is only needed during the
__xfrm_check_policy() function, and the if_id can be determined at that
point based on the skb. As such, xfrmi_decode_session() is only called
with the skb in __xfrm_check_policy().
In the outbound direction, the only place where if_id is needed is the
xfrm_lookup() call in xfrmi_xmit2(). With this change, the if_id is
directly passed into the xfrm_lookup_with_ifid() call. All existing
callers can still call xfrm_lookup(), which uses a default if_id of 0.
This change does not change any behavior of XFRMIs except for improving
overall system performance via flowi size reduction.
This change has been tested against the Android Kernel Networking Tests:
https://android.googlesource.com/kernel/tests/+/master/net/test
Signed-off-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add dissection of the tos and ttl from the ip tunnel headers
fields in case a match is needed on them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rol32 call is currently rotating hash but the rol'd value is
being discarded. I believe the current code is incorrect and hash
should be assigned the rotated value returned from rol32.
Thanks to David Lebrun for spotting this.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6=m
DEFRAG_IPV6=m
CONNTRACK=y yields:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o: In function `nf_ct_netns_do_get':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.c:802: undefined reference to `nf_defrag_ipv6_enable'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o:(.rodata+0x640): undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_l4proto_icmpv6'
Setting DEFRAG_IPV6=y causes undefined references to ip6_rhash_params
ip6_frag_init and ip6_expire_frag_queue so it would be needed to force
IPV6=y too.
This patch gets rid of the 'followup linker error' by removing
the dependency of ipv6.ko symbols from netfilter ipv6 defrag.
Shared code is placed into a header, then used from both.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Continue to use nftnl subsys mutex to protect (un)registration of hook types,
expressions and so on, but force batch operations to do their own
locking.
This allows distinct net namespaces to perform transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param helper of nf_ct_helper_ext_add is useless now, then remove
it now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cp->state was not used for templates. Add support for state bits
and for the first "assured" bit which indicates that some
connection controlled by this template was established or assured
by the real server. In a followup patch we will use it to drop
templates under SYN attack.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In preparation for followup patches, provide just the cp
ptr to ip_vs_state_name.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is originally from Florian Westphal.
This patch does the following 3 main tasks.
1) Add list lock to 'struct nf_conncount_list' so that we can
alter the lists containing the individual connections without holding the
main tree lock. It would be useful when we only need to add/remove to/from
a list without allocate/remove a node in the tree. With this change, we
update nft_connlimit accordingly since we longer need to maintain
a list lock in nft_connlimit now.
2) Use RCU for the initial tree search to improve tree look up performance.
3) Add a garbage collection worker. This worker is schedule when there
are excessive tree node that needed to be recycled.
Moreover,the rbnode reclaim logic is moved from search tree to insert tree
to avoid race condition.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is originally from Florian Westphal.
This patch does the following three tasks.
It applies the same early exit technique for nf_conncount_lookup().
Since now we keep the number of connections in 'struct nf_conncount_list',
we no longer need to return the count in nf_conncount_lookup().
Moreover, we expose the garbage collection function nf_conncount_gc_list()
for nft_connlimit.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Original patch is from Florian Westphal.
This patch switches from hlist to plain list to store the list of
connections with the same filtering key in nf_conncount. With the
plain list, we can insert new connections at the tail, so over time
the beginning of list holds long-running connections and those are
expired, while the newly creates ones are at the end.
Later on, we could probably move checked ones to the end of the list,
so the next run has higher chance to reclaim stale entries in the front.
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This unifies ipv4 and ipv6 protocol trackers and removes the l3proto
abstraction.
This gets rid of all l3proto indirect calls and the need to do
a lookup on the function to call for l3 demux.
It increases module size by only a small amount (12kbyte), so this reduces
size because nf_conntrack.ko is useless without either nf_conntrack_ipv4
or nf_conntrack_ipv6 module.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
7357 1088 0 8445 20fd nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko
7405 1084 4 8493 212d nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
72614 13689 236 86539 1520b nf_conntrack.ko
19K nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko
19K nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
179K nf_conntrack.ko
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
79277 13937 236 93450 16d0a nf_conntrack.ko
191K nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This an IPv6 version patch of "ipv4/igmp: init group mode as INCLUDE when
join source group". From RFC3810, part 6.1:
If no per-interface state existed for that
multicast address before the change (i.e., the change consisted of
creating a new per-interface record), or if no state exists after the
change (i.e., the change consisted of deleting a per-interface
record), then the "non-existent" state is considered to have an
INCLUDE filter mode and an empty source list.
Which means a new multicast group should start with state IN(). Currently,
for MLDv2 SSM JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP mode, we first call ipv6_sock_mc_join(),
then ip6_mc_source(), which will trigger a TO_IN() message instead of
ALLOW().
The issue was exposed by commit a052517a8f ("net/multicast: should not
send source list records when have filter mode change"). Before this change,
we sent both ALLOW(A) and TO_IN(A). Now, we only send TO_IN(A).
Fix it by adding a new parameter to init group mode. Also add some wrapper
functions to avoid changing too much code.
v1 -> v2:
In the first version I only cleared the group change record. But this is not
enough. Because when a new group join, it will init as EXCLUDE and trigger
a filter mode change in ip/ip6_mc_add_src(), which will clear all source
addresses sf_crcount. This will prevent early joined address sending state
change records if multi source addressed joined at the same time.
In v2 patch, I fixed it by directly initializing the mode to INCLUDE for SSM
JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP. I also split the original patch into two separated patches
for IPv4 and IPv6.
There is also a difference between v4 and v6 version. For IPv6, when the
interface goes down and up, we will send correct state change record with
unspecified IPv6 address (::) with function ipv6_mc_up(). But after DAD is
completed, we resend the change record TO_IN() in mld_send_initial_cr().
Fix it by sending ALLOW() for INCLUDE mode in mld_send_initial_cr().
Fixes: a052517a8f ("net/multicast: should not send source list records when have filter mode change")
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not needed, we can have the l4trackers fetch it themselvs.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle the common cases (tcp, udp, etc). in the core and only
do the indirect call for the protocols that need it (GRE for instance).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle it in the core instead.
ipv6_skip_exthdr() is built-in even if ipv6 is a module, i.e. this
doesn't create an ipv6 dependency.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its simpler to just handle it directly in nf_ct_invert_tuple().
Also gets rid of need to pass l3proto pointer to resolve_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
handle everything from ctnetlink directly.
After all these years we still only support ipv4 and ipv6, so it
seems reasonable to remove l3 protocol tracker support and instead
handle ipv4/ipv6 from a common, always builtin inet tracker.
Step 1: Get rid of all the l3proto->func() calls.
Start with ctnetlink, then move on to packet-path ones.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These versions deal with the l3proto/l4proto details internally.
It removes only caller of nf_ct_get_tuple, so make it static.
After this, l3proto->get_l4proto() can be removed in a followup patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This function is also necessary to implement nft tproxy support
Fixes: 45ca4e0cf2 ("netfilter: Libify xt_TPROXY")
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch completes the generic infrastructure to offload TLS crypto to a
network device. It enables the kernel to skip decryption and
authentication of some skbs marked as decrypted by the NIC. In the fast
path, all packets received are decrypted by the NIC and the performance
is comparable to plain TCP.
This infrastructure doesn't require a TCP offload engine. Instead, the
NIC only decrypts packets that contain the expected TCP sequence number.
Out-Of-Order TCP packets are provided unmodified. As a result, at the
worst case a received TLS record consists of both plaintext and ciphertext
packets. These partially decrypted records must be reencrypted,
only to be decrypted.
The notable differences between SW KTLS Rx and this offload are as
follows:
1. Partial decryption - Software must handle the case of a TLS record
that was only partially decrypted by HW. This can happen due to packet
reordering.
2. Resynchronization - tls_read_size calls the device driver to
resynchronize HW after HW lost track of TLS record framing in
the TCP stream.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits tls_sw_release_resources_rx into two functions one
which releases all inner software tls structures and another that also
frees the containing structure.
In TLS_DEVICE we will need to release the software structures without
freeeing the containing structure, which contains other information.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, decrypt_skb also updated the TLS context.
Now, decrypt_skb only decrypts the payload using the current context,
while decrypt_skb_update also updates the state.
Later, in the tls_device Rx flow, we will use decrypt_skb directly.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For symmetry, we rename tls_offload_context to
tls_offload_context_tx before we add tls_offload_context_rx.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various different arm32 JIT improvements in order to optimize code emission
and make the JIT code itself more robust, from Russell.
2) Support simultaneous driver and offloaded XDP in order to allow for advanced
use-cases where some work is offloaded to the NIC and some to the host. Also
add ability for bpftool to load programs and maps beyond just the cgroup case,
from Jakub.
3) Add BPF JIT support in nfp for multiplication as well as division. For the
latter in particular, it uses the reciprocal algorithm to emulate it, from Jiong.
4) Add BTF pretty print functionality to bpftool in plain and JSON output
format, from Okash.
5) Add build and installation to the BPF helper man page into bpftool, from Quentin.
6) Add a TCP BPF callback for listening sockets which is triggered right after
the socket transitions to TCP_LISTEN state, from Andrey.
7) Add a new cgroup tree command to bpftool which iterates over the whole cgroup
tree and prints all attached programs, from Roman.
8) Improve xdp_redirect_cpu sample to support parsing of double VLAN tagged
packets, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After fixing the way DCTCP tracking delayed ACKs, the delayed-ACK
related callbacks are no longer needed
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct tcf_walker with additional 'cookie' field. It is intended to
be used by classifier walk implementations to continue iteration directly
from particular filter, instead of iterating 'skip' number of times.
Change flower walk implementation to save filter handle in 'cookie'. Each
time flower walk is called, it looks up filter with saved handle directly
with idr, instead of iterating over filter linked list 'skip' number of
times. This change improves complexity of dumping flower classifier from
quadratic to linearithmic. (assuming idr lookup has logarithmic complexity)
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic operations drivers perform during xdp setup and query can
be moved to helpers in the core. Encapsulate program and flags
into a structure and add helpers. Note that the structure is
intended as the "main" program information source in the driver.
Most drivers will additionally place the program pointer in their
fast path or ring structures.
The helpers don't have a huge impact now, but they will
decrease the code duplication when programs can be installed
in HW and driver at the same time. Encapsulating the basic
operations in helpers will hopefully also reduce the number
of changes to drivers which adopt them.
Helpers could really be static inline, but they depend on
definition of struct netdev_bpf which means they'd have
to be placed in netdevice.h, an already 4500 line header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The Link Quality Indication data exposed by drivers could not be accessed from
userspace. Since this data is per-datagram received, it makes sense to make it
available to userspace application through the ancillary data mechanism in
recvmsg rather than through ioctls. This can be activated using the socket
option WPAN_WANTLQI under SOL_IEEE802154 protocol.
This LQI data is available in the ancillary data buffer under the SOL_IEEE802154
level as the type WPAN_LQI. The value is an unsigned byte indicating the link
quality with values ranging 0-255.
Signed-off-by: Romuald Cari <romuald.cari@devialet.com>
Signed-off-by: Clément Peron <clement.peron@devialet.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each device address region can store multiple snapshots,
each snapshot is identified using a different numerical ID.
This ID is used when deleting a snapshot or showing an address
region specific snapshot. This patch exposes a callback to add
a new snapshot to an address region.
The snapshot will be deleted using the destructor function
when destroying a region or when a snapshot delete command
from devlink user tool.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To restrict the driver with the snapshot ID selection a new callback
is introduced for the driver to get the snapshot ID before creating
a new snapshot. This will also allow giving the same ID for multiple
snapshots taken of different regions on the same time.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a device to register its supported address regions.
Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading
the snapshots taken of this address space.
Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions.
An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,un}lock_bh, to protect concurrent read/write on
act_skbedit configuration. This reduces the effects of contention in the
data path, in case multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using get_seconds() for timestamps is deprecated since it can lead
to overflows on 32-bit systems. While the interface generally doesn't
overflow until year 2106, the specific implementation of the TCP PAWS
algorithm breaks in 2038 when the intermediate signed 32-bit timestamps
overflow.
A related problem is that the local timestamps in CLOCK_REALTIME form
lead to unexpected behavior when settimeofday is called to set the system
clock backwards or forwards by more than 24 days.
While the first problem could be solved by using an overflow-safe method
of comparing the timestamps, a nicer solution is to use a monotonic
clocksource with ktime_get_seconds() that simply doesn't overflow (at
least not until 136 years after boot) and that doesn't change during
settimeofday().
To make 32-bit and 64-bit architectures behave the same way here, and
also save a few bytes in the tcp_options_received structure, I'm changing
the type to a 32-bit integer, which is now safe on all architectures.
Finally, the ts_recent_stamp field also (confusingly) gets used to store
a jiffies value in tcp_synq_overflow()/tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow().
This is currently safe, but changing the type to 32-bit requires
some small changes there to keep it working.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LAG devices (team or bond) recognize for each one of their slave devices
whether LAG traffic is going to be sent through that device. Bond calls
such devices "active", team calls them "txable". When this state
changes, a NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE notification is distributed, together
with a netdev_notifier_changelowerstate_info structure that for LAG
devices includes a tx_enabled flag that refers to the new state. The
notification thus makes it possible to react to the changes in txability
in drivers.
However there's no way to query txability from the outside on demand.
That is problematic namely for mlxsw, which when resolving ERSPAN packet
path, may encounter a LAG device, and needs to determine which of the
slaves it should choose.
To that end, introduce a new function, net_lag_port_dev_txable(), which
determines whether a given slave device is "active" or
"txable" (depending on the flavor of the LAG device). That function then
dispatches to per-LAG-flavor helpers, bond_is_active_slave_dev() resp.
team_port_dev_txable().
Because there currently is no good place where net_lag_port_dev_txable()
should be added, introduce a new header file, lag.h, which should from
now on hold any logic common to both team and bond. (But keep
netif_is_lag_master() together with the rest of netif_is_*_master()
functions).
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Congestion control algorithms, which access the rate sample
through the tcp_cong_control function, only have access to the maximum
of the send and receive interval, for cases where the acknowledgment
rate may be inaccurate due to ACK compression or decimation. Algorithms
may want to use send rates and receive rates as separate signals.
Signed-off-by: Deepti Raghavan <deeptir@mit.edu>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
get_seconds() is deprecated because it can overflow on 32-bit
architectures. For the xfrm_state->lastused member, we treat the data
as a 64-bit number already, so we just need to use the right accessor
that works on both 32-bit and 64-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Missing module autoloadfor icmp and icmpv6 x_tables matches,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Possible non-linear access to TCP header from tproxy, from
Mate Eckl.
3) Do not allow rbtree to be used for single elements, this patch
moves all set backend into one single module since such thing
can only happen if hashtable module is explicitly blacklisted,
which should not ever be done.
4) Reject error and standard targets from nft_compat for sanity
reasons, they are never used from there.
5) Don't crash on double hashsize module parameter, from Andrey
Ryabinin.
6) Drop dst on skb before placing it in the fragmentation
reassembly queue, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-07-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
Plenty of fixes for different components:
1) A set of critical fixes for sockmap and sockhash, from John Fastabend.
2) fixes for several race conditions in af_xdp, from Magnus Karlsson.
3) hash map refcnt fix, from Mauricio Vasquez.
4) samples/bpf fixes, from Taeung Song.
5) ifup+mtu check for xdp_redirect, from Toshiaki Makita.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Act API used linked list to pass set of actions to functions. It is
intrusive data structure that stores list nodes inside action structure
itself, which means it is not safe to modify such list concurrently.
However, action API doesn't use any linked list specific operations on this
set of actions, so it can be safely refactored into plain pointer array.
Refactor action API to use array of pointers to tc_actions instead of
linked list. Change argument 'actions' type of exported action init,
destroy and dump functions.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement function that atomically checks if action exists and either takes
reference to it, or allocates idr slot for action index to prevent
concurrent allocations of actions with same index. Use EBUSY error pointer
to indicate that idr slot is reserved.
Implement cleanup helper function that removes temporary error pointer from
idr. (in case of error between idr allocation and insertion of newly
created action to specified index)
Refactor all action init functions to insert new action to idr using this
API.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend action ops with 'delete' function. Each action type to implements
its own delete function that doesn't depend on rtnl lock.
Implement delete function that is required to delete actions without
holding rtnl lock. Use action API function that atomically deletes action
only if it is still in action idr. This implementation prevents concurrent
threads from deleting same action twice.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement new action API function that atomically finds and deletes action
from idr by index. Intended to be used by lockless actions that do not rely
on rtnl lock.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional 'rtnl_held' argument to act API init functions. It is
required to implement actions that need to release rtnl lock before loading
kernel module and reacquire if afterwards.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change type of action reference counter to refcount_t.
Change type of action bind counter to atomic_t.
This type is used to allow decrementing bind counter without testing
for 0 result.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement functions to atomically update and free action cookie
using rcu mechanism.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit
'bpf: bpf_compute_data uses incorrect cb structure' (8108a77515)
we added the routine bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() to compute the
correct data_end values, but this has since been lost. In kernel
v4.14 this was correct and the above patch was applied in it
entirety. Then when v4.14 was merged into v4.15-rc1 net-next tree
we lost the piece that renamed bpf_compute_data_pointers to the
new function bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb. This was done here,
e1ea2f9856 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
When it conflicted with the following rename patch,
6aaae2b6c4 ("bpf: rename bpf_compute_data_end into bpf_compute_data_pointers")
Finally, after a refactor I thought even the function
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() was no longer needed and it was
erroneously removed.
However, we never reverted the sk_skb_convert_ctx_access() usage of
tcp_skb_cb which had been committed and survived the merge conflict.
Here we fix this by adding back the helper and *_data_end_sk_skb()
usage. Using the bpf_skc_data_end mapping is not correct because it
expects a qdisc_skb_cb object but at the sock layer this is not the
case. Even though it happens to work here because we don't overwrite
any data in-use at the socket layer and the cb structure is cleared
later this has potential to create some subtle issues. But, even
more concretely the filter.c access check uses tcp_skb_cb.
And by some act of chance though,
struct bpf_skb_data_end {
struct qdisc_skb_cb qdisc_cb; /* 0 28 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
void * data_meta; /* 32 8 */
void * data_end; /* 40 8 */
/* size: 48, cachelines: 1, members: 3 */
/* sum members: 44, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */
/* last cacheline: 48 bytes */
};
and then tcp_skb_cb,
struct tcp_skb_cb {
[...]
struct {
__u32 flags; /* 24 4 */
struct sock * sk_redir; /* 32 8 */
void * data_end; /* 40 8 */
} bpf; /* 24 */
};
So when we use offset_of() to track down the byte offset we get 40 in
either case and everything continues to work. Fix this mess and use
correct structures its unclear how long this might actually work for
until someone moves the structs around.
Reported-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Fixes: e1ea2f9856 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Fixes: 6aaae2b6c4 ("bpf: rename bpf_compute_data_end into bpf_compute_data_pointers")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Dissect the QinQ packets to get both outer and inner vlan information,
then store to the extended flow keys.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change vlan dissector key to save vlan tpid to support both 802.1Q
and 802.1AD ethertype.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A newly added dummy helper function tries to return a failure from a "void"
function:
In file included from include/net/dsa.h:24,
from arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c:21:
include/net/devlink.h: In function 'devlink_param_value_changed':
include/net/devlink.h:771:9: error: 'return' with a value, in function returning void [-Werror]
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
This fixes it by removing the bogus statement.
Fixes: ea601e1709 ("devlink: Add devlink notifications support for params")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags is derived from sk->sk_tsflags, possibly
after modification by __sock_cmsg_send, by calling sock_tx_timestamp.
The IPv4 and IPv6 paths do this conversion differently. In IPv4, the
individual protocols that support tx timestamps call this function
and store the result in ipc.tx_flags. In IPv6, sock_tx_timestamp is
called in __ip6_append_data.
There is no need to store both tx_flags and ts_flags in the cookie
as one is derived from the other. Convert when setting up the cork
and remove the redundant field. This is similar to IPv6, only have
the conversion happen only once per datagram, in ip(6)_setup_cork.
Also change __ip6_append_data to match __ip_append_data. Only update
tskey if timestamping is enabled with OPT_ID. The SOCK_.. test is
redundant: only valid protocols can have non-zero cork->tx_flags.
After this change the IPv4 and IPv6 logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipcm_cookie includes sockcm_cookie. Do the same for ipcm6_cookie.
This reduces the number of arguments that need to be passed around,
applies ipcm6_init to all cookie fields at once and reduces code
differentiation between ipv4 and ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the cookie in one location to reduce code duplication and
avoid bugs from inconsistent initialization, such as that fixed in
commit 9887cba199 ("ip: limit use of gso_size to udp").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements extended LE craete connection and enhanced
LE conn complete event if the controller supports.
For now it is as good as legacy LE connection and event as
no new features in the extended connection is handled.
< HCI Command: LE Extended Create Connection (0x08|0x0043) plen 26
Filter policy: White list is not used (0x00)
Own address type: Public (0x00)
Peer address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Initiating PHYs: 0x01
Entry 0: LE 1M
Scan interval: 60.000 msec (0x0060)
Scan window: 60.000 msec (0x0060)
Min connection interval: 50.00 msec (0x0028)
Max connection interval: 70.00 msec (0x0038)
Connection latency: 0 (0x0000)
Supervision timeout: 420 msec (0x002a)
Min connection length: 0.000 msec (0x0000)
Max connection length: 0.000 msec (0x0000)
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
LE Extended Create Connection (0x08|0x0043) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 31
LE Enhanced Connection Complete (0x0a)
Status: Success (0x00)
Handle: 3585
Role: Master (0x00)
Peer address type: Random (0x01)
Peer address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Local resolvable private address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (Non-Resolvable)
Peer resolvable private address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (Non-Resolvable)
Connection interval: 67.50 msec (0x0036)
Connection latency: 0 (0x0000)
Supervision timeout: 420 msec (0x002a)
Master clock accuracy: 0x00
@ MGMT Event: Device Connected (0x000b) plen 40
LE Address: DB:7E:2E:1D:85:E8 (Static)
Flags: 0x00000000
Data length: 27
Name (complete): Designer Mouse
Appearance: Mouse (0x03c2)
Flags: 0x05
LE Limited Discoverable Mode
BR/EDR Not Supported
16-bit Service UUIDs (complete): 1 entry
Human Interface Device (0x1812)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch enables Extended ADV report event if extended scanning
is supported in the controller and process the same.
The new features are not handled and for now its as good as
legacy ADV report.
> HCI Event: LE Meta Event (0x3e) plen 53
LE Extended Advertising Report (0x0d)
Num reports: 1
Entry 0
Event type: 0x0013
Props: 0x0013
Connectable
Scannable
Use legacy advertising PDUs
Data status: Complete
Legacy PDU Type: ADV_IND (0x0013)
Address type: Random (0x01)
Address: DB:7E:2E:1A:85:E8 (Static)
Primary PHY: LE 1M
Secondary PHY: LE 1M
SID: 0x00
TX power: 0 dBm
RSSI: -90 dBm (0xa6)
Periodic advertising invteral: 0.00 msec (0x0000)
Direct address type: Public (0x00)
Direct address: 00:00:00:00:00:00 (OUI 00-00-00)
Data length: 0x1b
0f 09 44 65 73 69 67 6e 65 72 20 4d 6f 75 73 65 ..Designer Mouse
03 19 c2 03 02 01 05 03 03 12 18 ...........
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This implements Set extended scan param and set extended scan enable
commands and use it for start LE scan based on controller support.
The new features added in these commands are setting of new PHY for
scanning and setting of scan duration. Both features are disabled
for now, meaning only 1M PHY is set and scan duration is set to 0
which means that scanning will be done untill scan disable is called.
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Scan Parameters (0x08|0x0041) plen 8
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Filter policy: Accept all advertisement (0x00)
PHYs: 0x01
Entry 0: LE 1M
Type: Active (0x01)
Interval: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Window: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Scan Parameters (0x08|0x0041) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Extended Scan Enable (0x08|0x0042) plen 6
Extended scan: Enabled (0x01)
Filter duplicates: Enabled (0x01)
Duration: 0 msec (0x0000)
Period: 0.00 sec (0x0000)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
LE Set Extended Scan Enable (0x08|0x0042) ncmd 2
Status: Success (0x00)
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch disallows rbtree with single elements, which is causing
problems with the recent timeout support. Before this patch, you
could opt out individual set representations per module, which is
just adding extra complexity.
Fixes: 8d8540c4f5e0("netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: add timeout support")
Reported-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The current implementation of cfg80211_rx_control_port assumed that the
caller could provide a contiguous region of memory for the control port
frame to be sent up to userspace. Unfortunately, many drivers produce
non-linear skbs, especially for data frames. This resulted in userspace
getting notified of control port frames with correct metadata (from
address, port, etc) yet garbage / nonsense contents, resulting in bad
handshakes, disconnections, etc.
mac80211 linearizes skbs containing management frames. But it didn't
seem worthwhile to do this for control port frames. Thus the signature
of cfg80211_rx_control_port was changed to take the skb directly.
nl80211 then takes care of obtaining control port frame data directly
from the (linear | non-linear) skb.
The caller is still responsible for freeing the skb,
cfg80211_rx_control_port does not take ownership of it.
Fixes: 6a671a50f8 ("nl80211: Add CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME API")
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
[fix some kernel-doc formatting, add fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a silent out-of-bound read possibility that was present
because of the misuse of this function.
Mostly it was called with a struct udphdr *hp which had only the udphdr
part linearized by the skb_header_pointer, however
nf_tproxy_get_sock_v{4,6} uses it as a tcphdr pointer, so some reads for
tcp specific attributes may be invalid.
Fixes: a583636a83 ("inet: refactor inet[6]_lookup functions to take skb")
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
At present the ipv6_renew_options_kern() function ends up calling into
access_ok() which is problematic if done from inside an interrupt as
access_ok() calls WARN_ON_IN_IRQ() on some (all?) architectures
(x86-64 is affected). Example warning/backtrace is shown below:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 3144 at lib/usercopy.c:11 _copy_from_user+0x85/0x90
...
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
ipv6_renew_option+0xb2/0xf0
ipv6_renew_options+0x26a/0x340
ipv6_renew_options_kern+0x2c/0x40
calipso_req_setattr+0x72/0xe0
netlbl_req_setattr+0x126/0x1b0
selinux_netlbl_inet_conn_request+0x80/0x100
selinux_inet_conn_request+0x6d/0xb0
security_inet_conn_request+0x32/0x50
tcp_conn_request+0x35f/0xe00
? __lock_acquire+0x250/0x16c0
? selinux_socket_sock_rcv_skb+0x1ae/0x210
? tcp_rcv_state_process+0x289/0x106b
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x289/0x106b
? tcp_v6_do_rcv+0x1a7/0x3c0
tcp_v6_do_rcv+0x1a7/0x3c0
tcp_v6_rcv+0xc82/0xcf0
ip6_input_finish+0x10d/0x690
ip6_input+0x45/0x1e0
? ip6_rcv_finish+0x1d0/0x1d0
ipv6_rcv+0x32b/0x880
? ip6_make_skb+0x1e0/0x1e0
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x6f2/0xdf0
? process_backlog+0x85/0x250
? process_backlog+0x85/0x250
? process_backlog+0xec/0x250
process_backlog+0xec/0x250
net_rx_action+0x153/0x480
__do_softirq+0xd9/0x4f7
do_softirq_own_stack+0x2a/0x40
</IRQ>
...
While not present in the backtrace, ipv6_renew_option() ends up calling
access_ok() via the following chain:
access_ok()
_copy_from_user()
copy_from_user()
ipv6_renew_option()
The fix presented in this patch is to perform the userspace copy
earlier in the call chain such that it is only called when the option
data is actually coming from userspace; that place is
do_ipv6_setsockopt(). Not only does this solve the problem seen in
the backtrace above, it also allows us to simplify the code quite a
bit by removing ipv6_renew_options_kern() completely. We also take
this opportunity to cleanup ipv6_renew_options()/ipv6_renew_option()
a small amount as well.
This patch is heavily based on a rough patch by Al Viro. I've taken
his original patch, converted a kmemdup() call in do_ipv6_setsockopt()
to a memdup_user() call, made better use of the e_inval jump target in
the same function, and cleaned up the use ipv6_renew_option() by
ipv6_renew_options().
CC: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV)
characteristic of the device.
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set:
internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors.
max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devlink_param_notify() function to support devlink param notifications.
Add notification call to devlink param set, register and unregister
functions.
Add devlink_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify
devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was
changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"driverinit" configuration mode value is held by devlink to enable
the driver query the value after reload. Two additional functions
added to help the driver get/set the value from/to devlink:
devlink_param_driverinit_value_set() and
devlink_param_driverinit_value_get().
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add param set command to set value for a parameter.
Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define configuration parameters data structure.
Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported
configuration parameters table.
For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's
fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit"
the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set
to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required
and should be set by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket error queue for reporting dropped packets if the
socket has enabled that feature through the SO_TXTIME API.
Packets are dropped either on enqueue() if they aren't accepted by the
qdisc or on dequeue() if the system misses their deadline. Those are
reported as different errors so applications can react accordingly.
Userspace can retrieve the errors through the socket error queue and the
corresponding cmsg interfaces. A struct sock_extended_err* is used for
returning the error data, and the packet's timestamp can be retrieved by
adding both ee_data and ee_info fields as e.g.:
((__u64) serr->ee_data << 32) + serr->ee_info
This feature is disabled by default and must be explicitly enabled by
applications. Enabling it can bring some overhead for the Tx cycles
of the application.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add infra so etf qdisc supports HW offload of time-based transmission.
For hw offload, the time sorted list is still used, so packets are
dequeued always in order of txtime.
Example:
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 parent root handle 100 mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
$ tc qdisc add dev enp2s0 parent 100:1 etf offload delta 100000 \
clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
In this example, the Qdisc will use HW offload for the control of the
transmission time through the network adapter. The hrtimer used for
packets scheduling inside the qdisc will use the clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
as reference and packets leave the Qdisc "delta" (100000) nanoseconds
before their transmission time. Because this will be using HW offload and
since dynamic clocks are not supported by the hrtimer, the system clock
and the PHC clock must be synchronized for this mode to behave as
expected.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds 'qdisc_watchdog_init_clockid()' that allows a clockid to be
passed, this allows other time references to be used when scheduling
the Qdisc to run.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a transmit_time field to struct inet_cork, then copy the
timestamp from the CMSG cookie at ip_setup_cork() so we can
safely copy it into the skb later during __ip_make_skb().
For the raw fast path, just perform the copy at raw_send_hdrinc().
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <rcochran@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces SO_TXTIME. User space enables this option in
order to pass a desired future transmit time in a CMSG when calling
sendmsg(2). The argument to this socket option is a 8-bytes long struct
provided by the uapi header net_tstamp.h defined as:
struct sock_txtime {
clockid_t clockid;
u32 flags;
};
Note that new fields were added to struct sock by filling a 2-bytes
hole found in the struct. For that reason, neither the struct size or
number of cachelines were altered.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <rcochran@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NetworkManager likes to manage linklocal prefix routes and does so with
the NLM_F_APPEND flag, breaking attempts to simplify the IPv6 route
code and by extension enable multipath routes with device only nexthops.
Revert f34436a430 and these followup patches:
6eba08c362 ("ipv6: Only emit append events for appended routes").
ce45bded64 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Align with new route replace logic")
53b562df8c ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow appending to dev-only routes")
Update the fib_tests cases to reflect the old behavior.
Fixes: f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending into multipath route")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Also involved adding a way to run a netfilter hook over a list of packets.
Rather than attempting to make netfilter know about lists (which would be
a major project in itself) we just let it call the regular okfn (in this
case ip_rcv_finish()) for any packets it steals, and have it give us back
a list of packets it's synchronously accepted (which normally NF_HOOK
would automatically call okfn() on, but we want to be able to potentially
pass the list to a listified version of okfn().)
The netfilter hooks themselves are indirect calls that still happen per-
packet (see nf_hook_entry_hookfn()), but again, changing that can be left
for future work.
There is potential for out-of-order receives if the netfilter hook ends up
synchronously stealing packets, as they will be processed before any
accepts earlier in the list. However, it was already possible for an
asynchronous accept to cause out-of-order receives, so presumably this is
considered OK.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like some other per transport params, flowlabel and dscp are added
in transport, asoc and sctp_sock. By default, transport sets its
value from asoc's, and asoc does it from sctp_sock. flowlabel
only works for ipv6 transport.
Other than that they need to be passed down in sctp_xmit, flow4/6
also needs to set them before looking up route in get_dst.
Note that it uses '& 0x100000' to check if flowlabel is set and
'& 0x1' (tos 1st bit is unused) to check if dscp is set by users,
so that they could be set to 0 by sockopt in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces __ip_queue_xmit(), through which the callers
can pass tos param into it without having to set inet->tos. For
ipv6, ip6_xmit() already allows passing tclass parameter.
It's needed when some transport protocol doesn't use inet->tos,
like sctp's per transport dscp, which will be added in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a potential race in the TX completion code for the SKB
case. One process enters the sendmsg code of an AF_XDP socket in order
to send a frame. The execution eventually trickles down to the driver
that is told to send the packet. However, it decides to drop the
packet due to some error condition (e.g., rings full) and frees the
SKB. This will trigger the SKB destructor and a completion will be
sent to the AF_XDP user space through its
single-producer/single-consumer queues.
At the same time a TX interrupt has fired on another core and it
dispatches the TX completion code in the driver. It does its HW
specific things and ends up freeing the SKB associated with the
transmitted packet. This will trigger the SKB destructor and a
completion will be sent to the AF_XDP user space through its
single-producer/single-consumer queues. With a pseudo call stack, it
would look like this:
Core 1:
sendmsg() being called in the application
netdev_start_xmit()
Driver entered through ndo_start_xmit
Driver decides to free the SKB for some reason (e.g., rings full)
Destructor of SKB called
xskq_produce_addr() is called to signal completion to user space
Core 2:
TX completion irq
NAPI loop
Driver irq handler for TX completions
Frees the SKB
Destructor of SKB called
xskq_produce_addr() is called to signal completion to user space
We now have a violation of the single-producer/single-consumer
principle for our queues as there are two threads trying to produce at
the same time on the same queue.
Fixed by introducing a spin_lock in the destructor. In regards to the
performance, I get around 1.74 Mpps for txonly before and after the
introduction of the spinlock. There is of course some impact due to
the spin lock but it is in the less significant digits that are too
noisy for me to measure. But let us say that the version without the
spin lock got 1.745 Mpps in the best case and the version with 1.735
Mpps in the worst case, then that would mean a maximum drop in
performance of 0.5%.
Fixes: 35fcde7f8d ("xsk: support for Tx")
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Simple overlapping changes in stmmac driver.
Adjust skb_gro_flush_final_remcsum function signature to make GRO list
changes in net-next, as per Stephen Rothwell's example merge
resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Verify netlink attributes properly in nf_queue, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Need to bump memory lock rlimit for test_sockmap bpf test, from
Yonghong Song.
3) Fix VLAN handling in lan78xx driver, from Dave Stevenson.
4) Fix uninitialized read in nf_log, from Jann Horn.
5) Fix raw command length parsing in mlx5, from Alex Vesker.
6) Cleanup loopback RDS connections upon netns deletion, from Sowmini
Varadhan.
7) Fix regressions in FIB rule matching during create, from Jason A.
Donenfeld and Roopa Prabhu.
8) Fix mpls ether type detection in nfp, from Pieter Jansen van Vuuren.
9) More bpfilter build fixes/adjustments from Masahiro Yamada.
10) Fix XDP_{TX,REDIRECT} flushing in various drivers, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) fib_tests.sh file permissions were broken, from Shuah Khan.
12) Make sure BH/preemption is disabled in data path of mac80211, from
Denis Kenzior.
13) Don't ignore nla_parse_nested() return values in nl80211, from
Johannes berg.
14) Properly account sock objects ot kmemcg, from Shakeel Butt.
15) Adjustments to setting bpf program permissions to read-only, from
Daniel Borkmann.
16) TCP Fast Open key endianness was broken, it always took on the host
endiannness. Whoops. Explicitly make it little endian. From Yuching
Cheng.
17) Fix prefix route setting for link local addresses in ipv6, from
David Ahern.
18) Potential Spectre v1 in zatm driver, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
19) Various bpf sockmap fixes, from John Fastabend.
20) Use after free for GRO with ESP, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) Passing bogus flags to crypto_alloc_shash() in ipv6 SR code, from
Eric Biggers.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (87 commits)
qede: Adverstise software timestamp caps when PHC is not available.
qed: Fix use of incorrect size in memcpy call.
qed: Fix setting of incorrect eswitch mode.
qed: Limit msix vectors in kdump kernel to the minimum required count.
ipvlan: call dev_change_flags when ipvlan mode is reset
ipv6: sr: fix passing wrong flags to crypto_alloc_shash()
net: fix use-after-free in GRO with ESP
tcp: prevent bogus FRTO undos with non-SACK flows
bpf: sockhash, add release routine
bpf: sockhash fix omitted bucket lock in sock_close
bpf: sockmap, fix smap_list_map_remove when psock is in many maps
bpf: sockmap, fix crash when ipv6 sock is added
net: fib_rules: bring back rule_exists to match rule during add
hv_netvsc: split sub-channel setup into async and sync
net: use dev_change_tx_queue_len() for SIOCSIFTXQLEN
atm: zatm: Fix potential Spectre v1
s390/qeth: consistently re-enable device features
s390/qeth: don't clobber buffer on async TX completion
s390/qeth: avoid using is_multicast_ether_addr_64bits on (u8 *)[6]
s390/qeth: fix race when setting MAC address
...
This patch adds support to pick Tx queue based on the Rx queue(s) map
configuration set by the admin through the sysfs attribute
for each Tx queue. If the user configuration for receive queue(s) map
does not apply, then the Tx queue selection falls back to CPU(s) map
based selection and finally to hashing.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new field to sock_common 'skc_rx_queue_mapping'
which holds the receive queue number for the connection. The Rx queue
is marked in tcp_finish_connect() to allow a client app to do
SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID after a connect() call to get the right queue
association for a socket. Rx queue is also marked in tcp_conn_request()
to allow syn-ack to go on the right tx-queue associated with
the queue on which syn is received.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'skc_tx_queue_mapping' field in sock_common structure from
'int' to 'unsigned short' type with ~0 indicating unset and
other positive queue values being set. This will accommodate adding
a new 'unsigned short' field in sock_common in the next patch for
rx_queue_mapping.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* finally some of the promised HE code, but it turns
out to be small - but everything kept changing, so
one part I did in the driver was >30 patches for
what was ultimately <200 lines of code ... similar
here for this code.
* improved scan privacy support - can now specify scan
flags for randomizing the sequence number as well as
reducing the probe request element content
* rfkill cleanups
* a timekeeping cleanup from Arnd
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sNaA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-06-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Small merge conflict in net/mac80211/scan.c, I preserved
the kcalloc() conversion. -DaveM
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This round's updates:
* finally some of the promised HE code, but it turns
out to be small - but everything kept changing, so
one part I did in the driver was >30 patches for
what was ultimately <200 lines of code ... similar
here for this code.
* improved scan privacy support - can now specify scan
flags for randomizing the sequence number as well as
reducing the probe request element content
* rfkill cleanups
* a timekeeping cleanup from Arnd
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC-D relies on PNETIDs to find usable SMC-D/ISM devices for a SMC
connection. This patch adds SMC-D/ISM support to the current PNETID
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC supports two variants: SMC-R and SMC-D. For data transport, SMC-R
uses RDMA devices, SMC-D uses so-called Internal Shared Memory (ISM)
devices. An ISM device only allows shared memory communication between
SMC instances on the same machine. For example, this allows virtual
machines on the same host to communicate via SMC without RDMA devices.
This patch adds the base infrastructure for SMC-D and ISM devices to
the existing SMC code. It contains the following:
* ISM driver interface:
This interface allows an ISM driver to register ISM devices in SMC. In
the process, the driver provides a set of device ops for each device.
SMC uses these ops to execute SMC specific operations on or transfer
data over the device.
* Core SMC-D link group, connection, and buffer support:
Link groups, SMC connections and SMC buffers (in smc_core) are
extended to support SMC-D.
* SMC type checks:
Some type checks are added to prevent using SMC-R specific code for
SMC-D and vice versa.
To actually use SMC-D, additional changes to pnetid, CLC, CDC, etc. are
required. These are added in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s390 hardware supports the definition of a so-call Physical NETwork
IDentifier (short PNETID) per network device port. These PNETIDS
can be used to identify network devices that are attached to the same
physical network (broadcast domain).
On s390 try to use the PNETID of the ethernet device port used for
initial connecting, and derive the IB device port used for SMC RDMA
traffic.
On platforms without PNETID support fall back to the existing
solution of a configured pnet table.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the tunnel option type stored in tunnel flags when creating options
for tunnels. Thereby ensuring we do not set geneve, vxlan or erspan tunnel
options on interfaces that are not associated with them.
Make sure all users of the infrastructure set correct flags, for the BPF
helper we have to set all bits to keep backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature is actually already supported by sk->sk_reuse which can be
set by socket level opt SO_REUSEADDR. But it's not working exactly as
RFC6458 demands in section 8.1.27, like:
- This option only supports one-to-one style SCTP sockets
- This socket option must not be used after calling bind()
or sctp_bindx().
Besides, SCTP_REUSE_PORT sockopt should be provided for user's programs.
Otherwise, the programs with SCTP_REUSE_PORT from other systems will not
work in linux.
To separate it from the socket level version, this patch adds 'reuse' in
sctp_sock and it works pretty much as sk->sk_reuse, but with some extra
setup limitations that are needed when it is being enabled.
"It should be noted that the behavior of the socket-level socket option
to reuse ports and/or addresses for SCTP sockets is unspecified", so it
leaves SO_REUSEADDR as is for the compatibility.
Note that the name SCTP_REUSE_PORT is somewhat confusing, as its
functionality is nearly identical to SO_REUSEADDR, but with some
extra restrictions. Here it uses 'reuse' in sctp_sock instead of
'reuseport'. As for sk->sk_reuseport support for SCTP, it will be
added in another patch.
Thanks to Neil to make this clear.
v1->v2:
- add sctp_sk->reuse to separate it from the socket level version.
v2->v3:
- improve changelog according to Marcelo's suggestion.
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The poll() changes were not well thought out, and completely
unexplained. They also caused a huge performance regression, because
"->poll()" was no longer a trivial file operation that just called down
to the underlying file operations, but instead did at least two indirect
calls.
Indirect calls are sadly slow now with the Spectre mitigation, but the
performance problem could at least be largely mitigated by changing the
"->get_poll_head()" operation to just have a per-file-descriptor pointer
to the poll head instead. That gets rid of one of the new indirections.
But that doesn't fix the new complexity that is completely unwarranted
for the regular case. The (undocumented) reason for the poll() changes
was some alleged AIO poll race fixing, but we don't make the common case
slower and more complex for some uncommon special case, so this all
really needs way more explanations and most likely a fundamental
redesign.
[ This revert is a revert of about 30 different commits, not reverted
individually because that would just be unnecessarily messy - Linus ]
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Netfilter assumes that if the socket is present in the skb, then
it can be used because that reference is cleaned up while the skb
is crossing netns.
We want to change that to preserve the socket reference in a future
patch, so this is a preparation updating netfilter to check if the
socket netns matches before use it.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style issues in tc pedit headers detected by the
checkpatch script.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nf_queue, uncovered by KASAN,
from Eric Dumazet.
2) Use pointer to sysctl table, save us 192 bytes of memory per netns.
Also from Eric.
3) Possible use-after-free when removing conntrack helper modules due
to missing synchronize RCU call. From Taehee Yoo.
4) Fix corner case in systcl writes to nf_log that lead to appending
data to uninitialized buffer, from Jann Horn.
5) Jann Horn says we may indefinitely block other users of nf_log_mutex
if a userspace access in proc_dostring() blocked e.g. due to a
userfaultfd.
6) Fix garbage collection race for unconfirmed conntrack entries,
from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC shared blocks allow multiple qdiscs to be grouped together and filters
shared between them. Currently the chains of filters attached to a block
are only flushed when the block is removed. If a qdisc is removed from a
block but the block still exists, flow del messages are not passed to the
callback registered for that qdisc. For the NFP, this presents the
possibility of rules still existing in hw when they should be removed.
Prevent binding to shared blocks until the kernel can send per qdisc del
messages when block unbinds occur.
tcf_block_shared() was not used outside of the core until now, so also
add an empty implementation for builds with CONFIG_NET_CLS=n.
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the reoffload tcf_proto_op on all tcf_proto nodes in all chains of a
block when a callback tries to register to a block that already has
offloaded rules. If all existing rules cannot be offloaded then the
registration is rejected. This replaces the previous policy of rejecting
such callback registration outright.
On unregistration of a callback, the rules are flushed for that given cb.
The implementation of block sharing in the NFP driver, for example,
duplicates shared rules to all devs bound to a block. This meant that
rules could still exist in hw even after a device is unbound from a block
(assuming the block still remains active).
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the reoffload tcf_proto_op in flower to generate an offload message
for each filter in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified callback with
this new offload message. The function only returns an error if the
callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' rule.
A filter contains a flag to indicate if it is in hardware or not. To
ensure the reoffload function properly maintains this flag, keep a
reference counter for the number of instances of the filter that are in
hardware. Only update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0. Add
a generic helper function to implement this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new tcf_proto_op called 'reoffload' that generates a new offload
message for each node in a tcf_proto. Pointers to the tcf_proto and
whether the offload request is to add or delete the node are included.
Also included is a callback function to send the offload message to and
the option of priv data to go with the cb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage pending per-NAPI GRO packets via list_head.
Return an SKB pointer from the GRO receive handlers. When GRO receive
handlers return non-NULL, it means that this SKB needs to be completed
at this time and removed from the NAPI queue.
Several operations are greatly simplified by this transformation,
especially timing out the oldest SKB in the list when gro_count
exceeds MAX_GRO_SKBS, and napi_gro_flush() which walks the queue
in reverse order.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kristian Evensen says:
In a project I am involved in, we are running ipsec (Strongswan) on
different mt7621-based routers. Each router is configured as an
initiator and has around ~30 tunnels to different responders (running
on misc. devices). Before the flow cache was removed (kernel 4.9), we
got a combined throughput of around 70Mbit/s for all tunnels on one
router. However, we recently switched to kernel 4.14 (4.14.48), and
the total throughput is somewhere around 57Mbit/s (best-case). I.e., a
drop of around 20%. Reverting the flow cache removal restores, as
expected, performance levels to that of kernel 4.9.
When pcpu xdst exists, it has to be validated first before it can be
used.
A negative hit thus increases cost vs. no-cache.
As number of tunnels increases, hit rate decreases so this pcpu caching
isn't a viable strategy.
Furthermore, the xdst cache also needs to run with BH off, so when
removing this the bh disable/enable pairs can be removed too.
Kristian tested a 4.14.y backport of this change and reported
increased performance:
In our tests, the throughput reduction has been reduced from around -20%
to -5%. We also see that the overall throughput is independent of the
number of tunnels, while before the throughput was reduced as the number
of tunnels increased.
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds support for virtual xfrm interfaces.
Packets that are routed through such an interface
are guaranteed to be IPsec transformed or dropped.
It is a generic virtual interface that ensures IPsec
transformation, no need to know what happens behind
the interface. This means that we can tunnel IPv4 and
IPv6 through the same interface and support all xfrm
modes (tunnel, transport and beet) on it.
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Co-developed-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
This patch adds the xfrm interface id as a lookup key
for xfrm states and policies. With this we can assign
states and policies to virtual xfrm interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Add a new flowi_xfrm structure with informations needed to do
a xfrm lookup. At the moment it keeps the informations about
the new xfrm interface id needed to lookup xfrm interfaces
that are introduced with a followup patch. We need this new
lookup key as other possible keys, like the ifindex is
already part of the xfrm selector and used as a key to
enforce the output device after the transformation in the
policy/state lookup.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Benedict Wong <benedictwong@google.com>
Tested-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
We already support setting an output mark at the xfrm_state,
unfortunately this does not support the input direction and
masking the marks that will be applied to the skb. This change
adds support applying a masked value in both directions.
The existing XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK number is reused for this purpose
and as it is now bi-directional, it is renamed to XFRMA_SET_MARK.
An additional XFRMA_SET_MARK_MASK attribute is added for setting the
mask. If the attribute mask not provided, it is set to 0xffffffff,
keeping the XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK existing 'full mask' semantics.
Co-developed-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Co-developed-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
struct net are effectively allocated from order-1 pages on x86,
with one object per slab, meaning that the 13 low order bits
of their addresses are zero.
Once shifted by L1_CACHE_SHIFT, this leaves 7 zero-bits,
meaning that net_hash_mix() does not help spreading
objects on various hash tables.
For example, TCP listen table has 32 buckets, meaning that
all netns use the same bucket for port 80 or port 443.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes BBR use only the MSS (without any headers) to
calculate pacing rates when internal TCP-layer pacing is used.
This is necessary to achieve the correct pacing behavior in this case,
since tcp_internal_pacing() uses only the payload length to calculate
pacing delays.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the use of rhashtables in net namespaces,
rhashtable.h is included in lots of the kernel,
so a small changes can required a large recompilation.
This makes development painful.
This patch splits out rhashtable-types.h which just includes
the major type declarations, and does not include (non-trivial)
inline code. rhashtable.h is no longer included by anything
in the include/ directory.
Common include files only include rhashtable-types.h so a large
recompilation is only triggered when that changes.
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove comparison of audit_enabled to magic numbers outside of audit.
Related: https://github.com/linux-audit/audit-kernel/issues/86
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4.
Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is a waste of memory to use a full "struct netns_sysctl_ipv6"
while only one pointer is really used, considering netns_sysctl_ipv6
keeps growing.
Also, since "struct netns_frags" has cache line alignment,
it is better to move the frags_hdr pointer outside, otherwise
we spend a full cache line for this pointer.
This saves 192 bytes of memory per netns.
Fixes: c038a767cd ("ipv6: add a new namespace for nf_conntrack_reasm")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for the HE in cfg80211 and also add userspace API to
nl80211 to send rate information out, conforming with P802.11ax_D2.0.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Now sctp GSO uses skb_gro_receive() to append the data into head
skb frag_list. However it actually only needs very few code from
skb_gro_receive(). Besides, NAPI_GRO_CB has to be set while most
of its members are not needed here.
This patch is to add sctp_packet_gso_append() to build GSO frames
instead of skb_gro_receive(), and it would avoid many unnecessary
checks and make the code clearer.
Note that sctp will use page frags instead of frag_list to build
GSO frames in another patch. But it may take time, as sctp's GSO
frames may have different size. skb_segment() can only split it
into the frags with the same size, which would break the border
of sctp chunks.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we use check_hlist() for garbage colleciton. However, we
use the ‘zone’ from the counted entry to query the existence of
existing entries in the hlist. This could be wrong when they are in
different zones, and this patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: e59ea3df3f ("netfilter: xt_connlimit: honor conntrack zone if available")
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While hacking on kTLS, I ran into the following panic from an
unprivileged netserver / netperf TCP session:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000000
PGD 800000037f378067 P4D 800000037f378067 PUD 3c0e61067 PMD 0
Oops: 0010 [#1] SMP KASAN PTI
CPU: 1 PID: 2289 Comm: netserver Not tainted 4.17.0+ #139
Hardware name: LENOVO 20FBCTO1WW/20FBCTO1WW, BIOS N1FET47W (1.21 ) 11/28/2016
RIP: 0010: (null)
Code: Bad RIP value.
RSP: 0018:ffff88036abcf740 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff88036f5f6800 RCX: 1ffff1006debed26
RDX: ffff88036abcf920 RSI: ffff8803cb1a4f00 RDI: ffff8803c258c280
RBP: ffff8803c258c280 R08: ffff8803c258c280 R09: ffffed006f559d48
R10: ffff88037aacea43 R11: ffffed006f559d49 R12: ffff8803c258c280
R13: ffff8803cb1a4f20 R14: 00000000000000db R15: ffffffffc168a350
FS: 00007f7e631f4700(0000) GS:ffff8803d1c80000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: ffffffffffffffd6 CR3: 00000003ccf64005 CR4: 00000000003606e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
? tls_sw_poll+0xa4/0x160 [tls]
? sock_poll+0x20a/0x680
? do_select+0x77b/0x11a0
? poll_schedule_timeout.constprop.12+0x130/0x130
? pick_link+0xb00/0xb00
? read_word_at_a_time+0x13/0x20
? vfs_poll+0x270/0x270
? deref_stack_reg+0xad/0xe0
? __read_once_size_nocheck.constprop.6+0x10/0x10
[...]
Debugging further, it turns out that calling into ctx->sk_poll() is
invalid since sk_poll itself is NULL which was saved from the original
TCP socket in order for tls_sw_poll() to invoke it.
Looks like the recent conversion from poll to poll_mask callback started
in 1525242310 ("net: add support for ->poll_mask in proto_ops") missed
to eventually convert kTLS, too: TCP's ->poll was converted over to the
->poll_mask in commit 2c7d3daceb ("net/tcp: convert to ->poll_mask")
and therefore kTLS wrongly saved the ->poll old one which is now NULL.
Convert kTLS over to use ->poll_mask instead. Also instead of POLLIN |
POLLRDNORM use the proper EPOLLIN | EPOLLRDNORM bits as the case in
tcp_poll_mask() as well that is mangled here.
Fixes: 2c7d3daceb ("net/tcp: convert to ->poll_mask")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Tested-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree:
1) Reject non-null terminated helper names from xt_CT, from Gao Feng.
2) Fix KASAN splat due to out-of-bound access from commit phase, from
Alexey Kodanev.
3) Missing conntrack hook registration on IPVS FTP helper, from Julian
Anastasov.
4) Incorrect skbuff allocation size in bridge nft_reject, from Taehee Yoo.
5) Fix inverted check on packet xmit to non-local addresses, also from
Julian.
6) Fix ebtables alignment compat problems, from Alin Nastac.
7) Hook mask checks are not correct in xt_set, from Serhey Popovych.
8) Fix timeout listing of element in ipsets, from Jozsef.
9) Cap maximum timeout value in ipset, also from Jozsef.
10) Don't allow family option for hash:mac sets, from Florent Fourcot.
11) Restrict ebtables to work with NFPROTO_BRIDGE targets only, this
Florian.
12) Another bug reported by KASAN in the rbtree set backend, from
Taehee Yoo.
13) Missing __IPS_MAX_BIT update doesn't include IPS_OFFLOAD_BIT.
From Gao Feng.
14) Missing initialization of match/target in ebtables, from Florian
Westphal.
15) Remove useless nft_dup.h file in include path, from C. Labbe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 6b229cf77d ("udp: add batching to udp_rmem_release()")
the sk_rmem_alloc field does not measure exactly anymore the
receive queue length, because we batch the rmem release. The issue
is really apparent only after commit 0d4a6608f6 ("udp: do rmem bulk
free even if the rx sk queue is empty"): the user space can easily
check for an empty socket with not-0 queue length reported by the 'ss'
tool or the procfs interface.
We need to use a custom UDP helper to report the correct queue length,
taking into account the forward allocation deficit.
Reported-by: trevor.francis@46labs.com
Fixes: 6b229cf77d ("UDP: add batching to udp_rmem_release()")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/netfilter/nft_dup.h was introduced in d877f07112 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add nft_dup expression")
but was never user since this date.
Furthermore, the only struct in this file is unused elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add Maglev hashing scheduler to IPVS, from Inju Song.
2) Lots of new TC subsystem tests from Roman Mashak.
3) Add TCP zero copy receive and fix delayed acks and autotuning with
SO_RCVLOWAT, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to mlx5 driver, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
5) Add ttl inherit support to vxlan, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Properly separate ipv6 routes into their logically independant
components. fib6_info for the routing table, and fib6_nh for sets of
nexthops, which thus can be shared. From David Ahern.
7) Add bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper, which can be used to generate ICMP
messages from XDP programs. From Nikita V. Shirokov.
8) Lots of long overdue cleanups to the r8169 driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Add BTF ("BPF Type Format"), from Martin KaFai Lau.
10) Add traffic condition monitoring to iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
11) Plumb extack down into fib_rules, from Roopa Prabhu.
12) Add Flower classifier offload support to igb, from Vinicius Costa
Gomes.
13) Add UDP GSO support, from Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add documentation for eBPF helpers, from Quentin Monnet.
15) Add TLS tx offload to mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
16) Allow applications to be given the number of bytes available to read
on a socket via a control message returned from recvmsg(), from
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.
17) Add x86_32 eBPF JIT compiler, from Wang YanQing.
18) Add AF_XDP sockets, with zerocopy support infrastructure as well.
From Björn Töpel.
19) Remove indirect load support from all of the BPF JITs and handle
these operations in the verifier by translating them into native BPF
instead. From Daniel Borkmann.
20) Add GRO support to ipv6 gre tunnels, from Eran Ben Elisha.
21) Allow XDP programs to do lookups in the main kernel routing tables
for forwarding. From David Ahern.
22) Allow drivers to store hardware state into an ELF section of kernel
dump vmcore files, and use it in cxgb4. From Rahul Lakkireddy.
23) Various RACK and loss detection improvements in TCP, from Yuchung
Cheng.
24) Add TCP SACK compression, from Eric Dumazet.
25) Add User Mode Helper support and basic bpfilter infrastructure, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support ports and protocol values in RTM_GETROUTE, from Roopa
Prabhu.
27) Support bulking in ->ndo_xdp_xmit() API, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
28) Add lots of forwarding selftests, from Petr Machata.
29) Add generic network device failover driver, from Sridhar Samudrala.
* ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1959 commits)
strparser: Add __strp_unpause and use it in ktls.
rxrpc: Fix terminal retransmission connection ID to include the channel
net: hns3: Optimize PF CMDQ interrupt switching process
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox receiving unknown message
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox cannot receiving PF response
bnx2x: use the right constant
Revert "net: sched: cls: Fix offloading when ingress dev is vxlan"
net: dsa: b53: Fix for brcm tag issue in Cygnus SoC
enic: fix UDP rss bits
netdev-FAQ: clarify DaveM's position for stable backports
rtnetlink: validate attributes in do_setlink()
mlxsw: Add extack messages for port_{un, }split failures
netdevsim: Add extack error message for devlink reload
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations
net: metrics: add proper netlink validation
ipmr: fix error path when ipmr_new_table fails
ip6mr: only set ip6mr_table from setsockopt when ip6mr_new_table succeeds
net: hns3: remove unused hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter
netfilter: provide udp*_lib_lookup for nf_tproxy
qed*: Utilize FW 8.37.2.0
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQJIBAABCAAyFiEEcQCq365ubpQNLgrWVeRaWujKfIoFAlsXFUEUHHBhdWxAcGF1
bC1tb29yZS5jb20ACgkQVeRaWujKfIoomg//eRNpc6x9kxTijN670AC2uD0CBTlZ
2z6mHuJaOhG8bTxjZxQfUBoo6/eZJ2YC1yq6ornGFNzw4sfKsR/j86ujJim2HAmo
opUhziq3SILGEvjsxfPkREe/wb49jy0AA/WjZqciitB1ig8Hz7xzqi0lpNaEspFh
QJFB6XXkojWGFGrRzruAVJnPS+pDWoTQR0qafs3JWKnpeinpOdZnl1hPsysAEHt5
Ag8o4qS/P9xJM0khi7T+jWECmTyT/mtWqEtFcZ0o+JLOgt/EMvNX6DO4ETDiYRD2
mVChga9x5r78bRgNy2U8IlEWWa76WpcQAEODvhzbijX4RxMAmjsmLE+e+udZSnMZ
eCITl2f7ExxrL5SwNFC/5h7pAv0RJ+SOC19vcyeV4JDlQNNVjUy/aNKv5baV0aeg
EmkeobneMWxqHx52aERz8RF1in5pT8gLOYoYnWfNpcDEmjLrwhuZLX2asIzUEqrS
SoPJ8hxIDCxceHOWIIrz5Dqef7x28Dyi46w3QINC8bSy2RnR/H3q40DRegvXOGiS
9WcbbwbhnM4Kau413qKicGCvdqTVYdeyZqo7fVelSciD139Vk7pZotyom4MuU25p
fIyGfXa8/8gkl7fZ+HNkZbba0XWNfAZt//zT095qsp3CkhVnoybwe6OwG1xRqErq
W7OOQbS7vvN/KGo=
=10u6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'audit-pr-20180605' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit
Pull audit updates from Paul Moore:
"Another reasonable chunk of audit changes for v4.18, thirteen patches
in total.
The thirteen patches can mostly be broken down into one of four
categories: general bug fixes, accessor functions for audit state
stored in the task_struct, negative filter matches on executable
names, and extending the (relatively) new seccomp logging knobs to the
audit subsystem.
The main driver for the accessor functions from Richard are the
changes we're working on to associate audit events with containers,
but I think they have some standalone value too so I figured it would
be good to get them in now.
The seccomp/audit patches from Tyler apply the seccomp logging
improvements from a few releases ago to audit's seccomp logging;
starting with this patchset the changes in
/proc/sys/kernel/seccomp/actions_logged should apply to both the
standard kernel logging and audit.
As usual, everything passes the audit-testsuite and it happens to
merge cleanly with your tree"
[ Heh, except it had trivial merge conflicts with the SELinux tree that
also came in from Paul - Linus ]
* tag 'audit-pr-20180605' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit:
audit: Fix wrong task in comparison of session ID
audit: use existing session info function
audit: normalize loginuid read access
audit: use new audit_context access funciton for seccomp_actions_logged
audit: use inline function to set audit context
audit: use inline function to get audit context
audit: convert sessionid unset to a macro
seccomp: Don't special case audited processes when logging
seccomp: Audit attempts to modify the actions_logged sysctl
seccomp: Configurable separator for the actions_logged string
seccomp: Separate read and write code for actions_logged sysctl
audit: allow not equal op for audit by executable
audit: add syscall information to FEATURE_CHANGE records
strp_unpause queues strp_work in order to parse any messages that
arrived while the strparser was paused. However, the process invoking
strp_unpause could eagerly parse a buffered message itself if it held
the sock lock.
__strp_unpause is an alternative to strp_pause that avoids the scheduling
overhead that results when a receiving thread unpauses the strparser
and waits for the next message to be delivered by the workqueue thread.
This patch more than doubled the IOPS achieved in a benchmark of NBD
traffic encrypted using ktls.
Signed-off-by: Doron Roberts-Kedes <doronrk@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-06-05
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a new BPF hook for sendmsg similar to existing hooks for bind and
connect: "This allows to override source IP (including the case when it's
set via cmsg(3)) and destination IP:port for unconnected UDP (slow path).
TCP and connected UDP (fast path) are not affected. This makes UDP support
complete, that is, connected UDP is handled by connect hooks, unconnected
by sendmsg ones.", from Andrey.
2) Rework of the AF_XDP API to allow extending it in future for type writer
model if necessary. In this mode a memory window is passed to hardware
and multiple frames might be filled into that window instead of just one
that is the case in the current fixed frame-size model. With the new
changes made this can be supported without having to add a new descriptor
format. Also, core bits for the zero-copy support for AF_XDP have been
merged as agreed upon, where i40e bits will be routed via Jeff later on.
Various improvements to documentation and sample programs included as
well, all from Björn and Magnus.
3) Given BPF's flexibility, a new program type has been added to implement
infrared decoders. Quote: "The kernel IR decoders support the most
widely used IR protocols, but there are many protocols which are not
supported. [...] There is a 'long tail' of unsupported IR protocols,
for which lircd is need to decode the IR. IR encoding is done in such
a way that some simple circuit can decode it; therefore, BPF is ideal.
[...] user-space can define a decoder in BPF, attach it to the rc
device through the lirc chardev.", from Sean.
4) Several improvements and fixes to BPF core, among others, dumping map
and prog IDs into fdinfo which is a straight forward way to correlate
BPF objects used by applications, removing an indirect call and therefore
retpoline in all map lookup/update/delete calls by invoking the callback
directly for 64 bit archs, adding a new bpf_skb_cgroup_id() BPF helper
for tc BPF programs to have an efficient way of looking up cgroup v2 id
for policy or other use cases. Fixes to make sure we zero tunnel/xfrm
state that hasn't been filled, to allow context access wrt pt_regs in
32 bit archs for tracing, and last but not least various test cases
for fixes that landed in bpf earlier, from Daniel.
5) Get rid of the ndo_xdp_flush API and extend the ndo_xdp_xmit with
a XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag instead which allows to avoid one indirect
call as flushing is now merged directly into ndo_xdp_xmit(), from Jesper.
6) Add a new bpf_get_current_cgroup_id() helper that can be used in
tracing to retrieve the cgroup id from the current process in order
to allow for e.g. aggregation of container-level events, from Yonghong.
7) Two follow-up fixes for BTF to reject invalid input values and
related to that also two test cases for BPF kselftests, from Martin.
8) Various API improvements to the bpf_fib_lookup() helper, that is,
dropping MPLS bits which are not fully hashed out yet, rejecting
invalid helper flags, returning error for unsupported address
families as well as renaming flowlabel to flowinfo, from David.
9) Various fixes and improvements to sockmap BPF kselftests in particular
in proper error detection and data verification, from Prashant.
10) Two arm32 BPF JIT improvements. One is to fix imm range check with
regards to whether immediate fits into 24 bits, and a naming cleanup
to get functions related to rsh handling consistent to those handling
lsh, from Wang.
11) Two compile warning fixes in BPF, one for BTF and a false positive
to silent gcc in stack_map_get_build_id_offset(), from Arnd.
12) Add missing seg6.h header into tools include infrastructure in order
to fix compilation of BPF kselftests, from Mathieu.
13) Several formatting cleanups in the BPF UAPI helper description that
also fix an error during rst2man compilation, from Quentin.
14) Hide an unused variable in sk_msg_convert_ctx_access() when IPv6 is
not built into the kernel, from Yue.
15) Remove a useless double assignment in dev_map_enqueue(), from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested: 'git grep tw_timeout' comes up empty and it builds :-)
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we add the functionality required to support zero-copy Tx, and
also exposes various zero-copy related functions for the netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Extend the xsk_rcv to support the new MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY memory, and
wireup ndo_bpf call in bind.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Here, a new type of allocator support is added to the XDP return
API. A zero-copy allocated xdp_buff cannot be converted to an
xdp_frame. Instead is the buff has to be copied. This is not supported
at all in this commit.
Also, an opaque "handle" is added to xdp_buff. This can be used as a
context for the zero-copy allocator implementation.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The xdp_umem_page holds the address for a page. Trade memory for
faster lookup. Later, we'll add DMA address here as well.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Moved struct xdp_umem to xdp_sock.h, in order to prepare for zero-copy
support.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pull aio updates from Al Viro:
"Majority of AIO stuff this cycle. aio-fsync and aio-poll, mostly.
The only thing I'm holding back for a day or so is Adam's aio ioprio -
his last-minute fixup is trivial (missing stub in !CONFIG_BLOCK case),
but let it sit in -next for decency sake..."
* 'work.aio-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (46 commits)
aio: sanitize the limit checking in io_submit(2)
aio: fold do_io_submit() into callers
aio: shift copyin of iocb into io_submit_one()
aio_read_events_ring(): make a bit more readable
aio: all callers of aio_{read,write,fsync,poll} treat 0 and -EIOCBQUEUED the same way
aio: take list removal to (some) callers of aio_complete()
aio: add missing break for the IOCB_CMD_FDSYNC case
random: convert to ->poll_mask
timerfd: convert to ->poll_mask
eventfd: switch to ->poll_mask
pipe: convert to ->poll_mask
crypto: af_alg: convert to ->poll_mask
net/rxrpc: convert to ->poll_mask
net/iucv: convert to ->poll_mask
net/phonet: convert to ->poll_mask
net/nfc: convert to ->poll_mask
net/caif: convert to ->poll_mask
net/bluetooth: convert to ->poll_mask
net/sctp: convert to ->poll_mask
net/tipc: convert to ->poll_mask
...
Some of the code paths calculating flow hash for IPv6 use flowlabel member
of struct flowi6 which, despite its name, encodes both flow label and
traffic class. If traffic class changes within a TCP connection (as e.g.
ssh does), ECMP route can switch between path. It's also inconsistent with
other code paths where ip6_flowlabel() (returning only flow label) is used
to feed the key.
Use only flow label everywhere, including one place where hash key is set
using ip6_flowinfo().
Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Fixes: f70ea018da ("net: Add functions to get skb->hash based on flow structures")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the code paths calculating flow hash for IPv6 use flowlabel member
of struct flowi6 which, despite its name, encodes both flow label and
traffic class. If traffic class changes within a TCP connection (as e.g.
ssh does), ECMP route can switch between path. It's also incosistent with
other code paths where ip6_flowlabel() (returning only flow label) is used
to feed the key.
Use only flow label everywhere, including one place where hash key is set
using ip6_flowinfo().
Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Fixes: f70ea018da ("net: Add functions to get skb->hash based on flow structures")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE as all driver now implement
a flush operation in their ndo_xdp_xmit call. The compiler
will catch if any users of XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE remains.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only change the API and reject any use of flags. This is an
intermediate step that allows us to implement the flush flag operation
later, for each individual driver in a separate patch.
The plan is to implement flush operation via XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag
and then remove XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE when done.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
If there is a significant amount of chains list search is too slow, so
add an rhlist table for this.
This speeds up ruleset loading: for every new rule we have to check if
the name already exists in current generation.
We need to be able to cope with duplicate chain names in case a transaction
drops the nfnl mutex (for request_module) and the abort of this old
transaction is still pending.
The list is kept -- we need a way to iterate chains even if hash resize is
in progress without missing an entry.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Before this patch, cloned expressions are released via ->destroy. This
is a problem for the new connlimit expression since the ->destroy path
drop a reference on the conntrack modules and it unregisters hooks. The
new ->destroy_clone provides context that this expression is being
released from the packet path, so it is mirroring ->clone(), where
neither module reference is dropped nor hooks need to be unregistered -
because this done from the control plane path from the ->init() path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use garbage collector to schedule removal of elements based of feedback
from expression that this element comes with. Therefore, the garbage
collector is not guided by timeout expirations in this new mode.
The new connlimit expression sets on the NFT_EXPR_GC flag to enable this
behaviour, the dynset expression needs to explicitly enable the garbage
collector via set->ops->gc_init call.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nft_set_elem_destroy() can be called from call_rcu context. Annotate
netns and table in set object so we can populate the context object.
Moreover, pass context object to nf_tables_set_elem_destroy() from the
commit phase, since it is already available from there.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch provides an interface to maintain the list of connections and
the lookup function to obtain the number of connections in the list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The extracted functions will likely be usefull to implement tproxy
support in nf_tables.
Extrancted functions:
- nf_tproxy_sk_is_transparent
- nf_tproxy_laddr4
- nf_tproxy_handle_time_wait4
- nf_tproxy_get_sock_v4
- nf_tproxy_laddr6
- nf_tproxy_handle_time_wait6
- nf_tproxy_get_sock_v6
(nf_)tproxy_handle_time_wait6 also needed some refactor as its current
implementation was xtables-specific.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a function in include/net/netfilter/nf_socket.h to decide if a
socket has IP(V6)_TRANSPARENT socket option set or not. However this
does the same as inet_sk_transparent() in include/net/tcp.h
include/net/tcp.h:1733
/* This helper checks if socket has IP_TRANSPARENT set */
static inline bool inet_sk_transparent(const struct sock *sk)
{
switch (sk->sk_state) {
case TCP_TIME_WAIT:
return inet_twsk(sk)->tw_transparent;
case TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV:
return inet_rsk(inet_reqsk(sk))->no_srccheck;
}
return inet_sk(sk)->transparent;
}
tproxy_sk_is_transparent has also been refactored to use this function
instead of reimplementing it.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, the most relevant things in this batch are:
1) Compile masquerade infrastructure into NAT module, from Florian Westphal.
Same thing with the redirection support.
2) Abort transaction if early initialization of the commit phase fails.
Also from Florian.
3) Get rid of synchronize_rcu() by using rule array in nf_tables, from
Florian.
4) Abort nf_tables batch if fatal signal is pending, from Florian.
5) Use .call_rcu nfnetlink from nf_tables to make dumps fully lockless.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Support to match transparent sockets from nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
7) Audit support for nf_tables, from Phil Sutter.
8) Validate chain dependencies from commit phase, fall back to fine grain
validation only in case of errors.
9) Attach dst to skbuff from netfilter flowtable packet path, from
Jason A. Donenfeld.
10) Use artificial maximum attribute cap to remove VLA from nfnetlink.
Patch from Kees Cook.
11) Add extension to allow to forward packets through neighbour layer.
12) Add IPv6 conntrack helper support to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
13) Add IPv6 FTP conntrack support to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_vs_ftp requires conntrack modules for mangling
of FTP command responses in passive mode.
Make sure the conntrack hooks are registered when
real servers use NAT method in FTP virtual service.
The hooks will be registered while the service is
present.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for FTP commands with extended format (RFC 2428):
- FTP EPRT: IPv4 and IPv6, active mode, similar to PORT
- FTP EPSV: IPv4 and IPv6, passive mode, similar to PASV.
EPSV response usually contains only port but we allow real
server to provide different address
We restrict control and data connection to be from same
address family.
Allow the "(" and ")" to be optional in PASV response.
Also, add ipvsh argument to the pkt_in/pkt_out handlers to better
access the payload after transport header.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following ruleset:
add table ip filter
add chain ip filter input { type filter hook input priority 4; }
add chain ip filter ap
add rule ip filter input jump ap
add rule ip filter ap masquerade
results in a panic, because the masquerade extension should be rejected
from the filter chain. The existing validation is missing a chain
dependency check when the rule is added to the non-base chain.
This patch fixes the problem by walking down the rules from the
basechains, searching for either immediate or lookup expressions, then
jumping to non-base chains and again walking down the rules to perform
the expression validation, so we make sure the full ruleset graph is
validated. This is done only once from the commit phase, in case of
problem, we abort the transaction and perform fine grain validation for
error reporting. This patch requires 003087911a ("netfilter:
nfnetlink: allow commit to fail") to achieve this behaviour.
This patch also adds a cleanup callback to nfnl batch interface to reset
the validate state from the exit path.
As a result of this patch, nf_tables_check_loops() doesn't use
->validate to check for loops, instead it just checks for immediate
expressions.
Reported-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
allocates the maximum size expected for all possible types and adds
sanity-checks at both registration and usage to make sure nothing gets
out of sync. This matches the proposed VLA solution for nfnetlink[2]. The
values chosen here were based on finding assignments for .maxtype and
.slave_maxtype and manually counting the enums:
slave_maxtype (max 33):
IFLA_BRPORT_MAX 33
IFLA_BOND_SLAVE_MAX 9
maxtype (max 45):
IFLA_BOND_MAX 28
IFLA_BR_MAX 45
__IFLA_CAIF_HSI_MAX 8
IFLA_CAIF_MAX 4
IFLA_CAN_MAX 16
IFLA_GENEVE_MAX 12
IFLA_GRE_MAX 25
IFLA_GTP_MAX 5
IFLA_HSR_MAX 7
IFLA_IPOIB_MAX 4
IFLA_IPTUN_MAX 21
IFLA_IPVLAN_MAX 3
IFLA_MACSEC_MAX 15
IFLA_MACVLAN_MAX 7
IFLA_PPP_MAX 2
__IFLA_RMNET_MAX 4
IFLA_VLAN_MAX 6
IFLA_VRF_MAX 2
IFLA_VTI_MAX 7
IFLA_VXLAN_MAX 28
VETH_INFO_MAX 2
VXCAN_INFO_MAX 2
This additionally changes maxtype and slave_maxtype fields to unsigned,
since they're only ever using positive values.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
[2] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10439647/
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is additional to the
commit ea1627c20c ("tcp: minor optimizations around tcp_hdr() usage").
At this point, skb->data is same with tcp_hdr() as tcp header has not
been pulled yet. So use the less expensive one to get the tcp header.
Remove the third parameter of tcp_rcv_established() and put it into
the function body.
Furthermore, the local variables are listed as a reverse christmas tree :)
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IFA_RT_PRIORITY to ipv6 addresses.
If the metric is changed on an existing address then the new route
is inserted before removing the old one. Since the metric is one
of the route keys, the prefix route can not be atomically replaced.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IFA_RT_PRIORITY to ipv4 addresses.
If the metric is changed on an existing address then the new route
is inserted before removing the old one. Since the metric is one
of the route keys, the prefix route can not be replaced.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move config parameters for adding an ipv6 address to a struct. struct
names stem from inet6_rtm_newaddr which is the modern handler for
adding an address.
Start the conversion to ifa6_config with ipv6_add_addr. This is an argument
move only; no functional change intended. Mapping of variable changes:
addr --> cfg->pfx
peer_addr --> cfg->peer_pfx
pfxlen --> cfg->plen
flags --> cfg->ifa_flags
scope, valid_lft, prefered_lft have the same names within cfg
(with corrected spelling).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MQ doesn't hold any statistics on its own, however, statistic
from offloads are requested starting from the root, hence MQ
will read the old values for its sums. Call into the drivers,
because of the additive nature of the stats drivers are aware
of how much "pending updates" they have to children of the MQ.
Since MQ reset its stats on every dump we can simply offset
the stats, predicting how stats of offloaded children will
change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mq offload is trivial, we just need to let the device know
that the root qdisc is mq. Alternative approach would be
to export qdisc_lookup() and make drivers check the root
type themselves, but notification via ndo_setup_tc is more
in line with other qdiscs.
Note that mq doesn't hold any stats on it's own, it just
adds up stats of its children.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAICT struct gnet_stats_queue.qlen is not used in Qdiscs.
It may, however, be useful for offloads to report HW queue
length there. Add that value to the result of qdisc_qlen_sum().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
synchronize_rcu() is expensive.
The commit phase currently enforces an unconditional
synchronize_rcu() after incrementing the generation counter.
This is to make sure that a packet always sees a consistent chain, either
nft_do_chain is still using old generation (it will skip the newly added
rules), or the new one (it will skip old ones that might still be linked
into the list).
We could just remove the synchronize_rcu(), it would not cause a crash but
it could cause us to evaluate a rule that was removed and new rule for the
same packet, instead of either-or.
To resolve this, add rule pointer array holding two generations, the
current one and the future generation.
In commit phase, allocate the rule blob and populate it with the rules that
will be active in the new generation.
Then, make this rule blob public, replacing the old generation pointer.
Then the generation counter can be incremented.
nft_do_chain() will either continue to use the current generation
(in case loop was invoked right before increment), or the new one.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The struct Qdisc has a lot of holes, especially after commit
a53851e2c3 ("net: sched: explicit locking in gso_cpu fallback"),
which as a side effect, moved the fields just after 'busylock'
on a new cacheline.
Since both 'padded' and 'refcnt' are not updated frequently, and
there is a hole before 'gso_skb', we can move such fields there,
saving a cacheline without any performance side effect.
Before this commit:
pahole -C Qdisc net/sche/sch_generic.o
# ...
/* size: 384, cachelines: 6, members: 25 */
/* sum members: 236, holes: 3, sum holes: 92 */
/* padding: 56 */
After this commit:
pahole -C Qdisc net/sche/sch_generic.o
# ...
/* size: 320, cachelines: 5, members: 25 */
/* sum members: 236, holes: 2, sum holes: 28 */
/* padding: 56 */
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_failover driver provides an automated failover mechanism via APIs
to create and destroy a failover master netdev and manages a primary and
standby slave netdevs that get registered via the generic failover
infrastructure.
The failover netdev acts a master device and controls 2 slave devices. The
original paravirtual interface gets registered as 'standby' slave netdev and
a passthru/vf device with the same MAC gets registered as 'primary' slave
netdev. Both 'standby' and 'failover' netdevs are associated with the same
'pci' device. The user accesses the network interface via 'failover' netdev.
The 'failover' netdev chooses 'primary' netdev as default for transmits when
it is available with link up and running.
This can be used by paravirtual drivers to enable an alternate low latency
datapath. It also enables hypervisor controlled live migration of a VM with
direct attached VF by failing over to the paravirtual datapath when the VF
is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The failover module provides a generic interface for paravirtual drivers
to register a netdev and a set of ops with a failover instance. The ops
are used as event handlers that get called to handle netdev register/
unregister/link change/name change events on slave pci ethernet devices
with the same mac address as the failover netdev.
This enables paravirtual drivers to use a VF as an accelerated low latency
datapath. It also allows migration of VMs with direct attached VFs by
failing over to the paravirtual datapath when the VF is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These have to be included always when nf_socket.h is included.
Signed-off-by: Máté Eckl <ecklm94@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Factor out two busy poll related helpers for late reuse, and remove
a command that isn't very helpful, especially with the __poll_t
annotations in place.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
This series contains updates for mlx5e netdevice driver with one subject,
DSCP to priority mapping, in the first patch Huy adds the needed API in
dcbnl, the second patch adds the needed mlx5 core capability bits for the
feature, and all other patches are mlx5e (netdev) only changes to add
support for the feature.
From: Huy Nguyen
Dscp to priority mapping for Ethernet packet:
These patches enable differentiated services code point (dscp) to
priority mapping for Ethernet packet. Once this feature is
enabled, the packet is routed to the corresponding priority based on its
dscp. User can combine this feature with priority flow control (pfc)
feature to have priority flow control based on the dscp.
Firmware interface:
Mellanox firmware provides two control knobs for this feature:
QPTS register allow changing the trust state between dscp and
pcp mode. The default is pcp mode. Once in dscp mode, firmware will
route the packet based on its dscp value if the dscp field exists.
QPDPM register allow mapping a specific dscp (0 to 63) to a
specific priority (0 to 7). By default, all the dscps are mapped to
priority zero.
Software interface:
This feature is controlled via application priority TLV. IEEE
specification P802.1Qcd/D2.1 defines priority selector id 5 for
application priority TLV. This APP TLV selector defines DSCP to priority
map. This APP TLV can be sent by the switch or can be set locally using
software such as lldptool. In mlx5 drivers, we add the support for net
dcb's getapp and setapp call back. Mlx5 driver only handles the selector
id 5 application entry (dscp application priority application entry).
If user sends multiple dscp to priority APP TLV entries on the same
dscp, the last sent one will take effect. All the previous sent will be
deleted.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
The firmware trust state (in QPTS register) is changed based on the
number of dscp to priority application entries. When the first dscp to
priority application entry is added by the user, the trust state is
changed to dscp. When the last dscp to priority application entry is
deleted by the user, the trust state is changed to pcp.
When the port is in DSCP trust state, the transmit queue is selected
based on the dscp of the skb.
When the port is in DSCP trust state and vport inline mode is not NONE,
firmware requires mlx5 driver to copy the IP header to the
wqe ethernet segment inline header if the skb has it.
This is done by changing the transmit queue sq's min inline mode to L3.
Note that the min inline mode of sqs that belong to other features
such as xdpsq, icosq are not modified.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbBy2YAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+RkYIAId0h3GqVof41/qCHPuqx+7j
J/lTJSU+PHDZfVAuXhoQN5lFGsRku/wkqdSZNXxwvbUxVzIoUpxWvlaEv+481Cmj
+WhVC1QIExGYUs4CCGjgl853kNtGpDrZmk+olY3QaQISHdpcmgs/W13YlEKRyw5q
nFSa6GLA/3IQXb7eOwUiSW1gYYjn/eM2XFHntTTOeasa9dwb2QDqDQdoYiKdS+yS
KxqxrlADU4V+CtNlOmZ4QGxOa7suBBr+a6JvNnvviYOKKpYMNQRbhUbgu0pPdKAt
zbHHS7Twy1ka3s6CKk/QIT7/YWfCOQgWy6LGPCtUuGUA6dy5xsV7i2BtoDwMC7o=
=EJd2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-05-19
This series contains updates for mlx5e netdevice driver with one subject,
DSCP to priority mapping, in the first patch Huy adds the needed API in
dcbnl, the second patch adds the needed mlx5 core capability bits for the
feature, and all other patches are mlx5e (netdev) only changes to add
support for the feature.
From: Huy Nguyen
Dscp to priority mapping for Ethernet packet:
These patches enable differentiated services code point (dscp) to
priority mapping for Ethernet packet. Once this feature is
enabled, the packet is routed to the corresponding priority based on its
dscp. User can combine this feature with priority flow control (pfc)
feature to have priority flow control based on the dscp.
Firmware interface:
Mellanox firmware provides two control knobs for this feature:
QPTS register allow changing the trust state between dscp and
pcp mode. The default is pcp mode. Once in dscp mode, firmware will
route the packet based on its dscp value if the dscp field exists.
QPDPM register allow mapping a specific dscp (0 to 63) to a
specific priority (0 to 7). By default, all the dscps are mapped to
priority zero.
Software interface:
This feature is controlled via application priority TLV. IEEE
specification P802.1Qcd/D2.1 defines priority selector id 5 for
application priority TLV. This APP TLV selector defines DSCP to priority
map. This APP TLV can be sent by the switch or can be set locally using
software such as lldptool. In mlx5 drivers, we add the support for net
dcb's getapp and setapp call back. Mlx5 driver only handles the selector
id 5 application entry (dscp application priority application entry).
If user sends multiple dscp to priority APP TLV entries on the same
dscp, the last sent one will take effect. All the previous sent will be
deleted.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
>> lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
The firmware trust state (in QPTS register) is changed based on the
number of dscp to priority application entries. When the first dscp to
priority application entry is added by the user, the trust state is
changed to dscp. When the last dscp to priority application entry is
deleted by the user, the trust state is changed to pcp.
When the port is in DSCP trust state, the transmit queue is selected
based on the dscp of the skb.
When the port is in DSCP trust state and vport inline mode is not NONE,
firmware requires mlx5 driver to copy the IP header to the
wqe ethernet segment inline header if the skb has it.
This is done by changing the transmit queue sq's min inline mode to L3.
Note that the min inline mode of sqs that belong to other features
such as xdpsq, icosq are not modified.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05f0fe6b74 ("RCU, workqueue: Implement rcu_work") introduces
new API's for dispatching work in a RCU callback. Now we can just
switch to the new API's for tc filters. This could get rid of a lot
of code.
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-24
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Björn Töpel cleans up AF_XDP (removes rebind, explicit cache alignment from uapi, etc).
2) David Ahern adds mtu checks to bpf_ipv{4,6}_fib_lookup() helpers.
3) Jesper Dangaard Brouer adds bulking support to ndo_xdp_xmit.
4) Jiong Wang adds support for indirect and arithmetic shifts to NFP
5) Martin KaFai Lau cleans up BTF uapi and makes the btf_header extensible.
6) Mathieu Xhonneux adds an End.BPF action to seg6local with BPF helpers allowing
to edit/grow/shrink a SRH and apply on a packet generic SRv6 actions.
7) Sandipan Das adds support for bpf2bpf function calls in ppc64 JIT.
8) Yonghong Song adds BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY command for introspection of tracing events.
9) other misc fixes from Gustavo A. R. Silva, Sirio Balmelli, John Fastabend, and Magnus Karlsson
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending an xdp_frame through xdp_do_redirect call, then error
cases can happen where the xdp_frame needs to be dropped, and
returning an -errno code isn't sufficient/possible any-longer
(e.g. for cpumap case). This is already fully supported, by simply
calling xdp_return_frame.
This patch is an optimization, which provides xdp_return_frame_rx_napi,
which is a faster variant for these error cases. It take advantage of
the protection provided by XDP RX running under NAPI protection.
This change is mostly relevant for drivers using the page_pool
allocator as it can take advantage of this. (Tested with mlx5).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In this patch, we add dcbnl buffer attribute to allow user
change the NIC's buffer configuration such as priority
to buffer mapping and buffer size of individual buffer.
This attribute combined with pfc attribute allows advanced user to
fine tune the qos setting for specific priority queue. For example,
user can give dedicated buffer for one or more priorities or user
can give large buffer to certain priorities.
The dcb buffer configuration will be controlled by lldptool.
lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER prio 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
maps priorities 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 to receive buffer 0,2,5,7,1,2,3,6
lldptool -T -i eth2 -V BUFFER size 87296,87296,0,87296,0,0,0,0
sets receive buffer size for buffer 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 respectively
After discussion on mailing list with Jakub, Jiri, Ido and John, we agreed to
choose dcbnl over devlink interface since this feature is intended to set
port attributes which are governed by the netdev instance of that port, where
devlink API is more suitable for global ASIC configurations.
We present an use case scenario where dcbnl buffer attribute configured
by advance user helps reduce the latency of messages of different sizes.
Scenarios description:
On ConnectX-5, we run latency sensitive traffic with
small/medium message sizes ranging from 64B to 256KB and bandwidth sensitive
traffic with large messages sizes 512KB and 1MB. We group small, medium,
and large message sizes to their own pfc enables priorities as follow.
Priorities 1 & 2 (64B, 256B and 1KB)
Priorities 3 & 4 (4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 64KB, 128KB and 256KB)
Priorities 5 & 6 (512KB and 1MB)
By default, ConnectX-5 maps all pfc enabled priorities to a single
lossless fixed buffer size of 50% of total available buffer space. The
other 50% is assigned to lossy buffer. Using dcbnl buffer attribute,
we create three equal size lossless buffers. Each buffer has 25% of total
available buffer space. Thus, the lossy buffer size reduces to 25%. Priority
to lossless buffer mappings are set as follow.
Priorities 1 & 2 on lossless buffer #1
Priorities 3 & 4 on lossless buffer #2
Priorities 5 & 6 on lossless buffer #3
We observe improvements in latency for small and medium message sizes
as follows. Please note that the large message sizes bandwidth performance is
reduced but the total bandwidth remains the same.
256B message size (42 % latency reduction)
4K message size (21% latency reduction)
64K message size (16% latency reduction)
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
CC: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Or Gerlitz <gerlitz.or@gmail.com>
CC: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
CC: Aron Silverton <aron.silverton@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The BPF seg6local hook should be powerful enough to enable users to
implement most of the use-cases one could think of. After some thinking,
we figured out that the following actions should be possible on a SRv6
packet, requiring 3 specific helpers :
- bpf_lwt_seg6_store_bytes: Modify non-sensitive fields of the SRH
- bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh: Allow to grow or shrink a SRH
(to add/delete TLVs)
- bpf_lwt_seg6_action: Apply some SRv6 network programming actions
(specifically End.X, End.T, End.B6 and
End.B6.Encap)
The specifications of these helpers are provided in the patch (see
include/uapi/linux/bpf.h).
The non-sensitive fields of the SRH are the following : flags, tag and
TLVs. The other fields can not be modified, to maintain the SRH
integrity. Flags, tag and TLVs can easily be modified as their validity
can be checked afterwards via seg6_validate_srh. It is not allowed to
modify the segments directly. If one wants to add segments on the path,
he should stack a new SRH using the End.B6 action via
bpf_lwt_seg6_action.
Growing, shrinking or editing TLVs via the helpers will flag the SRH as
invalid, and it will have to be re-validated before re-entering the IPv6
layer. This flag is stored in a per-CPU buffer, along with the current
header length in bytes.
Storing the SRH len in bytes in the control block is mandatory when using
bpf_lwt_seg6_adjust_srh. The Header Ext. Length field contains the SRH
len rounded to 8 bytes (a padding TLV can be inserted to ensure the 8-bytes
boundary). When adding/deleting TLVs within the BPF program, the SRH may
temporary be in an invalid state where its length cannot be rounded to 8
bytes without remainder, hence the need to store the length in bytes
separately. The caller of the BPF program can then ensure that the SRH's
final length is valid using this value. Again, a final SRH modified by a
BPF program which doesn’t respect the 8-bytes boundary will be discarded
as it will be considered as invalid.
Finally, a fourth helper is provided, bpf_lwt_push_encap, which is
available from the LWT BPF IN hook, but not from the seg6local BPF one.
This helper allows to encapsulate a Segment Routing Header (either with
a new outer IPv6 header, or by inlining it directly in the existing IPv6
header) into a non-SRv6 packet. This helper is required if we want to
offer the possibility to dynamically encapsulate a SRH for non-SRv6 packet,
as the BPF seg6local hook only works on traffic already containing a SRH.
This is the BPF equivalent of the seg6 LWT infrastructure, which achieves
the same purpose but with a static SRH per route.
These helpers require CONFIG_IPV6=y (and not =m).
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The function lookup_nexthop is essential to implement most of the seg6local
actions. As we want to provide a BPF helper allowing to apply some of these
actions on the packet being processed, the helper should be able to call
this function, hence the need to make it public.
Moreover, if one argument is incorrect or if the next hop can not be found,
an error should be returned by the BPF helper so the BPF program can adapt
its processing of the packet (return an error, properly force the drop,
...). This patch hence makes this function return dst->error to indicate a
possible error.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
include/net/seg6.h cannot be included in a source file if CONFIG_IPV6 is
not enabled:
include/net/seg6.h: In function 'seg6_pernet':
>> include/net/seg6.h:52:14: error: 'struct net' has no member named
'ipv6'; did you mean 'ipv4'?
return net->ipv6.seg6_data;
^~~~
ipv4
This commit makes seg6_pernet return NULL if IPv6 is not compiled, hence
allowing seg6.h to be included regardless of the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Xhonneux <m.xhonneux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Remove obsolete nf_log tracing from nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add support for map lookups to numgen, random and hash expressions,
from Laura Garcia.
3) Allow to register nat hooks for iptables and nftables at the same
time. Patchset from Florian Westpha.
4) Timeout support for rbtree sets.
5) ip6_rpfilter works needs interface for link-local addresses, from
Vincent Bernat.
6) Add nf_ct_hook and nf_nat_hook structures and use them.
7) Do not drop packets on packets raceing to insert conntrack entries
into hashes, this is particularly a problem in nfqueue setups.
8) Address fallout from xt_osf separation to nf_osf, patches
from Florian Westphal and Fernando Mancera.
9) Remove reference to struct nft_af_info, which doesn't exist anymore.
From Taehee Yoo.
This batch comes with is a conflict between 25fd386e0b ("netfilter:
core: add missing __rcu annotation") in your tree and 2c205dd398
("netfilter: add struct nf_nat_hook and use it") coming in this batch.
This conflict can be solved by leaving the __rcu tag on
__netfilter_net_init() - added by 25fd386e0b - and remove all code
related to nf_nat_decode_session_hook - which is gone after
2c205dd398, as described by:
diff --cc net/netfilter/core.c
index e0ae4aae96f5,206fb2c4c319..168af54db975
--- a/net/netfilter/core.c
+++ b/net/netfilter/core.c
@@@ -611,7 -580,13 +611,8 @@@ const struct nf_conntrack_zone nf_ct_zo
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nf_ct_zone_dflt);
#endif /* CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK */
- static void __net_init __netfilter_net_init(struct nf_hook_entries **e, int max)
-#ifdef CONFIG_NF_NAT_NEEDED
-void (*nf_nat_decode_session_hook)(struct sk_buff *, struct flowi *);
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(nf_nat_decode_session_hook);
-#endif
-
+ static void __net_init
+ __netfilter_net_init(struct nf_hook_entries __rcu **e, int max)
{
int h;
I can also merge your net-next tree into nf-next, solve the conflict and
resend the pull request if you prefer so.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix for a race in aggregation, which I want to let
bake for a bit longer before sending to stable
* some new statistics (ACK RSSI, TXQ)
* TXQ configuration
* preparations for HE, particularly radiotap
* replace confusing "country IE" by "country element" since it's
not referring to Ireland
Note that I merged net-next to get a fix from mac80211 that got
there via net, to apply one patch that would otherwise conflict.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=G98y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-05-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
For this round, we have various things all over the place, notably
* a fix for a race in aggregation, which I want to let
bake for a bit longer before sending to stable
* some new statistics (ACK RSSI, TXQ)
* TXQ configuration
* preparations for HE, particularly radiotap
* replace confusing "country IE" by "country element" since it's
not referring to Ireland
Note that I merged net-next to get a fix from mac80211 that got
there via net, to apply one patch that would otherwise conflict.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a followup to fib rules sport, dport and ipproto
match support. Only supports tcp, udp and icmp for ipproto.
Used by fib rule self tests.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS to update new ERP information,
Association IEs and the Authentication type to driver / firmware which
will be used in subsequent roamings.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vidyullatha@codeaurora.org>
[arend: extended fils-sk kernel doc and added check in wiphy_register()]
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of FILS shared key offload the parameters can change
upon roaming of which user-space needs to be notified.
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put FILS related parameters into their own struct definition so
it can be reused for roam events in subsequent change.
Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that
might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support
for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx()
operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame
exchange.
Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange,
as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE
P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504).
As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify
the relevant code in iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bring in net-next which had pulled in net, so I have the changes
from mac80211 and can apply a patch that would otherwise conflict.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the packet rewrite and instantiation of nat NULL bindings
happens from the protocol specific nat backend.
Invocation occurs either via ip(6)table_nat or the nf_tables nat chain type.
Invocation looks like this (simplified):
NF_HOOK()
|
`---iptable_nat
|
`---> nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 -> nf_nat_packet
|
new packet? pass skb though iptables nat chain
|
`---> iptable_nat: ipt_do_table
In nft case, this looks the same (nft_chain_nat_ipv4 instead of
iptable_nat).
This is a problem for two reasons:
1. Can't use iptables nat and nf_tables nat at the same time,
as the first user adds a nat binding (nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 adds a
NULL binding if do_table() did not find a matching nat rule so we
can detect post-nat tuple collisions).
2. If you use e.g. nft_masq, snat, redir, etc. uses must also register
an empty base chain so that the nat core gets called fro NF_HOOK()
to do the reverse translation, which is neither obvious nor user
friendly.
After this change, the base hook gets registered not from iptable_nat or
nftables nat hooks, but from the l3 nat core.
iptables/nft nat base hooks get registered with the nat core instead:
NF_HOOK()
|
`---> nf_nat_l3proto_ipv4 -> nf_nat_packet
|
new packet? pass skb through iptables/nftables nat chains
|
+-> iptables_nat: ipt_do_table
+-> nft nat chain x
`-> nft nat chain y
The nat core deals with null bindings and reverse translation.
When no mapping exists, it calls the registered nat lookup hooks until
one creates a new mapping.
If both iptables and nftables nat hooks exist, the first matching
one is used (i.e., higher priority wins).
Also, nft users do not need to create empty nat hooks anymore,
nat core always registers the base hooks that take care of reverse/reply
translation.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This adds the infrastructure to register nat hooks with the nat core
instead of the netfilter core.
nat hooks are used to configure nat bindings. Such hooks are registered
from ip(6)table_nat or by the nftables core when a nat chain is added.
After next patch, nat hooks will be registered with nf_nat instead of
netfilter core. This allows to use many nat lookup functions at the
same time while doing the real packet rewrite (nat transformation) in
one place.
This change doesn't convert the intended users yet to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Will be used in followup patch when nat types no longer
use nf_register_net_hook() but will instead register with the nat core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Copy-pasted, both l3 helpers almost use same code here.
Split out the common part into an 'inet' helper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Bring consistency to ipv6 route replace and append semantics.
Remove rt6_qualify_for_ecmp which is just guess work. It fails in 2 cases:
1. can not replace a route with a reject route. Existing code appends
a new route instead of replacing the existing one.
2. can not have a multipath route where a leg uses a dev only nexthop
Existing use cases affected by this change:
1. adding a route with existing prefix and metric using NLM_F_CREATE
without NLM_F_APPEND or NLM_F_EXCL (ie., what iproute2 calls
'prepend'). Existing code auto-determines that the new nexthop can
be appended to an existing route to create a multipath route. This
change breaks that by requiring the APPEND flag for the new route
to be added to an existing one. Instead the prepend just adds another
route entry.
2. route replace. Existing code replaces first matching multipath route
if new route is multipath capable and fallback to first matching
non-ECMP route (reject or dev only route) in case one isn't available.
New behavior replaces first matching route. (Thanks to Ido for spotting
this one)
Note: Newer iproute2 is needed to display multipath routes with a dev-only
nexthop. This is due to a bug in iproute2 and parsing nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp uses inet_dgram_connect as its proto_ops .connect, and the flags
param can't be passed into its proto .connect where this flags is really
needed.
sctp works around it by getting flags from socket file in __sctp_connect.
It works for connecting from userspace, as inherently the user sock has
socket file and it passes f_flags as the flags param into the proto_ops
.connect.
However, the sock created by sock_create_kern doesn't have a socket file,
and it passes the flags (like O_NONBLOCK) by using the flags param in
kernel_connect, which calls proto_ops .connect later.
So to fix it, this patch defines a new proto_ops .connect for sctp,
sctp_inet_connect, which calls __sctp_connect() directly with this
flags param. After this, the sctp's proto .connect can be removed.
Note that sctp_inet_connect doesn't need to do some checks that are not
needed for sctp, which makes thing better than with inet_dgram_connect.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the kernel-doc missed earlier.
Fixes: 52539ca89f ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Determine path MTU from a FIB lookup result. Logic is based on
ip6_dst_mtu_forward plus lookup of nexthop exception.
Add ip6_dst_mtu_forward to ipv6_stubs to handle access by core
bpf code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Determine path MTU from a FIB lookup result. Logic is a distillation of
ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the erspan BSO bit (Bad/Short/Oversized) is not
handled. BSO has 4 possible values:
00 --> Good frame with no error, or unknown integrity
11 --> Payload is a Bad Frame with CRC or Alignment Error
01 --> Payload is a Short Frame
10 --> Payload is an Oversized Frame
Based the short/oversized definitions in RFC1757, the patch sets
the bso bit based on the mirrored packet's size.
Reported-by: Xiaoyan Jin <xiaoyanj@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-05-18
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.18 kernel:
- Refactoring of the btbcm driver
- New USB IDs for QCA_ROME and LiteOn controllers
- Buffer overflow fix if the controller sends invalid advertising data length
- Various cleanups & fixes for Qualcomm controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each driver implements physical port name generation by itself. However
as devlink has all needed info, it can easily do the job for all its
users. So implement this helper in devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use.
This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port
has. Initial flavours are:
physical, cpu, dsa
User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change existing setter for split port information into more generic
attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport
number for split ports.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This per netns sysctl allows for TCP SACK compression fine-tuning.
This limits number of SACK that can be compressed.
Using 0 disables SACK compression.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This per netns sysctl allows for TCP SACK compression fine-tuning.
Its default value is 1,000,000, or 1 ms to meet TSO autosizing period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP receives an out-of-order packet, it immediately sends
a SACK packet, generating network load but also forcing the
receiver to send 1-MSS pathological packets, increasing its
RTX queue length/depth, and thus processing time.
Wifi networks suffer from this aggressive behavior, but generally
speaking, all these SACK packets add fuel to the fire when networks
are under congestion.
This patch adds a high resolution timer and tp->compressed_ack counter.
Instead of sending a SACK, we program this timer with a small delay,
based on RTT and capped to 1 ms :
delay = min ( 5 % of RTT, 1 ms)
If subsequent SACKs need to be sent while the timer has not yet
expired, we simply increment tp->compressed_ack.
When timer expires, a SACK is sent with the latest information.
Whenever an ACK is sent (if data is sent, or if in-order
data is received) timer is canceled.
Note that tcp_sack_new_ofo_skb() is able to force a SACK to be sent
if the sack blocks need to be shuffled, even if the timer has not
expired.
A new SNMP counter is added in the following patch.
Two other patches add sysctls to allow changing the 1,000,000 and 44
values that this commit hard-coded.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket can not disappear under us.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up SPDX-License-Identifier and removing licensing leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This fixes memory leaks in cases where we got the station
info but failed sending it out properly.
Fixes: 8689c051a2 ("cfg80211: dynamically allocate per-tid stats for station info")
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the addition of TXQ stats in the per-tid statistics the struct
station_info grew significantly. This resulted in stack size warnings
due to the structure itself being above the limit for the warnings.
Add an allocation function that those who want to provide per-tid
stats should use to allocate the tid array, i.e.
struct station_info::pertid.
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Fixes: 52539ca89f ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com>
[johannes: fix missing BIT() and logic by removing]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function allows to send a HCI command without expecting any
controller event/response in return. This is allowed for vendor-
specific commands only.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Create and export a new helper tcp_rack_skb_timeout and move tcp_is_rack
to prepare the final RTO change.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous approach for the lost and retransmit bits was to
wipe the slate clean: zero all the lost and retransmit bits,
correspondingly zero the lost_out and retrans_out counters, and
then add back the lost bits (and correspondingly increment lost_out).
The new approach is to treat this very much like marking packets
lost in fast recovery. We don’t wipe the slate clean. We just say
that for all packets that were not yet marked sacked or lost, we now
mark them as lost in exactly the same way we do for fast recovery.
This fixes the lost retransmit accounting at RTO time and greatly
simplifies the RTO code by sharing much of the logic with Fast
Recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a rewrite of NewReno loss recovery implementation that is
simpler and standalone for readability and better performance by
using less states.
Note that NewReno refers to RFC6582 as a modification to the fast
recovery algorithm. It is used only if the connection does not
support SACK in Linux. It should not to be confused with the Reno
(AIMD) congestion control.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the classic DUPACK threshold rule
(#DupThresh) in RACK.
When the number of packets SACKed is greater or equal to the
threshold, RACK sets the reordering window to zero which would
immediately mark all the unsacked packets below the highest SACKed
sequence lost. Since this approach is known to not work well with
reordering, RACK only uses it if no reordering has been observed.
The DUPACK threshold rule is a particularly useful extension to the
fast recoveries triggered by RACK reordering timer. For example
data-center transfers where the RTT is much smaller than a timer
tick, or high RTT path where the default RTT/4 may take too long.
Note that this patch differs slightly from RFC6675. RFC6675
considers a packet lost when at least #DupThresh higher-sequence
packets are SACKed.
With RACK, for connections that have seen reordering, RACK
continues to use a dynamically-adaptive time-based reordering
window to detect losses. But for connections on which we have not
yet seen reordering, this patch considers a packet lost when at
least one higher sequence packet is SACKed and the total number
of SACKed packets is at least DupThresh. For example, suppose a
connection has not seen reordering, and sends 10 packets, and
packets 3, 5, 7 are SACKed. RFC6675 considers packets 1 and 2
lost. RACK considers packets 1, 2, 4, 6 lost.
There is some small risk of spurious retransmits here due to
reordering. However, this is mostly limited to the first flight of
a connection on which the sender receives SACKs from reordering.
And RFC 6675 and FACK loss detection have a similar risk on the
first flight with reordering (it's just that the risk of spurious
retransmits from reordering was slightly narrower for those older
algorithms due to the margin of 3*MSS).
Also the minimum reordering window is reduced from 1 msec to 0
to recover quicker on short RTT transfers. Therefore RACK is more
aggressive in marking packets lost during recovery to reduce the
reordering window timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
scatterlist code expects virt_to_page() to work, which fails with
CONFIG_VMAP_STACK=y.
Fixes: c46234ebb4 ("tls: RX path for ktls")
Signed-off-by: Matt Mullins <mmullins@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use lockdep on it.
The newly introduced sequence lock has the same scope of busylock,
so it shares the same lockdep annotation, but it's only used for
NOLOCK qdiscs.
With this changeset we acquire such lock in the control path around
flushing operation (qdisc reset), to allow more NOLOCK qdisc perf
improvement in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-17
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Provide a new BPF helper for doing a FIB and neighbor lookup
in the kernel tables from an XDP or tc BPF program. The helper
provides a fast-path for forwarding packets. The API supports
IPv4, IPv6 and MPLS protocols, but currently IPv4 and IPv6 are
implemented in this initial work, from David (Ahern).
2) Just a tiny diff but huge feature enabled for nfp driver by
extending the BPF offload beyond a pure host processing offload.
Offloaded XDP programs are allowed to set the RX queue index and
thus opening the door for defining a fully programmable RSS/n-tuple
filter replacement. Once BPF decided on a queue already, the device
data-path will skip the conventional RSS processing completely,
from Jakub.
3) The original sockmap implementation was array based similar to
devmap. However unlike devmap where an ifindex has a 1:1 mapping
into the map there are use cases with sockets that need to be
referenced using longer keys. Hence, sockhash map is added reusing
as much of the sockmap code as possible, from John.
4) Introduce BTF ID. The ID is allocatd through an IDR similar as
with BPF maps and progs. It also makes BTF accessible to user
space via BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID and adds exposure of the BTF data
through BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD, from Martin.
5) Enable BPF stackmap with build_id also in NMI context. Due to the
up_read() of current->mm->mmap_sem build_id cannot be parsed.
This work defers the up_read() via a per-cpu irq_work so that
at least limited support can be enabled, from Song.
6) Various BPF JIT follow-up cleanups and fixups after the LD_ABS/LD_IND
JIT conversion as well as implementation of an optimized 32/64 bit
immediate load in the arm64 JIT that allows to reduce the number of
emitted instructions; in case of tested real-world programs they
were shrinking by three percent, from Daniel.
7) Add ifindex parameter to the libbpf loader in order to enable
BPF offload support. Right now only iproute2 can load offloaded
BPF and this will also enable libbpf for direct integration into
other applications, from David (Beckett).
8) Convert the plain text documentation under Documentation/bpf/ into
RST format since this is the appropriate standard the kernel is
moving to for all documentation. Also add an overview README.rst,
from Jesper.
9) Add __printf verification attribute to the bpf_verifier_vlog()
helper. Though it uses va_list we can still allow gcc to check
the format string, from Mathieu.
10) Fix a bash reference in the BPF selftest's Makefile. The '|& ...'
is a bash 4.0+ feature which is not guaranteed to be available
when calling out to shell, therefore use a more portable variant,
from Joe.
11) Fix a 64 bit division in xdp_umem_reg() by using div_u64()
instead of relying on the gcc built-in, from Björn.
12) Fix a sock hashmap kmalloc warning reported by syzbot when an
overly large key size is used in hashmap then causing overflows
in htab->elem_size. Reject bogus attr->key_size early in the
sock_hash_alloc(), from Yonghong.
13) Ensure in BPF selftests when urandom_read is being linked that
--build-id is always enabled so that test_stacktrace_build_id[_nmi]
won't be failing, from Alexei.
14) Add bitsperlong.h as well as errno.h uapi headers into the tools
header infrastructure which point to one of the arch specific
uapi headers. This was needed in order to fix a build error on
some systems for the BPF selftests, from Sirio.
15) Allow for short options to be used in the xdp_monitor BPF sample
code. And also a bpf.h tools uapi header sync in order to fix a
selftest build failure. Both from Prashant.
16) More formally clarify the meaning of ID in the direct packet access
section of the BPF documentation, from Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently NOLOCK qdiscs pay a measurable overhead to atomically
manipulate the __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING. Such bit is flipped twice per
packet in the uncontended scenario with packet rate below the
line rate: on packed dequeue and on the next, failing dequeue attempt.
This changeset moves the bit manipulation into the qdisc_run_{begin,end}
helpers, so that the bit is now flipped only once per packet, with
measurable performance improvement in the uncontended scenario.
This also allows simplifying the qdisc teardown code path - since
qdisc_is_running() is now effective for each qdisc type - and avoid a
possible race between qdisc_run() and dev_deactivate_many(), as now
the some_qdisc_is_busy() can properly detect NOLOCK qdiscs being busy
dequeuing packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx load balancing provided by balance-alb is not mutually
exclusive with using hashing for tx selection, and should provide a decent
speed increase because this eliminates spinlocks and cache contention.
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a struct seq_operations
and deal with network namespaces in ->open and ->release. All callers of
proc_create + seq_open_net converted over, and seq_{open,release}_net are
removed entirely.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a struct seq_operations
argument and drastically reduces the boilerplate code in the callers.
All trivial callers converted over.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
This patch only refactors the existing sockmap code. This will allow
much of the psock initialization code path and bpf helper codes to
work for both sockmap bpf map types that are backed by an array, the
currently supported type, and the new hash backed bpf map type
sockhash.
Most the fallout comes from three changes,
- Pushing bpf programs into an independent structure so we
can use it from the htab struct in the next patch.
- Generalizing helpers to use void *key instead of the hardcoded
u32.
- Instead of passing map/key through the metadata we now do
the lookup inline. This avoids storing the key in the metadata
which will be useful when keys can be longer than 4 bytes. We
rename the sk pointers to sk_redir at this point as well to
avoid any confusion between the current sk pointer and the
redirect pointer sk_redir.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Recognizing that the audit context is an internal audit value, use an
access function to retrieve the audit context pointer for the task
rather than reaching directly into the task struct to get it.
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
[PM: merge fuzz in auditsc.c and selinuxfs.c, checkpatch.pl fixes]
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Currently, when the rule is not to be exclusively executed by the
hardware, extack is not passed along and offloading failures don't
get logged. The idea was that hardware failures are okay because the
rule will get executed in software then and this way it doesn't confuse
unware users.
But this is not helpful in case one needs to understand why a certain
rule failed to get offloaded. Considering it may have been a temporary
failure, like resources exceeded or so, reproducing it later and knowing
that it is triggering the same reason may be challenging.
The ultimate goal is to improve Open vSwitch debuggability when using
flower offloading.
This patch adds a new flag to enable verbose logging. With the flag set,
extack will be passed to the driver, which will be able to log the
error. As the operation itself probably won't fail (not because of this,
at least), current iproute will already log it as a Warning.
The flag is generic, so it can be reused later. No need to restrict it
just for HW offloading. The command line will follow the syntax that
tc-ebpf already uses, tc ... [ verbose ] ... , and extend its meaning.
For example:
# ./tc qdisc add dev p7p1 ingress
# ./tc filter add dev p7p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
flower verbose \
src_mac ed:13:db:00:00:00 dst_mac 01:80:c2:00:00:d0 \
src_ip 56.0.0.0 dst_ip 55.0.0.0 action drop
Warning: TC offload is disabled on net device.
# echo $?
0
# ./tc filter add dev p7p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
flower \
src_mac ff:13:db:00:00:00 dst_mac 01:80:c2:00:00:d0 \
src_ip 56.0.0.0 dst_ip 55.0.0.0 action drop
# echo $?
0
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a macro, "AUDIT_SID_UNSET", to replace each instance of
initialization and comparison to an audit session ID.
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix handling of simultaneous open TCP connection in conntrack,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
2) Insufficient sanitify check of xtables extension names, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Skip unnecessary synchronize_rcu() call when transaction log
is already empty, from Florian Westphal.
4) Incorrect destination mac validation in ebt_stp, from Stephen
Hemminger.
5) xtables module reference counter leak in nft_compat, from
Florian Westphal.
6) Incorrect connection reference counting logic in IPVS
one-packet scheduler, from Julian Anastasov.
7) Wrong stats for 32-bits CPU in IPVS, also from Julian.
8) Calm down sparse error in netfilter core, also from Florian.
9) Use nla_strlcpy to fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_acct
and nfnetlink_cthelper, again from Florian.
10) Missing module alias in icmp and icmp6 xtables extensions,
from Florian Westphal.
11) Base chain statistics in nf_tables may be unset/null, from Florian.
12) Fix handling of large matchinfo size in nft_compat, this includes
one preparation for before this fix. From Florian.
13) Fix bogus EBUSY error when deleting chains due to incorrect reference
counting from the preparation phase of the two-phase commit protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
linux-4.16 got support for softirq based hrtimers.
TCP can switch its pacing hrtimer to this variant, since this
avoids going through a tasklet and some atomic operations.
pacing timer logic looks like other (jiffies based) tcp timers.
v2: use hrtimer_try_to_cancel() in tcp_clear_xmit_timers()
to correctly release reference on socket if needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.
Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.
Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.
We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.
Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.
We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a regression at some point from the intended functionality of
commit f60c3704e8 ("bonding: Fix alb mode to only use first level
vlans.")
Given the return value vlan_get_encap_level() we need to store the nest
level of the bond device, and then compare the vlan's encap level to
this. Without this, this check always fails and learning packets are
never sent.
In addition, this same commit caused a regression in the behavior of
balance_alb, which requires learning packets be sent for all interfaces
using the slave's mac in order to load balance properly. For vlan's
that have not set a user mac, we can send after checking one bit.
Otherwise we need send the set mac, albeit defeating rx load balancing
for that vlan.
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add stubs to retrieve a handle to an IPv6 FIB table, fib6_get_table,
a stub to do a lookup in a specific table, fib6_table_lookup, and
a stub for a full route lookup.
The stubs are needed for core bpf code to handle the case when the
IPv6 module is not builtin.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add IPv6 equivalent to fib_lookup. Does a fib lookup, including rules,
but returns a FIB entry, fib6_info, rather than a dst based rt6_info.
fib6_lookup is any where from 140% (MULTIPLE_TABLES config disabled)
to 60% faster than any of the dst based lookup methods (without custom
rules) and 25% faster with custom rules (e.g., l3mdev rule).
Since the lookup function has a completely different signature,
fib6_rule_action is split into 2 paths: the existing one is
renamed __fib6_rule_action and a new one for the fib6_info path
is added. fib6_rule_action decides which to call based on the
lookup_ptr. If it is fib6_table_lookup then the new path is taken.
Caller must hold rcu lock as no reference is taken on the returned
fib entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
ip6_pol_route is used for ingress and egress FIB lookups. Refactor it
moving the table lookup into a separate fib6_table_lookup that can be
invoked separately and export the new function.
ip6_pol_route now calls fib6_table_lookup and uses the result to generate
a dst based rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Rename rt6_multipath_select to fib6_multipath_select and export it.
A later patch wants access to it similar to IPv4's fib_select_path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Rename fib6_lookup to fib6_node_lookup to better reflect what it
returns. The fib6_lookup name will be used in a later patch for
an IPv6 equivalent to IPv4's fib_lookup.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This version has some suggestions by Eric Dumazet:
- Use a local variable for the mark in IPv6 instead of ctl_sk to avoid SMP
races.
- Use the more elegant "IP4_REPLY_MARK(net, skb->mark) ?: sk->sk_mark"
statement.
- Factorize code as sk_fullsock() check is not necessary.
Aidan McGurn from Openwave Mobility systems reported the following bug:
"Marked routing is broken on customer deployment. Its effects are large
increase in Uplink retransmissions caused by the client never receiving
the final ACK to their FINACK - this ACK misses the mark and routes out
of the incorrect route."
Currently marks are added to sk_buffs for replies when the "fwmark_reflect"
sysctl is enabled. But not for TW sockets that had sk->sk_mark set via
setsockopt(SO_MARK..).
Fix this in IPv4/v6 by adding tw->tw_mark for TIME_WAIT sockets. Copy the the
original sk->sk_mark in __inet_twsk_hashdance() to the new tw->tw_mark location.
Then progate this so that the skb gets sent with the correct mark. Do the same
for resets. Give the "fwmark_reflect" sysctl precedence over sk->sk_mark so that
netfilter rules are still honored.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_CSK_DEBUG is always set and only is used for 2 pr_debug calls.
EXPORT_SYMBOL(inet_csk_timer_bug_msg) is only used by these 2
pr_debug calls and is also unnecessary as the exported string can
be used directly by these calls.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* WMM element validation
* SAE timeout
* add-BA timeout
* docbook parsing
* a few memory leaks in error paths
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlrzTUQACgkQB8qZga/f
l8QgqA/+KrZlJPuQjT0xZYYj0rXGc4GzeOJiyDqVz/25sGrmDP8pCnabJhC0l10X
+4edB85XjgPbQ/OZsnRSRaCQDPOuBUiQqCl33u6T/qngHdbxuVoxx8UykAcr/+z1
bmrokLBMXWijaacMine9ouCjjuMKXaiyPsZ5aobMpFAKFcVxHDK2hnlMp2bhfqVw
fuCLtMlvc5G5FGKEfLoT0YzFGhOpcz6Zmnuk58pCoVTUTNDOdbKUVI/4TSGHUnaH
YrS1I+ERIIIRf8NCdUHqvygigHyEYd4WlOtFnmrEEUrBf3YP/frUtf1oUlg77Kdc
bPIKD76cO8ONaFu45z4/nBhzQQPz6idUBMfk+gYuZ6bNxrFkJCHNoSkz2AXiOxQF
tThXUoSMnlrqyW+jJ0JdZHZQqU0vwaJvCh96F97ox3WWPoMlty+JtQ0orVJSkUF1
LHNmKCJfCJ2LfK5xr0tSnhBBeteyE18zaPZMHkEUh7gUkQeov9+wgvtPFdX/pQ0N
/sZCs4QQLmHn3R1f/XSytSIsEoIEneCKN/pwSc63M6SqqVDOE4+Mue7+Jzjq4xad
oY+pFIWusxyUQmC4R01/bQzADROp1vJFUS9/4sDmwsIk+RbRxSGP3o2kHwzl+Wc2
DxxQv2WN8V0L2i+ru7Ck+Q4zAUgxoIHqHWefKpI4MO9liCcBHFQ=
=mJ4m
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-05-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We only have a few fixes this time:
* WMM element validation
* SAE timeout
* add-BA timeout
* docbook parsing
* a few memory leaks in error paths
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No changes in refcount semantics -- key init is false; replace
static_key_slow_inc|dec with static_branch_inc|dec
static_key_false with static_branch_unlikely
Added a '_key' suffix to memalloc_socks, for better self
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No changes in refcount semantics -- key init is false; replace
static_key_slow_inc|dec with static_branch_inc|dec
static_key_false with static_branch_unlikely
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a rule that jumps to chain and such chain in the same
batch, this bogusly hits EBUSY. Add activate and deactivate operations
to expression that can be called from the preparation and the
commit/abort phases.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is meant to allow us to avoid having to recompute the checksum
from scratch and have it passed as a parameter.
Instead of taking that approach we can take advantage of the fact that the
length that was used to compute the existing checksum is included in the
UDP header.
Finally to avoid the need to invert the result we can just call csum16_add
and csum16_sub directly. By doing this we can avoid a number of
instructions in the loop that is handling segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing MSS as a parameter for for the GSO
segmentation call as it is already available via the shared info for the
skb itself.
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for exporting the mac80211 TXQ stats via nl80211 by
way of a nested TXQ stats attribute, as well as for configuring the
quantum and limits that were previously only changeable through debugfs.
This commit adds just the nl80211 API, a subsequent commit adds support to
mac80211 itself.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change fixes a couple of type mismatch reported by the sparse
tool, explicitly using the requested type for the offending arguments.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the core networking needs to detect the transport offset in a given
packet and parse it explicitly, a full-blown flow_keys struct is used for
storage.
This patch introduces a smaller keys store, rework the basic flow dissect
helper to use it, and apply this new helper where possible - namely in
skb_probe_transport_header(). The used flow dissector data structures
are renamed to match more closely the new role.
The above gives ~50% performance improvement in micro benchmarking around
skb_probe_transport_header() and ~30% around eth_get_headlen(), mostly due
to the smaller memset. Small, but measurable improvement is measured also
in macro benchmarking.
v1 -> v2: use the new helper in eth_get_headlen() and skb_get_poff(),
as per DaveM suggestion
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-05-07
1) Always verify length of provided sadb_key to fix a
slab-out-of-bounds read in pfkey_add. From Kevin Easton.
2) Make sure that all states are really deleted
before we check that the state lists are empty.
Otherwise we trigger a warning.
3) Fix MTU handling of the VTI6 interfaces on
interfamily tunnels. From Stefano Brivio.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflict, a CHECK was placed into an if() statement
in net-next, whilst a newline was added to that CHECK
call in 'net'. Thanks to Daniel for the merge resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Average ack rssi will be given to userspace via NL80211 interface
if firmware is capable. Userspace tool ‘iw’ can process this
information and give the output as one of the fields in
‘iw dev wlanX station dump’.
Example output :
localhost ~ #iw dev wlan-5000mhz station dump Station
34:f3:9a:aa:3b:29 (on wlan-5000mhz)
inactive time: 5370 ms
rx bytes: 85321
rx packets: 576
tx bytes: 14225
tx packets: 71
tx retries: 0
tx failed: 2
beacon loss: 0
rx drop misc: 0
signal: -54 dBm
signal avg: -53 dBm
tx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2
rx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2
avg ack signal: -56 dBm
authorized: yes
authenticated: yes
associated: yes
preamble: short
WMM/WME: yes
MFP: no
TDLS peer: no
DTIM period: 2
beacon interval:100
short preamble: yes
short slot time:yes
connected time: 203 seconds
Main use case is to measure the signal strength of a connected station
to AP. Data packet transmit rates and bandwidth used by station can vary
a lot even if the station is at fixed location, especially if the rates
used are multi stream(2stream, 3stream) rates with different bandwidth(20/40/80 Mhz).
These multi stream rates are sensitive and station can use different transmit power
for each of the rate and bandwidth combinations. RSSI measured from these RX packets
on AP will be not stable and can vary a lot with in a short time.
Whereas 802.11 ack frames from station are sent relatively at a constant
rate (6/12/24 Mbps) with constant bandwidth(20 Mhz).
So average rssi of the ack packets is good and more accurate.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the most updated CSA counter values are known only
to the device. Add an API to pass this data to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix 88 instances of a kernel-doc warning:
../include/net/mac80211.h:2083: warning: bad line: >
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, more relevant updates in this batch are:
1) Add Maglev support to IPVS. Moreover, store lastest server weight in
IPVS since this is needed by maglev, patches from from Inju Song.
2) Preparation works to add iptables flowtable support, patches
from Felix Fietkau.
3) Hand over flows back to conntrack slow path in case of TCP RST/FIN
packet is seen via new teardown state, also from Felix.
4) Add support for extended netlink error reporting for nf_tables.
5) Support for larger timeouts that 23 days in nf_tables, patch from
Florian Westphal.
6) Always set an upper limit to dynamic sets, also from Florian.
7) Allow number generator to make map lookups, from Laura Garcia.
8) Use hash_32() instead of opencode hashing in IPVS, from Vicent Bernat.
9) Extend ip6tables SRH match to support previous, next and last SID,
from Ahmed Abdelsalam.
10) Move Passive OS fingerprint nf_osf.c, from Fernando Fernandez.
11) Expose nf_conntrack_max through ctnetlink, from Florent Fourcot.
12) Several housekeeping patches for xt_NFLOG, x_tables and ebtables,
from Taehee Yoo.
13) Unify meta bridge with core nft_meta, then make nft_meta built-in.
Make rt and exthdr built-in too, again from Florian.
14) Missing initialization of tbl->entries in IPVS, from Cong Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This slipped through the cracks in the followup set to the fib6_info flip.
Rename rt6_next to fib6_next.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another setsockopt (XDP_TX_QUEUE) is added to let the process allocate
a queue, where the user process can pass frames to be transmitted by
the kernel.
The mmapping of the queue is done using the XDP_PGOFF_TX_QUEUE offset.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The xskmap is yet another BPF map, very much inspired by
dev/cpu/sockmap, and is a holder of AF_XDP sockets. A user application
adds AF_XDP sockets into the map, and by using the bpf_redirect_map
helper, an XDP program can redirect XDP frames to an AF_XDP socket.
Note that a socket that is bound to certain ifindex/queue index will
*only* accept XDP frames from that netdev/queue index. If an XDP
program tries to redirect from a netdev/queue index other than what
the socket is bound to, the frame will not be received on the socket.
A socket can reside in multiple maps.
v3: Fixed race and simplified code.
v2: Removed one indirection in map lookup.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Here the actual receive functions of AF_XDP are implemented, that in a
later commit, will be called from the XDP layers.
There's one set of functions for the XDP_DRV side and another for
XDP_SKB (generic).
A new XDP API, xdp_return_buff, is also introduced.
Adding xdp_return_buff, which is analogous to xdp_return_frame, but
acts upon an struct xdp_buff. The API will be used by AF_XDP in future
commits.
Support for the poll syscall is also implemented.
v2: xskq_validate_id did not update cons_tail.
The entries variable was calculated twice in xskq_nb_avail.
Squashed xdp_return_buff commit.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Here, the bind syscall is added. Binding an AF_XDP socket, means
associating the socket to an umem, a netdev and a queue index. This
can be done in two ways.
The first way, creating a "socket from scratch". Create the umem using
the XDP_UMEM_REG setsockopt and an associated fill queue with
XDP_UMEM_FILL_QUEUE. Create the Rx queue using the XDP_RX_QUEUE
setsockopt. Call bind passing ifindex and queue index ("channel" in
ethtool speak).
The second way to bind a socket, is simply skipping the
umem/netdev/queue index, and passing another already setup AF_XDP
socket. The new socket will then have the same umem/netdev/queue index
as the parent so it will share the same umem. You must also set the
flags field in the socket address to XDP_SHARED_UMEM.
v2: Use PTR_ERR instead of passing error variable explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Another setsockopt (XDP_RX_QUEUE) is added to let the process allocate
a queue, where the kernel can pass completed Rx frames from the kernel
to user process.
The mmapping of the queue is done using the XDP_PGOFF_RX_QUEUE offset.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In this commit the base structure of the AF_XDP address family is set
up. Further, we introduce the abilty register a window of user memory
to the kernel via the XDP_UMEM_REG setsockopt syscall. The memory
window is viewed by an AF_XDP socket as a set of equally large
frames. After a user memory registration all frames are "owned" by the
user application, and not the kernel.
v2: More robust checks on umem creation and unaccount on error.
Call set_page_dirty_lock on cleanup.
Simplified xdp_umem_reg.
Co-authored-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit edd7ceb782 ("ipv6: Allow non-gateway ECMP for
IPv6").
Eric reported a division by zero in rt6_multipath_rebalance() which is
caused by above commit that considers identical local routes to be
siblings. The division by zero happens because a nexthop weight is not
set for local routes.
Revert the commit as it does not fix a bug and has side effects.
To reproduce:
# ip -6 address add 2001:db8::1/64 dev dummy0
# ip -6 address add 2001:db8::1/64 dev dummy1
Fixes: edd7ceb782 ("ipv6: Allow non-gateway ECMP for IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is reported that in some cases, write_space may be called in
do_tcp_sendpages, such that we recursively invoke do_tcp_sendpages again:
[ 660.468802] ? do_tcp_sendpages+0x8d/0x580
[ 660.468826] ? tls_push_sg+0x74/0x130 [tls]
[ 660.468852] ? tls_push_record+0x24a/0x390 [tls]
[ 660.468880] ? tls_write_space+0x6a/0x80 [tls]
...
tls_push_sg already does a loop over all sending sg's, so ignore
any tls_write_space notifications until we are done sending.
We then have to call the previous write_space to wake up
poll() waiters after we are done with the send loop.
Reported-by: Andre Tomt <andre@tomt.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is valid to have static routes where the nexthop
is an interface not an address such as tunnels.
For IPv4 it was possible to use ECMP on these routes
but not for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And do so if the skb doesn't have enough space for the payload.
This is a preparation for the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a generic infrastructure to offload TLS crypto to a
network device. It enables the kernel TLS socket to skip encryption
and authentication operations on the transmit side of the data path.
Leaving those computationally expensive operations to the NIC.
The NIC offload infrastructure builds TLS records and pushes them to
the TCP layer just like the SW KTLS implementation and using the same
API.
TCP segmentation is mostly unaffected. Currently the only exception is
that we prevent mixed SKBs where only part of the payload requires
offload. In the future we are likely to add a similar restriction
following a change cipher spec record.
The notable differences between SW KTLS and NIC offloaded TLS
implementations are as follows:
1. The offloaded implementation builds "plaintext TLS record", those
records contain plaintext instead of ciphertext and place holder bytes
instead of authentication tags.
2. The offloaded implementation maintains a mapping from TCP sequence
number to TLS records. Thus given a TCP SKB sent from a NIC offloaded
TLS socket, we can use the tls NIC offload infrastructure to obtain
enough context to encrypt the payload of the SKB.
A TLS record is released when the last byte of the record is ack'ed,
this is done through the new icsk_clean_acked callback.
The infrastructure should be extendable to support various NIC offload
implementations. However it is currently written with the
implementation below in mind:
The NIC assumes that packets from each offloaded stream are sent as
plaintext and in-order. It keeps track of the TLS records in the TCP
stream. When a packet marked for offload is transmitted, the NIC
encrypts the payload in-place and puts authentication tags in the
relevant place holders.
The responsibility for handling out-of-order packets (i.e. TCP
retransmission, qdisc drops) falls on the netdev driver.
The netdev driver keeps track of the expected TCP SN from the NIC's
perspective. If the next packet to transmit matches the expected TCP
SN, the driver advances the expected TCP SN, and transmits the packet
with TLS offload indication.
If the next packet to transmit does not match the expected TCP SN. The
driver calls the TLS layer to obtain the TLS record that includes the
TCP of the packet for transmission. Using this TLS record, the driver
posts a work entry on the transmit queue to reconstruct the NIC TLS
state required for the offload of the out-of-order packet. It updates
the expected TCP SN accordingly and transmits the now in-order packet.
The same queue is used for packet transmission and TLS context
reconstruction to avoid the need for flushing the transmit queue before
issuing the context reconstruction request.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In TLS inline crypto, we can have one direction in software
and another in hardware. Thus, we split the TLS configuration to separate
structures for receive and transmit.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With socket dependent offloads we rely on the netdev to transform
the transmitted packets before sending them to the wire.
When a packet from an offloaded socket is rerouted to a different
device we need to detect it and do the transformation in software.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Called when a TCP segment is acknowledged.
Could be used by application protocols who hold additional
metadata associated with the stream data.
This is required by TLS device offload to release
metadata associated with acknowledged TLS records.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are now keeping the MTU information synced between asoc, transport
and dst, which makes the check at sctp_packet_config() not needed
anymore. As it was the sole caller to this function, lets remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Which makes sure that the MTU respects the minimum value of
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT and that it is correctly aligned.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
and avoid the open-coded versions of it.
Now sctp_datamsg_from_user can just re-use asoc->frag_point as it will
always be updated.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When given a MTU, this function calculates how much payload we can carry
on it. Without a MTU, it calculates the amount of header overhead we
have.
So that when we have extra overhead, like the one added for IP options
on SELinux patches, it is easier to handle it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All changes to asoc PMTU should now go through this wrapper, making it
easier to track them and to do other actions upon it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This value is not used anywhere in the code. In essence it is a
duplicate of SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT, which is used by the stack.
SCTP_MIN_PMTU value makes more sense, but we should not change to it now
as it would risk breaking applications.
So this patch removes SCTP_MIN_PMTU and adjust the comment above it.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
IPVS Updates for v4.18
please consider these IPVS enhancements for v4.18.
* Whitepace cleanup
* Add Maglev hashing algorithm as a IPVS scheduler
Inju Song says "Implements the Google's Maglev hashing algorithm as a
IPVS scheduler. Basically it provides consistent hashing but offers some
special features about disruption and load balancing.
1) minimal disruption: when the set of destinations changes,
a connection will likely be sent to the same destination
as it was before.
2) load balancing: each destination will receive an almost
equal number of connections.
Seel also: [3.4 Consistent Hasing] in
https://www.usenix.org/system/files/conference/nsdi16/nsdi16-paper-eisenbud.pdf
"
* Fix to correct implementation of Knuth's multiplicative hashing
which is used in sh/dh/lblc/lblcr algorithms. Instead the
implementation provided by the hash_32() macro is used.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allow specifying segment size in the send call.
The new control message performs the same function as socket option
UDP_SEGMENT while avoiding the extra system call.
[ Export udp_cmsg_send for ipv6. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support generic segmentation offload for udp datagrams. Callers can
concatenate and send at once the payload of multiple datagrams with
the same destination.
To set segment size, the caller sets socket option UDP_SEGMENT to the
length of each discrete payload. This value must be smaller than or
equal to the relevant MTU.
A follow-up patch adds cmsg UDP_SEGMENT to specify segment size on a
per send call basis.
Total byte length may then exceed MTU. If not an exact multiple of
segment size, the last segment will be shorter.
The implementation adds a gso_size field to the udp socket, ip(v6)
cmsg cookie and inet_cork structure to be able to set the value at
setsockopt or cmsg time and to work with both lockless and corked
paths.
Initial benchmark numbers show UDP GSO about as expensive as TCP GSO.
tcp tso
3197 MB/s 54232 msg/s 54232 calls/s
6,457,754,262 cycles
tcp gso
1765 MB/s 29939 msg/s 29939 calls/s
11,203,021,806 cycles
tcp without tso/gso *
739 MB/s 12548 msg/s 12548 calls/s
11,205,483,630 cycles
udp
876 MB/s 14873 msg/s 624666 calls/s
11,205,777,429 cycles
udp gso
2139 MB/s 36282 msg/s 36282 calls/s
11,204,374,561 cycles
[*] after reverting commit 0a6b2a1dc2
("tcp: switch to GSO being always on")
Measured total system cycles ('-a') for one core while pinning both
the network receive path and benchmark process to that core:
perf stat -a -C 12 -e cycles \
./udpgso_bench_tx -C 12 -4 -D "$DST" -l 4
Note the reduction in calls/s with GSO. Bytes per syscall drops
increases from 1470 to 61818.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement generic segmentation offload support for udp datagrams. A
follow-up patch adds support to the protocol stack to generate such
packets.
UDP GSO is not UFO. UFO fragments a single large datagram. GSO splits
a large payload into a number of discrete UDP datagrams.
The implementation adds a GSO type SKB_UDP_GSO_L4 to differentiate it
from UFO (SKB_UDP_GSO).
IPPROTO_UDPLITE is excluded, as that protocol has no gso handler
registered.
[ Export __udp_gso_segment for ipv6. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP segmentation offload needs access to inet_cork in the udp layer.
Pass the struct to ip(6)_make_skb instead of allocating it on the
stack in that function itself.
This patch is a noop otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Commit 4f00878126 ("sctp: apply rhashtable api to send/recv
path"), there's no place using sctp_assoc_is_match, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_make_sack() make changes to the asoc and this cast is just
bypassing the const attribute. As there is no need to have the const
there, just remove it and fix the violation.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends NTF_EXT_LEARNED support to the neighbour system.
Example use-case: An Ethernet VPN implementation (eg in FRR routing suite)
can use this flag to add dynamic reachable external neigh entires
learned via control plane. The use of neigh NTF_EXT_LEARNED in this
patch is consistent with its use with bridge and vxlan fdb entries.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ECMP (equal-cost multipath) hashes are typically computed on the packets'
5-tuple(src IP, dst IP, src port, dst port, L4 proto).
For encapsulated packets, the L4 data is not readily available and ECMP
hashing will often revert to (src IP, dst IP). This will lead to traffic
polarization on a single ECMP path, causing congestion and waste of network
capacity.
In IPv6, the 20-bit flow label field is also used as part of the ECMP hash.
In the lack of L4 data, the hashing will be on (src IP, dst IP, flow
label). Having a non-zero flow label is thus important for proper traffic
load balancing when L4 data is unavailable (i.e., when packets are
encapsulated).
Currently, the seg6_do_srh_encap() function extracts the original packet's
flow label and set it as the outer IPv6 flow label. There are two issues
with this behaviour:
a) There is no guarantee that the inner flow label is set by the source.
b) If the original packet is not IPv6, the flow label will be set to
zero (e.g., IPv4 or L2 encap).
This patch adds a function, named seg6_make_flowlabel(), that computes a
flow label from a given skb. It supports IPv6, IPv4 and L2 payloads, and
leverages the per namespace 'seg6_flowlabel" sysctl value.
The currently support behaviours are as follows:
-1 set flowlabel to zero.
0 copy flowlabel from Inner paceket in case of Inner IPv6
(Set flowlabel to 0 in case IPv4/L2)
1 Compute the flowlabel using seg6_make_flowlabel()
This patch has been tested for IPv6, IPv4, and L2 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Abdelsalam <amsalam20@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Lebrun <dlebrun@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It overcomplicates things for no reason.
nft_meta_bridge only offers retrieval of bridge port interface name.
Because of this being its own module, we had to export all nft_meta
functions, which we can then make static again (which even reduces
the size of nft_meta -- including bridge port retrieval...):
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
1838 832 0 2670 a6e net/bridge/netfilter/nft_meta_bridge.ko
6147 936 1 7084 1bac net/netfilter/nft_meta.ko
after:
5826 936 1 6763 1a6b net/netfilter/nft_meta.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Marco De Benedetto says:
I would like to use a timeout of 30 days for elements in a set but it
seems there is a some kind of problem above 24d20h31m23s.
Fix this by using 'jiffies64' for timeout handling to get same behaviour
on 32 and 64bit systems.
nftables passes timeouts as u64 in milliseconds to the kernel,
but on kernel side we used a mixture of 'long' and jiffies conversions
rather than u64 and jiffies64.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1237
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is a patch proposal to support shifted ranges in portmaps. (i.e. tcp/udp
incoming port 5000-5100 on WAN redirected to LAN 192.168.1.5:2000-2100)
Currently DNAT only works for single port or identical port ranges. (i.e.
ports 5000-5100 on WAN interface redirected to a LAN host while original
destination port is not altered) When different port ranges are configured,
either 'random' mode should be used, or else all incoming connections are
mapped onto the first port in the redirect range. (in described example
WAN:5000-5100 will all be mapped to 192.168.1.5:2000)
This patch introduces a new mode indicated by flag NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_OFFSET
which uses a base port value to calculate an offset with the destination port
present in the incoming stream. That offset is then applied as index within the
redirect port range (index modulo rangewidth to handle range overflow).
In described example the base port would be 5000. An incoming stream with
destination port 5004 would result in an offset value 4 which means that the
NAT'ed stream will be using destination port 2004.
Other possibilities include deterministic mapping of larger or multiple ranges
to a smaller range : WAN:5000-5999 -> LAN:5000-5099 (maps WAN port 5*xx to port
51xx)
This patch does not change any current behavior. It just adds new NAT proto
range functionality which must be selected via the specific flag when intended
to use.
A patch for iptables (libipt_DNAT.c + libip6t_DNAT.c) will also be proposed
which makes this functionality immediately available.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Du Tre <thierry@dtsystems.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop nft_set_type's ability to act as a container of multiple backend
implementations it chooses from. Instead consolidate the whole selection
logic in nft_select_set_ops() and the actual backend provided estimate()
callback.
This turns nf_tables_set_types into a list containing all available
backends which is traversed when selecting one matching userspace
requested criteria.
Also, this change allows to embed nft_set_ops structure into
nft_set_type and pull flags field into the latter as it's only used
during selection phase.
A crucial part of this change is to make sure the new layout respects
hash backend constraints formerly enforced by nft_hash_select_ops()
function: This is achieved by introduction of a specific estimate()
callback for nft_hash_fast_ops which returns false for key lengths != 4.
In turn, nft_hash_estimate() is changed to return false for key lengths
== 4 so it won't be chosen by accident. Also, both callbacks must return
false for unbounded sets as their size estimate depends on a known
maximum element count.
Note that this patch partially reverts commit 4f2921ca21 ("netfilter:
nf_tables: meter: pick a set backend that supports updates") by making
nft_set_ops_candidate() not explicitly look for an update callback but
make NFT_SET_EVAL a regular backend feature flag which is checked along
with the others. This way all feature requirements are checked in one
go.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace the nf_tables_ prefix by nft_ and merge code into single lookup
function whenever possible. In many cases we go over the 80-chars
boundary function names, this save us ~50 LoC.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On cleanup, this will be treated differently from FLOW_OFFLOAD_DYING:
If FLOW_OFFLOAD_DYING is set, the connection is going away, so both the
offload state and the connection tracking entry will be deleted.
If FLOW_OFFLOAD_TEARDOWN is set, the connection remains alive, but
the offload state is torn down. This is useful for cases that require
more complex state tracking / timeout handling on TCP, or if the
connection has been idle for too long.
Support for sending flows back to the slow path will be implemented in
a following patch
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It is too trivial to keep as a separate exported function
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Avoids having nf_flow_table depend on nftables (useful for future
iptables backport work)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reduces duplication of .gc and .params in flowtable type definitions and
makes the API clearer
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is currently no handling to check on a invalid tlv length. This
patch adds such handling to avoid killing the kernel with a malformed
ife packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The connection timers of an llc sock could be still flying
after we delete them in llc_sk_free(), and even possibly
after we free the sock. We could just wait synchronously
here in case of troubles.
Note, I leave other call paths as they are, since they may
not have to wait, at least we can change them to synchronously
when needed.
Also, move the code to net/llc/llc_conn.c, which is apparently
a better place.
Reported-by: <syzbot+f922284c18ea23a8e457@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dst entry is created from a fib entry, the 'from' in rt6_info
is set to the fib entry. The 'from' reference is used most notably for
cookie checking - making sure stale dst entries are updated if the
fib entry is changed.
When a fib entry is deleted, the pcpu routes on it are walked releasing
the fib6_info reference. This is needed for the fib6_info cleanup to
happen and to make sure all device references are released in a timely
manner.
There is a race window when a FIB entry is deleted and the 'from' on the
pcpu route is dropped and the pcpu route hits a cookie check. Handle
this race using rcu on from.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch protects 'from' in rt6_info and this simplifies the
locking needed by it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_get_cookie_safe takes a fib6_info and checks the sernum of
the node. Update the name to reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_clean_expires and rt6_set_expires are no longer used. Removed them.
rt6_update_expires has 1 caller in route.c, so move it from the header.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduces the number of cache lines touched in the offload forwarding
path. This is safe because PMTU limits are bypassed for the forwarding
path (see commit f87c10a8aa for more details).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward(), to avoid a dependency with ipv6.ko.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To be able to tell the ax88796 driver whether it is sensible to enter
the 8390 interrupt handler, an "is this interrupt caused by the 88796"
callback has been added to the ax_plat_data structure (with NULL being
compatible to the previous behaviour).
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add platform specific hooks for block transfer reads/writes of packet
buffer data, superseding the default provided ax_block_input/output.
Currently used for m68k Amiga XSurf100.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_idev can be obtained from __in6_dev_get on the nexthop device
rather than caching it in the fib6_info. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") the comparison of idev does not add value since it
correlates to the nexthop device which is already compared. Remove
the idev comparison.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") host routes and anycast routes were installed with the
device set to loopback (or VRF device once that feature was added). In the
older code dst.dev was set to loopback (needed for packet tx) and rt6i_idev
was used to denote the actual interface.
Commit 4832c30d54 changed the code to have dst.dev pointing to the real
device with the switch to lo or vrf device done on dst clones. As a
consequence of this change ip6_route_get_saddr can just pass the nexthop
device to ipv6_dev_get_saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
aca_idev has only 1 user - inet6_fill_ifacaddr - and it only
wants the device index which can be extracted from the fib6_info
nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addrconf_dst_alloc now returns a fib6_info. Update the name
and its users to reflect the change.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prefix for fib6_info struct elements from rt6i_ to fib6_.
rt6i_pcpu and rt6i_exception_bucket are left as is given that they
point to rt6_info entries.
Rename only; not functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfulnl_log_packet() is added to make sure that the NFLOG target
works as only user-space logger. but now, nf_log_packet() can find proper
log function using NF_LOG_TYPE_ULOG and NF_LOG_TYPE_LOG.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop unneeded elements from rt6_info struct and rearrange layout to
something more relevant for the data path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all code paths referencing a FIB entry from
rt6_info to fib6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last step before flipping the data type for FIB entries:
- use fib6_info_alloc to create FIB entries in ip6_route_info_create
and addrconf_dst_alloc
- use fib6_info_release in place of dst_release, ip6_rt_put and
rt6_release
- remove the dst_hold before calling __ip6_ins_rt or ip6_del_rt
- when purging routes, drop per-cpu routes
- replace inc and dec of rt6i_ref with fib6_info_hold and fib6_info_release
- use rt->from since it points to the FIB entry
- drop references to exception bucket, fib6_metrics and per-cpu from
dst entries (those are relevant for fib entries only)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_info struct and alloc, destroy, hold and release helpers.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 FIB will only contain FIB entries with exception routes added to
the FIB entry. Once this transformation is complete, FIB lookups will
return a fib6_info with the lookup functions still returning a dst
based rt6_info. The current code uses rt6_info for both paths and
overloads the rt6_info variable usually called 'rt'.
This patch introduces a new 'f6i' variable name for the result of the FIB
lookup and keeps 'rt' as the dst based return variable. 'f6i' becomes a
fib6_info in a later patch which is why it is introduced as f6i now;
avoids the additional churn in the later patch.
In addition, remove RTF_CACHE and dst checks from fib6 add and delete
since they can not happen now and will never happen after the data
type flip.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most FIB entries can be added using memory allocated with GFP_KERNEL.
Add gfp_flags to ip6_route_add and addrconf_dst_alloc. Code paths that
can be reached from the packet path (e.g., ndisc and autoconfig) or
atomic notifiers use GFP_ATOMIC; paths from user context (adding
addresses and routes) use GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The router discovery code has a FIB entry and wants to validate the
gateway has a neighbor entry. Refactor the existing dst_neigh_lookup
for IPv6 and create a new function that takes the gateway and device
and returns a neighbor entry. Use the new function in
ndisc_router_discovery to validate the gateway.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Continuing to wean FIB paths off of dst_entry, use a bool to hold
requests for certain dst settings. Add a helper to convert the
flags to DST flags when a FIB entry is converted to a dst_entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_null_entry will stay a dst based return for lookups that fail to
match an entry.
Add a new fib6_null_entry which constitutes the root node and leafs
for fibs. Replace existing references to ip6_null_entry with the
new fib6_null_entry when dealing with FIBs.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add expires to rt6_info for FIB entries, and add fib6 helpers to
manage it. Data path use of dst.expires remains.
The transition is fairly straightforward: when working with fib entries,
rt->dst.expires is just rt->expires, rt6_clean_expires is replaced with
fib6_clean_expires, rt6_set_expires becomes fib6_set_expires, and
rt6_check_expired becomes fib6_check_expired, where the fib6 versions
are added by this patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, add fib metrics to the fib struct, which at the moment
is rt6_info. Will be moved to fib6_info in a later patch. Copy metrics
into dst by reference using refcount.
To make the transition:
- add dst_metrics to rt6_info. Default to dst_default_metrics if no
metrics are passed during route add. No need for a separate pmtu
entry; it can reference the MTU slot in fib6_metrics
- ip6_convert_metrics allocates memory in the FIB entry and uses
ip_metrics_convert to copy from netlink attribute to metrics entry
- the convert metrics call is done in ip6_route_info_create simplifying
the route add path
+ fib6_commit_metrics and fib6_copy_metrics and the temporary
mx6_config are no longer needed
- add fib6_metric_set helper to change the value of a metric in the
fib entry since dst_metric_set can no longer be used
- cow_metrics for IPv6 can drop to dst_cow_metrics_generic
- rt6_dst_from_metrics_check is no longer needed
- rt6_fill_node needs the FIB entry and dst as separate arguments to
keep compatibility with existing output. Current dst address is
renamed to dest.
(to be consistent with IPv4 rt6_fill_node really should be split
into 2 functions similar to fib_dump_info and rt_fill_info)
- rt6_fill_node no longer needs the temporary metrics variable
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce fib6_nh structure and move nexthop related data from
rt6_info and rt6_info.dst to fib6_nh. References to dev, gateway or
lwtstate from a FIB lookup perspective are converted to use fib6_nh;
datapath references to dst version are left as is.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTN_ type for IPv6 FIB entries is currently embedded in rt6i_flags
and dst.error. Since dst is going to be removed, it can no longer be
relied on for FIB dumps so save the route type as fib6_type.
fc_type is set in current users based on the algorithm in rt6_fill_node:
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_LOCAL: fc_type = RTN_LOCAL
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_ANYCAST: fc_type = RTN_ANYCAST
- else fc_type = RTN_UNICAST
Similarly, fib6_type is set in the rt6_info templates based on the
RTF_REJECT section of rt6_fill_node converting dst.error to RTN type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass network namespace reference into route add, delete and get
functions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass net namespace to fib6_update_sernum. It can not be marked const
as fib6_new_sernum will change ipv6.fib6_sernum.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move logic of fib_convert_metrics into ip_metrics_convert. This allows
the code that converts netlink attributes into metrics struct to be
re-used in a later patch by IPv6.
This is mostly a code move with the following changes to variable names:
- fi->fib_net becomes net
- fc_mx and fc_mx_len are passed as inputs pulled from fib_config
- metrics array is passed as an input from fi->fib_metrics->metrics
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like tos inherit, ttl inherit should also means inherit the inner protocol's
ttl values, which actually not implemented in vxlan yet.
But we could not treat ttl == 0 as "use the inner TTL", because that would be
used also when the "ttl" option is not specified and that would be a behavior
change, and breaking real use cases.
So add a different attribute IFLA_VXLAN_TTL_INHERIT when "ttl inherit" is
specified with ip cmd.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics such as InHdrErrors should be counted on the ingress
netdev rather than on the dev from the dst, which is the egress.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF core gets access to __inet6_bind via ipv6_bpf_stub_impl, so it is
not invoked directly outside of af_inet6.c. Make it static and move
inet6_bind after to avoid forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing API xdp_return_frame() to take struct xdp_frame as argument,
seems like a natural choice. But there are some subtle performance
details here that needs extra care, which is a deliberate choice.
When de-referencing xdp_frame on a remote CPU during DMA-TX
completion, result in the cache-line is change to "Shared"
state. Later when the page is reused for RX, then this xdp_frame
cache-line is written, which change the state to "Modified".
This situation already happens (naturally) for, virtio_net, tun and
cpumap as the xdp_frame pointer is the queued object. In tun and
cpumap, the ptr_ring is used for efficiently transferring cache-lines
(with pointers) between CPUs. Thus, the only option is to
de-referencing xdp_frame.
It is only the ixgbe driver that had an optimization, in which it can
avoid doing the de-reference of xdp_frame. The driver already have
TX-ring queue, which (in case of remote DMA-TX completion) have to be
transferred between CPUs anyhow. In this data area, we stored a
struct xdp_mem_info and a data pointer, which allowed us to avoid
de-referencing xdp_frame.
To compensate for this, a prefetchw is used for telling the cache
coherency protocol about our access pattern. My benchmarks show that
this prefetchw is enough to compensate the ixgbe driver.
V7: Adjust for commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
V8: Adjust for commit bd658dda42 ("net/mlx5e: Separate dma base address
and offset in dma_sync call")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New allocator type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_POOL for page_pool usage.
The registered allocator page_pool pointer is not available directly
from xdp_rxq_info, but it could be (if needed). For now, the driver
should keep separate track of the page_pool pointer, which it should
use for RX-ring page allocation.
As suggested by Saeed, to maintain a symmetric API it is the drivers
responsibility to allocate/create and free/destroy the page_pool.
Thus, after the driver have called xdp_rxq_info_unreg(), it is drivers
responsibility to free the page_pool, but with a RCU free call. This
is done easily via the page_pool helper page_pool_destroy() (which
avoids touching any driver code during the RCU callback, which could
happen after the driver have been unloaded).
V8: address issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Allow xdp.o to be compiled without page_pool.o
V9: Remove inline from .c file, compiler knows best
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need a fast page recycle mechanism for ndo_xdp_xmit API for returning
pages on DMA-TX completion time, which have good cross CPU
performance, given DMA-TX completion time can happen on a remote CPU.
Refurbish my page_pool code, that was presented[1] at MM-summit 2016.
Adapted page_pool code to not depend the page allocator and
integration into struct page. The DMA mapping feature is kept,
even-though it will not be activated/used in this patchset.
[1] http://people.netfilter.org/hawk/presentations/MM-summit2016/generic_page_pool_mm_summit2016.pdf
V2: Adjustments requested by Tariq
- Changed page_pool_create return codes, don't return NULL, only
ERR_PTR, as this simplifies err handling in drivers.
V4: many small improvements and cleanups
- Add DOC comment section, that can be used by kernel-doc
- Improve fallback mode, to work better with refcnt based recycling
e.g. remove a WARN as pointed out by Tariq
e.g. quicker fallback if ptr_ring is empty.
V5: Fixed SPDX license as pointed out by Alexei
V6: Adjustments requested by Eric Dumazet
- Adjust ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp usage/placement
- Move rcu_head in struct page_pool
- Free pages quicker on destroy, minimize resources delayed an RCU period
- Remove code for forward/backward compat ABI interface
V8: Issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Only compile+link when a driver use/select page_pool,
mlx5 selects CONFIG_PAGE_POOL, although its first used in two patches
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info. Instead of using the IDR infrastructure, which
uses a radix tree, use a dynamic rhashtable, for creating ID to
pointer lookup table, because this is faster.
The problem that is being solved here is that, the xdp_rxq_info
pointer (stored in xdp_buff) cannot be used directly, as the
guaranteed lifetime is too short. The info is needed on a
(potentially) remote CPU during DMA-TX completion time . In an
xdp_frame the xdp_mem_info is stored, when it got converted from an
xdp_buff, which is sufficient for the simple page refcnt based recycle
schemes.
For more advanced allocators there is a need to store a pointer to the
registered allocator. Thus, there is a need to guard the lifetime or
validity of the allocator pointer, which is done through this
rhashtable ID map to pointer. The removal and validity of of the
allocator and helper struct xdp_mem_allocator is guarded by RCU. The
allocator will be created by the driver, and registered with
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model().
It is up-to debate who is responsible for freeing the allocator
pointer or invoking the allocator destructor function. In any case,
this must happen via RCU freeing.
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info.
V4: Per req of Jason Wang
- Use xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() in all drivers implementing
XDP_REDIRECT, even-though it's not strictly necessary when
allocator==NULL for type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED (given it's zero).
V6: Per req of Alex Duyck
- Introduce rhashtable_lookup() call in later patch
V8: Address sparse should be static warnings (from kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic xdp_frame format, was inspired by the cpumap own internal
xdp_pkt format. It is now time to convert it over to the generic
xdp_frame format. The cpumap needs one extra field dev_rx.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed to convert drivers tuntap and virtio_net.
This is a generalization of what is done inside cpumap, which will be
converted later.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to prepare for the next patch, and it is also
nice to move this XDP related struct out of filter.h.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an xdp_return_frame API, and convert over cpumap as
the first user, given it have queued XDP frame structure to leverage.
V3: Cleanup and remove C99 style comments, pointed out by Alex Duyck.
V6: Remove comment that id will be added later (Req by Alex Duyck)
V8: Rename enum mem_type to xdp_mem_type (found by kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some networks can make sure TCP payload can exactly fit 4KB pages,
with well chosen MSS/MTU and architectures.
Implement mmap() system call so that applications can avoid
copying data without complex splice() games.
Note that a successful mmap( X bytes) on TCP socket is consuming
bytes, as if recvmsg() has been done. (tp->copied += X)
Only PROT_READ mappings are accepted, as skb page frags
are fundamentally shared and read only.
If tcp_mmap() finds data that is not a full page, or a patch of
urgent data, -EINVAL is returned, no bytes are consumed.
Application must fallback to recvmsg() to read the problematic sequence.
mmap() wont block, regardless of socket being in blocking or
non-blocking mode. If not enough bytes are in receive queue,
mmap() would return -EAGAIN, or -EIO if socket is in a state
where no other bytes can be added into receive queue.
An application might use SO_RCVLOWAT, poll() and/or ioctl( FIONREAD)
to efficiently use mmap()
On the sender side, MSG_EOR might help to clearly separate unaligned
headers and 4K-aligned chunks if necessary.
Tested:
mlx4 (cx-3) 40Gbit NIC, with tcp_mmap program provided in following patch.
MTU set to 4168 (4096 TCP payload, 40 bytes IPv6 header, 32 bytes TCP header)
Without mmap() (tcp_mmap -s)
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.13342 s, 33.7961 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.034 sys:3.778, 116.333 usec per MB, 63062 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.14501 s, 33.748 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.029 sys:3.997, 122.864 usec per MB, 61903 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.11723 s, 33.8635 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.048 sys:3.964, 122.437 usec per MB, 62983 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.39189 s, 32.7552 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.038 sys:4.181, 128.754 usec per MB, 55834 c-switches
With mmap() on receiver (tcp_mmap -s -z)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03083 s, 34.2278 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.024 sys:1.466, 45.4712 usec per MB, 65479 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98805 s, 34.4111 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.026 sys:1.401, 43.5486 usec per MB, 65447 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98377 s, 34.4296 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.028 sys:1.452, 45.166 usec per MB, 65496 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9969 % mmap'ed) in 8.01838 s, 34.281 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.02 sys:1.446, 44.7388 usec per MB, 65505 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SO_RCVLOWAT is properly handled in tcp_poll(), so that POLLIN is only
generated when enough bytes are available in receive queue, after
David change (commit c7004482e8 "tcp: Respect SO_RCVLOWAT in tcp_poll().")
But TCP still calls sk->sk_data_ready() for each chunk added in receive
queue, meaning thread is awaken, and goes back to sleep shortly after.
Tested:
tcp_mmap test program, receiving 32768 MB of data with SO_RCVLOWAT set to 512KB
-> Should get ~2 wakeups (c-switches) per MB, regardless of how many
(tiny or big) packets were received.
High speed (mostly full size GRO packets)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03112 s, 34.2266 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.037 sys:1.404, 43.9758 usec per MB, 65497 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9954 % mmap'ed) in 7.98453 s, 34.4263 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.03 sys:1.422, 44.3115 usec per MB, 65485 c-switches
Low speed (sender is ratelimited and sends 1-MSS at a time, so GRO is not helping)
received 22474.5 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 6015.35 s, 0.0313414 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.05 sys:1.586, 72.7952 usec per MB, 44950 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Applications might use SO_RCVLOWAT on TCP socket hoping to receive
one [E]POLLIN event only when a given amount of bytes are ready in socket
receive queue.
Problem is that receive autotuning is not aware of this constraint,
meaning sk_rcvbuf might be too small to allow all bytes to be stored.
Add a new (struct proto_ops)->set_rcvlowat method so that a protocol
can override the default setsockopt(SO_RCVLOWAT) behavior.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure that all states are really deleted
before we check that the state lists are empty. Otherwise
we trigger a warning.
Fixes: baeb0dbbb5 ("xfrm6_tunnel: exit_net cleanup check added")
Reported-and-tested-by:syzbot+777bf170a89e7b326405@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
On receiving a packet the state index points to the rstate which must be
used to fill up IP and TCP headers. But if the state index points to a
rstate which is unitialized, i.e. filled with zeros, it gets stuck in an
infinite loop inside ip_fast_csum trying to compute the ip checsum of a
header with zero length.
89.666953: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e94d38>] slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468
89.666965: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e87d88>] ppp_receive_nonmp_frame+0x3b4/0x65c
89.666978: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e89dd4>] ppp_receive_frame+0x64/0x7e0
89.666991: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e8a708>] ppp_input+0x104/0x198
89.667005: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e93868>] pppopns_recv_core+0x238/0x370
89.667027: <2> [<ffffff9dd4428fc8>] __sk_receive_skb+0xdc/0x250
89.667040: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e939e4>] pppopns_recv+0x44/0x60
89.667053: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426848>] __sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x16c/0x24c
89.667065: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426954>] sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x2c/0x38
89.667085: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7358>] raw_rcv+0x124/0x154
89.667098: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7568>] raw_local_deliver+0x1e0/0x22c
89.667117: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c8ba0>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0x24c
89.667131: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c92f4>] ip_local_deliver+0x100/0x10c
./scripts/faddr2line vmlinux slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468 output:
ip_fast_csum at arch/arm64/include/asm/checksum.h:40
(inlined by) slhc_uncompress at drivers/net/slip/slhc.c:615
Adding a variable to indicate if the current rstate is initialized. If
such a packet arrives, move to toss state.
Signed-off-by: Tejaswi Tanikella <tejaswit@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The sockmap code has to free socket memory on close if there is
corked data, from John Fastabend.
2) Tunnel names coming from userspace need to be length validated. From
Eric Dumazet.
3) arp_filter() has to take VRFs properly into account, from Miguel
Fadon Perlines.
4) Fix oops in error path of tcf_bpf_init(), from Davide Caratti.
5) Missing idr_remove() in u32_delete_key(), from Cong Wang.
6) More syzbot stuff. Several use of uninitialized value fixes all
over, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Do not leak kernel memory to userspace in sctp, also from Eric
Dumazet.
8) Discard frames from unused ports in DSA, from Andrew Lunn.
9) Fix DMA mapping and reset/failover problems in ibmvnic, from Thomas
Falcon.
10) Do not access dp83640 PHY registers prematurely after reset, from
Esben Haabendal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (46 commits)
vhost-net: set packet weight of tx polling to 2 * vq size
net: thunderx: rework mac addresses list to u64 array
inetpeer: fix uninit-value in inet_getpeer
dp83640: Ensure against premature access to PHY registers after reset
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration
ARM: dts: ls1021a: Specify TBIPA register address
net/fsl_pq_mdio: Allow explicit speficition of TBIPA address
ibmvnic: Do not reset CRQ for Mobility driver resets
ibmvnic: Fix failover case for non-redundant configuration
ibmvnic: Fix reset scheduler error handling
ibmvnic: Zero used TX descriptor counter on reset
ibmvnic: Fix DMA mapping mistakes
tipc: use the right skb in tipc_sk_fill_sock_diag()
sctp: sctp_sockaddr_af must check minimal addr length for AF_INET6
net: dsa: Discard frames from unused ports
sctp: do not leak kernel memory to user space
soreuseport: initialise timewait reuseport field
ipv4: fix uninit-value in ip_route_output_key_hash_rcu()
dccp: initialize ireq->ir_mark
net: fix uninit-value in __hw_addr_add_ex()
...
The hashing table in scheduler such as source hash or maglev hash
should ignore the changed weight to 0 and allow changing the weight
from/to non-0 values. So, struct ip_vs_dest needs to keep weight
with latest non-0 weight.
Signed-off-by: Inju Song <inju.song@navercorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2018-04-08
Here's one important Bluetooth fix for the 4.17-rc series that's needed
to pass several Bluetooth qualification test cases.
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves race during initialization where the resources with
ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get
op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when
all structs are initialized.
The example flows, as it is in mlxsw:
1) driver load/asic probe:
mlxsw_core
-> mlxsw_sp_resources_register
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register
-> devlink_resource_register IDX
mlxsw_spectrum
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
2) reload triggered by devlink command:
-> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload
-> mlxsw_sp_fini
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX
(struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get
which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free)
-> mlxsw_sp_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
Fixes: d9f9b9a4d0 ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported :
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in rtnh_ok include/net/nexthop.h:11 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_count_nexthops net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:469 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_create_info+0x554/0x8d20 net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1091
@remaining is an integer, coming from user space.
If it is negative we want rtnh_ok() to return false.
Fixes: 4e902c5741 ("[IPv4]: FIB configuration using struct fib_config")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=p2Sh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux
Pull SELinux updates from Paul Moore:
"A bigger than usual pull request for SELinux, 13 patches (lucky!)
along with a scary looking diffstat.
Although if you look a bit closer, excluding the usual minor
tweaks/fixes, there are really only two significant changes in this
pull request: the addition of proper SELinux access controls for SCTP
and the encapsulation of a lot of internal SELinux state.
The SCTP changes are the result of a multi-month effort (maybe even a
year or longer?) between the SELinux folks and the SCTP folks to add
proper SELinux controls. A special thanks go to Richard for seeing
this through and keeping the effort moving forward.
The state encapsulation work is a bit of janitorial work that came out
of some early work on SELinux namespacing. The question of namespacing
is still an open one, but I believe there is some real value in the
encapsulation work so we've split that out and are now sending that up
to you"
* tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux:
selinux: wrap AVC state
selinux: wrap selinuxfs state
selinux: fix handling of uninitialized selinux state in get_bools/classes
selinux: Update SELinux SCTP documentation
selinux: Fix ltp test connect-syscall failure
selinux: rename the {is,set}_enforcing() functions
selinux: wrap global selinux state
selinux: fix typo in selinux_netlbl_sctp_sk_clone declaration
selinux: Add SCTP support
sctp: Add LSM hooks
sctp: Add ip option support
security: Add support for SCTP security hooks
netlabel: If PF_INET6, check sk_buff ip header version
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc things
- ocfs2 updates
- the v9fs maintainers have been missing for a long time. I've taken
over v9fs patch slinging.
- most of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (116 commits)
mm,oom_reaper: check for MMF_OOM_SKIP before complaining
mm/ksm: fix interaction with THP
mm/memblock.c: cast constant ULLONG_MAX to phys_addr_t
headers: untangle kmemleak.h from mm.h
include/linux/mmdebug.h: make VM_WARN* non-rvals
mm/page_isolation.c: make start_isolate_page_range() fail if already isolated
mm: change return type to vm_fault_t
mm, oom: remove 3% bonus for CAP_SYS_ADMIN processes
mm, page_alloc: wakeup kcompactd even if kswapd cannot free more memory
kernel/fork.c: detect early free of a live mm
mm: make counting of list_lru_one::nr_items lockless
mm/swap_state.c: make bool enable_vma_readahead and swap_vma_readahead() static
block_invalidatepage(): only release page if the full page was invalidated
mm: kernel-doc: add missing parameter descriptions
mm/swap.c: remove @cold parameter description for release_pages()
mm/nommu: remove description of alloc_vm_area
zram: drop max_zpage_size and use zs_huge_class_size()
zsmalloc: introduce zs_huge_class_size()
mm: fix races between swapoff and flush dcache
fs/direct-io.c: minor cleanups in do_blockdev_direct_IO
...
If kmem case sizes are 32-bit, then usecopy region should be too.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180305200730.15812-21-adobriyan@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
kfifo: fix inaccurate comment
tools/thermal: tmon: fix for segfault
net: Spelling s/stucture/structure/
edd: don't spam log if no EDD information is present
Documentation: Fix early-microcode.txt references after file rename
tracing: Block comments should align the * on each line
treewide: Fix typos in printk
GenWQE: Fix a typo in two comments
treewide: Align function definition open/close braces
Add 'connected' parameter to ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow() and update
the cache only if ip6_sk_dst_check() returns NULL and a socket
is connected.
The function is used as before, the new behavior for UDP sockets
in udpv6_sendmsg() will be enabled in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move commonly used pattern of ip6_dst_store() usage to a separate
function - ip6_sk_dst_store_flow(), which will check the addresses
for equality using the flow information, before saving them.
There is no functional changes in this patch. In addition, it will
be used in the next patch, in ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support offloading wireless authentication to userspace via
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, from Srinivas Dasari.
2) A lot of work on network namespace setup/teardown from Kirill Tkhai.
Setup and cleanup of namespaces now all run asynchronously and thus
performance is significantly increased.
3) Add rx/tx timestamping support to mv88e6xxx driver, from Brandon
Streiff.
4) Support zerocopy on RDS sockets, from Sowmini Varadhan.
5) Use denser instruction encoding in x86 eBPF JIT, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support hw offload of vlan filtering in mvpp2 dreiver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
7) Support grafting of child qdiscs in mlxsw driver, from Nogah
Frankel.
8) Add packet forwarding tests to selftests, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Deal with sub-optimal GSO packets better in BBR congestion control,
from Eric Dumazet.
10) Support 5-tuple hashing in ipv6 multipath routing, from David Ahern.
11) Add path MTU tests to selftests, from Stefano Brivio.
12) Various bits of IPSEC offloading support for mlx5, from Aviad
Yehezkel, Yossi Kuperman, and Saeed Mahameed.
13) Support RSS spreading on ntuple filters in SFC driver, from Edward
Cree.
14) Lots of sockmap work from John Fastabend. Applications can use eBPF
to filter sendmsg and sendpage operations.
15) In-kernel receive TLS support, from Dave Watson.
16) Add XDP support to ixgbevf, this is significant because it should
allow optimized XDP usage in various cloud environments. From Tony
Nguyen.
17) Add new Intel E800 series "ice" ethernet driver, from Anirudh
Venkataramanan et al.
18) IP fragmentation match offload support in nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
19) Support XDP redirect in i40e driver, from Björn Töpel.
20) Add BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT program type for accessing the arguments of
tracepoints in their raw form, from Alexei Starovoitov.
21) Lots of striding RQ improvements to mlx5 driver with many
performance improvements, from Tariq Toukan.
22) Use rhashtable for inet frag reassembly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1678 commits)
net: mvneta: improve suspend/resume
net: mvneta: split rxq/txq init and txq deinit into SW and HW parts
ipv6: frags: fix /proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_low_thresh
net: bgmac: Fix endian access in bgmac_dma_tx_ring_free()
net: bgmac: Correctly annotate register space
route: check sysctl_fib_multipath_use_neigh earlier than hash
fix typo in command value in drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.
sky2: Increase D3 delay to sky2 stops working after suspend
net/mlx5e: Set EQE based as default TX interrupt moderation mode
ibmvnic: Disable irqs before exiting reset from closed state
net: sched: do not emit messages while holding spinlock
vlan: also check phy_driver ts_info for vlan's real device
Bluetooth: Mark expected switch fall-throughs
Bluetooth: Set HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY for BTUSB_QCA_ROME
Bluetooth: btrsi: remove unused including <linux/version.h>
Bluetooth: hci_bcm: Remove DMI quirk for the MINIX Z83-4
sh_eth: kill useless check in __sh_eth_get_regs()
sh_eth: add sh_eth_cpu_data::no_xdfar flag
ipv6: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip6_append_data()
ipv4: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip_append_data()
...
Pull removal of in-kernel calls to syscalls from Dominik Brodowski:
"System calls are interaction points between userspace and the kernel.
Therefore, system call functions such as sys_xyzzy() or
compat_sys_xyzzy() should only be called from userspace via the
syscall table, but not from elsewhere in the kernel.
At least on 64-bit x86, it will likely be a hard requirement from
v4.17 onwards to not call system call functions in the kernel: It is
better to use use a different calling convention for system calls
there, where struct pt_regs is decoded on-the-fly in a syscall wrapper
which then hands processing over to the actual syscall function. This
means that only those parameters which are actually needed for a
specific syscall are passed on during syscall entry, instead of
filling in six CPU registers with random user space content all the
time (which may cause serious trouble down the call chain). Those
x86-specific patches will be pushed through the x86 tree in the near
future.
Moreover, rules on how data may be accessed may differ between kernel
data and user data. This is another reason why calling sys_xyzzy() is
generally a bad idea, and -- at most -- acceptable in arch-specific
code.
This patchset removes all in-kernel calls to syscall functions in the
kernel with the exception of arch/. On top of this, it cleans up the
three places where many syscalls are referenced or prototyped, namely
kernel/sys_ni.c, include/linux/syscalls.h and include/linux/compat.h"
* 'syscalls-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brodo/linux: (109 commits)
bpf: whitelist all syscalls for error injection
kernel/sys_ni: remove {sys_,sys_compat} from cond_syscall definitions
kernel/sys_ni: sort cond_syscall() entries
syscalls/x86: auto-create compat_sys_*() prototypes
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/compat.h
net: remove compat_sys_*() prototypes from net/compat.h
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/syscalls.h
kexec: move sys_kexec_load() prototype to syscalls.h
x86/sigreturn: use SYSCALL_DEFINE0
x86: fix sys_sigreturn() return type to be long, not unsigned long
x86/ioport: add ksys_ioperm() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_ioperm()
mm: add ksys_readahead() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_readahead()
mm: add ksys_mmap_pgoff() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_mmap_pgoff()
mm: add ksys_fadvise64_64() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_fadvise64_64()
fs: add ksys_fallocate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_fallocate()
fs: add ksys_p{read,write}64() helpers; remove in-kernel calls to syscalls
fs: add ksys_truncate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_truncate()
fs: add ksys_sync_file_range helper(); remove in-kernel calls to syscall
kernel: add ksys_setsid() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_setsid()
kernel: add ksys_unshare() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_unshare()
...
As the syscall functions should only be called from the system call table
but not from elsewhere in the kernel, it is sufficient that they are
defined in linux/compat.h.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should be __le16 instead of __u16 since its part of
mgmt API.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Facility to register Inline TLS drivers to net/tls. Setup
TLS_HW_RECORD prot to listen on offload device.
Cases handled
- Inline TLS device exists, setup prot for TLS_HW_RECORD
- Atleast one Inline TLS exists, sets TLS_HW_RECORD.
- If non-inline device establish connection, move to TLS_SW_TX
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-31
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add raw BPF tracepoint API in order to have a BPF program type that
can access kernel internal arguments of the tracepoints in their
raw form similar to kprobes based BPF programs. This infrastructure
also adds a new BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command to BPF syscall which
returns an anon-inode backed fd for the tracepoint object that allows
for automatic detach of the BPF program resp. unregistering of the
tracepoint probe on fd release, from Alexei.
2) Add new BPF cgroup hooks at bind() and connect() entry in order to
allow BPF programs to reject, inspect or modify user space passed
struct sockaddr, and as well a hook at post bind time once the port
has been allocated. They are used in FB's container management engine
for implementing policy, replacing fragile LD_PRELOAD wrapper
intercepting bind() and connect() calls that only works in limited
scenarios like glibc based apps but not for other runtimes in
containerized applications, from Andrey.
3) BPF_F_INGRESS flag support has been added to sockmap programs for
their redirect helper call bringing it in line with cls_bpf based
programs. Support is added for both variants of sockmap programs,
meaning for tx ULP hooks as well as recv skb hooks, from John.
4) Various improvements on BPF side for the nfp driver, besides others
this work adds BPF map update and delete helper call support from
the datapath, JITing of 32 and 64 bit XADD instructions as well as
offload support of bpf_get_prandom_u32() call. Initial implementation
of nfp packet cache has been tackled that optimizes memory access
(see merge commit for further details), from Jakub and Jiong.
5) Removal of struct bpf_verifier_env argument from the print_bpf_insn()
API has been done in order to prepare to use print_bpf_insn() soon
out of perf tool directly. This makes the print_bpf_insn() API more
generic and pushes the env into private data. bpftool is adjusted
as well with the print_bpf_insn() argument removal, from Jiri.
6) Couple of cleanups and prep work for the upcoming BTF (BPF Type
Format). The latter will reuse the current BPF verifier log as
well, thus bpf_verifier_log() is further generalized, from Martin.
7) For bpf_getsockopt() and bpf_setsockopt() helpers, IPv4 IP_TOS read
and write support has been added in similar fashion to existing
IPv6 IPV6_TCLASS socket option we already have, from Nikita.
8) Fixes in recent sockmap scatterlist API usage, which did not use
sg_init_table() for initialization thus triggering a BUG_ON() in
scatterlist API when CONFIG_DEBUG_SG was enabled. This adds and
uses a small helper sg_init_marker() to properly handle the affected
cases, from Prashant.
9) Let the BPF core follow IDR code convention and therefore use the
idr_preload() and idr_preload_end() helpers, which would also help
idr_alloc_cyclic() under GFP_ATOMIC to better succeed under memory
pressure, from Shaohua.
10) Last but not least, a spelling fix in an error message for the
BPF cookie UID helper under BPF sample code, from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the read-mostly fields in a separate cache line
at the beginning of struct netns_frags, to reduce
false sharing noticed in inet_frag_kill()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users are willing to provision huge amounts of memory to be able
to perform reassembly reasonnably well under pressure.
Current memory tracking is using one atomic_t and integers.
Switch to atomic_long_t so that 64bit arches can use more than 2GB,
without any cost for 32bit arches.
Note that this patch avoids an overflow error, if high_thresh was set
to ~2GB, since this test in inet_frag_alloc() was never true :
if (... || frag_mem_limit(nf) > nf->high_thresh)
Tested:
$ echo 16000000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_high_thresh
<frag DDOS>
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 14705885 memory 16000002880
$ nstat -n ; sleep 1 ; nstat | grep Reas
IpReasmReqds 3317150 0.0
IpReasmFails 3317112 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is obsolete, after rhashtable addition to inet defrag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refactors ip_expire() since one indentation level is removed.
Note: in the future, we should try hard to avoid the skb_clone()
since this is a serious performance cost.
Under DDOS, the ICMP message wont be sent because of rate limits.
Fact that ip6_expire_frag_queue() does not use skb_clone() is
disturbing too. Presumably IPv6 should have the same
issue than the one we fixed in commit ec4fbd6475
("inet: frag: release spinlock before calling icmp_send()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sum_frag_mem_limit(), ip_frag_mem() & ip6_frag_mem()
Also since we use rhashtable we can bring back the number of fragments
in "grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat /proc/net/sockstat6" that was
removed in commit 434d305405 ("inet: frag: don't account number
of fragment queues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some applications still rely on IP fragmentation, and to be fair linux
reassembly unit is not working under any serious load.
It uses static hash tables of 1024 buckets, and up to 128 items per bucket (!!!)
A work queue is supposed to garbage collect items when host is under memory
pressure, and doing a hash rebuild, changing seed used in hash computations.
This work queue blocks softirqs for up to 25 ms when doing a hash rebuild,
occurring every 5 seconds if host is under fire.
Then there is the problem of sharing this hash table for all netns.
It is time to switch to rhashtables, and allocate one of them per netns
to speedup netns dismantle, since this is a critical metric these days.
Lookup is now using RCU. A followup patch will even remove
the refcount hold/release left from prior implementation and save
a couple of atomic operations.
Before this patch, 16 cpus (16 RX queue NIC) could not handle more
than 1 Mpps frags DDOS.
After the patch, I reach 9 Mpps without any tuning, and can use up to 2GB
of storage for the fragments (exact number depends on frags being evicted
after timeout)
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 1966916 memory 2140004608
A followup patch will change the limits for 64bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to simplify the API, add a pointer to struct inet_frags.
This will allow us to make things less complex.
These functions no longer have a struct inet_frags parameter :
inet_frag_destroy(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_put(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_kill(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frags_exit_net(struct netns_frags *nf /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
ip6_expire_frag_queue(struct net *net, struct frag_queue *fq)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon initialize one rhashtable per struct netns_frags
in inet_frags_init_net().
This patch changes the return value to eventually propagate an
error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csum field in struct frag_queue is not used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
== The problem ==
See description of the problem in the initial patch of this patch set.
== The solution ==
The patch provides much more reliable in-kernel solution for the 2nd
part of the problem: making outgoing connecttion from desired IP.
It adds new attach types `BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT` and
`BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT` for program type
`BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR` that can be used to override both
source and destination of a connection at connect(2) time.
Local end of connection can be bound to desired IP using newly
introduced BPF-helper `bpf_bind()`. It allows to bind to only IP though,
and doesn't support binding to port, i.e. leverages
`IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT` socket option. There are two reasons for this:
* looking for a free port is expensive and can affect performance
significantly;
* there is no use-case for port.
As for remote end (`struct sockaddr *` passed by user), both parts of it
can be overridden, remote IP and remote port. It's useful if an
application inside cgroup wants to connect to another application inside
same cgroup or to itself, but knows nothing about IP assigned to the
cgroup.
Support is added for IPv4 and IPv6, for TCP and UDP.
IPv4 and IPv6 have separate attach types for same reason as sys_bind
hooks, i.e. to prevent reading from / writing to e.g. user_ip6 fields
when user passes sockaddr_in since it'd be out-of-bound.
== Implementation notes ==
The patch introduces new field in `struct proto`: `pre_connect` that is
a pointer to a function with same signature as `connect` but is called
before it. The reason is in some cases BPF hooks should be called way
before control is passed to `sk->sk_prot->connect`. Specifically
`inet_dgram_connect` autobinds socket before calling
`sk->sk_prot->connect` and there is no way to call `bpf_bind()` from
hooks from e.g. `ip4_datagram_connect` or `ip6_datagram_connect` since
it'd cause double-bind. On the other hand `proto.pre_connect` provides a
flexible way to add BPF hooks for connect only for necessary `proto` and
call them at desired time before `connect`. Since `bpf_bind()` is
allowed to bind only to IP and autobind in `inet_dgram_connect` binds
only port there is no chance of double-bind.
bpf_bind() sets `force_bind_address_no_port` to bind to only IP despite
of value of `bind_address_no_port` socket field.
bpf_bind() sets `with_lock` to `false` when calling to __inet_bind()
and __inet6_bind() since all call-sites, where bpf_bind() is called,
already hold socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Refactor `bind()` code to make it ready to be called from BPF helper
function `bpf_bind()` (will be added soon). Implementation of
`inet_bind()` and `inet6_bind()` is separated into `__inet_bind()` and
`__inet6_bind()` correspondingly. These function can be used from both
`sk_prot->bind` and `bpf_bind()` contexts.
New functions have two additional arguments.
`force_bind_address_no_port` forces binding to IP only w/o checking
`inet_sock.bind_address_no_port` field. It'll allow to bind local end of
a connection to desired IP in `bpf_bind()` w/o changing
`bind_address_no_port` field of a socket. It's useful since `bpf_bind()`
can return an error and we'd need to restore original value of
`bind_address_no_port` in that case if we changed this before calling to
the helper.
`with_lock` specifies whether to lock socket when working with `struct
sk` or not. The argument is set to `true` for `sk_prot->bind`, i.e. old
behavior is preserved. But it will be set to `false` for `bpf_bind()`
use-case. The reason is all call-sites, where `bpf_bind()` will be
called, already hold that socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. This batch comes with more input sanitization for xtables to
address bug reports from fuzzers, preparation works to the flowtable
infrastructure and assorted updates. In no particular order, they are:
1) Make sure userspace provides a valid standard target verdict, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Sanitize error target size, also from Florian.
3) Validate that last rule in basechain matches underflow/policy since
userspace assumes this when decoding the ruleset blob that comes
from the kernel, from Florian.
4) Consolidate hook entry checks through xt_check_table_hooks(),
patch from Florian.
5) Cap ruleset allocations at 512 mbytes, 134217728 rules and reject
very large compat offset arrays, so we have a reasonable upper limit
and fuzzers don't exercise the oom-killer. Patches from Florian.
6) Several WARN_ON checks on xtables mutex helper, from Florian.
7) xt_rateest now has a hashtable per net, from Cong Wang.
8) Consolidate counter allocation in xt_counters_alloc(), from Florian.
9) Earlier xt_table_unlock() call in {ip,ip6,arp,eb}tables, patch
from Xin Long.
10) Set FLOW_OFFLOAD_DIR_* to IP_CT_DIR_* definitions, patch from
Felix Fietkau.
11) Consolidate code through flow_offload_fill_dir(), also from Felix.
12) Inline ip6_dst_mtu_forward() just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward()
to remove a dependency with flowtable and ipv6.ko, from Felix.
13) Cache mtu size in flow_offload_tuple object, this is safe for
forwarding as f87c10a8aa describes, from Felix.
14) Rename nf_flow_table.c to nf_flow_table_core.o, to simplify too
modular infrastructure, from Felix.
15) Add rt0, rt2 and rt4 IPv6 routing extension support, patch from
Ahmed Abdelsalam.
16) Remove unused parameter in nf_conncount_count(), from Yi-Hung Wei.
17) Support for counting only to nf_conncount infrastructure, patch
from Yi-Hung Wei.
18) Add strict NFT_CT_{SRC_IP,DST_IP,SRC_IP6,DST_IP6} key datatypes
to nft_ct.
19) Use boolean as return value from ipt_ah and from IPVS too, patch
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
20) Remove useless parameters in nfnl_acct_overquota() and
nf_conntrack_broadcast_help(), from Taehee Yoo.
21) Use ipv6_addr_is_multicast() from xt_cluster, also from Taehee Yoo.
22) Statify nf_tables_obj_lookup_byhandle, patch from Fengguang Wu.
23) Fix typo in xt_limit, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
24) Do no use VLAs in Netfilter code, again from Gustavo.
25) Use ADD_COUNTER from ebtables, from Taehee Yoo.
26) Bitshift support for CONNMARK and MARK targets, from Jack Ma.
27) Use pr_*() and add pr_fmt(), from Arushi Singhal.
28) Add synproxy support to ctnetlink.
29) ICMP type and IGMP matching support for ebtables, patches from
Matthias Schiffer.
30) Support for the revision infrastructure to ebtables, from
Bernie Harris.
31) String match support for ebtables, also from Bernie.
32) Documentation for the new flowtable infrastructure.
33) Use generic comparison functions in ebt_stp, from Joe Perches.
34) Demodularize filter chains in nftables.
35) Register conntrack hooks in case nftables NAT chain is added.
36) Merge assignments with return in a couple of spots in the
Netfilter codebase, also from Arushi.
37) Document that xtables percpu counters are stored in the same
memory area, from Ben Hutchings.
38) Revert mark_source_chains() sanity checks that break existing
rulesets, from Florian Westphal.
39) Use is_zero_ether_addr() in the ipset codebase, from Joe Perches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, driver registers it from pernet_operations::init method,
and this breaks modularity, because initialization of net namespace
and netdevice notifiers are orthogonal actions. We don't have
per-namespace netdevice notifiers; all of them are global for all
devices in all namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register conntrack hooks if the user adds NAT chains. Users get confused
with the existing behaviour since they will see no packets hitting this
chain until they add the first rule that refers to conntrack.
This patch adds new ->init() and ->free() indirections to chain types
that can be used by NAT chains to invoke the conntrack dependency.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
One module per supported filter chain family type takes too much memory
for very little code - too much modularization - place all chain filter
definitions in one single file.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use WARN_ON() instead since it should not happen that neither family
goes over NFPROTO_NUMPROTO nor there is already a chain of this type
already registered.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use nft_ prefix. By when I added chain types, I forgot to use the
nftables prefix. Rename enum nft_chain_type to enum nft_chain_types too,
otherwise there is an overlap.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for the BPF_F_INGRESS flag in sk_msg redirect helper.
To do this add a scatterlist ring for receiving socks to check
before calling into regular recvmsg call path. Additionally, because
the poll wakeup logic only checked the skb recv queue we need to
add a hook in TCP stack (similar to write side) so that we have
a way to wake up polling socks when a scatterlist is redirected
to that sock.
After this all that is needed is for the redirect helper to
push the scatterlist into the psock receive queue.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=hI0F
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a fair number of patches, but many of them are from the
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_lock() is used everywhere, and contention is very high.
When someone wants to iterate over alive net namespaces,
he/she has no a possibility to do that without exclusive lock.
But the exclusive rtnl_lock() in such places is overkill,
and it just increases the contention. Yes, there is already
for_each_net_rcu() in kernel, but it requires rcu_read_lock(),
and this can't be sleepable. Also, sometimes it may be need
really prevent net_namespace_list growth, so for_each_net_rcu()
is not fit there.
This patch introduces new rw_semaphore, which will be used
instead of rtnl_mutex to protect net_namespace_list. It is
sleepable and allows not-exclusive iterations over net
namespaces list. It allows to stop using rtnl_lock()
in several places (what is made in next patches) and makes
less the time, we keep rtnl_mutex. Here we just add new lock,
while the explanation of we can remove rtnl_lock() there are
in next patches.
Fine grained locks generally are better, then one big lock,
so let's do that with net_namespace_list, while the situation
allows that.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit implements the TX side of NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
Userspace provides the raw EAPoL frame using NL80211_ATTR_FRAME.
Userspace should also provide the destination address and the protocol
type to use when sending the frame. This is used to implement TX of
Pre-authentication frames. If CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE_NO_ENCRYPT is
specified, then the driver will be asked not to encrypt the outgoing
frame.
A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced so that nl80211 code can check
whether a given wiphy has capability to pass EAPoL frames over nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit also adds cfg80211_rx_control_port function. This is used
to generate a CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME event out to userspace. The
conn_owner_nlportid is used as the unicast destination. This means that
userspace must specify NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag if control port
over nl80211 routing is requested in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_START_AP or IBSS/mesh join.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
[johannes: fix return value of cfg80211_rx_control_port()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In general regulatory self managed devices maintain their own
regulatory profiles thus it doesn't have to query the regulatory database
on country change.
ETSI has recently introduced a new channel access mechanism for 5GHz
that all wlan devices need to comply with.
These values are stored in the regulatory database.
There are self managed devices which can't maintain these
values on their own. Add API to allow self managed regulatory devices
to query the regulatory database for high band wmm rule.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ETSI EN 301 893 v2.1.1 (2017-05) standard defines a new channel access
mechanism that all devices (WLAN and LAA) need to comply with.
The regulatory database can now be loaded into the kernel and also
has the option to load optional data.
In order to be able to comply with ETSI standard, we add wmm_rule into
regulatory rule and add the option to read its value from the regulatory
database.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix memory leak in error path]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently bw and smps_mode are u8 type value in sta_opmode_info
structure. This values filled in mac80211 from ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth
and ieee80211_smps_mode. These enum values are specific to mac80211 and
userspace/cfg80211 doesn't know about that. This will lead to incorrect
result/assumption by the user space application.
Change bw and smps_mode parameters to their respective enums in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In rxrpc and afs, use the debug_ids that are monotonically allocated to
various objects as they're allocated rather than pointers as kernel
pointers are now hashed making them less useful. Further, the debug ids
aren't reused anywhere nearly as quickly.
In addition, allow kernel services that use rxrpc, such as afs, to take
numbers from the rxrpc counter, assign them to their own call struct and
pass them in to rxrpc for both client and service calls so that the trace
lines for each will have the same ID tag.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This adds comments to different places to improve
readability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_sem is some undefined area name, so it will be better
to make the area more defined.
Rename it to pernet_ops_rwsem for better readability and
better intelligibility.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronous pernet_operations are not allowed anymore.
All are asynchronous. So, drop the structure member.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
llc_conn_send_pdu() pushes the skb into write queue and
calls llc_conn_send_pdus() to flush them out. However, the
status of dev_queue_xmit() is not returned to caller,
in this case, llc_conn_state_process().
llc_conn_state_process() needs hold the skb no matter
success or failure, because it still uses it after that,
therefore we should hold skb before dev_queue_xmit() when
that skb is the one being processed by llc_conn_state_process().
For other callers, they can just pass NULL and ignore
the return value as they are.
Reported-by: Noam Rathaus <noamr@beyondsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Commit dae399d7fd ("sctp: hold transport instead of assoc
when lookup assoc in rx path"), it put transport instead of asoc
in sctp_has_association. Variable 'asoc' is not used any more.
So this patch is to remove it, while at it, it also changes the
return type of sctp_has_association to bool, and does the same
for it's caller sctp_endpoint_is_peeled_off.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In similar fashion to ipmr, support fib notifications for ip6mr mfc and
vif related events. This would later allow drivers to react to said
notifications and offload the IPv6 mroutes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the qdisc lock was dropped in pfifo_fast we allow multiple
enqueue threads and dequeue threads to run in parallel. On the
enqueue side the skb bit ooo_okay is used to ensure all related
skbs are enqueued in-order. On the dequeue side though there is
no similar logic. What we observe is with fewer queues than CPUs
it is possible to re-order packets when two instances of
__qdisc_run() are running in parallel. Each thread will dequeue
a skb and then whichever thread calls the ndo op first will
be sent on the wire. This doesn't typically happen because
qdisc_run() is usually triggered by the same core that did the
enqueue. However, drivers will trigger __netif_schedule()
when queues are transitioning from stopped to awake using the
netif_tx_wake_* APIs. When this happens netif_schedule() calls
qdisc_run() on the same CPU that did the netif_tx_wake_* which
is usually done in the interrupt completion context. This CPU
is selected with the irq affinity which is unrelated to the
enqueue operations.
To resolve this we add a RUNNING bit to the qdisc to ensure
only a single dequeue per qdisc is running. Enqueue and dequeue
operations can still run in parallel and also on multi queue
NICs we can still have a dequeue in-flight per qdisc, which
is typically per CPU.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJatkBHAAoJEG4XJFUm622bKuwH/1cPOfTDDd/kFdRSht0rkj0J
PJ+OxdlbnPuXU7R9juDo5r3WeNoyiXvsdKNYGchn9XIEq2BN1jzOzcE7FYs1IwKs
UPZ6gUgF4+wD5eL1tmiWd+P8CSMVVYAdUGE+CjXOdUT08s5NsIm4Uv86ry/nm7gI
DkrkdlRjqDb6Dx8M35kX9AguR1QHz2KmOu2htPomHzDONrD99z8FaqZQHg4oyNAX
yIvidDcDRYmMoHfkifJiuuUxnRgD935tM6QECYjGKXLnCDb9KklCaabe77lAH39M
EGI7Z6teZrvv5IozpGgPnUjr+hjgoiXxfQmFyXOZAmuSDHbxudYMfOd7KtQ18W0=
=ySDb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2018-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.17
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Don't pick fixed hash implementation for NFT_SET_EVAL sets, otherwise
userspace hits EOPNOTSUPP with valid rules using the meter statement,
from Florian Westphal.
2) If you send a batch that flushes the existing ruleset (that contains
a NAT chain) and the new ruleset definition comes with a new NAT
chain, don't bogusly hit EBUSY. Also from Florian.
3) Missing netlink policy attribute validation, from Florian.
4) Detach conntrack template from skbuff if IP_NODEFRAG is set on,
from Paolo Abeni.
5) Cache device names in flowtable object, otherwise we may end up
walking over devices going aways given no rtnl_lock is held.
6) Fix incorrect net_device ingress with ingress hooks.
7) Fix crash when trying to read more data than available in UDP
packets from the nf_socket infrastructure, from Subash.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_cleanup() is no more used, so remove it.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rx path for tls software implementation.
recvmsg, splice_read, and poll implemented.
An additional sockopt TLS_RX is added, with the same interface as
TLS_TX. Either TLX_RX or TLX_TX may be provided separately, or
together (with two different setsockopt calls with appropriate keys).
Control messages are passed via CMSG in a similar way to transmit.
If no cmsg buffer is passed, then only application data records
will be passed to userspace, and EIO is returned for other types of
alerts.
EBADMSG is passed for decryption errors, and EMSGSIZE is passed for
framing too big, and EBADMSG for framing too small (matching openssl
semantics). EINVAL is returned for TLS versions that do not match the
original setsockopt call. All are unrecoverable.
strparser is used to parse TLS framing. Decryption is done directly
in to userspace buffers if they are large enough to support it, otherwise
sk_cow_data is called (similar to ipsec), and buffers are decrypted in
place and copied. splice_read always decrypts in place, since no
buffers are provided to decrypt in to.
sk_poll is overridden, and only returns POLLIN if a full TLS message is
received. Otherwise we wait for strparser to finish reading a full frame.
Actual decryption is only done during recvmsg or splice_read calls.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several config variables are prefixed with tx, drop the prefix
since these will be used for both tx and rx.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass EBADMSG explicitly to tls_err_abort. Receive path will
pass additional codes - EMSGSIZE if framing is larger than max
TLS record size, EINVAL if TLS version mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate tx crypto parameters to a separate cipher_context struct.
The same parameters will be used for rx using the same struct.
tls_advance_record_sn is modified to only take the cipher info.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier change missed the path where CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is disabled.
Thanks to Jiri for spotting.
Fixes: 145307460b ("devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With drivers implementing rate control in driver or firmware
rate_control_send_low() may not get called, and thus the
driver needs to know about changes in the multicast rate.
Add and use a new BSS change flag for this.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ra_chain is per-net, we may use per-net mutexes
to protect them in ip_ra_control(). This improves
scalability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is optimization, which makes ip_call_ra_chain()
iterate less sockets to find the sockets it's looking for.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to
DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate
argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds struct uevent_sock to struct net. Since struct uevent_sock
records the position of the uevent socket in the uevent socket list we can
trivially remove it from the uevent socket list during cleanup. This speeds
up the old removal codepath.
Note, list_del() will hit __list_del_entry_valid() in its call chain which
will validate that the element is a member of the list. If it isn't it will
take care that the list is not modified.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices going away have to grab the nfnl_lock from the netdev event path
to avoid races with control plane updates.
However, netlink dumps in netfilter do not hold nfnl_lock mutex. Cache
the device name into the objects to avoid an use-after-free situation
for a device that is going away.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a BPF hook for sendmsg and sendfile by reusing the ULP infrastructure
and sockmap. Three helpers are added along with this, bpf_msg_apply_bytes(),
bpf_msg_cork_bytes(), and bpf_msg_pull_data(). The first is used to tell
for how many bytes the verdict should be applied to, the second to tell
that x bytes need to be queued first to retrigger the BPF program for a
verdict, and the third helper is mainly for the sendfile case to pull in
data for making it private for reading and/or writing, from John.
2) Improve address to symbol resolution of user stack traces in BPF stackmap.
Currently, the latter stores the address for each entry in the call trace,
however to map these addresses to user space files, it is necessary to
maintain the mapping from these virtual addresses to symbols in the binary
which is not practical for system-wide profiling. Instead, this option for
the stackmap rather stores the ELF build id and offset for the call trace
entries, from Song.
3) Add support that allows BPF programs attached to perf events to read the
address values recorded with the perf events. They are requested through
PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR via perf_event_open(). Main motivation behind it is to
support building memory or lock access profiling and tracing tools with
the help of BPF, from Teng.
4) Several improvements to the tools/bpf/ Makefiles. The 'make bpf' in the
tools directory does not provide the standard quiet output except for
bpftool and it also does not respect specifying a build output directory.
'make bpf_install' command neither respects specified destination nor
prefix, all from Jiri. In addition, Jakub fixes several other minor issues
in the Makefiles on top of that, e.g. fixing dependency paths, phony
targets and more.
5) Various doc updates e.g. add a comment for BPF fs about reserved names
to make the dentry lookup from there a bit more obvious, and a comment
to the bpf_devel_QA file in order to explain the diff between native
and bpf target clang usage with regards to pointer size, from Quentin
and Daniel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7b6ddeaf27 ("mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing") added an
argument qos_ok to ieee80211_nullfunc_get to support QoS NDP. Despite
the claim in the commit log "Change all the drivers to *not* allow
QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK
with that", this commit enables QoS NDP in response to beacons (see
change to mlme.c:ieee80211_send_nullfunc), causing ath9k_htc to lose
IP connectivity. See:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10241109/https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=891060
Introduce a hardware flag to allow such buggy drivers to override the
correct default behaviour of mac80211 of sending QoS NDP packets.
Signed-off-by: Ben Caradoc-Davies <ben@transient.nz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove parameter 'family' in nf_conncount_count() and count_tree().
It is because the parameter is not useful after commit 625c556118
("netfilter: connlimit: split xt_connlimit into front and backend").
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The current implementation of sk_alloc_sg expects scatterlist to always
start at entry 0 and complete at entry MAX_SKB_FRAGS.
Future patches will want to support starting at arbitrary offset into
scatterlist so add an additional sg_start parameters and then default
to the current values in TLS code paths.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The TLS ULP module builds scatterlists from a sock using
page_frag_refill(). This is going to be useful for other ULPs
so move it into sock file for more general use.
In the process remove useless goto at end of while loop.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
use proc_remove_subtree() for subtree removal, both on setup failure
halfway through and on teardown. No need to make simple things
complex...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp_rmem_min, udp_wmem_min
to namespace and init the udp_l3mdev_accept explicitly.
The udp_rmem_min/udp_wmem_min affect udp rx/tx queue,
with this patch namespaces can set them differently.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags determines if an address is a local address and
optionally if it is an address on a specific device. For example, it is
called by ip6_route_info_create to determine if a given gateway address
is a local address. The address check currently does not consider L3
domains and as a result does not allow a route to be added in one VRF
if the nexthop points to an address in a second VRF. e.g.,
$ ip route add 2001:db8:1::/64 vrf r2 via 2001:db8:102::23
Error: Invalid gateway address.
where 2001:db8:102::23 is an address on an interface in vrf r1.
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags needs to allow callers to always pass in a device
with a separate argument to not limit the address to the specific device.
The device is used used to determine the L3 domain of interest.
To that end add an argument to skip the device check and update callers
to always pass a device where possible and use the new argument to mean
any address in the domain.
Update a handful of users of ipv6_chk_addr with a NULL dev argument. This
patch handles the change to these callers without adding the domain check.
ip6_validate_gw needs to handle 2 cases - one where the device is given
as part of the nexthop spec and the other where the device is resolved.
There is at least 1 VRF case where deferring the check to only after
the route lookup has resolved the device fails with an unintuitive error
"RTNETLINK answers: No route to host" as opposed to the preferred
"Error: Gateway can not be a local address." The 'no route to host'
error is because of the fallback to a full lookup. The check is done
twice to avoid this error.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH type for AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
as described in section 6.1.8 of RFC6458.
SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH: This report indicates that the peer does not
support SCTP authentication as defined in [RFC4895].
Note that the implementation is quite similar as that of
SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_AUTH_DEACTIVATE_KEY, as described in
section 8.3.4 of RFC6458.
This set option indicates that the application will no longer send user
messages using the indicated key identifier.
Note that RFC requires that only deactivated keys that are no longer used
by an association can be deleted, but for the backward compatibility, it
is not to check deactivated when deleting or replacing one sh_key.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for SCTP AUTH Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.8 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide shared key identifier used for
sending the user message.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Note that it reuses sinfo->sinfo_tsn to indicate if this option is
set and sinfo->sinfo_ssn to save the shkey ID which can be 0.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With refcnt support for sh_key, chunks auth sh_keys can be decided
before enqueuing it. Changing the active key later will not affect
the chunks already enqueued.
Furthermore, this is necessary when adding the support for authinfo
for sendmsg in next patch.
Note that struct sctp_chunk can't be grown due to that performance
drop issue on slow cpu, so it just reuses head_skb memory for shkey
in sctp_chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to the rework of PMTU information storage in commit
2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer."),
when a PMTU event advertising a PMTU smaller than
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu was received, we would disable setting the DF
flag on packets by locking the MTU metric, and set the PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu.
Since then, we don't disable DF, and set PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu, so the intermediate router that has this link
with a small MTU will have to drop the packets.
This patch reestablishes pre-2.6.39 behavior by splitting
rtable->rt_pmtu into a bitfield with rt_mtu_locked and rt_pmtu.
rt_mtu_locked indicates that we shouldn't set the DF bit on that path,
and is checked in ip_dont_fragment().
One possible workaround is to set net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu to a value low
enough to accommodate the lowest MTU encountered.
Fixes: 2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redpine bluetooth driver is a thin driver which depends on
'rsi_91x' driver for transmitting and receiving packets
to/from device. It creates hci interface when attach() is
called from 'rsi_91x' module.
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With BT support, driver has to handle two streams of data
(i.e. wlan and BT). Actual coex implementation is in firmware.
Coex module just schedule the packets to firmware by taking them
from the corresponding paths.
Structures for module and protocol operations are introduced for
this purpose. Protocol operations structure is global structure
which can be shared among different modules. Move initialization
of coex and operating mode values to rsi_91x_init().
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The common parameters used by wlan and bt modules are add
to a new header file "rsi_91x.h" defined in 'include/net'
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make locking scheme be visible for users, and provide
a comment what for we are need exit_batch() methods,
and when it should be used.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-03-13
1) Refuse to insert 32 bit userspace socket policies on 64
bit systems like we do it for standard policies. We don't
have a compat layer, so inserting socket policies from
32 bit userspace will lead to a broken configuration.
2) Make the policy hold queue work without the flowcache.
Dummy bundles are not chached anymore, so we need to
generate a new one on each lookup as long as the SAs
are not yet in place.
3) Fix the validation of the esn replay attribute. The
The sanity check in verify_replay() is bypassed if
the XFRM_STATE_ESN flag is not set. Fix this by doing
the sanity check uncoditionally.
From Florian Westphal.
4) After most of the dst_entry garbage collection code
is removed, we may leak xfrm_dst entries as they are
neither cached nor tracked somewhere. Fix this by
reusing the 'uncached_list' to track xfrm_dst entries
too. From Xin Long.
5) Fix a rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock imbalance in
xfrm_get_tos() From Xin Long.
6) Fix an infinite loop in xfrm_get_dst_nexthop. On
transport mode we fetch the child dst_entry after
we continue, so this pointer is never updated.
Fix this by fetching it before we continue.
7) Fix ESN sequence number gap after IPsec GSO packets.
We accidentally increment the sequence number counter
on the xfrm_state by one packet too much in the ESN
case. Fix this by setting the sequence number to the
correct value.
8) Reset the ethernet protocol after decapsulation only if a
mac header was set. Otherwise it breaks configurations
with TUN devices. From Yossi Kuperman.
9) Fix __this_cpu_read() usage in preemptible code. Use
this_cpu_read() instead in ipcomp_alloc_tfms().
From Greg Hackmann.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to abstract away access to the
ipv6.sysctl.multipath_hash_policy variable, which is not available on
systems compiled without IPv6 support, introduce a wrapper function
ip6_multipath_hash_policy() that falls back to 0 on non-IPv6 systems.
Use this wrapper from mlxsw/spectrum_router instead of a direct
reference.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when using 'ss' in iproute, kernel would try to load all _diag
modules, which also causes corresponding family and proto modules
to be loaded as well due to module dependencies.
Like after running 'ss', sctp, dccp, af_packet (if it works as a module)
would be loaded.
For example:
$ lsmod|grep sctp
$ ss
$ lsmod|grep sctp
sctp_diag 16384 0
sctp 323584 5 sctp_diag
inet_diag 24576 4 raw_diag,tcp_diag,sctp_diag,udp_diag
libcrc32c 16384 3 nf_conntrack,nf_nat,sctp
As these family and proto modules are loaded unintentionally, it
could cause some problems, like:
- Some debug tools use 'ss' to collect the socket info, which loads all
those diag and family and protocol modules. It's noisy for identifying
issues.
- Users usually expect to drop sctp init packet silently when they
have no sense of sctp protocol instead of sending abort back.
- It wastes resources (especially with multiple netns), and SCTP module
can't be unloaded once it's loaded.
...
In short, it's really inappropriate to have these family and proto
modules loaded unexpectedly when just doing debugging with inet_diag.
This patch is to introduce sock_load_diag_module() where it loads
the _diag module only when it's corresponding family or proto has
been already registered.
Note that we can't just load _diag module without the family or
proto loaded, as some symbols used in _diag module are from the
family or proto module.
v1->v2:
- move inet proto check to inet_diag to avoid a compiling err.
v2->v3:
- define sock_load_diag_module in sock.c and export one symbol
only.
- improve the changelog.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new callback in tc_action_ops, it will be needed by the tc actions
to compute its size when a ADD/DELETE notification message is constructed.
This routine has to take into account optional/variable size TLVs specific
per action.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function argument to carry total attributes size for
correct allocation of skb in event messages.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fallback tunnels (like tunl0, gre0, gretap0, erspan0, sit0,
ip6tnl0, ip6gre0) are automatically created when the corresponding
module is loaded.
These tunnels are also automatically created when a new network
namespace is created, at a great cost.
In many cases, netns are used for isolation purposes, and these
extra network devices are a waste of resources. We are using
thousands of netns per host, and hit the netns creation/delete
bottleneck a lot. (Many thanks to Kirill for recent work on this)
Add a new sysctl so that we can opt-out from this automatic creation.
Note that these tunnels are still created for the initial namespace,
to be the least intrusive for typical setups.
Tested:
lpk43:~# cat add_del_unshare.sh
for i in `seq 1 40`
do
(for j in `seq 1 100` ; do unshare -n /bin/true >/dev/null ; done) &
done
wait
lpk43:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m37.521s
user 0m0.886s
sys 7m7.084s
lpk43:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m4.761s
user 0m0.851s
sys 1m8.343s
lpk43:~#
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we exceed current packets limit and we have more than one
segment in the list returned by skb_gso_segment(), netem drops
only the first one, skipping the rest, hence kmemleak reports:
unreferenced object 0xffff880b5d23b600 (size 1024):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4384527763 (age 2770.629s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 80 23 5d 0b 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ..#]............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<00000000d8a19b9d>] __alloc_skb+0xc9/0x520
[<000000001709b32f>] skb_segment+0x8c8/0x3710
[<00000000c7b9bb88>] tcp_gso_segment+0x331/0x1830
[<00000000c921cba1>] inet_gso_segment+0x476/0x1370
[<000000008b762dd4>] skb_mac_gso_segment+0x1f9/0x510
[<000000002182660a>] __skb_gso_segment+0x1dd/0x620
[<00000000412651b9>] netem_enqueue+0x1536/0x2590 [sch_netem]
[<0000000005d3b2a9>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1167/0x2120
[<00000000fc5f7327>] ip_finish_output2+0x998/0xf00
[<00000000d309e9d3>] ip_output+0x1aa/0x2c0
[<000000007ecbd3a4>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x18db/0x3670
[<0000000042d2a45f>] tcp_write_xmit+0x4d4/0x58c0
[<0000000056a44199>] tcp_tasklet_func+0x3d9/0x540
[<0000000013d06d02>] tasklet_action+0x1ca/0x250
[<00000000fcde0b8b>] __do_softirq+0x1b4/0x5a3
[<00000000e7ed027c>] irq_exit+0x1e2/0x210
Fix it by adding the rest of the segments, if any, to skb 'to_free'
list. Add new __qdisc_drop_all() and qdisc_drop_all() functions
because they can be useful in the future if we need to drop segmented
GSO packets in other places.
Fixes: 6071bd1aa1 ("netem: Segment GSO packets on enqueue")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for Destination IPv4/6 Address options
for sendmsg, as described in section 5.3.9/10 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide more than one destination addrs
to sendmsg when creating asoc, like sctp_connectx.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for PR-SCTP Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.7 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can specify pr_policy and pr_value for user
data in sendmsg.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Eric, we need to make the xt_rateest
hash table and its lock per netns to reduce lock
contentions.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
parameter protoff in nf_conntrack_broadcast_help is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This fixes the following kernel-doc warning:
./include/net/dst.h:366: warning: Function parameter or member 'net' not described in 'skb_tunnel_rx'
Fixes: ea23192e8e ("tunnels: harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other dst_cache_{get,set}_ip{4,6} functions, and the doc comment for
dst_cache_set_ip6 use 'saddr' for their source address parameter. Rename
the parameter to increase consistency.
This fixes the following kernel-doc warnings:
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Function parameter or member 'addr' not described in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Excess function parameter 'saddr' description in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
Fixes: 911362c70d ("net: add dst_cache support")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__get_hash_from_flowi6 is still used for flowlabels, but the IPv4
variant and the wrappers to both are not used. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some operators prefer IPv6 path selection to use a standard 5-tuple
hash rather than just an L3 hash with the flow the label. To that end
add support to IPv6 for multipath hash policy similar to bf4e0a3db9
("net: ipv4: add support for ECMP hash policy choice"). The default
is still L3 which covers source and destination addresses along with
flow label and IPv6 protocol.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 does path selection for multipath routes deep in the lookup
functions. The next patch adds L4 hash option and needs the skb
for the forward path. To get the skb to the relevant FIB lookup
functions it needs to go through the fib rules layer, so add a
lookup_data argument to the fib_lookup_arg struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NETEVENT_MULTIPATH_HASH_UPDATE to
NETEVENT_IPV4_MPATH_HASH_UPDATE to denote it relates to a change
in the IPv4 hash policy.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_multipath_hash only needs net struct to check a sysctl. Make it
clear by passing net instead of fib_info. In the end this allows
alignment between the ipv4 and ipv6 versions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BTxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few new things:
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is second part of dealing with suboptimal device gso parameters.
In first patch (350c9f484b "tcp_bbr: better deal with suboptimal GSO")
we dealt with devices having low gso_max_segs
Some devices lower gso_max_size from 64KB to 16 KB (r8152 is an example)
In order to probe an optimal cwnd, we want BBR being not sensitive
to whatever GSO constraint a device can have.
This patch removes tso_segs_goal() CC callback in favor of
min_tso_segs() for CC wanting to override sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs
Next patch will remove bbr->tso_segs_goal since it does not have
to be persistent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently these Dayna cards don't have a pseudoslot declaration ROM
which means they can't be probed like NuBus cards.
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: bfff486265 ("net: fib_rules: support for match on ip_proto, sport and dport")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix trivial spelling mistake "greater then" -> "greater than".
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following previous changes to ip6mr, mr_table and mr6_table are
basically the same [up to mr6_table having additional '6' suffixes to
its variable names].
Move the common structure definition into a common header; This
requires renaming all references in ip6mr to variables that had the
distinct suffix.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations (Thanks to Nikolay Aleksandrov for some review here).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
uapi for ip_proto, sport and dport range match
in fib rules.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down
to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed
pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and
also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration.
Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper.
Fixes: ef3116e540 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload sch_prio graft command for capable drivers.
Warn in case of a failure, unless the graft was done as part of a destroy
operation (the new qdisc is a noop) or if all the qdiscs (the parent, the
old child, and the new one) are not offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ran simple script to find/remove trailing whitespace and blank lines
at EOF because that kind of stuff git whines about and editors leave
behind.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initializing struct flowi4 is useful for drivers that need to emulate
routing decisions made by a tunnel interface. Publish the
function (appropriately renamed) so that the drivers in question don't
need to cut'n'paste it around.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determining whether a device is a GRE device is easily done by
inspecting struct net_device.type. However, for the tap variants, the
type is just ARPHRD_ETHER.
Therefore introduce two predicate functions that use netdev_ops to tell
the tap devices.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only works if the IV was stripped from packets. Create a smaller
variant of ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu, which bypasses checks already done
within the fast-rx context.
In order to do so, update cfg80211's ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr()
to take the offset between header and snap.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add security hooks allowing security modules to exercise access control
over SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Add ip option support to allow LSM security modules to utilise CIPSO/IPv4
and CALIPSO/IPv6 services.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
For ages iproute2 has used `struct rtmsg` as the ancillary header for
FIB rules and in the process set the protocol value to RTPROT_BOOT.
Until ca56209a66 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
the kernel rules code ignored the protocol value sent from userspace
and always returned 0 in notifications. To avoid incompatibility with
existing iproute2, send the protocol as a new attribute.
Fixes: cac56209a6 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=A6XK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various updates across wireless.
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=kwiY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes across the tree, the shortlog basically says it all:
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi channel scenarios, when disassociating from the AP before a
beacon was heard from the AP, it is not guaranteed that the virtual
interface is granted air time for the transmission of the
deauthentication frame. This in turn can lead to various issues as
the AP might never get the deauthentication frame.
To mitigate such possible issues, add a HW flag indicating that the
driver requires mac80211 to call the mgd_prep_tx() driver callback
to make sure that the virtual interface is granted immediate airtime
to be able to transmit the frame, in case that no beacon was heard
from the AP.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to the ancient commit a5fe8e7695 ("regulatory: add NUL
to alpha2"), add another byte to alpha2 in the request struct so
that when we use nla_put_string(), we don't overrun anything.
Fixes: 73d54c9e74 ("cfg80211: add regulatory netlink multicast group")
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a rule that is being added/deleted/modified or
dumped to contain the originating protocol's id.
The protocol is handled just like a routes originating
protocol is. This is especially useful because there
is starting to be a plethora of different user space
programs adding rules.
Allow the vrf device to specify that the kernel is the originator
of the rule created for this device.
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCPF_ macro depends on the definition of TCP_ macro.
So it is better to define them with TCP_ marco.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since TCP relies on GSO, we do not need this helper anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oleksandr Natalenko reported performance issues with BBR without FQ
packet scheduler that were root caused to lack of SG and GSO/TSO on
his configuration.
In this mode, TCP internal pacing has to setup a high resolution timer
for each MSS sent.
We could implement in TCP a strategy similar to the one adopted
in commit fefa569a9d ("net_sched: sch_fq: account for schedule/timers drifts")
or decide to finally switch TCP stack to a GSO only mode.
This has many benefits :
1) Most TCP developments are done with TSO in mind.
2) Less high-resolution timers needs to be armed for TCP-pacing
3) GSO can benefit of xmit_more hint
4) Receiver GRO is more effective (as if TSO was used for real on sender)
-> Lower ACK traffic
5) Write queues have less overhead (one skb holds about 64KB of payload)
6) SACK coalescing just works.
7) rtx rb-tree contains less packets, SACK is cheaper.
This patch implements the minimum patch, but we can remove some legacy
code as follow ups.
Tested:
On 40Gbit link, one netperf -t TCP_STREAM
BBR+fq:
sg on: 26 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15.7 Gbits/sec (was 2.3 Gbit before patch)
BBR+pfifo_fast:
sg on: 24.2 Gbits/sec
sg off: 14.9 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
BBR+fq_codel:
sg on: 24.4 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves an old bug that constrained this driver to no more than
one card.
Tested-by: Stan Johnson <userm57@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After adding size validation logic into core cleanup is required.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplifies cleanup queueing and makes cleanup lists
to use llist primitives. Since llist has its own cmpxchg()
ordering, cleanup_list_lock is not more need.
Also, struct llist_node is smaller, than struct list_head,
so we save some bytes in struct net with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We take net_mutex, when there are !async pernet_operations
registered, and read locking of net_sem is not enough. But
we may get rid of taking the mutex, and just change the logic
to write lock net_sem in such cases. This obviously reduces
the number of lock operations, we do.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows users to get ack signal strength of
last transmitted frame.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch provides support to get ack signal in probe client response
and in station info from user.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
[squash in compilation fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This ensures that mac80211 allocated management frames are properly
aligned, which makes copying them more efficient.
For instance, mt76 uses iowrite32_copy to copy beacon frames to beacon
template memory on the chip.
Misaligned 32-bit accesses cause CPU exceptions on MIPS and should be
avoided.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds extack handling for a common used TC act function
"tcf_generic_walker()" to add an extack message on failures.
The tcf_generic_walker() function can fail if get a invalid command
different than DEL and GET. The naming "action" here is wrong, the
correct naming would be command.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act walker callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act lookup callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act init callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since UDP-Lite is always using checksum, the following path is
triggered when calculating pseudo header for it:
udp4_csum_init() or udp6_csum_init()
skb_checksum_init_zero_check()
__skb_checksum_validate_complete()
The problem can appear if skb->len is less than CHECKSUM_BREAK. In
this particular case __skb_checksum_validate_complete() also invokes
__skb_checksum_complete(skb). If UDP-Lite is using partial checksum
that covers only part of a packet, the function will return bad
checksum and the packet will be dropped.
It can be fixed if we skip skb_checksum_init_zero_check() and only
set the required pseudo header checksum for UDP-Lite with partial
checksum before udp4_csum_init()/udp6_csum_init() functions return.
Fixes: ed70fcfcee ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv4")
Fixes: e4f45b7f40 ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In early time, when freeing a xdst, it would be inserted into
dst_garbage.list first. Then if it's refcnt was still held
somewhere, later it would be put into dst_busy_list in
dst_gc_task().
When one dev was being unregistered, the dev of these dsts in
dst_busy_list would be set with loopback_dev and put this dev.
So that this dev's removal wouldn't get blocked, and avoid the
kmsg warning:
kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for veth0 to become \
free. Usage count = 2
However after Commit 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst
when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle"), the xdst will not be
freed with dst gc, and this warning happens.
To fix it, we need to find these xdsts that are still held by
others when removing the dev, and free xdst's dev and set it
with loopback_dev.
But unfortunately after flow_cache for xfrm was deleted, no
list tracks them anymore. So we need to save these xdsts
somewhere to release the xdst's dev later.
To make this easier, this patch is to reuse uncached_list to
track xdsts, so that the dev refcnt can be released in the
event NETDEV_UNREGISTER process of fib_netdev_notifier.
Thanks to Florian, we could move forward this fix quickly.
Fixes: 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Remove rt_table_id from rtable. It was added for getroute to return the
table id that was hit in the lookup. With the changes for fibmatch the
table id can be extracted from the fib_info returned in the fib_result
so it no longer needs to be in rtable directly.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 uses set_lwt_redirect to set the lwtunnel redirect functions as
needed. Move it to lwtunnel.h as lwtunnel_set_redirect and change
IPv6 to also use it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
배석진 reported that in some situations, packets for a given 5-tuple
end up being processed by different CPUS.
This involves RPS, and fragmentation.
배석진 is seeing packet drops when a SYN_RECV request socket is
moved into ESTABLISH state. Other states are protected by socket lock.
This is caused by a CPU losing the race, and simply not caring enough.
Since this seems to occur frequently, we can do better and perform
a second lookup.
Note that all needed memory barriers are already in the existing code,
thanks to the spin_lock()/spin_unlock() pair in inet_ehash_insert()
and reqsk_put(). The second lookup must find the new socket,
unless it has already been accepted and closed by another cpu.
Note that the fragmentation could be avoided in the first place by
use of a correct TCP MSS option in the SYN{ACK} packet, but this
does not mean we can not be more robust.
Many thanks to 배석진 for a very detailed analysis.
Reported-by: 배석진 <soukjin.bae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds new pernet_operations::async flag to indicate operations,
which ->init(), ->exit() and ->exit_batch() methods are allowed
to be executed in parallel with the methods of any other pernet_operations.
When there are only asynchronous pernet_operations in the system,
net_mutex won't be taken for a net construction and destruction.
Also, remove BUG_ON(mutex_is_locked()) from net_assign_generic()
without replacing with the equivalent net_sem check, as there is
one more lockdep assert below.
v3: Add comment near net_mutex.
Suggested-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes since v1:
Added changes in these files:
drivers/infiniband/hw/usnic/usnic_transport.c
drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/lnet/lib-socket.c
drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
fs/dlm/lowcomms.c
fs/ocfs2/cluster/tcp.c
security/tomoyo/network.c
Before:
All these functions either return a negative error indicator,
or store length of sockaddr into "int *socklen" parameter
and return zero on success.
"int *socklen" parameter is awkward. For example, if caller does not
care, it still needs to provide on-stack storage for the value
it does not need.
None of the many FOO_getname() functions of various protocols
ever used old value of *socklen. They always just overwrite it.
This change drops this parameter, and makes all these functions, on success,
return length of sockaddr. It's always >= 0 and can be differentiated
from an error.
Tests in callers are changed from "if (err)" to "if (err < 0)", where needed.
rpc_sockname() lost "int buflen" parameter, since its only use was
to be passed to kernel_getsockname() as &buflen and subsequently
not used in any way.
Userspace API is not changed.
text data bss dec hex filename
30108430 2633624 873672 33615726 200ef6e vmlinux.before.o
30108109 2633612 873672 33615393 200ee21 vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the mindless scripted replacement of kernel use of POLL*
variables as described by Al, done by this script:
for V in IN OUT PRI ERR RDNORM RDBAND WRNORM WRBAND HUP RDHUP NVAL MSG; do
L=`git grep -l -w POLL$V | grep -v '^t' | grep -v /um/ | grep -v '^sa' | grep -v '/poll.h$'|grep -v '^D'`
for f in $L; do sed -i "-es/^\([^\"]*\)\(\<POLL$V\>\)/\\1E\\2/" $f; done
done
with de-mangling cleanups yet to come.
NOTE! On almost all architectures, the EPOLL* constants have the same
values as the POLL* constants do. But they keyword here is "almost".
For various bad reasons they aren't the same, and epoll() doesn't
actually work quite correctly in some cases due to this on Sparc et al.
The next patch from Al will sort out the final differences, and we
should be all done.
Scripted-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-02-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Two fixes for BPF sockmap in order to break up circular map references
from programs attached to sockmap, and detaching related sockets in
case of socket close() event. For the latter we get rid of the
smap_state_change() and plug into ULP infrastructure, which will later
also be used for additional features anyway such as TX hooks. For the
second issue, dependency chain is broken up via map release callback
to free parse/verdict programs, all from John.
2) Fix a libbpf relocation issue that was found while implementing XDP
support for Suricata project. Issue was that when clang was invoked
with default target instead of bpf target, then various other e.g.
debugging relevant sections are added to the ELF file that contained
relocation entries pointing to non-BPF related sections which libbpf
trips over instead of skipping them. Test cases for libbpf are added
as well, from Jesper.
3) Various misc fixes for bpftool and one for libbpf: a small addition
to libbpf to make sure it recognizes all standard section prefixes.
Then, the Makefile in bpftool/Documentation is improved to explicitly
check for rst2man being installed on the system as we otherwise risk
installing empty man pages; the man page for bpftool-map is corrected
and a set of missing bash completions added in order to avoid shipping
bpftool where the completions are only partially working, from Quentin.
4) Fix applying the relocation to immediate load instructions in the
nfp JIT which were missing a shift, from Jakub.
5) Two fixes for the BPF kernel selftests: handle CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON=y
gracefully in test_bpf.ko module and mark them as FLAG_EXPECTED_FAIL
in this case; and explicitly delete the veth devices in the two tests
test_xdp_{meta,redirect}.sh before dismantling the netnses as when
selftests are run in batch mode, then workqueue to handle destruction
might not have finished yet and thus veth creation in next test under
same dev name would fail, from Yonghong.
6) Fix test_kmod.sh to check the test_bpf.ko module path before performing
an insmod, and fallback to modprobe. Especially the latter is useful
when having a device under test that has the modules installed instead,
from Naresh.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree, they
are:
1) Restore __GFP_NORETRY in xt_table allocations to mitigate effects of
large memory allocation requests, from Michal Hocko.
2) Release IPv6 fragment queue in case of error in fragmentation header,
this is a follow up to amend patch 83f1999cae, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
3) Flowtable infrastructure depends on NETFILTER_INGRESS as it registers
a hook for each flowtable, reported by John Crispin.
4) Missing initialization of info->priv in xt_cgroup version 1, from
Cong Wang.
5) Give a chance to garbage collector to run after scheduling flowtable
cleanup.
6) Releasing flowtable content on nft_flow_offload module removal is
not required at all, there is not dependencies between this module
and flowtables, remove it.
7) Fix missing xt_rateest_mutex grabbing for hash insertions, also from
Cong Wang.
8) Move nf_flow_table_cleanup() routine to flowtable core, this patch is
a dependency for the next patch in this list.
9) Flowtable resources are not properly released on removal from the
control plane. Fix this resource leak by scheduling removal of all
entries and explicit call to the garbage collector.
10) nf_ct_nat_offset() declaration is dead code, this function prototype
is not used anywhere, remove it. From Taehee Yoo.
11) Fix another flowtable resource leak on entry insertion failures,
this patch also fixes a possible use-after-free. Patch from Felix
Fietkau.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_offload_del frees the flow, so all associated resource must be
freed before.
Since the ct entry in struct flow_offload_entry was allocated by
flow_offload_alloc, it should be freed by flow_offload_free to take care
of the error handling path when flow_offload_add fails.
While at it, make flow_offload_del static, since it should never be
called directly, only from the gc step
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Every flow_offload entry is added into the table twice. Because of this,
rhashtable_free_and_destroy can't be used, since it would call kfree for
each flow_offload object twice.
This patch cleans up the flowtable via nf_flow_table_iterate() to
schedule removal of entries by setting on the dying bit, then there is
an explicitly invocation of the garbage collector to release resources.
Based on patch from Felix Fietkau.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the flowtable cleanup routines to nf_flow_table and expose the
nf_flow_table_cleanup() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit d350a82302 ("net: erspan: create erspan metadata uapi header")
moves the erspan 'version' in front of the 'struct erspan_md2' for
later extensibility reason. This breaks the existing erspan metadata
extraction code because the erspan_md2 then has a 4-byte offset
to between the erspan_metadata and erspan_base_hdr. This patch
fixes it.
Fixes: 1a66a836da ("gre: add collect_md mode to ERSPAN tunnel")
Fixes: ef7baf5e08 ("ip6_gre: add ip6 erspan collect_md mode")
Fixes: 1d7e2ed22f ("net: erspan: refactor existing erspan code")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The selftests test_maps program was leaving dangling BPF sockmap
programs around because not all psock elements were removed from
the map. The elements in turn hold a reference on the BPF program
they are attached to causing BPF programs to stay open even after
test_maps has completed.
The original intent was that sk_state_change() would be called
when TCP socks went through TCP_CLOSE state. However, because
socks may be in SOCK_DEAD state or the sock may be a listening
socket the event is not always triggered.
To resolve this use the ULP infrastructure and register our own
proto close() handler. This fixes the above case.
Fixes: 174a79ff95 ("bpf: sockmap with sk redirect support")
Reported-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Create a UID field and enum that can be used to assign ULPs to
sockets. This saves a set of string comparisons if the ULP id
is known.
For sockmap, which is added in the next patches, a ULP is used to
hook into TCP sockets close state. In this case the ULP being added
is done at map insert time and the ULP is known and done on the kernel
side. In this case the named lookup is not needed. Because we don't
want to expose psock internals to user space socket options a user
visible flag is also added. For TLS this is set for BPF it will be
cleared.
Alos remove pr_notice, user gets an error code back and should check
that rather than rely on logs.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs. To further
restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates a way to
whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for copying to/from
userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access control. Slab caches
that are never exposed to userspace can declare no whitelist for their
objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to userspace via dynamic copy
operations. (Note, an implicit form of whitelisting is the use of constant
sizes in usercopy operations and get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all
hardened usercopy checks since these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over the
next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=tzmJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull hardened usercopy whitelisting from Kees Cook:
"Currently, hardened usercopy performs dynamic bounds checking on slab
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs.
To further restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates
a way to whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for
copying to/from userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access
control.
Slab caches that are never exposed to userspace can declare no
whitelist for their objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to
userspace via dynamic copy operations. (Note, an implicit form of
whitelisting is the use of constant sizes in usercopy operations and
get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all hardened usercopy checks since
these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over
the next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage"
* tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux: (38 commits)
lkdtm: Update usercopy tests for whitelisting
usercopy: Restrict non-usercopy caches to size 0
kvm: x86: fix KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG ioctl
kvm: whitelist struct kvm_vcpu_arch
arm: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
arm64: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
x86: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
fork: Provide usercopy whitelisting for task_struct
fork: Define usercopy region in thread_stack slab caches
fork: Define usercopy region in mm_struct slab caches
net: Restrict unwhitelisted proto caches to size 0
sctp: Copy struct sctp_sock.autoclose to userspace using put_user()
sctp: Define usercopy region in SCTP proto slab cache
caif: Define usercopy region in caif proto slab cache
ip: Define usercopy region in IP proto slab cache
net: Define usercopy region in struct proto slab cache
scsi: Define usercopy region in scsi_sense_cache slab cache
cifs: Define usercopy region in cifs_request slab cache
vxfs: Define usercopy region in vxfs_inode slab cache
ufs: Define usercopy region in ufs_inode_cache slab cache
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Significantly shrink the core networking routing structures. Result
of http://vger.kernel.org/~davem/seoul2017_netdev_keynote.pdf
2) Add netdevsim driver for testing various offloads, from Jakub
Kicinski.
3) Support cross-chip FDB operations in DSA, from Vivien Didelot.
4) Add a 2nd listener hash table for TCP, similar to what was done for
UDP. From Martin KaFai Lau.
5) Add eBPF based queue selection to tun, from Jason Wang.
6) Lockless qdisc support, from John Fastabend.
7) SCTP stream interleave support, from Xin Long.
8) Smoother TCP receive autotuning, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Lots of erspan tunneling enhancements, from William Tu.
10) Add true function call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Add explicit support for GRO HW offloading, from Michael Chan.
12) Support extack generation in more netlink subsystems. From Alexander
Aring, Quentin Monnet, and Jakub Kicinski.
13) Add 1000BaseX, flow control, and EEE support to mvneta driver. From
Russell King.
14) Add flow table abstraction to netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
15) Many improvements and simplifications to the NFP driver bpf JIT,
from Jakub Kicinski.
16) Support for ipv6 non-equal cost multipath routing, from Ido
Schimmel.
17) Add resource abstration to devlink, from Arkadi Sharshevsky.
18) Packet scheduler classifier shared filter block support, from Jiri
Pirko.
19) Avoid locking in act_csum, from Davide Caratti.
20) devinet_ioctl() simplifications from Al viro.
21) More TCP bpf improvements from Lawrence Brakmo.
22) Add support for onlink ipv6 route flag, similar to ipv4, from David
Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1925 commits)
tls: Add support for encryption using async offload accelerator
ip6mr: fix stale iterator
net/sched: kconfig: Remove blank help texts
openvswitch: meter: Use 64-bit arithmetic instead of 32-bit
tcp_nv: fix potential integer overflow in tcpnv_acked
r8169: fix RTL8168EP take too long to complete driver initialization.
qmi_wwan: Add support for Quectel EP06
rtnetlink: enable IFLA_IF_NETNSID for RTM_NEWLINK
ipmr: Fix ptrdiff_t print formatting
ibmvnic: Wait for device response when changing MAC
qlcnic: fix deadlock bug
tcp: release sk_frag.page in tcp_disconnect
ipv4: Get the address of interface correctly.
net_sched: gen_estimator: fix lockdep splat
net: macb: Handle HRESP error
net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Fix copy-paste bug in flow steering refactoring
ipv6: addrconf: break critical section in addrconf_verify_rtnl()
ipv6: change route cache aging logic
i40e/i40evf: Update DESC_NEEDED value to reflect larger value
bnxt_en: cleanup DIM work on device shutdown
...
Async crypto accelerators (e.g. drivers/crypto/caam) support offloading
GCM operation. If they are enabled, crypto_aead_encrypt() return error
code -EINPROGRESS. In this case tls_do_encryption() needs to wait on a
completion till the time the response for crypto offload request is
received.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ht/vht action frames will be sent to AP from station to notify
change of its ht/vht opmode(max bandwidth, smps mode or nss) modified
values. Currently these valuse used by driver/firmware for rate control
algorithm. This patch introduces NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
command to notify those modified/current supported values(max bandwidth,
smps mode, max nss) to userspace application. This will be useful for the
application like steering, which closely monitoring station's capability
changes. Since the application has taken these values during station
association.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This interface allows the host driver to offload the authentication to
user space. This is exclusively defined for host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association, but rely on
userspace SME (e.g., in wpa_supplicant for the ~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME
case) for the authentication to happen. This can be used to implement
SAE without full implementation in the kernel/firmware while still being
able to use NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with driver-based BSS selection.
Host driver sends NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to start/abort
authentication to the port on which connect is triggered and status
of authentication is further indicated by user space to host
driver through the same command response interface.
User space entities advertise this capability through the
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPP flag in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request.
Host drivers shall look at this capability to offload the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add socket connection ownership check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull poll annotations from Al Viro:
"This introduces a __bitwise type for POLL### bitmap, and propagates
the annotations through the tree. Most of that stuff is as simple as
'make ->poll() instances return __poll_t and do the same to local
variables used to hold the future return value'.
Some of the obvious brainos found in process are fixed (e.g. POLLIN
misspelled as POLL_IN). At that point the amount of sparse warnings is
low and most of them are for genuine bugs - e.g. ->poll() instance
deciding to return -EINVAL instead of a bitmap. I hadn't touched those
in this series - it's large enough as it is.
Another problem it has caught was eventpoll() ABI mess; select.c and
eventpoll.c assumed that corresponding POLL### and EPOLL### were
equal. That's true for some, but not all of them - EPOLL### are
arch-independent, but POLL### are not.
The last commit in this series separates userland POLL### values from
the (now arch-independent) kernel-side ones, converting between them
in the few places where they are copied to/from userland. AFAICS, this
is the least disruptive fix preserving poll(2) ABI and making epoll()
work on all architectures.
As it is, it's simply broken on sparc - try to give it EPOLLWRNORM and
it will trigger only on what would've triggered EPOLLWRBAND on other
architectures. EPOLLWRBAND and EPOLLRDHUP, OTOH, are never triggered
at all on sparc. With this patch they should work consistently on all
architectures"
* 'misc.poll' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
make kernel-side POLL... arch-independent
eventpoll: no need to mask the result of epi_item_poll() again
eventpoll: constify struct epoll_event pointers
debugging printk in sg_poll() uses %x to print POLL... bitmap
annotate poll(2) guts
9p: untangle ->poll() mess
->si_band gets POLL... bitmap stored into a user-visible long field
ring_buffer_poll_wait() return value used as return value of ->poll()
the rest of drivers/*: annotate ->poll() instances
media: annotate ->poll() instances
fs: annotate ->poll() instances
ipc, kernel, mm: annotate ->poll() instances
net: annotate ->poll() instances
apparmor: annotate ->poll() instances
tomoyo: annotate ->poll() instances
sound: annotate ->poll() instances
acpi: annotate ->poll() instances
crypto: annotate ->poll() instances
block: annotate ->poll() instances
x86: annotate ->poll() instances
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes relate to making lock_is_held() et al (and external
wrappers of them) work on const data types - this requires const
propagation through the depths of lockdep.
This removes a number of ugly type hacks the external helpers used"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
lockdep: Convert some users to const
lockdep: Make lockdep checking constant
lockdep: Assign lock keys on registration
Introduce a new qdisc ops ->change_tx_queue_len() so that
each qdisc could decide how to implement this if it wants.
Previously we simply read dev->tx_queue_len, after pfifo_fast
switches to skb array, we need this API to resize the skb array
when we change dev->tx_queue_len.
To avoid handling race conditions with TX BH, we need to
deactivate all TX queues before change the value and bring them
back after we are done, this also makes implementation easier.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-26
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) A number of extensions to tcp-bpf, from Lawrence.
- direct R or R/W access to many tcp_sock fields via bpf_sock_ops
- passing up to 3 arguments to bpf_sock_ops functions
- tcp_sock field bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags for controlling callbacks
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when RTO fires
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when packet is retransmitted
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when TCP state changes
- access to tclass and sk_txhash
- new selftest
2) div/mod exception handling, from Daniel.
One of the ugly leftovers from the early eBPF days is that div/mod
operations based on registers have a hard-coded src_reg == 0 test
in the interpreter as well as in JIT code generators that would
return from the BPF program with exit code 0. This was basically
adopted from cBPF interpreter for historical reasons.
There are multiple reasons why this is very suboptimal and prone
to bugs. To name one: the return code mapping for such abnormal
program exit of 0 does not always match with a suitable program
type's exit code mapping. For example, '0' in tc means action 'ok'
where the packet gets passed further up the stack, which is just
undesirable for such cases (e.g. when implementing policy) and
also does not match with other program types.
After considering _four_ different ways to address the problem,
we adapt the same behavior as on some major archs like ARMv8:
X div 0 results in 0, and X mod 0 results in X. aarch64 and
aarch32 ISA do not generate any traps or otherwise aborts
of program execution for unsigned divides.
Given the options, it seems the most suitable from
all of them, also since major archs have similar schemes in
place. Given this is all in the realm of undefined behavior,
we still have the option to adapt if deemed necessary.
3) sockmap sample refactoring, from John.
4) lpm map get_next_key fixes, from Yonghong.
5) test cleanups, from Alexei and Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2018-01-26
One last patch for this development cycle:
1) Add ESN support for IPSec HW offload.
From Yossef Efraim.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds a new uapi header file, erspan.h, and moves
the 'struct erspan_metadata' from internal erspan.h to it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Originally the erspan fields are defined as a group into a __be16 field,
and use mask and offset to access each field. This is more costly due to
calling ntohs/htons. The patch changes it to use bitfields.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Very few (mlxsw) upstream drivers seem to allow offload of chains
other than 0. Save driver developers typing and add a helper for
checking both if ethtool's TC offload flag is on and if chain is 0.
This helper will set the extack appropriately in both error cases.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for passing up to 4 arguments to sock_ops bpf functions. It
reusues the reply union, so the bpf_sock_ops structures are not
increased in size.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch adds a macro, SOCK_OPS_SET_FIELD, for writing to
struct tcp_sock or struct sock fields. This required adding a new
field "temp" to struct bpf_sock_ops_kern for temporary storage that
is used by sock_ops_convert_ctx_access. It is used to store and recover
the contents of a register, so the register can be used to store the
address of the sk. Since we cannot overwrite the dst_reg because it
contains the pointer to ctx, nor the src_reg since it contains the value
we want to store, we need an extra register to contain the address
of the sk.
Also adds the macro SOCK_OPS_GET_OR_SET_FIELD that calls one of the
GET or SET macros depending on the value of the TYPE field.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Some dst_ops (e.g. md_dst_ops)) doesn't set this handler. It may result to:
"BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)"
Let's add a helper to check if update_pmtu is available before calling it.
Fixes: 52a589d51f ("geneve: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Fixes: a93bf0ff44 ("vxlan: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
CC: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
CC: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a tcp socket is closed, if it detects that its net namespace is
exiting, close immediately and do not wait for FIN sequence.
For normal sockets, a reference is taken to their net namespace, so it will
never exit while the socket is open. However, kernel sockets do not take a
reference to their net namespace, so it may begin exiting while the kernel
socket is still open. In this case if the kernel socket is a tcp socket,
it will stay open trying to complete its close sequence. The sock's dst(s)
hold a reference to their interface, which are all transferred to the
namespace's loopback interface when the real interfaces are taken down.
When the namespace tries to take down its loopback interface, it hangs
waiting for all references to the loopback interface to release, which
results in messages like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 1
These messages continue until the socket finally times out and closes.
Since the net namespace cleanup holds the net_mutex while calling its
registered pernet callbacks, any new net namespace initialization is
blocked until the current net namespace finishes exiting.
After this change, the tcp socket notices the exiting net namespace, and
closes immediately, releasing its dst(s) and their reference to the
loopback interface, which lets the net namespace continue exiting.
Link: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1711407
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=97811
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users are now converted to tc_cls_common_offload_init().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf now guarantees that only device-bound programs are
allowed with skip_sw. The drivers no longer pay attention to
flags on filter load, therefore the bpf_offload member can be
removed. If flags are needed again they should probably be
added to struct tc_cls_common_offload instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tc_cls_common_offload_init() helper function to
tc_cls_common_offload_init_deprecated() and add a new implementation
which also takes flags argument. We will only set extack if flags
indicate that offload is forced (skip_sw) otherwise driver errors
should be ignored, as they don't influence the overall filter
installation.
Note that we need the tc_skip_hw() helper for new version, therefore
it is added later in the file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack to cls->destroy callbacks when called from
non-error paths. On error paths pass NULL to avoid overwriting
the failure message.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCF_LAYER_LINK and TCF_LAYER_NETWORK returned the same pointer as
skb->data points to the network header.
Use skb_mac_header instead.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after
sysctl setting") removed the initialisation of
ipv6_pinfo::autoflowlabel and added a second flag to indicate
whether this field or the net namespace default should be used.
The getsockopt() handling for this case was not updated, so it
currently returns 0 for all sockets for which IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL is
not explicitly enabled. Fix it to return the effective value, whether
that has been set at the socket or net namespace level.
Fixes: 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after sysctl ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,unlock}_bh() to protect concurrent read/write on
act_csum configuration, to reduce the effects of contention in the data
path when multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a wrapper around tc_can_offload() that takes an additional
extack pointer argument in order to output an error message if TC
offload is disabled on the device.
In this way, the error message is handled by the core and can be the
same for all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, a new extension for ip6tables, simplification work of
nf_tables that saves us 500 LoC, allow raw table registration before
defragmentation, conversion of the SNMP helper to use the ASN.1 code
generator, unique 64-bit handle for all nf_tables objects and fixes to
address fallout from previous nf-next batch. More specifically, they
are:
1) Seven patches to remove family abstraction layer (struct nft_af_info)
in nf_tables, this simplifies our codebase and it saves us 64 bytes per
net namespace.
2) Add IPv6 segment routing header matching for ip6tables, from Ahmed
Abdelsalam.
3) Allow to register iptable_raw table before defragmentation, some
people do not want to waste cycles on defragmenting traffic that is
going to be dropped, hence add a new module parameter to enable this
behaviour in iptables and ip6tables. From Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan. This patch needed a couple of follow up patches to
get things tidy from Arnd Bergmann.
4) SNMP helper uses the ASN.1 code generator, from Taehee Yoo. Several
patches for this helper to prepare this change are also part of this
patch series.
5) Add 64-bit handles to uniquely objects in nf_tables, from Harsha
Sharma.
6) Remove log message that several netfilter subsystems print at
boot/load time.
7) Restore x_tables module autoloading, that got broken in a previous
patch to allow singleton NAT hook callback registration per hook
spot, from Florian Westphal. Moreover, return EBUSY to report that
the singleton NAT hook slot is already in instead.
8) Several fixes for the new nf_tables flowtable representation,
including incorrect error check after nf_tables_flowtable_lookup(),
missing Kconfig dependencies that lead to build breakage and missing
initialization of priority and hooknum in flowtable object.
9) Missing NETFILTER_FAMILY_ARP dependency in Kconfig for the clusterip
target. This is due to recent updates in the core to shrink the hook
array size and compile it out if no specific family is enabled via
.config file. Patch from Florian Westphal.
10) Remove duplicated include header files, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Sparse warning fix for the NFPROTO_INET handling from the core
due to missing static function definition, also from Wei Yongjun.
12) Restore ICMPv6 Parameter Problem error reporting when
defragmentation fails, from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
13) Remove obsolete owner field initialization from struct
file_operations, patch from Alexey Dobriyan.
14) Use boolean datatype where needed in the Netfilter codebase, from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
15) Remove double semicolon in dynset nf_tables expression, from
Luis de Bethencourt.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A persistent connection may send tiny amount of data (e.g. health-check)
for a long period of time. BBR's windowed min RTT filter may only see
RTT samples from delayed ACKs causing BBR to grossly over-estimate
the path delay depending how much the ACK was delayed at the receiver.
This patch skips RTT samples that are likely coming from delayed ACKs. Note
that it is possible the sender never obtains a valid measure to set the
min RTT. In this case BBR will continue to set cwnd to initial window
which seems fine because the connection is thin stream.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is set, we can use relatively large amounts of kernel
stack space:
net/caif/cfctrl.c:555:1: warning: the frame size of 1600 bytes is larger than 1280 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
This adds convenience wrappers around cfpkt_extr_head(), which is responsible
for most of the stack growth. With those wrapper functions, gcc apparently
starts reusing the stack slots for each instance, thus avoiding the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows deletion of objects via unique handle which can be
listed via '-a' option.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Sharma <harshasharmaiitr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These users of lockdep_is_held() either wanted lockdep_is_held to
take a const pointer, or would benefit from providing a const pointer.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180117151414.23686-4-willy@infradead.org
This patch adds ESN support to IPsec device offload.
Adding new xfrm device operation to synchronize device ESN.
Signed-off-by: Yossef Efraim <yossefe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The trailing semicolon is an empty statement that does no operation.
It is completely stripped out by the compiler. Removing it since it doesn't do
anything.
Fixes: 5f35227ea3 ("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like qdisc_lookup_class() never existed in the tree
in the git era. Remove the prototype from the header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some
internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding
of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per
table's entry are also provided for each table.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for performing driver hot reload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource
is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its
size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its
current occupancy.
In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those
changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload
capability will be introduced in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support.
Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access,
and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink
instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/
resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can
be discarded.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlpPT5ATHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tyZB/wNk7hfmWT7qMSq4nB1/l4DvlCVtQR+
7t7jLltd2ld1bqFr62S1/NExWbgm9GXS25wHgLQQn8I0jwCyuFb8K+VIe/+t9vSu
PXOihUlIXCqpJwI9FtvGb/jmIbHV1JbnGv1b/J1q34FzhThsXN3DPX5BI5+T+Hy4
9hnHuYtcveyGlU08RsePyc6WfCzBJafR1YpJYSSsIxmtT6Db0SyRSZjY4MFzv9eA
mV+wvSpvepiw7tDN9XhSdNQJR9HAh/AXkYRgU448BysqhR5tK5oq8QAjsJK2Usy7
X1RY/M32fn1QdcwfWEWw5xB9ZblKMnxRzB3vmGLkyvIuPnP/JGQoq5sW
=BrhI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.16-20180105' of ssh://gitolite.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-12-01,Re: pull-request: can-next
this is a pull request of 7 patches for net-next/master.
All patches are by me. Patch 6 is for the "can_raw" protocol and add
error checking to the bind() function. All other patches clean up the
coding style and remove unused parameters in various CAN drivers and
infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP socket event notification subscription information need to be
copied to/from userspace. In support of usercopy hardening, this patch
defines a region in the struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy
operations are allowed. Additionally moves the usercopy fields to be
adjacent for the region to cover both.
example usage trace:
net/sctp/socket.c:
sctp_getsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, len)
sctp_setsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_from_user(&sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, ..., optlen)
sctp_getsockopt_initmsg(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->initmsg, len)
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: split from network patch, move struct members adjacent]
[kees: add SCTPv6 struct whitelist, provide usage trace]
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
In support of usercopy hardening, this patch defines a region in the
struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy operations are allowed.
Some protocols need to copy objects to/from userspace, and they can
declare the region via their proto structure with the new usersize and
useroffset fields. Initially, if no region is specified (usersize ==
0), the entire field is marked as whitelisted. This allows protocols
to be whitelisted in subsequent patches. Once all protocols have been
annotated, the full-whitelist default can be removed.
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: adjust commit log, split off per-proto patches]
[kees: add logic for by-default full-whitelist]
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Map all lookup neigh keys to INADDR_ANY for loopback/point-to-point devices
to avoid making an entry for every remote ip the device needs to talk to.
This used the be the old behavior but became broken in a263b30936
(ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path) and later removed
in 0bb4087cbe (ipv4: Fix neigh lookup keying over loopback/point-to-point
devices) because it was broken.
Signed-off-by: Jim Westfall <jwestfall@surrealistic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since net could be obtained from RCU lists,
and there is a race with net destruction,
the patch converts net::count to refcount_t.
This provides sanity checks for the cases of
incrementing counter of already dead net,
when maybe_get_net() has to used instead
of get_net().
Drivers: allyesconfig and allmodconfig are OK.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendfile() calls can hang endless with using Kernel TLS if a socket error occurs.
Socket error codes must be inverted by Kernel TLS before returning because
they are stored with positive sign. If returned non-inverted they are
interpreted as number of bytes sent, causing endless looping of the
splice mechanic behind sendfile().
Signed-off-by: Robert Hering <r.hering@avm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a new radio on the fly, hwsim allows this
to be done with an arbitrary number of channels, but
cfg80211 only supports a limited number of simultaneous
channels, leading to a warning.
Fix this by validating the number - this requires moving
the define for the maximum out to a visible header file.
Reported-by: syzbot+8dd9051ff19940290931@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: b59ec8dd43 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix number of channels in interface combinations")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the name of the stats struct to be generic, so it could be used for
other qdisc offload, that will be added in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of hash-threshold instead of modulo-N makes it trivial to add
support for non-equal-cost multipath.
Instead of dividing the multipath hash function's output space equally
between the nexthops, each nexthop is assigned a region size which is
proportional to its weight.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before we convert IPv6 to use hash-threshold instead of modulo-N, we
first need each nexthop to store its region boundary in the hash
function's output space.
The boundary is calculated by dividing the output space equally between
the different active nexthops. That is, nexthops that are not dead or
linkdown.
The boundaries are rebalanced whenever a nexthop is added or removed to
a multipath route and whenever a nexthop becomes active or inactive.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the infrastructure to register/unregister nft_af_info structure,
this structure stores no useful information anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that we have a single table list for each netns, we can get rid of
one pointer per family and the global afinfo list, thus, shrinking
struct netns for nftables that now becomes 64 bytes smaller.
And call __nft_release_afinfo() from __net_exit path accordingly to
release netnamespace objects on removal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place all existing user defined tables in struct net *, instead of
having one list per family. This saves us from one level of indentation
in netlink dump functions.
Place pointer to struct nft_af_info in struct nft_table temporarily, as
we still need this to put back reference module reference counter on
table removal.
This patch comes in preparation for the removal of struct nft_af_info.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already validate the hook through bitmask, so this check is
superfluous. When removing this, this patch is also fixing a bug in the
new flowtable codebase, since ctx->afi points to the table family
instead of the netdev family which is where the flowtable is really
hooked in.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree:
1) Free hooks via call_rcu to speed up netns release path, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Reduce memory footprint of hook arrays, skip allocation if family is
not present - useful in case decnet support is not compiled built-in.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Remove defensive check for malformed IPv4 - including ihl field - and
IPv6 headers in x_tables and nf_tables.
4) Add generic flow table offload infrastructure for nf_tables, this
includes the netlink control plane and support for IPv4, IPv6 and
mixed IPv4/IPv6 dataplanes. This comes with NAT support too. This
patchset adds the IPS_OFFLOAD conntrack status bit to indicate that
this flow has been offloaded.
5) Add secpath matching support for nf_tables, from Florian.
6) Save some code bytes in the fast path for the nf_tables netdev,
bridge and inet families.
7) Allow one single NAT hook per point and do not allow to register NAT
hooks in nf_tables before the conntrack hook, patches from Florian.
8) Seven patches to remove the struct nf_af_info abstraction, instead
we perform direct calls for IPv4 which is faster. IPv6 indirections
are still needed to avoid dependencies with the 'ipv6' module, but
these now reside in struct nf_ipv6_ops.
9) Seven patches to handle NFPROTO_INET from the Netfilter core,
hence we can remove specific code in nf_tables to handle this
pseudofamily.
10) No need for synchronize_net() call for nf_queue after conversion
to hook arrays. Also from Florian.
11) Call cond_resched_rcu() when dumping large sets in ipset to avoid
softlockup. Again from Florian.
12) Pass lockdep_nfnl_is_held() to rcu_dereference_protected(), patch
from Florian Westphal.
13) Fix matching of counters in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
14) Missing nfnl lock protection in the ip_set_net_exit path, also
from Jozsef.
15) Move connlimit code that we can reuse from nf_tables into
nf_conncount, from Florian Westhal.
And asorted cleanups:
16) Get rid of nft_dereference(), it only has one single caller.
17) Add nft_set_is_anonymous() helper function.
18) Remove NF_ARP_FORWARD leftover chain definition in nf_tables_arp.
19) Remove unnecessary comments in nf_conntrack_h323_asn1.c
From Varsha Rao.
20) Remove useless parameters in frag_safe_skb_hp(), from Gao Feng.
21) Constify layer 4 conntrack protocol definitions, function
parameters to register/unregister these protocol trackers, and
timeouts. Patches from Florian Westphal.
22) Remove nlattr_size indirection, from Florian Westphal.
23) Add fall-through comments as -Wimplicit-fallthrough needs this,
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
24) Use swap() macro to exchange values in ipset, patch from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported a hang involving SCTP, on which it kept flooding dmesg
with the message:
[ 246.742374] sctp: sctp_transport_update_pmtu: Reported pmtu 508 too
low, using default minimum of 512
That happened because whenever SCTP hits an ICMP Frag Needed, it tries
to adjust to the new MTU and triggers an immediate retransmission. But
it didn't consider the fact that MTUs smaller than the SCTP minimum MTU
allowed (512) would not cause the PMTU to change, and issued the
retransmission anyway (thus leading to another ICMP Frag Needed, and so
on).
As IPv4 (ip_rt_min_pmtu=556) and IPv6 (IPV6_MIN_MTU=1280) minimum MTU
are higher than that, sctp_transport_update_pmtu() is changed to
re-fetch the PMTU that got set after our request, and with that, detect
if there was an actual change or not.
The fix, thus, skips the immediate retransmission if the received ICMP
resulted in no change, in the hope that SCTP will select another path.
Note: The value being used for the minimum MTU (512,
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT) is not right and instead it should be (576,
SCTP_MIN_PMTU), but such change belongs to another patch.
Changes from v1:
- do not disable PMTU discovery, in the light of commit
06ad391919 ("[SCTP] Don't disable PMTU discovery when mtu is small")
and as suggested by Xin Long.
- changed the way to break the rtx loop by detecting if the icmp
resulted in a change or not
Changes from v2:
none
See-also: https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/12/22/811
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a process bound to a VRF to connect to a linklocal address.
Currently, this fails because of a mismatch between the scope of the
linklocal address and the sk_bound_dev_if inherited by the VRF binding:
$ ssh -6 fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1
ssh: connect to host fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1 port 22: Invalid argument
Relax the scope check to allow the socket to be bound to the same L3
device as the scope id.
This makes ipv6 linklocal consistent with other relaxed checks enabled
by commits 1ff23beebd ("net: l3mdev: Allow send on enslaved interface")
and 7bb387c5ab ("net: Allow IP_MULTICAST_IF to set index to L3 slave").
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
This patch exports ip6_dst_mtu_forward() that is required to check for
mtu to pass up packets that need PMTUD handling to the classic
forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines the API to interact with flow tables, this allows to
add, delete and lookup for entries in the flow table. This also adds the
generic garbage code that removes entries that have expired, ie. no
traffic has been seen for a while.
Users of the flow table infrastructure can delete entries via
flow_offload_dead(), which sets the dying bit, this signals the garbage
collector to release an entry from user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a netlink control plane to create, delete and dump
flow tables. Flow tables are identified by name, this name is used from
rules to refer to an specific flow table. Flow tables use the rhashtable
class and a generic garbage collector to remove expired entries.
This also adds the infrastructure to add different flow table types, so
we can add one for each layer 3 protocol family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This macro is unnecessary, it just hides details for one single caller.
nfnl_dereference() is just enough.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows to reuse xt_connlimit infrastructure from nf_tables.
The upcoming nf_tables frontend can just pass in an nftables register
as input key, this allows limiting by any nft-supported key, including
concatenations.
For xt_connlimit, pass in the zone and the ip/ipv6 address.
With help from Yi-Hung Wei.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
They don't belong to the family definition, move them to the filter
chain type definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since NFPROTO_INET is handled from the core, we don't need to maintain
extra infrastructure in nf_tables to handle the double hook
registration, one for IPv4 and another for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use new native NFPROTO_INET support in netfilter core, this gets rid of
ad-hoc code in the nf_tables API codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of calling this function from the family specific variant, this
reduces the code size in the fast path for the netdev, bridge and inet
families. After this change, we must call nft_set_pktinfo() upfront from
the chain hook indirection.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
2145 208 0 2353 931 net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
2125 208 0 2333 91d net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Because we need these hooks for either nftables, arp/ebtables
or the 'call-iptables' hack we have in the bridge layer add two
new dependencies, NETFILTER_FAMILY_{ARP,BRIDGE}, and have the
users select them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Not all families share the same hook count, adjust sizes to what is
needed.
struct net before:
/* size: 6592, cachelines: 103, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 5952, cachelines: 93, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct net contains:
struct nf_hook_entries __rcu *hooks[NFPROTO_NUMPROTO][NF_MAX_HOOKS];
which store the hook entry point locations for the various protocol
families and the hooks.
Using array results in compact c code when doing accesses, i.e.
x = rcu_dereference(net->nf.hooks[pf][hook]);
but its also wasting a lot of memory, as most families are
not used.
So split the array into those families that are used, which
are only 5 (instead of 13). In most cases, the 'pf' argument is
constant, i.e. gcc removes switch statement.
struct net before:
/* size: 5184, cachelines: 81, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 4672, cachelines: 73, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since commit 960632ece6 ("netfilter: convert hook list to an array")
nfqueue no longer stores a pointer to the hook that caused the packet
to be queued. Therefore no extra synchronize_net() call is needed after
dropping the packets enqueued by the old rule blob.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param of frag_safe_skb_hp, ipvsh, isn't used now. So remove it and
update the callers' codes too.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
previous patches removed all writes to these structs so we can
now mark them as const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to previous commit, but instead compute this at compile time
and turn nlattr_size into an u16.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We are going to allow dead routes to stay in the FIB tree (e.g., when
they are part of a multipath route, directly connected route with no
carrier) and revive them when their nexthop device gains carrier or when
it is put administratively up.
This is equivalent to the addition of the route to the FIB tree and we
should therefore take care of updating the sernum of all the parent
nodes of the node where the route is stored. Otherwise, we risk sockets
caching and using sub-optimal dst entries.
Export the function that performs the above, so that it could be invoked
from fib6_ifup() later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When routes that are a part of a multipath route are evaluated by
fib6_ifdown() in response to NETDEV_DOWN and NETDEV_UNREGISTER events
the state of their sibling routes is not considered.
This will change in subsequent patches in order to align IPv6 with
IPv4's behavior. For example, when the last sibling in a multipath route
becomes dead, the entire multipath route needs to be removed.
To prevent the tree walker from re-evaluating all the sibling routes
each time, we can simply evaluate them once - when the first sibling is
traversed.
If we determine the entire multipath route needs to be removed, then the
'should_flush' bit is set in all the siblings, which will cause the
walker to flush them when it traverses them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, when the carrier of a netdev changes we should toggle
the 'linkdown' flag on all the nexthops using it as their nexthop
device.
This will later allow us to test for the presence of this flag during
route lookup and dump.
Up until commit 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on
device with address") host and anycast routes used the loopback netdev
as their nexthop device and thus were not marked with the 'linkdown'
flag. The patch preserves this behavior and allows one to ping the local
address even when the nexthop device does not have a carrier and the
'ignore_routes_with_linkdown' sysctl is set.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make IPv6 more in line with IPv4 we need to be able to respond
differently to different netdev events. For example, when a netdev is
unregistered all the routes using it as their nexthop device should be
flushed, whereas when the netdev's carrier changes only the 'linkdown'
flag should be toggled.
Currently, this is not possible, as the function that traverses the
routing tables is not aware of the triggering event.
Propagate the triggering event down, so that it could be used in later
patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch marked nexthops with the 'dead' and 'linkdown' flags.
Clear these flags when the netdev comes back up.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver code qede_free_fp_array() depend on kfree() can be called
with a NULL pointer. This stems from the qede_alloc_fp_array()
function which either (kz)alloc memory for fp->txq or fp->rxq.
This also simplifies error handling code in case of memory allocation
failures, but xdp_rxq_info_unreg need to know the difference.
Introduce xdp_rxq_info_is_reg() to handle if a memory allocation fails
and detect this is the failure path by seeing that xdp_rxq_info was
not registred yet, which first happens after successful alloaction in
qede_init_fp().
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : qede_init_fp
* unreg: qede_free_fp_array
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Driver have no proper error path for failed XDP RX-queue info reg, as
qede_init_fp() is a void function.
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only introduce the core data structures and API functions.
All XDP enabled drivers must use the API before this info can used.
There is a need for XDP to know more about the RX-queue a given XDP
frames have arrived on. For both the XDP bpf-prog and kernel side.
Instead of extending xdp_buff each time new info is needed, the patch
creates a separate read-mostly struct xdp_rxq_info, that contains this
info. We stress this data/cache-line is for read-only info. This is
NOT for dynamic per packet info, use the data_meta for such use-cases.
The performance advantage is this info can be setup at RX-ring init
time, instead of updating N-members in xdp_buff. A possible (driver
level) micro optimization is that xdp_buff->rxq assignment could be
done once per XDP/NAPI loop. The extra pointer deref only happens for
program needing access to this info (thus, no slowdown to existing
use-cases).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The definition of functions tcf_block_get() and tcf_block_get_ext()
depends of CONFIG_NET_CLS being set. When those functions gained extack
support, only one version of the declaration of those functions was
updated. Function tcf_block_get() was later fixed with commit
3c1490913f ("net: sch: api: fix tcf_block_get").
Change arguments of tcf_block_get_ext() for the case when CONFIG_NET_CLS
is not set.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a "can_" prefix to the "struct dev_rcv_lists" to better
reflect the meaning and improbe code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct dev_rcv_lists/struct can_dev_rcv_lists/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] include/net/netns/can.h
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=M0gz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-01-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have things all over the place, no point listing them.
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix indentation of reserved_flags2 field in vxlanhdr_gpe.
Fixes: e1e5314de0 ("vxlan: implement GPE")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows checking socket lock ownership with producing lockdep
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The build of mips bcm47xx_defconfig is failing with the error:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c: In function 'fq_codel_init':
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:487:8: error:
too many arguments to function 'tcf_block_get'
While adding the extack support, the commit missed adding it in the
headers when CONFIG_NET_CLS is not defined.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudipm.mukherjee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-12-22
1) Check for valid id proto in validate_tmpl(), otherwise
we may trigger a warning in xfrm_state_fini().
From Cong Wang.
2) Fix a typo on XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK policy attribute.
From Michal Kubecek.
3) Verify the state is valid when encap_type < 0,
otherwise we may crash on IPsec GRO .
From Aviv Heller.
4) Fix stack-out-of-bounds read on socket policy lookup.
We access the flowi of the wrong address family in the
IPv4 mapped IPv6 case, fix this by catching address
family missmatches before we do the lookup.
5) fix xfrm_do_migrate() with AEAD to copy the geniv
field too. Otherwise the state is not fully initialized
and migration fails. From Antony Antony.
6) Fix stack-out-of-bounds with misconfigured transport
mode policies. Our policy template validation is not
strict enough. It is possible to configure policies
with transport mode template where the address family
of the template does not match the selectors address
family. Fix this by refusing such a configuration,
address family can not change on transport mode.
7) Fix a policy reference leak when reusing pcpu xdst
entry. From Florian Westphal.
8) Reinject transport-mode packets through tasklet,
otherwise it is possible to reate a recursion
loop. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current XFRM code assumes that we've implemented the
xdo_dev_state_free() callback, even if it is meaningless to the driver.
This patch adds a check for it before calling, as done in other APIs,
to prevent a NULL function pointer kernel crash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
sk_state_load is only used by AF_INET/AF_INET6, so rename it to
inet_sk_state_load and move it into inet_sock.h.
sk_state_store is removed as it is not used any more.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As sk_state is a common field for struct sock, so the state
transition tracepoint should not be a TCP specific feature.
Currently it traces all AF_INET state transition, so I rename this
tracepoint to inet_sock_set_state tracepoint with some minor changes and move it
into trace/events/sock.h.
We dont need to create a file named trace/events/inet_sock.h for this one single
tracepoint.
Two helpers are introduced to trace sk_state transition
- void inet_sk_state_store(struct sock *sk, int newstate);
- void inet_sk_set_state(struct sock *sk, int state);
As trace header should not be included in other header files,
so they are defined in sock.c.
The protocol such as SCTP maybe compiled as a ko, hence export
inet_sk_set_state().
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support of async crypto operations in the GSO codepath
we have everything in place to allow GSO for local sockets.
This patch enables the GSO codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We change the ESP GSO handlers to only segment the packets.
The ESP handling and encryption is defered to validate_xmit_xfrm()
where this is done for non GRO packets too. This makes the code
more robust and prepares for asynchronous crypto handling.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When CONFIG_PROC_FS is disabled, we will not use the prot_inuse
counter. This adds an #ifdef to hide the variable definition in
that case. This is not a bugfix. But we can save bytes when there
are many network namespace.
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some case, we want to know how many sockets are in use in
different _net_ namespaces. It's a key resource metric.
This patch add a member in struct netns_core. This is a counter
for socket-inuse in the _net_ namespace. The patch will add/sub
counter in the sk_alloc, sk_clone_lock and __sk_free.
This patch will not counter the socket created in kernel.
It's not very useful for userspace to know how many kernel
sockets we created.
The main reasons for doing this are that:
1. When linux calls the 'do_exit' for process to exit, the functions
'exit_task_namespaces' and 'exit_task_work' will be called sequentially.
'exit_task_namespaces' may have destroyed the _net_ namespace, but
'sock_release' called in 'exit_task_work' may use the _net_ namespace
if we counter the socket-inuse in sock_release.
2. socket and sock are in pair. More important, sock holds the _net_
namespace. We counter the socket-inuse in sock, for avoiding holding
_net_ namespace again in socket. It's a easy way to maintain the code.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the member name will make the code more readable.
This patch will be used in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OWs9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-12-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few more fixes:
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enhances the scan results to report the per chain signal
strength based on the latest BSS update. This provides similar
information to what is already available through STA information.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit e937b8da5a.
Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through
Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some
conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit b0d52ad821.
We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts
with a new driver, and this depends on that API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit ca986ad9bc (nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan
requests) removed WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN but left the kerneldoc
description in place, leading to this docs-build warning:
./include/net/cfg80211.h:3278: warning: Excess enum value
'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' description in 'wiphy_flags'
Remove the line and gain a bit of peace.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is an old bugbear of mine:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg03894.html
By crafting special packets, it is possible to cause recursion
in our kernel when processing transport-mode packets at levels
that are only limited by packet size.
The easiest one is with DNAT, but an even worse one is where
UDP encapsulation is used in which case you just have to insert
an UDP encapsulation header in between each level of recursion.
This patch avoids this problem by reinjecting tranport-mode packets
through a tasklet.
Fixes: b05e106698 ("[IPV4/6]: Netfilter IPsec input hooks")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to skip
ssn for data or mid for idata, called for SCTP_CMD_PROCESS_FWDTSN cmd.
sctp_handle_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_handle_fwdtsn works for
fwdtsn. Note that different from sctp_handle_fwdtsn, sctp_handle_iftsn
could do stream abort pd.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
report_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
skip tsn from tsnmap, remove old events from reasm or lobby queue,
and abort pd for data or idata, called for SCTP_CMD_REPORT_FWDTSN
cmd and asoc reset.
sctp_report_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_report_fwdtsn works
for fwdtsn. Note that sctp_report_iftsn doesn't do asoc abort_pd,
as stream abort_pd will be done when handling ifwdtsn. But when
ftsn is equal with ftsn, which means asoc reset, asoc abort_pd has
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
validate ssn/chunk type for fwdtsn or mid (message id)/chunk type for
ifwdtsn, called in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn, just as validate_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in section
2.3.1 of RFC8260.
As ifwdtsn and fwdtsn chunks have different length, it also defines
ftsn_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the chunk size.
Then it replaces all sizeof(struct sctp_fwdtsn_chunk) with
sctp_ftsnchk_len.
It also adds the process for ifwdtsn in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for ifwdtsn, but just share
prsctp_chunk_event_table with fwdtsn's. It would drop fwdtsn chunk
for ifwdtsn and drop ifwdtsn chunk for fwdtsn by calling validate_ftsn
in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn.
After this patch, the ifwdtsn can be accepted.
Note that this patch also removes the sctp.intl_enable check for
idata chunks in sctp_chunk_event_lookup, as it will do this check
in validate_data later.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
generate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
create fwdtsn or ifwdtsn chunk according to abandoned chunks, called
in sctp_retransmit and sctp_outq_sack.
sctp_generate_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_generate_fwdtsn is
still used for making fwdtsn.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ifwdtsn_skip, sctp_ifwdtsn_hdr and sctp_ifwdtsn_chunk are used to
define and parse I-FWD TSN chunk format, and sctp_make_ifwdtsn is a
function to build the chunk.
The I-FORWARD-TSN Chunk Format is defined in section 2.3.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to support for ipv4 erspan, this patch adds
erspan v2 to ip6erspan tunnel.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for erspan version 2. Not all features are
supported in this patch. The SGT (security group tag), GRA (timestamp
granularity), FT (frame type) are set to fixed value. Only hardware
ID and direction are configurable. Optional subheader is also not
supported.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch refactors the existing erspan implementation in order
to support erspan version 2, which has additional metadata. So, in
stead of having one 'struct erspanhdr' holding erspan version 1,
breaks it into 'struct erspan_base_hdr' and 'struct erspan_metadata'.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, active Fast Open is paused on a specific
destination IP address if the previous connections to the
IP address have experienced recurring timeouts . But recent
experiments by Microsoft (https://goo.gl/cykmn7) and Mozilla
browsers indicate the isssue is often caused by broken middle-boxes
sitting close to the client. Therefore it is much better user
experience if Fast Open is disabled out-right globally to avoid
experiencing further timeouts on connections toward other
destinations.
This patch changes the destination-IP disablement to global
disablement if a connection experiencing recurring timeouts
or aborts due to timeout. Repeated incidents would still
exponentially increase the pause time, starting from an hour.
This is extremely conservative but an unfortunate compromise to
minimize bad experience due to broken middle-boxes.
Reported-by: Dragana Damjanovic <ddamjanovic@mozilla.com>
Reported-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3a9b76fd0d ("tcp: allow drivers to tweak TSQ logic")
I gave a code sample to set sk->sk_pacing_shift that was not complete.
Better add a helper that can be used by drivers without worries,
and maybe amended in the future.
A wifi driver might use it from its ndo_start_xmit()
Following call would setup TCP to allow up to ~8ms of queued data per
flow.
sk_pacing_shift_update(skb->sk, 7);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, rename __inet_twsk_hashdance() to inet_twsk_hashdance()
Then, remove one inet_twsk_put() by setting tw_refcnt to 3 instead
of 4, but adding a fat warning that we do not have the right to access
tw anymore after inet_twsk_hashdance()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 stack reacts to changes to small MTU, by disabling itself under
RTNL.
But there is a window where threads not using RTNL can see a wrong
device mtu. This can lead to surprises, in igmp code where it is
assumed the mtu is suitable.
Fix this by reading device mtu once and checking IPv4 minimal MTU.
This patch adds missing IPV4_MIN_MTU define, to not abuse
ETH_MIN_MTU anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
guehdr struct is used to build or parse gue packets, which
are always in big endian. It's better to define all guehdr
members as __beXX types.
Also, in validate_gue_flags it's not good to use a __be32
variable for both Standard flags(__be16) and Private flags
(__be32), and pass it to other funcions.
This patch could fix a bunch of sparse warnings from fou.
Fixes: 5024c33ac3 ("gue: Add infrastructure for flags and options")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unordered idata process is more complicated than unordered data:
- It has to add mid into sctp_stream_out to save the next mid value,
which is separated from ordered idata's.
- To support pd for unordered idata, another mid and pd_mode need to
be added to save the message id and pd state in sctp_stream_in.
- To make unordered idata reasm easier, it adds a new event queue
to save frags for idata.
The patch mostly adds the samilar reasm functions for unordered idata
as ordered idata's, and also adjusts some other codes on assign_mid,
abort_pd and ulpevent_data for idata.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
abort_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to abort
partial delivery for data or idata, called in sctp_cmd_assoc_failed.
Since stream interleave allows to do partial delivery for each stream
at the same time, sctp_intl_abort_pd for idata would be very different
from the old function sctp_ulpq_abort_pd for data.
Note that sctp_ulpevent_make_pdapi will support per stream in this
patch by adding pdapi_stream and pdapi_seq in sctp_pdapi_event, as
described in section 6.1.7 of RFC6458.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
start_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do partial_delivery for data or idata when datalen >= asoc->rwnd
in sctp_eat_data. The codes have been done in last patches, but
they need to be extracted into start_pd, so that it could be used
for SCTP_CMD_PART_DELIVER cmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
renege_events is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
renege some old data or idata in reasm or lobby queue properly to free
some memory for the new data when there's memory stress.
It defines sctp_renege_events for idata, and leaves sctp_ulpq_renege
as it is for data.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enqueue_event is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
enqueue either data, idata or notification events into user socket rx
queue.
It replaces sctp_ulpq_tail_event used in the other places with
enqueue_event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ulpevent_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do the most process in ulpq, including to convert data or idata chunk
to event, reasm them in reasm queue and put them in lobby queue in
right order, and deliver them up to user sk rx queue.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It adds most functions for idata here to do the similar process as
the old functions for data. But since the details are very different
between them, the old functions can not be reused for idata.
event->ssn and event->ppid settings are moved to ulpevent_data from
sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg, so that sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg could
work for both data and idata.
Note that mid is added in sctp_ulpevent for idata, __packed has to
be used for defining sctp_ulpevent, or it would exceeds the skb cb
that saves a sctp_ulpevent variable for ulp layer process.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to validate ssn/chunk type for data or mid (message id)/chunk type
for idata, called in sctp_eat_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in
section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It also adds the process for idata in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for idata, but just share
chunk_event_table with data's. It would drop data chunk for idata
and drop idata chunk for data by calling validate_data in
sctp_eat_data.
As last patch did, it also replaces sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk)
with sctp_datachk_len for rx path.
After this patch, the idata can be accepted and delivered to ulp
layer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
assign_number is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to assign ssn for data or mid (message id) for idata, called in
sctp_packet_append_data. sctp_chunk_assign_ssn is left as it is,
and sctp_chunk_assign_mid is added for sctp_stream_interleave_1.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.2 of RFC8260.
All sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk) in tx path is replaced with
sctp_datachk_len, to make it right for idata as well. And also
adjust sctp_chunk_is_data for SCTP_CID_I_DATA.
After this patch, idata can be built and sent in tx path.
Note that if sp strm_interleave is set, it has to wait_connect in
sctp_sendmsg, as asoc intl_enable need to be known after 4 shake-
hands, to decide if it should use data or idata later. data and
idata can't be mixed to send in one asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid hundreds of checks for the different process on I-DATA chunk,
struct sctp_stream_interleave is defined as a group of functions used
to replace the codes in some place where it needs to do different job
according to if the asoc intl_enabled is set.
With these ops, it only needs to initialize asoc->stream.si with
sctp_stream_interleave_0 for normal data if asoc intl_enable is 0,
or sctp_stream_interleave_1 for idata if asoc intl_enable is set in
sctp_stream_init.
After that, the members in asoc->stream.si can be used directly in
some special places without checking asoc intl_enable.
make_datafrag is the first member for sctp_stream_interleave, it's
used to make data or idata frags, called in sctp_datamsg_from_user.
The old function sctp_make_datafrag_empty needs to be adjust some
to fit in this ops.
Note that as idata and data chunks have different length, it also
defines data_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the
chunk size.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_idatahdr and sctp_idata_chunk are used to define and parse
I-DATA chunk format, and sctp_make_idata is a function to build
the chunk.
The I-DATA Chunk Format is defined in section 2.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds intl_enable in asoc and netns, and strm_interleave in
sctp_sock to indicate if stream interleave is enabled and supported.
netns intl_enable would be set via procfs, but that is not added yet
until all stream interleave codes are completely implemented; asoc
intl_enable will be set when doing 4-shakehands.
sp strm_interleave can be set by sockopt SCTP_INTERLEAVING_SUPPORTED
which is also added in this patch. This socket option is defined in
section 4.3.1 of RFC8260.
Note that strm_interleave can only be set by sockopt when both netns
intl_enable and sp frag_interleave are set.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of rhashtable_walk_start don't care about a resize event
which is indicated by a return value of -EAGAIN. So calls to
rhashtable_walk_start are wrapped wih code to ignore -EAGAIN. Something
like this is common:
ret = rhashtable_walk_start(rhiter);
if (ret && ret != -EAGAIN)
goto out;
Since zero and -EAGAIN are the only possible return values from the
function this check is pointless. The condition never evaluates to true.
This patch changes rhashtable_walk_start to return void. This simplifies
code for the callers that ignore -EAGAIN. For the few cases where the
caller cares about the resize event, particularly where the table can be
walked in mulitple parts for netlink or seq file dump, the function
rhashtable_walk_start_check has been added that returns -EAGAIN on a
resize event.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ
scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that
drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of
transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual
airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the
respective status structs.
When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs
(through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness
between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k
in-driver airtime fairness scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the
interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows:
- The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead,
the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq()
- Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and
ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be
scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The
latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and
the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is
finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied).
The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs
MIC space and not a real MIC.
In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both cfg80211_rx_mgmt and cfg80211_report_obss_beacon functions send
reports to userspace using NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM attribute w/o
any processing of their input signal values. Which means that in
order to match userspace tools expectations, input signal values
for those functions are supposed to be in dBm units.
This patch cleans up comments, variable names, and trace reports
for those functions, replacing confusing 'mBm' by 'dBm'.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally for IBSS.
Add the WEP keys to the IBSS params struct, that will allow the driver
to use the keys in the join flow, and not only after the connection.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability
for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit log/documentation wording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per cpu qstats support was added with per cpu bstat support which
is currently used by the ingress qdisc. This patch adds a set of
helpers needed to make other qdiscs that use qstats per cpu as well.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2017-12-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your net-next tree.
The main changes are:
1) Detailed documentation of BPF development process from Daniel.
2) Addition of is_fullsock, snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields to bpf_sock_ops
from Lawrence.
3) Minor follow up for bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key() from William.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark tcp_sock during a SACK reneging event and invalidate rate samples
while marked. Such rate samples may overestimate bw by including packets
that were SACKed before reneging.
< ack 6001 win 10000 sack 7001:38001
< ack 7001 win 0 sack 8001:38001 // Reneg detected
> seq 7001:8001 // RTO, SACK cleared.
< ack 38001 win 10000
In above example the rate sample taken after the last ack will count
7001-38001 as delivered while the actual delivery rate likely could
be much lower i.e. 7001-8001.
This patch adds a new field tcp_sock.sack_reneg and marks it when we
declare SACK reneging and entering TCP_CA_Loss, and unmarks it after
the last rate sample was taken before moving back to TCP_CA_Open. This
patch also invalidates rate samples taken while tcp_sock.is_sack_reneg
is set.
Fixes: b9f64820fb ("tcp: track data delivery rate for a TCP connection")
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander Potapenko reported use of uninitialized memory [1]
This happens when inserting a request socket into TCP ehash,
in __sk_nulls_add_node_rcu(), since sk_reuseport is not initialized.
Bug was added by commit d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for
mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Note that d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6
ordering fix") missed the opportunity to get rid of
hlist_nulls_add_tail_rcu() :
Both UDP sockets and TCP/DCCP listeners no longer use
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu() for their hash insertion.
Since all other sockets have unique 4-tuple, the reuseport status
has no special meaning, so we can always use hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu()
for them and save few cycles/instructions.
[1]
==================================================================
BUG: KMSAN: use of uninitialized memory in inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.13.0+ #3288
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16
dump_stack+0x185/0x1d0 lib/dump_stack.c:52
kmsan_report+0x13f/0x1c0 mm/kmsan/kmsan.c:1016
__msan_warning_32+0x69/0xb0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:766
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu ./include/net/sock.h:684
inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050 net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:413
reqsk_queue_hash_req net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:754
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_hash_add+0x1cc/0x300 net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:765
tcp_conn_request+0x31e7/0x36f0 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:6414
tcp_v4_conn_request+0x16d/0x220 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1314
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x42a/0x7210 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:5917
tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xa6a/0xcd0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1483
tcp_v4_rcv+0x3de0/0x4ab0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1763
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x6bb/0xcb0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:216
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_local_deliver+0x3fa/0x480 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:257
dst_input ./include/net/dst.h:477
ip_rcv_finish+0x6fb/0x1540 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:397
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_rcv+0x10f6/0x15c0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:488
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x36f6/0x3f60 net/core/dev.c:4298
__netif_receive_skb net/core/dev.c:4336
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x63c/0x19c0 net/core/dev.c:4497
napi_skb_finish net/core/dev.c:4858
napi_gro_receive+0x629/0xa50 net/core/dev.c:4889
e1000_receive_skb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4018
e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x1492/0x1d30
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4474
e1000_clean+0x43aa/0x5970 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:3819
napi_poll net/core/dev.c:5500
net_rx_action+0x73c/0x1820 net/core/dev.c:5566
__do_softirq+0x4b4/0x8dd kernel/softirq.c:284
invoke_softirq kernel/softirq.c:364
irq_exit+0x203/0x240 kernel/softirq.c:405
exiting_irq+0xe/0x10 ./arch/x86/include/asm/apic.h:638
do_IRQ+0x15e/0x1a0 arch/x86/kernel/irq.c:263
common_interrupt+0x86/0x86
Fixes: d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Fixes: d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_upstream_port() helper still assumes a unique CPU port
in the whole switch fabric. This is becoming wrong, as every port in the
fabric has its dedicated CPU port, thus every port has an upstream port.
Add a port argument to the dsa_upstream_port() helper and fetch its CPU
port instead of the deprecated unique fabric CPU port. A CPU or unused
port has no dedicated CPU port, so return itself in this case.
At the same time, change the return value from u8 to unsigned int since
there is no need to limit the size here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow delta value to be zero since it is used as a divisor.
Fixes: 8af2a218de ("sch_red: Adaptative RED AQM")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small overlapping change conflict ('net' changed a line,
'net-next' added a line right afterwards) in flexcan.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds read access to snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields of tcp_sock. Since these
fields are only valid if the socket associated with the sock_ops program
call is a full socket, the field is_fullsock is also added to the
bpf_sock_ops struct. If the socket is not a full socket, reading these
fields returns 0.
Note that in most cases it will not be necessary to check is_fullsock to
know if there is a full socket. The context of the call, as specified by
the 'op' field, can sometimes determine whether there is a full socket.
The struct bpf_sock_ops has the following fields added:
__u32 is_fullsock; /* Some TCP fields are only valid if
* there is a full socket. If not, the
* fields read as zero.
*/
__u32 snd_cwnd;
__u32 srtt_us; /* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
There is a new macro, SOCK_OPS_GET_TCP32(NAME), to make it easier to add
read access to more 32 bit tcp_sock fields.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
convert remaining users of rtnl_register to rtnl_register_module
and un-export rtnl_register.
Requested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes __rtnl_register and switches callers to either
rtnl_register or rtnl_register_module.
Also, rtnl_register() will now print an error if memory allocation
failed rather than panic the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add yet another rtnl_register function. It will be used by modules
that can be removed.
The passed module struct is used to prevent module unload while
a netlink dump is in progress or when a DOIT_UNLOCKED doit callback
is called.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this fix : ("tcp: add tcp_v4_fill_cb()/tcp_v4_restore_cb()"),
socket lookups happen while skb->cb[] has not been mangled yet by TCP.
Fixes: a04a480d43 ("net: Require exact match for TCP socket lookups if dif is l3mdev")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current listener hashtable is hashed by port only.
When a process is listening at many IP addresses with the same port (e.g.
[IP1]:443, [IP2]:443... [IPN]:443), the inet[6]_lookup_listener()
performance is degraded to a link list. It is prone to syn attack.
UDP had a similar issue and a second hashtable was added to resolve it.
This patch adds a second hashtable for the listener's sockets.
The second hashtable is hashed by port and address.
It cannot reuse the existing skc_portaddr_node which is shared
with skc_bind_node. TCP listener needs to use skc_bind_node.
Instead, this patch adds a hlist_node 'icsk_listen_portaddr_node' to
the inet_connection_sock which the listener (like TCP) also belongs to.
The new portaddr hashtable may need two lookup (First by IP:PORT.
Second by INADDR_ANY:PORT if the IP:PORT is a not found). Hence,
it implements a similar cut off as UDP such that it will only consult the
new portaddr hashtable if the current port-only hashtable has >10
sk in the link-list.
lhash2 and lhash2_mask are added to 'struct inet_hashinfo'. I take
this chance to plug a 4 bytes hole. It is done by first moving
the existing bind_bucket_cachep up and then add the new
(int lhash2_mask, *lhash2) after the existing bhash_size.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp[46]_portaddr_hash()
to net/ip[v6].h. The function name is renamed to
ipv[46]_portaddr_hash().
It will be used by a later patch which adds a second listener
hashtable hashed by the address and port.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a count to the 'struct inet_listen_hashbucket'.
It counts how many sk is hashed to a bucket. It will be
used to decide if the (to-be-added) portaddr listener's hashtable
should be used during inet[6]_lookup_listener().
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper returning the local port used to reach an arbitrary
switch port in the fabric.
Its only user at the moment is the dsa_upstream_port helper, which
returns the local port reaching the dedicated CPU port, but it will be
used in cross-chip FDB operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for ERSPAN tunnel over ipv6.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move two erspan functions to header file, erspan.h, so ipv6
erspan implementation can use it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As rfc3758#section-3.1 demands:
A3) When a TSN is "abandoned", if it is part of a fragmented message,
all other TSN's within that fragmented message MUST be abandoned
at the same time.
Besides, if it couldn't handle this, the rest frags would never get
assembled in peer side.
This patch supports it by adding abandoned flag in sctp_datamsg, when
one chunk is being abandoned, set chunk->msg->abandoned as well. Next
time when checking for abandoned, go checking chunk->msg->abandoned
first.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have padding to try and align the refcount on a separate cache
line. But after several simplifications the padding has increased
substantially.
So now it's easy to change the layout to get rid of the padding
entirely.
We group the write-heavy __refcnt and __use with less often used
items such as the rcu_head and the error code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The first member of an IPSEC route bundle chain sets it's dst->path to
the underlying ipv4/ipv6 route that carries the bundle.
Stated another way, if one were to follow the xfrm_dst->child chain of
the bundle, the final non-NULL pointer would be the path and point to
either an ipv4 or an ipv6 route.
This is largely used to make sure that PMTU events propagate down to
the correct ipv4 or ipv6 route.
When we don't have the top of an IPSEC bundle 'dst->path == dst'.
Move it down into xfrm_dst and key off of dst->xfrm.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The dst->from value is only used by ipv6 routes to track where
a route "came from".
Any time we clone or copy a core ipv6 route in the ipv6 routing
tables, we have the copy/clone's ->from point to the base route.
This is used to handle route expiration properly.
Only ipv6 uses this mechanism, and only ipv6 code references
it. So it is safe to move it into rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
XFRM bundle child chains look like this:
xdst1 --> xdst2 --> xdst3 --> path_dst
All of xdstN are xfrm_dst objects and xdst->u.dst.xfrm is non-NULL.
The final child pointer in the chain, here called 'path_dst', is some
other kind of route such as an ipv4 or ipv6 one.
The xfrm output path pops routes, one at a time, via the child
pointer, until we hit one which has a dst->xfrm pointer which
is NULL.
We can easily preserve the above mechanisms with child sitting
only in the xfrm_dst structure. All children in the chain
before we break out of the xfrm_output() loop have dst->xfrm
non-NULL and are therefore xfrm_dst objects.
Since we break out of the loop when we find dst->xfrm NULL, we
will not try to dereference 'dst' as if it were an xfrm_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make a future change moving the dst->child pointer less
invasive.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Only IPSEC routes have a non-NULL dst->child pointer. And IPSEC
routes are identified by a non-NULL dst->xfrm pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now each stream sched ops is defined in different .c file and
added into the global ops in another .c file, it uses extern
to make this work.
However extern is not good coding style to get them in and
even make C=2 reports errors for this.
This patch adds sctp_sched_ops_xxx_init for each stream sched
ops in their .c file, then get them into the global ops by
calling them when initializing sctp module.
Fixes: 637784ade2 ("sctp: introduce priority based stream scheduler")
Fixes: ac1ed8b82c ("sctp: introduce round robin stream scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp_csum_xxx doesn't really match the param types of these common
csum apis. As sctp_csum_xxx is defined in sctp/checksum.h, many sparse
errors occur when make C=2 not only with M=net/sctp but also with other
modules that include this header file.
This patch is to force them fit in csum apis with the right types.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ODX1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-11-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Four fixes:
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP
for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this.
Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even
though it looks like most of them should be OK with that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the TLP scheduling logic so that when scheduling a TLP probe, we
ensure that the estimated time at which an RTO would fire accounts for
the fact that ACKs indicating forward progress should push back RTO
times.
After the following fix:
df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
we had an unintentional behavior change in the following kind of
scenario: suppose the RTT variance has been very low recently. Then
suppose we send out a flight of N packets and our RTT is 100ms:
t=0: send a flight of N packets
t=100ms: receive an ACK for N-1 packets
The response before df92c8394e that was:
-> schedule a TLP for now + RTO_interval
The response after df92c8394e is:
-> schedule a TLP for t=0 + RTO_interval
Since RTO_interval = srtt + RTT_variance, this means that we have
scheduled a TLP timer at a point in the future that only accounts for
RTT_variance. If the RTT_variance term is small, this means that the
timer fires soon.
Before df92c8394e this would not happen, because in that code, when
we receive an ACK for a prefix of flight, we did:
1) Near the top of tcp_ack(), switch from TLP timer to RTO
at write_queue_head->paket_tx_time + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_LOSS_PROBE)
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
2) In tcp_clean_rtx_queue(), update the RTO to now + RTO_interval:
if (flag & FLAG_ACKED) {
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
3) In tcp_ack() after tcp_fastretrans_alert() switch from RTO
to TLP at now + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_RETRANS)
tcp_schedule_loss_probe(sk);
In df92c8394e we removed that 3-phase dance, and instead directly
set the TLP timer once: we set the TLP timer in cases like this to
write_queue_head->packet_tx_time + RTO_interval. So if the RTT
variance is small, then this means that this is setting the TLP timer
to fire quite soon. This means if the ACK for the tail of the flight
takes longer than an RTT to arrive (often due to delayed ACKs), then
the TLP timer fires too quickly.
Fixes: df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Now in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg user_frag or frag_point can be set with
val >= 8 and val <= SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN. But both checks are incorrect.
val >= 8 means frag_point can even be less than SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT.
Then in sctp_datamsg_from_user(), when it's value is greater than cookie
echo len and trying to bundle with cookie echo chunk, the first_len will
overflow.
The worse case is when it's value is equal as cookie echo len, first_len
becomes 0, it will go into a dead loop for fragment later on. In Hangbin
syzkaller testing env, oom was even triggered due to consecutive memory
allocation in that loop.
Besides, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN is the max size of the whole chunk, it should
deduct the data header for frag_point or user_frag check.
This patch does a proper check with SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT subtracting
the sctphdr and datahdr, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN subtracting datahdr when
setting frag_point via sockopt. It also improves sctp_setsockopt_maxseg
codes.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
Patch series "kmemcheck: kill kmemcheck", v2.
As discussed at LSF/MM, kill kmemcheck.
KASan is a replacement that is able to work without the limitation of
kmemcheck (single CPU, slow). KASan is already upstream.
We are also not aware of any users of kmemcheck (or users who don't
consider KASan as a suitable replacement).
The only objection was that since KASAN wasn't supported by all GCC
versions provided by distros at that time we should hold off for 2
years, and try again.
Now that 2 years have passed, and all distros provide gcc that supports
KASAN, kill kmemcheck again for the very same reasons.
This patch (of 4):
Remove kmemcheck annotations, and calls to kmemcheck from the kernel.
[alexander.levin@verizon.com: correctly remove kmemcheck call from dma_map_sg_attrs]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171012192151.26531-1-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171007030159.22241-2-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegardno@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add sparse-checked slab_flags_t for struct kmem_cache::flags (SLAB_POISON,
etc).
SLAB is bloated temporarily by switching to "unsigned long", but only
temporarily.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171021100225.GA22428@avx2
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
According to the description, first argument of genlmsg_nlhdr() points to
what genlmsg_put() returns, i.e. beginning of user header. Therefore we
should only subtract size of genetlink header and netlink message header,
not user header.
This also means we don't need to pass the pointer to genetlink family and
the same is true for genl_dump_check_consistent() which is the only caller
of genlmsg_nlhdr(). (Note that at the moment, these functions are only
used for families which do not have user header so that they are not
affected.)
Fixes: 670dc2833d ("netlink: advertise incomplete dumps")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- Treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- Minor code cleanups
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=c8vb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux
Pull module updates from Jessica Yu:
"Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- minor code cleanups"
* tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux:
module: Do not paper over type mismatches in module_param_call()
treewide: Fix function prototypes for module_param_call()
module: Prepare to convert all module_param_call() prototypes
kernel/module: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in add_module_usage()
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Make default TCP default congestion control to a per namespace
value. This changes default congestion control to a pointer to congestion ops
(rather than implicit as first element of available lsit).
The congestion control setting of new namespaces is inherited
from the current setting of the root namespace.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move inclusion of a private kernel header <net/tcp.h>
from uapi/linux/tls.h to its only user - net/tls.h,
to fix the following linux/tls.h userspace compilation error:
/usr/include/linux/tls.h:41:21: fatal error: net/tcp.h: No such file or directory
As to this point uapi/linux/tls.h was totaly unusuable for userspace,
cleanup this header file further by moving other redundant includes
to net/tls.h.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.13+
Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tls_make_aad as it is going to be reused
by the device offload code and rx path.
Remove unused recv parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the TLS ulp context would leak if we attached a TLS ulp
to a socket but did not use the TLS_TX setsockopt,
or did use it but it failed.
This patch solves the issue by overriding prot[TLS_BASE_TX].close
and fixing tls_sk_proto_close to work properly
when its called with ctx->tx_conf == TLS_BASE_TX.
This patch also removes ctx->free_resources as we can use ctx->tx_conf
to obtain the relevant information.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ('tls: kernel TLS support')
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx configuration is now stored in ctx->tx_conf.
And sk->sk_prot is updated trough a function
This will simplify things when we add rx
and support for different possible
tx and rx cross configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I had many reports that TSQ logic breaks wifi aggregation.
Current logic is to allow up to 1 ms of bytes to be queued into qdisc
and drivers queues.
But Wifi aggregation needs a bigger budget to allow bigger rates to
be discovered by various TCP Congestion Controls algorithms.
This patch adds an extra socket field, allowing wifi drivers to select
another log scale to derive TCP Small Queue credit from current pacing
rate.
Initial value is 10, meaning that this patch does not change current
behavior.
We expect wifi drivers to set this field to smaller values (tests have
been done with values from 6 to 9)
They would have to use following template :
if (skb->sk && skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift != MY_PACING_SHIFT)
skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift = MY_PACING_SHIFT;
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1670041
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Cc: Kir Kolyshkin <kir@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- Another attempt at enabling cross-release lockdep dependency
tracking (automatically part of CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING=y), this time
with better performance and fewer false positives. (Byungchul Park)
- Introduce lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled() and convert
open-coded equivalents to lockdep variants. (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Add down_read_killable() and use it in the VFS's iterate_dir()
method. (Kirill Tkhai)
- Convert remaining uses of ACCESS_ONCE() to
READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE(). Most of the conversion was Coccinelle
driven. (Mark Rutland, Paul E. McKenney)
- Get rid of lockless_dereference(), by strengthening Alpha atomics,
strengthening READ_ONCE() with smp_read_barrier_depends() and thus
being able to convert users of lockless_dereference() to
READ_ONCE(). (Will Deacon)
- Various micro-optimizations:
- better PV qspinlocks (Waiman Long),
- better x86 barriers (Michael S. Tsirkin)
- better x86 refcounts (Kees Cook)
- ... plus other fixes and enhancements. (Borislav Petkov, Juergen
Gross, Miguel Bernal Marin)"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (70 commits)
locking/x86: Use LOCK ADD for smp_mb() instead of MFENCE
rcu: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
netpoll: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/posix-cpu-timers: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
sched/clock, sched/cputime: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq_work: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/timings: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
perf/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
x86: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
smp/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/hrtimer: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/nohz: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
workqueue: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/softirqs: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
locking/lockdep: Add IRQs disabled/enabled assertion APIs: lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled()
locking/pvqspinlock: Implement hybrid PV queued/unfair locks
locking/rwlocks: Fix comments
x86/paravirt: Set up the virt_spin_lock_key after static keys get initialized
block, locking/lockdep: Assign a lock_class per gendisk used for wait_for_completion()
workqueue: Remove now redundant lock acquisitions wrt. workqueue flushes
...
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_frag_id was only used by UFO, which has been removed.
ipv6_proxy_select_ident() only existed to set ip6_frag_id and has no
in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FACK loss detection has been disabled by default and the
successor RACK subsumed FACK and can handle reordering better.
This patch removes FACK to simplify TCP loss recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the TIPC RPS dissector is based only on the incoming packets'
source node address, hence steering all traffic from a node to the same
core. We have seen that this makes the links vulnerable to starvation
and unnecessary resets when we turn down the link tolerance to very low
values.
To reduce the risk of this happening, we exempt probe and probe replies
packets from the convergence to one core per source node. Instead, we do
the opposite, - we try to diverge those packets across as many cores as
possible, by randomizing the flow selector key.
To make such packets identifiable to the dissector, we add a new
'is_keepalive' bit to word 0 of the LINK_PROTOCOL header. This bit is
set both for PROBE and PROBE_REPLY messages, and only for those.
It should be noted that these packets are not part of any flow anyway,
and only constitute a minuscule fraction of all packets sent across a
link. Hence, there is no risk that this will affect overall performance.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that when a new netns is created, it inherits its
sysctl_tcp_rmem and sysctl_tcp_wmem from initial netns.
This change is needed so that we can refine TCP rcvbuf autotuning,
to take RTT into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we want to gradually implement per netns sysctl_rmem and sysctl_wmem
on per protocol basis, add two new fields in struct proto,
and two new helpers : sk_get_wmem0() and sk_get_rmem0()
First user will be TCP. Then UDP and SCTP can be easily converted,
while DECNET probably wont get this support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the host joins or leaves a multicast group, use switchdev to add
an object to the hardware to forward traffic for the group to the
host.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Speed up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores) in x_tables. Now xt_replace_table() synchronizes by
itself by waiting until all cpus had an even seqcount and we use no
use seqlock when fetching old counters, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add nf_l4proto_log_invalid() and nf_ct_l4proto_log_invalid() to speed
up packet processing in the fast path when logging is not enabled, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Precompute masked address from configuration plane in xt_connlimit,
from Florian.
4) Don't use explicit size for set selection if performance set policy
is selected.
5) Allow to get elements from an existing set in nf_tables.
6) Fix incorrect check in nft_hash_deactivate(), from Florian.
7) Cache netlink attribute size result in l4proto->nla_size, from
Florian.
8) Handle NFPROTO_INET in nf_ct_netns_get() from conntrack core.
9) Use power efficient workqueue in conntrack garbage collector, from
Vincent Guittot.
10) Remove unnecessary parameter, in conntrack l4proto functions, also
from Florian.
11) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l3proto definitions, from Florian.
12) Remove all typedefs in nf_conntrack_h323 via coccinelle semantic
patch, from Harsha Sharma.
13) Don't store address in the rbtree nodes in xt_connlimit, they are
never used, from Florian.
14) Fix out of bound access in the conntrack h323 helper, patch from
Eric Sesterhenn.
15) Print symbols for the address returned with %pS in IPVS, from
Helge Deller.
16) Proc output should only display its own netns in IPVS, from
KUWAZAWA Takuya.
17) Small clean up in size_entry_mwt(), from Colin Ian King.
18) Use test_and_clear_bit from nf_nat_proto_clean() instead of separated
non-atomic test and then clear bit, from Florian Westphal.
19) Consolidate prefix length maps in ipset, from Aaron Conole.
20) Fix sparse warnings in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
21) Simplify list_set_memsize(), from simran singhal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new get operation to look up for specific elements in
a set via netlink interface. You can also use it to check if an interval
already exists.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently call ->nlattr_tuple_size() once at register time and
cache result in l4proto->nla_size.
nla_size is the only member that is written to, avoiding this would
allow to make l4proto trackers const.
We can use ->nlattr_tuple_size() at run time, and cache result in
the individual trackers instead.
This is an intermediate step, next patch removes nlattr_size()
callback and computes size at compile time, then removes nla_size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently TCP RACK loss detection does not work well if packets are
being reordered beyond its static reordering window (min_rtt/4).Under
such reordering it may falsely trigger loss recoveries and reduce TCP
throughput significantly.
This patch improves that by increasing and reducing the reordering
window based on DSACK, which is now supported in major TCP implementations.
It makes RACK's reo_wnd adaptive based on DSACK and no. of recoveries.
- If DSACK is received, increment reo_wnd by min_rtt/4 (upper bounded
by srtt), since there is possibility that spurious retransmission was
due to reordering delay longer than reo_wnd.
- Persist the current reo_wnd value for TCP_RACK_RECOVERY_THRESH (16)
no. of successful recoveries (accounts for full DSACK-based loss
recovery undo). After that, reset it to default (min_rtt/4).
- At max, reo_wnd is incremented only once per rtt. So that the new
DSACK on which we are reacting, is due to the spurious retx (approx)
after the reo_wnd has been updated last time.
- reo_wnd is tracked in terms of steps (of min_rtt/4), rather than
absolute value to account for change in rtt.
In our internal testing, we observed significant increase in throughput,
in scenarios where reordering exceeds min_rtt/4 (previous static value).
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the DSA switch index as an unsigned int, because it will never be
less than 0.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN6_ADDR_HSIZE is private to addrconf.c, move it here to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since tc_can_offload is always called from block callback or egdev
callback, no need to check if ndo_setup_tc exists.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the connection timeout for LE connections that are
triggered by the advertising report to 4 seconds.
It has been observed that devices equipped with wifi+bt combo SoC fail
to create a connection with BLE devices due to their coexistence issues.
Increasing this timeout gives them enough time to complete the
connection with success.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Zapałowicz <konrad.zapalowicz@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
two extra #include are not necessary in tcp.h
Remove them.
Fixes: 40304b2a15 ("bpf: BPF support for sock_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them
directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user"
is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal".
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks
that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough
because a port can be unused.
Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be
configured in normal mode.
The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to
disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading,
because this mask reports in fact the user ports.
To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit
dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not
masked in any of the switch port masks.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 0da4af00b2 ("ipv6: only update __use and lastusetime
once per jiffy at most"), updating the dst lastuse field is an
unlikely action: it happens at most once per jiffy, out of
potentially millions of calls per second.
Mark explicitly the code as such, and let the compiler generate
better code.
Note: gcc 7.2 and several older versions do actually generate
different - better - code when the unlikely() hint is in place,
avoid jump in the fast path and keeping better code locality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark hlist node in sk rcu iterator as protected by the rcu.
hlist_next_rcu accomplishes this and silences the warnings
sparse throws.
Found with make C=1 net/ipv4/udp.o on linux-next tag
next-20171009.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are no longer in use by drivers, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIVAwUAWec8A/Sw1s6N8H32AQIr+Q/9ETxizxbjsjF45Ieudauw2Cd+ozXMh+va
3j06OuVhc/YQMhnfHvFFyQIqRmammv84KIy3BIZP0NcNR6sMM9Q2OIoIDM6NfAXF
qbxqCEI5Iyr6gXMk8bqpDndmVk1ev5X5odB92ISHTPUtB2ZcAjCLOmICgp4gUm5F
DuTO0wFKZNdh1ydgVJhMcAAuYHFWpp1dV5w6palzwgMrDUj3PlzKPIMseBEiOi8Z
ba4LjKSvaU/tf+N+QUH3jGRKPLmlOWJQHP1SawPAIxnECydedAHzAygg8f2Uko67
j6eFSWvzMgnOOja3Y8IXaHWWkJ7R8T5/6t/qPit74psaNf9MjFjKBQQBlXWvVmyK
Vgoxv1/7MY6KNB7da9zkDDsuWNfq1/t4qJsLWYbGj0jnaWCGmGJfGhqOE+LMsxUt
4g3S7Vug0dxUJw+Zzf509xpaCtiOOZNPxxibh9oUIM8q/yt7uZXOXHWh7bR8Fvb9
4XNbKm5aOtZse4PrDjggt8ClV+sw+Gx98KjO9lzQ/ONpUs63jJP7cq7GaAAEOuVL
iG+6rX9RQKgZfRFxdixHQfyL+9NSYrqYIATTeoiAwv4i7lYsh58ZWgt4cRg+p0Xt
q3m1kCpvbNYyxb5WRta1nU/ZgIPbmisnyoCPiw8QeJkrtGOSrFdKRods9oSsZaV8
49qJ5M6fFLg=
=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure is part of DSA core data and must only be updated
by the later. It is OK and sometimes necessary for the DSA drivers to
access this data, but this has to be read only.
For that purpose, add a dsa_to_port() helper which returns a const
pointer to a dsa_port structure which must be used by DSA drivers from
now on instead of digging into ds->ports[] themselves.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The fq structure would fail to properly enforce the memory limit in the case
where the packet being enqueued was bigger than the packet being removed to
bring the memory usage down. So keep dropping packets until the memory usage is
back below the limit. Also, fix the statistics for memory limit violations.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever the block->q is set, it can be used instead of tp->q as it
contains the same value. When it is not set, which can't happen now but
it might happen with the follow-up shared blocks introduction, the class
is not set in the result. That would lead to a class lookup instead
of direct class pointer use for classful qdiscs. However, it is not
planned to support classful qdisqs sharing filter blocks, so that may
never happen.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers allows to get a q and netdev pointers
for given block easily.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove three inline helpers that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yury reported crash with this signature :
[ 554.034021] [<ffff80003ccd5a58>] 0xffff80003ccd5a58
[ 554.034156] [<ffff00000888fd34>] skb_release_all+0x14/0x30
[ 554.034288] [<ffff00000888fd64>] __kfree_skb+0x14/0x28
[ 554.034409] [<ffff0000088ece6c>] tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x4dc/0xcc8
[ 554.034541] [<ffff0000088ed68c>] tcp_sendmsg+0x34/0x58
[ 554.034659] [<ffff000008919fd4>] inet_sendmsg+0x2c/0xf8
[ 554.034783] [<ffff0000088842e8>] sock_sendmsg+0x18/0x30
[ 554.034928] [<ffff0000088861fc>] SyS_sendto+0x84/0xf8
Problem is that skb->destructor contains garbage, and this is
because I accidentally removed tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup()
from tcp_unlink_write_queue()
This would trigger with a write(fd, <invalid_memory>, len) attempt,
and we will add to packetdrill this capability to avoid future
regressions.
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Reported-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to the FQ API a way to filter a given tin, in order to
remove frames that fulfil certain criteria according to a
filter function.
This will be used by mac80211 to remove frames belonging to
an AP VLAN interface that's being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER switchdev notification type, used
to indicate whether the bridge is or isn't mrouter. Notify when the bridge
changes its state, similarly to the already existing bridged port mrouter
notifications.
The notification uses the switchdev_attr.u.mrouter boolean flag to indicate
the current bridge mrouter status. Thus, it only indicates whether the
bridge is currently used as an mrouter or not, and does not indicate the
exact mrouter state of the bridge (learning, permanent, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phonet_protocol structs don't need to be written by anyone and
so can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, most of the rt6_stats are not hooked up correctly. As the
last part of this patch series, hook up all existing rt6_stats and add
one new stat fib_rt_uncache to indicate the number of routes in the
uncached list.
For details of the stats, please refer to the comments added in
include/net/ip6_fib.h.
Note: fib_rt_alloc and fib_rt_uncache are not guaranteed to be modified
under a lock. So atomic_t is used for them.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the preparation work before, we are now ready to replace rwlock
with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table.
That means now all fib6_node in fib6_table are protected by rcu. And
when freeing fib6_node, call_rcu() is used to wait for the rcu grace
period before releasing the memory.
When accessing fib6_node, corresponding rcu APIs need to be used.
And all previous sessions protected by the write lock will now be
protected by the spin lock per table.
All previous sessions protected by read lock will now be protected by
rcu_read_lock().
A couple of things to note here:
1. As part of the work of replacing rwlock with rcu, the linked list of
fn->leaf now has to be rcu protected as well. So both fn->leaf and
rt->dst.rt6_next are now __rcu tagged and corresponding rcu APIs are
used when manipulating them.
2. For fn->rr_ptr, first of all, it also needs to be rcu protected now
and is tagged with __rcu and rcu APIs are used in corresponding places.
Secondly, fn->rr_ptr is changed in rt6_select() which is a reader
thread. This makes the issue a bit complicated. We think a valid
solution for it is to let rt6_select() grab the tb6_lock if it decides
to change it. As it is not in the normal operation and only happens when
there is no valid neighbor cache for the route, we think the performance
impact should be low.
3. fib6_walk_continue() has to be called with tb6_lock held even in the
route dumping related functions, e.g. inet6_dump_fib(),
fib6_tables_dump() and ipv6_route_seq_ops. It is because
fib6_walk_continue() makes modifications to the walker structure, and so
are fib6_repair_tree() and fib6_del_route(). In order to do proper
syncing between them, we need to let fib6_walk_continue() hold the lock.
We may be able to do further improvement on the way we do the tree walk
to get rid of the need for holding the spin lock. But not for now.
4. When fib6_del_route() removes a route from the tree, we no longer
mark rt->dst.rt6_next to NULL to make simultaneous reader be able to
further traverse the list with rcu. However, rt->dst.rt6_next is only
valid within this same rcu period. No one should access it later.
5. All the operation of atomic_inc(rt->rt6i_ref) is changed to be
performed before we publish this route (either by linking it to fn->leaf
or insert it in the list pointed by fn->leaf) just to be safe because as
soon as we publish the route, some read thread will be able to access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_add() logic currently calls fib6_add_1() to figure out what node
should be used for the newly added route and then call
fib6_add_rt2node() to insert the route to the node.
And during the call of fib6_add_1(), fn_sernum is updated for all nodes
that share the same prefix as the new route.
This does not have issue in the current code because reader thread will
not be able to access the tree while writer thread is inserting new
route to it. However, it is not the case once we transition to use RCU.
Reader thread could potentially see the new fn_sernum before the new
route is inserted. As a result, reader thread's route lookup will return
a stale route with the new fn_sernum.
In order to solve this issue, we remove all the update of fn_sernum in
fib6_add_1(), and instead, introduce a new function that updates fn_sernum
for all related nodes and call this functions once the route is
successfully inserted to the tree.
Also, smp_wmb() is used after a route is successfully inserted into the
fib tree and right before the updated of fn->sernum. And smp_rmb() is
used right after fn->sernum is accessed in rt6_get_cookie_safe(). This
is to guarantee that when the reader thread sees the new fn->sernum, the
new route is already inserted in the tree in memory.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes use of the exception hash table implementation to
store dst caches created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect into the hash
table under the rt_info and no longer inserts these routes into fib6
tree.
This makes the fib6 tree only contain static configured routes and could
now be protected by rcu instead of a rw lock.
With this change, in the route lookup related functions, after finding
the rt6_info with the longest prefix, we also need to search for the
exception table before doing backtracking.
In the route delete function, if the route being deleted is not a dst
cache, deletion of this route also need to flush the whole hash table
under it. If it is a dst cache, then only delete the cached dst in the
hash table.
Note: for fib6_walk_continue() function, w->root now is always pointing
to a root node considering that fib6_prune_clones() is removed from the
code. So we add a WARN_ON() msg to make sure w->root always points to a
root node and also removed the update of w->root in fib6_repair_tree().
This is a prerequisite for later patch because we don't need to make
w->root as rcu protected when replacing rwlock with RCU.
Also, we remove all prune related variables as it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_locate() is used to find the fib6_node according to the passed in
prefix address key. It currently tries to find the fib6_node with the
exact match of the passed in key. However, when we move cached routes
into the exception table, fib6_locate() will fail to find the fib6_node
for it as the cached routes will be stored in the exception table under
the fib6_node with the longest prefix match of the cache's dst addr key.
This commit adds a new parameter to let the caller specify if it needs
exact match or longest prefix match.
Right now, all callers still does exact match when calling
fib6_locate(). It will be changed in later commit where exception table
is hooked up to store cached routes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all dst cache entries are stored in the exception table under the
main route, we have to go through them during fib6_age() when doing
garbage collecting.
Introduce a new function rt6_age_exception() which goes through all dst
entries in the exception table and remove those entries that are expired.
This function is called in fib6_age() so that all dst caches are also
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a hash table into struct rt6_info in order to store dst caches
created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect in ipv6 routing code.
APIs to add dst cache, delete dst cache, find dst cache and update
dst cache in the hash table are implemented and will be used in later
commits.
This is a preparation work to move all cache routes into the exception
table instead of getting inserted into the fib6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function takes a route as input and tries to update the sernum in
the fib6_node this route is associated with. It will be used in later
commit when adding a cached route into the exception table under that
route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a linear list to store all skbs in write queue has been okay
for quite a while : O(N) is not too bad when N < 500.
Things get messy when N is the order of 100,000 : Modern TCP stacks
want 10Gbit+ of throughput even with 200 ms RTT flows.
40 ns per cache line miss means a full scan can use 4 ms,
blowing away CPU caches.
SACK processing often can use various hints to avoid parsing
whole retransmit queue. But with high packet losses and/or high
reordering, hints no longer work.
Sender has to process thousands of unfriendly SACK, accumulating
a huge socket backlog, burning a cpu and massively dropping packets.
Using an rb-tree for retransmit queue has been avoided for years
because it added complexity and overhead, but now is the time
to be more resistant and say no to quadratic behavior.
1) RTX queue is no longer part of the write queue : already sent skbs
are stored in one rb-tree.
2) Since reaching the head of write queue no longer needs
sk->sk_send_head, we added an union of sk_send_head and tcp_rtx_queue
Tested:
On receiver :
netem on ingress : delay 150ms 200us loss 1
GRO disabled to force stress and SACK storms.
for f in `seq 1 10`
do
./netperf -H lpaa6 -l30 -- -K bbr -o THROUGHPUT|tail -1
done | awk '{print $0} {sum += $0} END {printf "%7u\n",sum}'
Before patch :
323.87
351.48
339.59
338.62
306.72
204.07
304.93
291.88
202.47
176.88
2840
After patch:
1700.83
2207.98
2070.17
1544.26
2114.76
2124.89
1693.14
1080.91
2216.82
1299.94
18053
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the upcoming rtx rbtree will add some extra code,
it is time to not inline this fat function anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit cc71b7b071 ("net/ipv6: remove unused err variable on
icmpv6_push_pending_frames") exposed icmpv6_push_pending_frames
return value not being used.
Remove now unnecessary int err declarations and uses.
Miscellanea:
o Remove unnecessary goto and out: labels
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new queue (list) that tracks the sent but not yet
acked or SACKed skbs for a TCP connection. The list is chronologically
ordered by skb->skb_mstamp (the head is the oldest sent skb).
This list will be used to optimize TCP Rack recovery, which checks
an skb's timestamp to judge if it has been lost and needs to be
retransmitted. Since TCP write queue is ordered by sequence instead
of sent time, RACK has to scan over the write queue to catch all
eligible packets to detect lost retransmission, and iterates through
SACKed skbs repeatedly.
Special cares for rare events:
1. TCP repair fakes skb transmission so the send queue needs adjusted
2. SACK reneging would require re-inserting SACKed skbs into the
send queue. For now I believe it's not worth the complexity to
make RACK work perfectly on SACK reneging, so we do nothing here.
3. Fast Open: currently for non-TFO, send-queue correctly queues
the pure SYN packet. For TFO which queues a pure SYN and
then a data packet, send-queue only queues the data packet but
not the pure SYN due to the structure of TFO code. This is okay
because the SYN receiver would never respond with a SACK on a
missing SYN (i.e. SYN is never fast-retransmitted by SACK/RACK).
In order to not grow sk_buff, we use an union for the new list and
_skb_refdst/destructor fields. This is a bit complicated because
we need to make sure _skb_refdst and destructor are properly zeroed
before skb is cloned/copied at transmit, and before being freed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the TCP code, the initialization sequence for cached
metrics, congestion control, BPF, etc, after successful connection
is very inconsistent. This introduces inconsistent bevhavior and is
prone to bugs. The current call sequence is as follows:
(1) for active case (tcp_finish_connect() case):
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
(2) for passive case (tcp_rcv_state_process() TCP_SYN_RECV case):
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
(3) for TFO passive case (tcp_fastopen_create_child()):
inet_csk(child)->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(child);
tcp_init_congestion_control(child);
tcp_mtup_init(child);
tcp_init_metrics(child);
tcp_call_bpf(child, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_buffer_space(child);
This commit uniforms the above functions to have the following sequence:
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE/PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
This sequence is the same as the (1) active case. We pick this sequence
because this order correctly allows BPF to override the settings
including congestion control module and initial cwnd, etc from
the route, and then allows the CC module to see those settings.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two state fields: socket->state and sock->sk_state. The
socket->state field uses SS_UNCONNECTED, SS_CONNECTED, etc while the
sock->sk_state typically uses values that match TCP state constants
(TCP_CLOSE, TCP_ESTABLISHED). AF_VSOCK does not follow this convention
and instead uses SS_* constants for both fields.
The sk_state field will be exposed to userspace through the vsock_diag
interface for ss(8), netstat(8), and other programs.
This patch switches sk_state to TCP state constants so that the meaning
of this field is consistent with other address families. Not just
AF_INET and AF_INET6 use the TCP constants, AF_UNIX and others do too.
The following mapping was used to convert the code:
SS_FREE -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_UNCONNECTED -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_CONNECTING -> TCP_SYN_SENT
SS_CONNECTED -> TCP_ESTABLISHED
SS_DISCONNECTING -> TCP_CLOSING
VSOCK_SS_LISTEN -> TCP_LISTEN
In __vsock_create() the sk_state initialization was dropped because
sock_init_data() already initializes sk_state to TCP_CLOSE.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vsock_diag.ko module will need to check socket table membership.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket table symbols need to be exported from vsock.ko so that the
vsock_diag.ko module will be able to traverse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to fetch the stream number from a given chunk.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the stream schedulers, sctp_stream_out will become too big to be
allocated by kmalloc and as we need to allocate with BH disabled, we
cannot use __vmalloc in sctp_stream_init().
This patch moves out the stats from sctp_stream_out to
sctp_stream_out_ext, which will be allocated only when the application
tries to sendmsg something on it.
Just the introduction of sctp_stream_out_ext would already fix the issue
described above by splitting the allocation in two. Moving the stats
to it also reduces the pressure on the allocator as we will ask for less
memory atomically when creating the socket and we will use GFP_KERNEL
later.
Then, for stream schedulers, we will just use sctp_stream_out_ext.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the skb parameter of skb_metadata_dst() and skb_tunnel_info()
const as they are not modified. This is in preparation for using
them in call-sites where skb is const.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is unused, and furthermore it is buggy since it suffers
from the same issue that requires IP6_ECN_set_ce() to take a pointer
to the skb so that it may (in case of CHECKSUM_COMPLETE) update skb->csum
Instead of fixing it, let's just outright remove it.
Tested: builds, and 'git grep IP6_ECN_clear' comes up empty
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different time period in
second to disable Fastopen on active TCP sockets.
Tested:
Simulate following similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
And then print netstat of TCPFastOpenBlackhole, the counter increased as
expected when the firewall blackhole issue is detected and active TFO is
disabled.
# cat /proc/net/netstat | awk '{print $91}'
TCPFastOpenBlackhole
1
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different tcp_fastopen_key
independently of the host.
David Miller pointed out there is a leak without releasing the context
of tcp_fastopen_key during netns teardown. So add the release action in
exit_batch path.
Tested:
1. Container namespace:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
2817fff2-f803cf97-eadfd1f3-78c0992b
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: 1e5dd82a8c492ca9
2. Host:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
107d7c5f-68eb2ac7-02fb06e6-ed341702
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: e213c02bf0afbc8a
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'publish' logic is not necessary after commit dfea2aa654 ("tcp:
Do not call tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher from interrupt context"), because
in tcp_fastopen_cookie_gen，it wouldn't call tcp_fastopen_init_key_once.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require enable TCP Fast Open
feature independently of the host.
This patch series continues making more of the TCP Fast Open related
sysctl knobs be per net-namespace.
Reported-by: Luca BRUNO <lucab@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP early demux can leverate the rx dst cache even for
multicast unconnected sockets.
In such scenario the ipv4 source address is validated only on
the first packet in the given flow. After that, when we fetch
the dst entry from the socket rx cache, we stop enforcing
the rp_filter and we even start accepting any kind of martian
addresses.
Disabling the dst cache for unconnected multicast socket will
cause large performace regression, nearly reducing by half the
max ingress tput.
Instead we factor out a route helper to completely validate an
skb source address for multicast packets and we call it from
the UDP early demux for mcast packets landing on unconnected
sockets, after successful fetching the related cached dst entry.
This still gives a measurable, but limited performance
regression:
rp_filter = 0 rp_filter = 1
edmux disabled: 1182 Kpps 1127 Kpps
edmux before: 2238 Kpps 2238 Kpps
edmux after: 2037 Kpps 2019 Kpps
The above figures are on top of current net tree.
Applying the net-next commit 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full
fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.") the delta with
rp_filter == 0 will decrease even more.
Fixes: 421b3885bf ("udp: ipv4: Add udp early demux")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently no error is emitted, but this infrastructure will
used by the next patch to allow source address validation
for mcast sockets.
Since early demux can do a route lookup and an ipv4 route
lookup can return an error code this is consistent with the
current ipv4 route infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_weight in fib_info is set but not used. Remove it and the
helpers for setting it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the ipmr module register as a FIB notifier. To do that, implement both
the ipmr_seq_read and ipmr_dump ops.
The ipmr_seq_read op returns a sequence counter that is incremented on
every notification related operation done by the ipmr. To implement that,
add a sequence counter in the netns_ipv4 struct and increment it whenever a
new MFC route or VIF are added or deleted. The sequence operations are
protected by the RTNL lock.
The ipmr_dump iterates the list of MFC routes and the list of VIF entries
and sends notifications about them. The entries dump is done under RCU
where the VIF dump uses the mrt_lock too, as the vif->dev field can change
under RCU.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for an interface to forward packets according to the kernel
multicast routing table, it must be configured with a VIF index according
to the mroute user API. The VIF index is then used to refer to that
interface in the mroute user API, for example, to set the iif and oifs of
an MFC entry.
In order to allow drivers to be aware and offload multicast routes, they
have to be aware of the VIF add and delete notifications.
Due to the fact that a specific VIF can be deleted and re-added pointing to
another netdevice, and the MFC routes that point to it will forward the
matching packets to the new netdevice, a driver willing to offload MFC
cache entries must be aware of the VIF add and delete events in addition to
MFC routes notifications.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a helper called is_tcf_gact_pass which could be used to
tell if the action is gact pass or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key length can't be negative.
Leave comparisons against nla_len() signed just in case truncated attribute
can sneak in there.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 0/-7 (-7)
function old new delta
pneigh_delete 273 272 -1
mlx5e_rep_netevent_event 1415 1414 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv6 1194 1193 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv4 1071 1070 -1
cxgb4_l2t_get 1104 1103 -1
__pneigh_lookup 69 68 -1
__neigh_create 2452 2451 -1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is enabled, the "--param asan-stack=1" causes rather large
stack frames in some functions. This goes unnoticed normally because
CONFIG_FRAME_WARN is disabled with CONFIG_KASAN by default as of commit
3f181b4d86 ("lib/Kconfig.debug: disable -Wframe-larger-than warnings with
KASAN=y").
The kernelci.org build bot however has the warning enabled and that led
me to investigate it a little further, as every build produces these warnings:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:4389:1: warning: the frame size of 2240 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1895:1: warning: the frame size of 3776 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1410:1: warning: the frame size of 2208 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:1282:1: warning: the frame size of 2544 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Most of this problem is now solved in gcc-8, which can consolidate
the stack slots for the inline function arguments. On older compilers
we can add a workaround by declaring a local variable in each function
to pass the inline function argument.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=81715
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replay detection bitmaps can't have negative length.
Comparisons with nla_len() are left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Propagate unsignedness for code size savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 0/-38 (-38)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_construct 1802 1800 -2
xfrm_update_ae_params 295 289 -6
xfrm_state_migrate 1345 1339 -6
xfrm_replay_notify_esn 349 337 -12
xfrm_replay_notify_bmp 345 333 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In linux-4.13, Wei worked hard to convert dst to a traditional
refcounted model, removing GC.
We now want to make sure a dst refcount can not transition from 0 back
to 1.
The problem here is that input path attached a not refcounted dst to an
skb. Then later, because packet is forwarded and hits skb_dst_force()
before exiting RCU section, we might try to take a refcount on one dst
that is about to be freed, if another cpu saw 1 -> 0 transition in
dst_release() and queued the dst for freeing after one RCU grace period.
Lets unify skb_dst_force() and skb_dst_force_safe(), since we should
always perform the complete check against dst refcount, and not assume
it is not zero.
Bugzilla : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=197005
[ 989.919496] skb_dst_force+0x32/0x34
[ 989.919498] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1ad/0x482
[ 989.919501] ? eth_header+0x28/0xc6
[ 989.919502] dev_queue_xmit+0xb/0xd
[ 989.919504] neigh_connected_output+0x9b/0xb4
[ 989.919507] ip_finish_output2+0x234/0x294
[ 989.919509] ? ipt_do_table+0x369/0x388
[ 989.919510] ip_finish_output+0x12c/0x13f
[ 989.919512] ip_output+0x53/0x87
[ 989.919513] ip_forward_finish+0x53/0x5a
[ 989.919515] ip_forward+0x2cb/0x3e6
[ 989.919516] ? pskb_trim_rcsum.part.9+0x4b/0x4b
[ 989.919518] ip_rcv_finish+0x2e2/0x321
[ 989.919519] ip_rcv+0x26f/0x2eb
[ 989.919522] ? vlan_do_receive+0x4f/0x289
[ 989.919523] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x467/0x50b
[ 989.919526] ? tcp_gro_receive+0x239/0x239
[ 989.919529] ? inet_gro_receive+0x226/0x238
[ 989.919530] __netif_receive_skb+0x4d/0x5f
[ 989.919532] netif_receive_skb_internal+0x5c/0xaf
[ 989.919533] napi_gro_receive+0x45/0x81
[ 989.919536] ixgbe_poll+0xc8a/0xf09
[ 989.919539] ? kmem_cache_free_bulk+0x1b6/0x1f7
[ 989.919540] net_rx_action+0xf4/0x266
[ 989.919543] __do_softirq+0xa8/0x19d
[ 989.919545] irq_exit+0x5d/0x6b
[ 989.919546] do_IRQ+0x9c/0xb5
[ 989.919548] common_interrupt+0x93/0x93
[ 989.919548] </IRQ>
Similarly dst_clone() can use dst_hold() helper to have additional
debugging, as a follow up to commit 44ebe79149 ("net: add debug
atomic_inc_not_zero() in dst_hold()")
In net-next we will convert dst atomic_t to refcount_t for peace of
mind.
Fixes: a4c2fd7f78 ("net: remove DST_NOCACHE flag")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reported-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Bisected-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_validate_source':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:411:16: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> if (net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes)
> ^
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'inet_rtm_newroute':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:773:12: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes = true;
> ^
Fixes: 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local behaviour
in fib_validate_source()") a full fib lookup is needed even if
the rp_filter is disabled, if accept_local is false - which is
the default.
What we really need in the above scenario is just checking
that the source IP address is not local, and in most case we
can do that is a cheaper way looking up the ifaddr hash table.
This commit adds a helper for such lookup, and uses it to
validate the src address when rp_filter is disabled and no
'local' routes are created by the user space in the relevant
namespace.
A new ipv4 netns flag is added to account for such routes.
We need that to preserve the same behavior we had before this
patch.
It also drops the checks to bail early from __fib_validate_source,
added by the commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local
behaviour in fib_validate_source()") they do not give any
measurable performance improvement: if we do the lookup with are
on a slower path.
This improves UDP performances for unconnected sockets
when rp_filter is disabled by 5% and also gives small but
measurable performance improvement for TCP flood scenarios.
v1 -> v2:
- use the ifaddr lookup helper in __ip_dev_find(), as suggested
by Eric
- fall-back to full lookup if custom local routes are present
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function hasn't been used since the removal of iwmc3200wifi
in 2012. It also appears to have a bug when qos=True, since then
it'll copy uninitialized stack memory to the SKB.
Just remove the function entirely.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it,
rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Current ieee80211_ie_split() implementation doesn't
account for elements that are sub-elements of the
EXTENSION IE. To extend support to these IEs as well,
treat the WLAN_EID_EXTENSION ids in the %ids array
as indicating that the next id in the array is a
sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having a global list of labels do not scale to thousands of
netns in the cloud era. This causes quadratic behavior on
netns creation and deletion.
This is time having a per netns list of ~10 labels.
Tested:
$ time perf record (for f in `seq 1 3000` ; do ip netns add tast$f; done)
[ perf record: Woken up 1 times to write data ]
[ perf record: Captured and wrote 3.637 MB perf.data (~158898 samples) ]
real 0m20.837s # instead of 0m24.227s
user 0m0.328s
sys 0m20.338s # instead of 0m23.753s
16.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_broadcast_filtered
12.30% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_has_listeners
6.76% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave
5.78% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memset_erms
5.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kobject_uevent_env
5.18% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_sub_and_test
4.96% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_read_lock
3.82% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_inc_not_zero
3.33% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
2.11% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unmap_page_range
1.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up
1.69% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] strlen
1.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up_common
1.09% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] insert_header
1.04% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] page_remove_rmap
1.01% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] consume_skb
0.98% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_trim
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kernfs_link_sibling
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] filemap_map_pages
0.46% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memcpy_erms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller no longer needs to wait for a grace period. So this
patch gets rid of it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.
In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->rbnode shares space with skb->next, skb->prev and skb->tstamp
Current uses (TCP receive ofo queue and netem) need to save/restore
tstamp, while skb->dev is either NULL (TCP) or a constant for a given
queue (netem).
Since we plan using an RB tree for TCP retransmit queue to speedup SACK
processing with large BDP, this patch exchanges skb->dev and
skb->tstamp.
This saves some overhead in both TCP and netem.
v2: removes the swtstamp field from struct tcp_skb_cb
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove tcp_may_send_now and tcp_snd_test that are no longer used
Fixes: 840a3cbe89 ("tcp: remove forward retransmit feature")
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global function ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and static functions
ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and ipv4_rcv_saddr_equal currently return int.
bool is slightly more descriptive for these functions so change
their return type from int to bool.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the
dump") tried to fix an use-after-free issue by checking !sctp_sk(sk)->ep
with holding sock and sock lock.
But Paolo noticed that endpoint could be destroyed in sctp_rcv without
sock lock protection. It means the use-after-free issue still could be
triggered when sctp_rcv put and destroy ep after sctp_sock_dump checks
!ep, although it's pretty hard to reproduce.
I could reproduce it by mdelay in sctp_rcv while msleep in sctp_close
and sctp_sock_dump long time.
This patch is to add another param cb_done to sctp_for_each_transport
and dump ep->assocs with holding tsp after jumping out of transport's
traversal in it to avoid this issue.
It can also improve sctp diag dump to make it run faster, as no need
to save sk into cb->args[5] and keep calling sctp_for_each_transport
any more.
This patch is also to use int * instead of int for the pos argument
in sctp_for_each_transport, which could make postion increment only
in sctp_for_each_transport and no need to keep changing cb->args[2]
in sctp_sock_filter and sctp_sock_dump any more.
Fixes: 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the dump")
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code causes a static checker warning because Smatch doesn't trust
anything that comes from skb->data. I've reviewed this code and I do
think skb->data can be controlled by the user here.
The sctp_event_subscribe struct has 13 __u8 fields and we want to see
if ours is non-zero. sn_type can be any value in the 0-USHRT_MAX range.
We're subtracting SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE which is 1 << 15 so we could read
either before the start of the struct or after the end.
This is a very old bug and it's surprising that it would go undetected
for so long but my theory is that it just doesn't have a big impact so
it would be hard to notice.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller is no longer needed to wait for a grace period.
So this patch gets rid of it.
This also completely closes a race condition between action free
path and filter chain add/remove path for the following patch.
Because otherwise the nested RCU callback can't be caught by
rcu_barrier().
Please see also the comments in code.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix SCTP connection setup when IPVS module is loaded and any scheduler
is registered, from Xin Long.
2) Don't create a SCTP connection from SCTP ABORT packets, also from
Xin Long.
3) WARN_ON() and drop packet, instead of BUG_ON() races when calling
nf_nat_setup_info(). This is specifically a longstanding problem
when br_netfilter with conntrack support is in place, patch from
Florian Westphal.
4) Avoid softlock splats via iptables-restore, also from Florian.
5) Revert NAT hashtable conversion to rhashtable, semantics of rhlist
are different from our simple NAT hashtable, this has been causing
problems in the recent Linux kernel releases. From Florian.
6) Add per-bucket spinlock for NAT hashtable, so at least we restore
one of the benefits we got from the previous rhashtable conversion.
7) Fix incorrect hashtable size in memory allocation in xt_hashlimit,
from Zhizhou Tian.
8) Fix build/link problems with hashlimit and 32-bit arches, to address
recent fallout from a new hashlimit mode, from Vishwanath Pai.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 870190a9ec.
It was not a good idea. The custom hash table was a much better
fit for this purpose.
A fast lookup is not essential, in fact for most cases there is no lookup
at all because original tuple is not taken and can be used as-is.
What needs to be fast is insertion and deletion.
rhlist removal however requires a rhlist walk.
We can have thousands of entries in such a list if source port/addresses
are reused for multiple flows, if this happens removal requests are so
expensive that deletions of a few thousand flows can take several
seconds(!).
The advantages that we got from rhashtable are:
1) table auto-sizing
2) multiple locks
1) would be nice to have, but it is not essential as we have at
most one lookup per new flow, so even a million flows in the bysource
table are not a problem compared to current deletion cost.
2) is easy to add to custom hash table.
I tried to add hlist_node to rhlist to speed up rhltable_remove but this
isn't doable without changing semantics. rhltable_remove_fast will
check that the to-be-deleted object is part of the table and that
requires a list walk that we want to avoid.
Furthermore, using hlist_node increases size of struct rhlist_head, which
in turn increases nf_conn size.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196821
Reported-by: Ivan Babrou <ibobrik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QYS4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-09-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Back from a long absence, so we have a number of things:
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_flow_dissect is riddled with gotos that make discerning the flow,
debugging, and extending the capability difficult. This patch
reorganizes things so that we only perform goto's after the two main
switch statements (no gotos within the cases now). It also eliminates
several goto labels so that there are only two labels that can be target
for goto.
Reported-by: Alexander Popov <alex.popov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a new link error in allmodconfig kernels after ftgmac100
started using the ncsi helpers:
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
Related to that, we get another error when CONFIG_NET_NCSI is disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1626:25: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_start_dev'?
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1627:26: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid'?
This fixes both problems at once, using a 'static inline' stub helper
for the disabled case, and exporting the functions when they are present.
Fixes: 51564585d8 ("ftgmac100: Support NCSI VLAN filtering when available")
Fixes: 21acf63013 ("net/ncsi: Configure VLAN tag filter")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP
interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the
frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned.
However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with
a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since
the information about which virtual interface to use to select
the key is taken from the TXQ.
Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the
dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping
in the dequeue as well.
Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a
TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an
AP_VLAN is removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for next-net (part 2)
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next. This
patchset includes updates for nf_tables, removal of
CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and a new mode for xt_hashlimit. More
specifically, they:
1) Add new rate match mode for hashlimit, this introduces a new revision
for this match. The idea is to stop matching packets until ratelimit
criteria stands true. Patch from Vishwanath Pai.
2) Add ->select_ops indirection to nf_tables named objects, so we can
choose between different flavours of the same object type, patch from
Pablo M. Bermudo.
3) Shorter function names in nft_limit, basically:
s/nft_limit_pkt_bytes/nft_limit_bytes, also from Pablo M. Bermudo.
4) Add new stateful limit named object type, this allows us to create
limit policies that you can identify via name, also from Pablo.
5) Remove unused hooknum parameter in conntrack ->packet indirection.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Patches to remove CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and macros such as
IP_NF_ASSERT and IP_NF_ASSERT. From Varsha Rao.
7) Add nf_tables_updchain() helper function and use it from
nf_tables_newchain() to make it more maintainable. Similarly,
add nf_tables_addchain() and use it too.
8) Add new netlink NLM_F_NONREC flag, this flag should only be used for
deletion requests, specifically, to support non-recursive deletion.
Based on what we discussed during NFWS'17 in Faro.
9) Use NLM_F_NONREC from table and sets in nf_tables.
10) Support for recursive chain deletion. Table and set deletion
commands come with an implicit content flush on deletion, while
chains do not. This patch addresses this inconsistency by adding
the code to perform recursive chain deletions. This also comes with
the bits to deal with the new NLM_F_NONREC netlink flag.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and _ASSERT() macros as they
are no longer required. Replace _ASSERT() macros with WARN_ON().
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for overloading stateful objects operations
through the select_ops() callback, just as it is implemented for
expressions.
This change is needed for upcoming additions to the stateful objects
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo M. Bermudo Garay <pablombg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-09-03
Here's one last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.14 kernel:
- NULL pointer fix in ca8210 802.15.4 driver
- A few "const" fixes
- New Kconfig option for disabling legacy interfaces
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, updates to the conntrack core, enhancements for
nf_tables, conversion of netfilter hooks from linked list to array to
improve memory locality and asorted improvements for the Netfilter
codebase. More specifically, they are:
1) Add expection to hashes after timer initialization to prevent
access from another CPU that walks on the hashes and calls
del_timer(), from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't update nf_tables chain counters from hot path, this is only
used by the x_tables compatibility layer.
3) Get rid of nested rcu_read_lock() calls from netfilter hook path.
Hooks are always guaranteed to run from rcu read side, so remove
nested rcu_read_lock() where possible. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
4) nf_tables new ruleset generation notifications include PID and name
of the process that has updated the ruleset, from Phil Sutter.
5) Use skb_header_pointer() from nft_fib, so we can reuse this code from
the nf_family netdev family. Patch from Pablo M. Bermudo.
6) Add support for nft_fib in nf_tables netdev family, also from Pablo.
7) Use deferrable workqueue for conntrack garbage collection, to reduce
power consumption, from Patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
8) Add nf_ct_expect_iterate_net() helper and use it. From Florian
Westphal.
9) Call nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy only from cttimeout, from Florian.
10) Drop references on conntrack removal path when skbuffs has escaped via
nfqueue, from Florian.
11) Don't queue packets to nfqueue with dying conntrack, from Florian.
12) Constify nf_hook_ops structure, from Florian.
13) Remove neededlessly branch in nf_tables trace code, from Phil Sutter.
14) Add nla_strdup(), from Phil Sutter.
15) Rise nf_tables objects name size up to 255 chars, people want to use
DNS names, so increase this according to what RFC 1035 specifies.
Patch series from Phil Sutter.
16) Kill nf_conntrack_default_on, it's broken. Default on conntrack hook
registration on demand, suggested by Eric Dumazet, patch from Florian.
17) Remove unused variables in compat_copy_entry_from_user both in
ip_tables and arp_tables code. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
18) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l4proto, from Julia Lawall.
19) Constify nf_loginfo structure, also from Julia.
20) Use a single rb root in connlimit, from Taehee Yoo.
21) Remove unused netfilter_queue_init() prototype, from Taehee Yoo.
22) Use audit_log() instead of open-coding it, from Geliang Tang.
23) Allow to mangle tcp options via nft_exthdr, from Florian.
24) Allow to fetch TCP MSS from nft_rt, from Florian. This includes
a fix for a miscalculation of the minimal length.
25) Simplify branch logic in h323 helper, from Nick Desaulniers.
26) Calculate netlink attribute size for conntrack tuple at compile
time, from Florian.
27) Remove protocol name field from nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto structure.
From Florian.
28) Remove holes in nf_conntrack_l4proto structure, so it becomes
smaller. From Florian.
29) Get rid of print_tuple() indirection for /proc conntrack listing.
Place all the code in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_standalone.c.
Patch from Florian.
30) Do not built in print_conntrack() if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is
off. From Florian.
31) Constify most nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto helper functions, from
Florian.
32) Fix broken indentation in ebtables extensions, from Colin Ian King.
33) Fix several harmless sparse warning, from Florian.
34) Convert netfilter hook infrastructure to use array for better memory
locality, joint work done by Florian and Aaron Conole. Moreover, add
some instrumentation to debug this.
35) Batch nf_unregister_net_hooks() calls, to call synchronize_net once
per batch, from Florian.
36) Get rid of noisy logging in ICMPv6 conntrack helper, from Florian.
37) Get rid of obsolete NFDEBUG() instrumentation, from Varsha Rao.
38) Remove unused code in the generic protocol tracker, from Davide
Caratti.
I think I will have material for a second Netfilter batch in my queue if
time allow to make it fit in this merge window.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1d6119baf0.
After reverting commit 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API
for fragmentation mem accounting") then here is no need for this
fix-up patch. As percpu_counter is no longer used, it cannot
memory leak it any-longer.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6d7b857d54.
There is a bug in fragmentation codes use of the percpu_counter API,
that can cause issues on systems with many CPUs.
The frag_mem_limit() just reads the global counter (fbc->count),
without considering other CPUs can have upto batch size (130K) that
haven't been subtracted yet. Due to the 3MBytes lower thresh limit,
this become dangerous at >=24 CPUs (3*1024*1024/130000=24).
The correct API usage would be to use __percpu_counter_compare() which
does the right thing, and takes into account the number of (online)
CPUs and batch size, to account for this and call __percpu_counter_sum()
when needed.
We choose to revert the use of the lib/percpu_counter API for frag
memory accounting for several reasons:
1) On systems with CPUs > 24, the heavier fully locked
__percpu_counter_sum() is always invoked, which will be more
expensive than the atomic_t that is reverted to.
Given systems with more than 24 CPUs are becoming common this doesn't
seem like a good option. To mitigate this, the batch size could be
decreased and thresh be increased.
2) The add_frag_mem_limit+sub_frag_mem_limit pairs happen on the RX
CPU, before SKBs are pushed into sockets on remote CPUs. Given
NICs can only hash on L2 part of the IP-header, the NIC-RXq's will
likely be limited. Thus, a fair chance that atomic add+dec happen
on the same CPU.
Revert note that commit 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
removed init_frag_mem_limit() and instead use inet_frags_init_net().
After this revert, inet_frags_uninit_net() becomes empty.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After ip_route_input() calls ip_route_input_noref(), another
check on skb_dst() is done, but if this fails, we shouldn't
override the return code from ip_route_input_noref(), as it
could have been more specific (i.e. -EHOSTUNREACH).
This also saves one call to skb_dst_force_safe() and one to
skb_dst() in case the ip_route_input_noref() check fails.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sdubroca@redhat.com>
Fixes: 9df16efadd ("ipv4: call dst_hold_safe() properly")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a listener registers to the FIB notification chain it receives a
dump of the FIB entries and rules from existing address families by
invoking their dump operations.
While we call into these modules we need to make sure they aren't
removed. Do that by increasing their reference count before invoking
their dump operations and decrease it afterwards.
Fixes: 04b1d4e50e ("net: core: Make the FIB notification chain generic")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-09-01
This should be the last ipsec-next pull request for this
release cycle:
1) Support netdevice ESP trailer removal when decryption
is offloaded. From Yossi Kuperman.
2) Fix overwritten return value of copy_sec_ctx().
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header
is global and can be reused by many drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC filters when used as classifiers are bound to TC classes.
However, there is a hidden difference when adding them in different
orders:
1. If we add tc classes before its filters, everything is fine.
Logically, the classes exist before we specify their ID's in
filters, it is easy to bind them together, just as in the current
code base.
2. If we add tc filters before the tc classes they bind, we have to
do dynamic lookup in fast path. What's worse, this happens all
the time not just once, because on fast path tcf_result is passed
on stack, there is no way to propagate back to the one in tc filters.
This hidden difference hurts performance silently if we have many tc
classes in hierarchy.
This patch intends to close this gap by doing the reverse binding when
we create a new class, in this case we can actually search all the
filters in its parent, match and fixup by classid. And because
tcf_result is specific to each type of tc filter, we have to introduce
a new ops for each filter to tell how to bind the class.
Note, we still can NOT totally get rid of those class lookup in
->enqueue() because cgroup and flow filters have no way to determine
the classid at setup time, they still have to go through dynamic lookup.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In conjunction with crypto offload [1], removing the ESP trailer by
hardware can potentially improve the performance by avoiding (1) a
cache miss incurred by reading the nexthdr field and (2) the necessity
to calculate the csum value of the trailer in order to keep skb->csum
valid.
This patch introduces the changes to the xfrm stack and merely serves
as an infrastructure. Subsequent patch to mlx5 driver will put this to
a good use.
[1] https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg175733.html
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Typically, each TC filter has its own action. All the actions of the
same type are saved in its hash table. But the hash buckets are too
small that it degrades to a list. And the performance is greatly
affected. For example, it takes about 0m11.914s to insert 64K rules.
If we convert the hash table to IDR, it only takes about 0m1.500s.
The improvement is huge.
But please note that the test result is based on previous patch that
cls_flower uses IDR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 45f119bf93.
Eric Dumazet says:
We found at Google a significant regression caused by
45f119bf93 tcp: remove header prediction
In typical RPC (TCP_RR), when a TCP socket receives data, we now call
tcp_ack() while we used to not call it.
This touches enough cache lines to cause a slowdown.
so problem does not seem to be HP removal itself but the tcp_ack()
call. Therefore, it might be possible to remove HP after all, provided
one finds a way to elide tcp_ack for most cases.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change was a followup to the header prediction removal,
so first revert this as a prerequisite to back out hp removal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian reported UDP xmit drops that could be root caused to the
too small neigh limit.
Current limit is 64 KB, meaning that even a single UDP socket would hit
it, since its default sk_sndbuf comes from net.core.wmem_default
(~212992 bytes on 64bit arches).
Once ARP/ND resolution is in progress, we should allow a little more
packets to be queued, at least for one producer.
Once neigh arp_queue is filled, a rogue socket should hit its sk_sndbuf
limit and either block in sendmsg() or return -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NSH (Network Service Header)[1] is a new protocol for service
function chaining, it can be handled as a L3 protocol like
IPv4 and IPv6, Eth + NSH + Inner packet or VxLAN-gpe + NSH +
Inner packet are two typical use cases.
This patch adds NSH header structures and helpers for NSH GSO
support and Open vSwitch NSH support.
[1] https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-sfc-nsh/
[Jiri: added nsh_hdr() helper and renamed the header struct to "struct
nshhdr" to match the usual pattern. Removed packet type defines, these are
now shared with VXLAN-GPE.]
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The values are shared between VXLAN-GPE and NSH. Originally probably by
coincidence but I notified both working groups about this last year and they
seem to keep the values in sync since then.
Hopefully they'll get a single IANA registry for the values, too. (I asked
them for that.)
Factor out the code to be shared by the NSH implementation.
NSH and MPLS values are added in this patch, too. For MPLS, the drafts
incorrectly assign only a single value, while we have two MPLS ethertypes.
I raised the problem with both groups. For now, I assume the value is for
unicast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a client call that failed on network error to be retried, provided
that the Tx queue still holds DATA packet 1. This allows an operation to
be submitted to another server or another address for the same server
without having to repackage and re-encrypt the data so far processed.
Two new functions are provided:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_check_call() - This is used to find out the completion
state of a call to guess whether it can be retried and whether it
should be retried.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_retry_call() - Disconnect the call from its current
connection, reset the state and submit it as a new client call to a
new address. The new address need not match the previous address.
A call may be retried even if all the data hasn't been loaded into it yet;
a partially constructed will be retained at the same point it was at when
an error condition was detected. msg_data_left() can be used to find out
how much data was packaged before the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add a callback to rxrpc_kernel_send_data() so that a kernel service can get
a notification that the AF_RXRPC call has transitioned out the Tx phase and
is now waiting for a reply or a final ACK.
This is called from AF_RXRPC with the call state lock held so the
notification is guaranteed to come before any reply is passed back.
Further, modify the AFS filesystem to make use of this so that we don't have
to change the afs_call state before sending the last bit of data.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make use of the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks to have the NCSI
stack process new VLAN tags and configure the channel VLAN filter
appropriately.
Several VLAN tags can be set and a "Set VLAN Filter" packet must be sent
for each one, meaning the ncsi_dev_state_config_svf state must be
repeated. An internal list of VLAN tags is maintained, and compared
against the current channel's ncsi_channel_filter in order to keep track
within the state. VLAN filters are removed in a similar manner, with the
introduction of the ncsi_dev_state_config_clear_vids state. The maximum
number of VLAN tag filters is determined by the "Get Capabilities"
response from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And finally, move the irda include files into
drivers/staging/irda/include/net/irda. Yes, it's a long path, but it
makes it easy for us to just add a Makefile directory path addition and
all of the net and drivers code "just works".
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c5cff8561d adds rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node. This
generates a new sparse warning on rt->rt6i_node related code:
net/ipv6/route.c:1394:30: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
./include/net/ip6_fib.h:187:14: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
This commit adds "__rcu" tag for rt6i_node and makes sure corresponding
rcu API is used for it.
After this fix, sparse no longer generates the above warning.
Fixes: c5cff8561d ("ipv6: add rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve, ipip tunnels, allow ERSPAN tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode. bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers
can make use of it right away. OVS can use it as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the storage and layout of netfilter hook entries from a
linked list to an array. After this commit, hook entries will be
stored adjacent in memory. The next pointer is no longer required.
The ops pointers are stored at the end of the array as they are only
used in the register/unregister path and in the legacy br_netfilter code.
nf_unregister_net_hooks() is slower than needed as it just calls
nf_unregister_net_hook in a loop (i.e. at least n synchronize_net()
calls), this will be addressed in followup patch.
Test setup:
- ixgbe 10gbit
- netperf UDP_STREAM, 64 byte packets
- 5 hooks: (raw + mangle prerouting, mangle+filter input, inet filter):
empty mangle and raw prerouting, mangle and filter input hooks:
353.9
this patch:
364.2
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, in the udp6 code, the dst cookie is not initialized/updated
concurrently with the RX dst used by early demux.
As a result, the dst_check() in the early_demux path always fails,
the rx dst cache is always invalidated, and we can't really
leverage significant gain from the demux lookup.
Fix it adding udp6 specific variant of sk_rx_dst_set() and use it
to set the dst cookie when the dst entry is really changed.
The issue is there since the introduction of early demux for ipv6.
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is ugly to hide a u32-filter-specific pointer inside Qdisc,
this breaks the TC layers:
1. Qdisc is a generic representation, should not have any specific
data of any type
2. Qdisc layer is above filter layer, should only save filters in
the list of struct tcf_proto.
This pointer is used as the head of the chain of u32 hash tables,
that is struct tc_u_hnode, because u32 filter is very special,
it allows to create multiple hash tables within one qdisc and
across multiple u32 filters.
Instead of using this ugly pointer, we can just save it in a global
hash table key'ed by (dev ifindex, qdisc handle), therefore we can
still treat it as a per qdisc basis data structure conceptually.
Of course, because of network namespaces, this key is not unique
at all, but it is fine as we already have a pointer to Qdisc in
struct tc_u_common, we can just compare the pointers when collision.
And this only affects slow paths, has no impact to fast path,
thanks to the pointer ->tp_c.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TC classes, their ->get() and ->put() are always paired, and the
reference counting is completely useless, because:
1) For class modification and dumping paths, we already hold RTNL lock,
so all of these ->get(),->change(),->put() are atomic.
2) For filter bindiing/unbinding, we use other reference counter than
this one, and they should have RTNL lock too.
3) For ->qlen_notify(), it is special because it is called on ->enqueue()
path, but we already hold qdisc tree lock there, and we hold this
tree lock when graft or delete the class too, so it should not be gone
or changed until we release the tree lock.
Therefore, this patch removes ->get() and ->put(), but:
1) Adds a new ->find() to find the pointer to a class by classid, no
refcnt.
2) Move the original class destroy upon the last refcnt into ->delete(),
right after releasing tree lock. This is fine because the class is
already removed from hash when holding the lock.
For those who also use ->put() as ->unbind(), just rename them to reflect
this change.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few bugs around refcnt handling in the new BPF congestion
control setsockopt:
- The new ca is assigned to icsk->icsk_ca_ops even in the case where we
cannot get a reference on it. This would lead to a use after free,
since that ca is going away soon.
- Changing the congestion control case doesn't release the refcnt on
the previous ca.
- In the reinit case, we first leak a reference on the old ca, then we
call tcp_reinit_congestion_control on the ca that we have just
assigned, leading to deinitializing the wrong ca (->release of the
new ca on the old ca's data) and releasing the refcount on the ca
that we actually want to use.
This is visible by building (for example) BIC as a module and setting
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=bic, and using tcp_cong_kern.c from
samples/bpf.
This patch fixes the refcount issues, and moves reinit back into tcp
core to avoid passing a ca pointer back to BPF.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the SRv6 encapsulation mode to carry an IPv4 payload.
All the infrastructure was already present, I just had to add a parameter
to seg6_do_srh_encap() to specify the inner packet protocol, and perform
some additional checks.
Usage example:
ip route add 1.2.3.4 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc00::1,fc00::2 dev eth0
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reported a refcount_t warning [1]
Issue here is that noop_qdisc refcnt was never really considered as
a true refcount, since qdisc_destroy() found TCQ_F_BUILTIN set :
if (qdisc->flags & TCQ_F_BUILTIN ||
!refcount_dec_and_test(&qdisc->refcnt)))
return;
Meaning that all atomic_inc() we did on noop_qdisc.refcnt were not
really needed, but harmless until refcount_t came.
To fix this problem, we simply need to not increment noop_qdisc.refcnt,
since we never decrement it.
[1]
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21754 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 21754 Comm: syz-executor7 Not tainted 4.13.0-rc6+ #20
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:180
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:541
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:190
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:224 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:273
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:310
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:323
invalid_op+0x1e/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:846
RIP: 0010:refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
RSP: 0018:ffff8801c43477a0 EFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 000000000000002b RBX: ffffffff86093c14 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000002b RSI: ffffffff8159314e RDI: ffffed0038868ee8
RBP: ffff8801c43477a8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff86093ac0
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: ffff8801d0f3bac0 R15: dffffc0000000000
attach_default_qdiscs net/sched/sch_generic.c:792 [inline]
dev_activate+0x7d3/0xaa0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:833
__dev_open+0x227/0x330 net/core/dev.c:1380
__dev_change_flags+0x695/0x990 net/core/dev.c:6726
dev_change_flags+0x88/0x140 net/core/dev.c:6792
dev_ifsioc+0x5a6/0x930 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:256
dev_ioctl+0x2bc/0xf90 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:554
sock_do_ioctl+0x94/0xb0 net/socket.c:968
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1520 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
Fixes: 7b93640502 ("net, sched: convert Qdisc.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When forwarding or sending out an ICMPv6 error, look at the embedded
packet that triggered the error and compute a flow hash over its
headers.
This let's us route the ICMP error together with the flow it belongs to
when multipath (ECMP) routing is in use, which in turn makes Path MTU
Discovery work in ECMP load-balanced or anycast setups (RFC 7690).
Granted, end-hosts behind the ECMP router (aka servers) need to reflect
the IPv6 Flow Label for PMTUD to work.
The code is organized to be in parallel with ipv4 stack:
ip_multipath_l3_keys -> ip6_multipath_l3_keys
fib_multipath_hash -> rt6_multipath_hash
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow for functions that fill out the IPv6 flow info to also pass a hash
computed over the skb contents. The hash value will drive the multipath
routing decisions.
This is intended for special treatment of ICMPv6 errors, where we would
like to make a routing decision based on the flow identifying the
offending IPv6 datagram that triggered the error, rather than the flow
of the ICMP error itself.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One too many arguments compared to the non-stub version.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: ffd3cdccf2 ("devlink: Add support for dynamic table size")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reflecting IPv6 Flow Label at server nodes is useful in environments
that employ multipath routing to load balance the requests. As "IPv6
Flow Label Reflection" standard draft [1] points out - ICMPv6 PTB error
messages generated in response to a downstream packets from the server
can be routed by a load balancer back to the original server without
looking at transport headers, if the server applies the flow label
reflection. This enables the Path MTU Discovery past the ECMP router in
load-balance or anycast environments where each server node is reachable
by only one path.
Introduce a sysctl to enable flow label reflection per net namespace for
all newly created sockets. Same could be earlier achieved only per
socket by setting the IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT flag for the IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR
socket option.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-wang-6man-flow-label-reflection-01
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doesn't change generated code, but will make it easier to eventually
make the actual trackers themselvers const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is deprecated, no need to use a function
pointer in the trackers for this. Place the printf formatting in
the one place that uses it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
can use u16 for both, shrinks size by another 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
avoids a pointer and allows struct to be const later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is
moved inside devlink.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration
time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in
dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed
to be obtained dynamically via an op.
This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helpers to find out if a gact instance is goto_chain termination
action and to get chain index.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO header size was defined in many drivers. Factorize the code and
define its size in net/tso.h.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE is enabled for tcp sockets, return the
timestamp corresponding to the highest sequence number data returned.
Previously the skb->tstamp is overwritten when a TCP packet is placed
in the out of order queue. While the packet is in the ooo queue, save the
timestamp in the TCB_SKB_CB. This space is shared with the gso_*
options which are only used on the tx path, and a previously unused 4
byte hole.
When skbs are coalesced either in the sk_receive_queue or the
out_of_order_queue always choose the timestamp of the appended skb to
maintain the invariant of returning the timestamp of the last byte in
the recvmsg buffer.
Signed-off-by: Mike Maloney <maloney@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds ERSPAN type II tunnel support. The implementation
is based on the draft at [1]. One of the purposes is for Linux
box to be able to receive ERSPAN monitoring traffic sent from
the Cisco switch, by creating a ERSPAN tunnel device.
In addition, the patch also adds ERSPAN TX, so Linux virtual
switch can redirect monitored traffic to the ERSPAN tunnel device.
The traffic will be encapsulated into ERSPAN and sent out.
The implementation reuses tunnel key as ERSPAN session ID, and
field 'erspan' as ERSPAN Index fields:
./ip link add dev ers11 type erspan seq key 100 erspan 123 \
local 172.16.1.200 remote 172.16.1.100
To use the above device as ERSPAN receiver, configure
Nexus 5000 switch as below:
monitor session 100 type erspan-source
erspan-id 123
vrf default
destination ip 172.16.1.200
source interface Ethernet1/11 both
source interface Ethernet1/12 both
no shut
monitor erspan origin ip-address 172.16.1.100 global
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-foschiano-erspan-01
[2] iproute2 patch: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150306086924951&w=2
[3] test script: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150231021807304&w=2
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Vohra <mvohra@vmware.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently keep rt->rt6i_node pointing to the fib6_node for the route.
And some functions make use of this pointer to dereference the fib6_node
from rt structure, e.g. rt6_check(). However, as there is neither
refcount nor rcu taken when dereferencing rt->rt6i_node, it could
potentially cause crashes as rt->rt6i_node could be set to NULL by other
CPUs when doing a route deletion.
This patch introduces an rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node and
makes sure the functions that dereference it takes rcu_read_lock().
Note: there is no "Fixes" tag because this bug was there in a very
early stage.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the invalid handle "0" check to avoid unnecessary search, because
the qdisc uses the skb->priority as the handle value to look up, and
it is "0" usually.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-08-21
1) Support RX checksum with IPsec crypto offload for esp4/esp6.
From Ilan Tayari.
2) Fixup IPv6 checksums when doing IPsec crypto offload.
From Yossi Kuperman.
3) Auto load the xfrom offload modules if a user installs
a SA that requests IPsec offload. From Ilan Tayari.
4) Clear RX offload informations in xfrm_input to not
confuse the TX path with stale offload informations.
From Ilan Tayari.
5) Allow IPsec GSO for local sockets if the crypto operation
will be offloaded.
6) Support setting of an output mark to the xfrm_state.
This mark can be used to to do the tunnel route lookup.
From Lorenzo Colitti.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This important to call qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() after changing queue
length. Parent qdisc should deactivate class in ->qlen_notify() called from
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() but this happens only if qdisc->q.qlen in zero.
Missed class deactivations leads to crashes/warnings at picking packets
from empty qdisc and corrupting state at reactivating this class in future.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 86a7996cc8 ("net_sched: introduce qdisc_replace() helper")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove
headers from UDP packets before queueing"), when udp packets are being
peeked the requested extra offset is always 0 as there is no need to skip
the udp header. However, when the offset is 0 and the next skb is
of length 0, it is only returned once. The behaviour can be seen with
the following python script:
from socket import *;
f=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
g=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
f.bind(('::', 0));
addr=('::1', f.getsockname()[1]);
g.sendto(b'', addr)
g.sendto(b'b', addr)
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
Where the expected output should be the empty string twice.
Instead, make sk_peek_offset return negative values, and pass those values
to __skb_try_recv_datagram/__skb_try_recv_from_queue. If the passed offset
to __skb_try_recv_from_queue is negative, the checked skb is never skipped.
__skb_try_recv_from_queue will then ensure the offset is reset back to 0
if a peek is requested without an offset, unless no packets are found.
Also simplify the if condition in __skb_try_recv_from_queue. If _off is
greater then 0, and off is greater then or equal to skb->len, then
(_off || skb->len) must always be true assuming skb->len >= 0 is always
true.
Also remove a redundant check around a call to sk_peek_offset in af_unix.c,
as it double checked if MSG_PEEK was set in the flags.
V2:
- Moved the negative fixup into __skb_try_recv_from_queue, and remove now
redundant checks
- Fix peeking in udp{,v6}_recvmsg to report the right value when the
offset is 0
V3:
- Marked new branch in __skb_try_recv_from_queue as unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Dawson <matthew@mjdsystems.ca>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on yet another syzkaller report, I found
that our IP_MAX_MTU enforcements were not properly done.
gcc seems to reload dev->mtu for min(dev->mtu, IP_MAX_MTU), and
final result can be bigger than IP_MAX_MTU :/
This is a problem because device mtu can be changed on other cpus or
threads.
While this patch does not fix the issue I am working on, it is
probably worth addressing it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 routes currently lack nexthop flags as in IPv4. This has several
implications.
In the forwarding path, it requires us to check the carrier state of the
nexthop device and potentially ignore a linkdown route, instead of
checking for RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
It also requires capable drivers to use the user facing IPv6-specific
route flags to provide offload indication, instead of using the nexthop
flags as in IPv4.
Add nexthop flags to IPv6 routes in the 40 bytes hole and use it to
provide offload indication instead of the RTF_OFFLOAD flag, which is
removed while it's still not part of any official kernel release.
In the near future we would like to use the field for the
RTNH_F_{LINKDOWN,DEAD} flags, but this change is more involved and might
not be ready in time for the current cycle.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZkte/AAoJEG4XJFUm622bjqUH/01JNHIGh7WI2YHm9qA//uC0
L35j/nYwiBX47LREkVhgS2goR3BYihricM1w1uwv/1E/JJqECWVe7rPodoM4sYqh
jVVPy3ZYIK/Kk8i7v2W+VIeqR0b2q4PBt+UtruEBH1o8ESKZPDMqudq+AAbHeiih
tWJpPmS+IFW8yWaF9+v5DhWx5q4/JNvZgmNarS5/aPF+2bTR9Gw0bf8PUdyLip6J
rsv0W9e9SqmVBYkRoC4WMgM/RJbUh1d66SPQ3Yrv/nFL6cTgecC2IxQx7pCGUq9n
LbDJy6HCi+3mBJyMkVVs9iaXZiaNm7eUmEq16ENpiAnsQy5h9i/jVpySC0R/BzQ=
=KXB+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2017-08-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.13
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy_linear_skb() is broken; both of its callers actually
expect 'len' to be the amount we are trying to copy,
not the offset of the end.
Fix it keeping the meanings of arguments in sync with what the
callers (both of them) expect.
Also restore a saner behavior on EFAULT (i.e. preserving
the iov_iter position in case of failure):
The commit fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
avoids the more destructive effect of the buggy
copy_linear_skb(), e.g. no more invalid memory access, but
said function still behaves incorrectly: when peeking with
offset it can fail with EINVAL instead of copying the
appropriate amount of memory.
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Fixes: b65ac44674 ("udp: try to avoid 2 cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIN_NAPI_ID is used in various places outside of
CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL wrapping, so when it's not set
we run into build errors such as:
net/core/dev.c: In function 'dev_get_by_napi_id':
net/core/dev.c:886:16: error: ‘MIN_NAPI_ID’ undeclared (first use in this function)
if (napi_id < MIN_NAPI_ID)
^~~~~~~~~~~
Thus, have MIN_NAPI_ID always defined to fix these errors.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state") puts the link state to down if
bond_update_speed_duplex() cannot retrieve speed and duplex settings.
Assumably the patch was written with 802.3ad mode in mind which relies
on link speed/duplex settings. For other modes like active-backup these
settings are not required. Thus, only for these other modes, this patch
reintroduces support for slaves that do not support reporting speed or
duplex such as wireless devices. This fixes the regression reported in
bug 196547 (https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196547).
Fixes: c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Born <futur.andy@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cops->tcf_cl_offload is no longer needed, as the drivers check what they
can and cannot offload using the classid identify helpers. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no longer need to use handle in drivers, so remove it from
tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers need classid to decide they support this specific qdisc+class
or not. So propagate it down via the tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloading drivers need to understand what qdisc class a filter is added
to. Currently they only need to identify ingress, clsact->ingress and
clsact->egress. So provide these helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some bad indents of functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
They have been there since beginning, it was probably caused by that
the typedef sctp_chunk_t was replaced with struct sctp_chunk.
So it's the best time to fix them in this patchset, it's also to fix
some bad indents in other functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_disposition_t, and
replace with enum sctp_disposition in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It's also to fix the indent for many functions' defination.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sm_table_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sm_table_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to fix some indents.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this typedef including the struct, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_verb_t, and
replace with enum sctp_verb in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_arg_t, and
replace with union sctp_arg in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_seq_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmd_seq in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_socket_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_socket_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmsgs_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmsgs in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_endpoint_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_endpoint_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sender_hb_info_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sender_hb_info in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this function typedef, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On systems that use mark-based routing it may be necessary for
routing lookups to use marks in order for packets to be routed
correctly. An example of such a system is Android, which uses
socket marks to route packets via different networks.
Currently, routing lookups in tunnel mode always use a mark of
zero, making routing incorrect on such systems.
This patch adds a new output_mark element to the xfrm state and
a corresponding XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK netlink attribute. The output
mark differs from the existing xfrm mark in two ways:
1. The xfrm mark is used to match xfrm policies and states, while
the xfrm output mark is used to set the mark (and influence
the routing) of the packets emitted by those states.
2. The existing mark is constrained to be a subset of the bits of
the originating socket or transformed packet, but the output
mark is arbitrary and depends only on the state.
The use of a separate mark provides additional flexibility. For
example:
- A packet subject to two transforms (e.g., transport mode inside
tunnel mode) can have two different output marks applied to it,
one for the transport mode SA and one for the tunnel mode SA.
- On a system where socket marks determine routing, the packets
emitted by an IPsec tunnel can be routed based on a mark that
is determined by the tunnel, not by the marks of the
unencrypted packets.
- Support for setting the output marks can be introduced without
breaking any existing setups that employ both mark-based
routing and xfrm tunnel mode. Simply changing the code to use
the xfrm mark for routing output packets could xfrm mark could
change behaviour in a way that breaks these setups.
If the output mark is unspecified or set to zero, the mark is not
set or changed.
Tested: make allyesconfig; make -j64
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/452776
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When the flow dissector first sees packets coming in on a DSA devices the
802.3 header wont be located where the code expects it to be as the tag
is still present. Adding this new callback allows a DSA device to provide a
new function that the flow_dissector can use to get the correct protocol
and offset of the network header.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow callers to tell rtnetlink core that its doit callback
should be invoked without holding rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension
handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the
addba/delba negotiation.
Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session,
including sending a delba.
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the user hasn't installed any custom rules, don't go through the
whole FIB rules layer. This is pretty similar to f4530fa574 (ipv4:
Avoid overhead when no custom FIB rules are installed).
Using a micro-benchmark module [1], timing ip6_route_output() with
get_cycles(), with 40,000 routes in the main routing table, before this
patch:
min=606 max=12911 count=627 average=1959 95th=4903 90th=3747 50th=1602 mad=821
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
600 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 199
880 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1160 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 48
1440 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1720 │▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 59
2000 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 50
2280 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2560 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 31
2840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 28
3120 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3400 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3680 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3960 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 11
4240 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4520 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4800 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
After:
min=544 max=11687 count=627 average=1776 95th=4546 90th=3585 50th=1227 mad=565
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
540 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 201
800 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 63
1060 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 68
1320 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 39
1580 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
1840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
2100 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 34
2360 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 33
2620 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2880 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 22
3140 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3400 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3660 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3920 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4180 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4440 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
At the frequency of the host during the bench (~ 3.7 GHz), this is
about a 100 ns difference on the median value.
A next step would be to collapse local and main tables, as in
0ddcf43d5d (ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse).
[1]: https://github.com/vincentbernat/network-lab/blob/master/lab-routes-ipv6/kbench_mod.c
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge port flags, vlans, FDBs and MDBs can be offloaded
through the bridge code, making the switchdev's SELF bridge bypass
implementation to be redundant. This implies several changes:
- No need for dump infra in switchdev, DSA's special case is handled
privately.
- Remove obj_dump from switchdev_ops.
- FDBs are removed from obj_add/del routines, due to the fact that they
are offloaded through the bridge notification chain.
- The switchdev_port_bridge_xx() and switchdev_port_fdb_xx() functions
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.
The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a new type of lightweight tunnel named seg6local.
A seg6local lwt is defined by a type of action and a set of parameters.
The action represents the operation to perform on the packets matching the
lwt's route, and is not necessarily an encapsulation. The set of parameters
are arguments for the processing function.
Each action is defined in a struct seg6_action_desc within
seg6_action_table[]. This structure contains the action, mandatory
attributes, the processing function, and a static headroom size required by
the action. The mandatory attributes are encoded as a bitmask field. The
static headroom is set to a non-zero value when the processing function
always add a constant number of bytes to the skb (e.g. the header size for
encapsulations).
To facilitate rtnetlink-related operations such as parsing, fill_encap,
and cmp_encap, each type of action parameter is associated to three
function pointers, in seg6_action_params[].
All actions defined in seg6_local.h are detailed in [1].
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports the seg6_do_srh_encap() and seg6_do_srh_inline()
functions. It also removes the CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE knob
that enabled the compilation of seg6_do_srh_inline(). This function
is now built-in.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we use 'unsigned long fh' as a pointer in every place,
it is safe to convert it to a void pointer now. This gets
rid of many casts to pointer.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet6 socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after tcp_v4_rcv
tcp_v4_sdif is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after the cb move
in tcp_v4_rcv the tcp_v4_sdif helper is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prio is not cls_flower specific, but it is meaningful for all
classifiers. Seems that only mlxsw cares about the value. Obviously,
cls offload in other drivers is broken.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is specific to flower now, make it part of the flower offload
struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_subtype_t, and
replace with union sctp_subtype in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_timeout_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_timeout in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_other_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_other in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_primitive_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_primitive in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_ierror_t, and
replace with enum sctp_ierror in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_xmit_t, and
replace with enum sctp_xmit in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sock_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_sock_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_transport_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_transport_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_t, and
replace with enum sctp_scope in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_policy_t and keep
it's members as an anonymous enum.
It is also to define SCTP_SCOPE_POLICY_MAX to replace the num 3
in sysctl.c to make codes clear.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_retransmit_reason_t, and
replace with enum sctp_retransmit_reason in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_lower_cwnd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_lower_cwnd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ip_options_echo() uses the current network namespace, and
currently retrives it via skb->dst->dev.
This commit adds an explicit 'net' argument to __ip_options_echo()
and update all the call sites to provide it, usually via a simpler
sock_net().
After this change, __ip_options_echo() no more needs to access
skb->dst and we can drop a couple of hack to preserve such
info in the rx path.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_exts_change is always called on newly created exts, which are not used
on fastpath. Therefore, simple struct copy is enough.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave it to tcf_action_exec to return TC_ACT_OK in case there is no
action present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two helpers are doing the same as tcf_exts_has_actions, so remove
them and use tcf_exts_has_actions instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the tcf_exts_has_actions helper instead or directly testing
exts->nr_actions in tcf_exts_exec.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcf_em_tree_validate could be always called on a newly created
filter, there is no need for this change function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel supports zerocopy sendmsg in virtio and tap. Expand the
infrastructure to support other socket types. Introduce a completion
notification channel over the socket error queue. Notifications are
returned with ee_origin SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is 0 to avoid
blocking the send/recv path on receiving notifications.
Add reference counting, to support the skb split, merge, resize and
clone operations possible with SOCK_STREAM and other socket types.
The patch does not yet modify any datapaths.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sock_omalloc and sock_ofree to be able to allocate control skbs,
for instance for looping errors onto sk_error_queue.
The transmit budget (sk_wmem_alloc) is involved in transmit skb
shaping, most notably in TCP Small Queues. Using this budget for
control packets would impact transmission.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pure refactor. This helper will be required in the xmit timer fix
later in the patch series. (Because the TLP logic will want to make
this calculation.)
Fixes: 6ba8a3b19e ("tcp: Tail loss probe (TLP)")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 1c677b3d28 ("ipv4: fib: Add fib_info_hold() helper")
and commit b423cb1080 ("ipv4: fib: Export free_fib_info()") add an
helper to hold a reference on rt6_info and export rt6_release() to drop
it and potentially release the route.
This is needed so that drivers capable of FIB offload could hold a
reference on the route before queueing it for offload and drop it after
the route has been programmed to the device's tables.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump all the FIB tables in each net namespace upon registration to the
FIB notification chain so that the callee will have a complete view of
the tables.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-table sequence counter
that is incremented (under write lock) whenever a route is added or
deleted from the table.
All the sequence counters are read (under each table's read lock) and
summed, prior and after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the
dump is either restarted or the registration fails.
While it's possible for a table to be modified after its counter has
been read, this isn't really a problem. In case it happened before it
was read the second time, then the comparison at the end will fail. If
it happened afterwards, then we're guaranteed to be notified about the
change, as the notification block is registered prior to the second
read.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users of the FIB notification chain to receive a complete view of
the IPv6 FIB rules upon registration to the chain.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-family sequence counter
that is incremented (under RTNL) whenever a rule is added or deleted.
All the sequence counters are read (under RTNL) and summed, prior and
after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the dump is either
restarted or the registration fails.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As with IPv4, allow listeners of the FIB notification chain to receive
notifications whenever a route is added, replaced or deleted. This is
done by placing calls to the FIB notification chain in the two lowest
level functions that end up performing these operations - namely,
fib6_add_rt2node() and fib6_del_route().
Unlike IPv4, APPEND notifications aren't sent as the kernel doesn't
distinguish between "append" (NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_APPEND) and "prepend"
(NLM_F_CREATE). If NLM_F_EXCL isn't set, duplicate routes are always
added after the existing duplicate routes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're about to add IPv6 FIB offload support, so implement the necessary
callbacks in IPv6 code, which will later allow us to add routes and
rules notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit 3c71006d15 ("ipv4: fib_rules: Check if rule is
a default rule"), drivers supporting IPv6 FIB offload need to be able to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
Add an IPv6 helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the routing tables, the FIB rules share a common core, so instead
of replicating the same logic for each address family we can simply dump
the rules and send notifications from the core itself.
To protect the integrity of the dump, a rules-specific sequence counter
is added for each address family and incremented whenever a rule is
added or deleted (under RTNL).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain is currently soley used by IPv4 code.
However, we're going to introduce IPv6 FIB offload support, which
requires these notification as well.
As explained in commit c3852ef7f2 ("ipv4: fib: Replay events when
registering FIB notifier"), upon registration to the chain, the callee
receives a full dump of the FIB tables and rules by traversing all the
net namespaces. The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-namespace
sequence counter that is incremented whenever a change to the tables or
rules occurs.
In order to allow more address families to use the chain, each family is
expected to register its fib_notifier_ops in its pernet init. These
operations allow the common code to read the family's sequence counter
as well as dump its tables and rules in the given net namespace.
Additionally, a 'family' parameter is added to sent notifications, so
that listeners could distinguish between the different families.
Implement the common code that allows listeners to register to the chain
and for address families to register their fib_notifier_ops. Subsequent
patches will implement these operations in IPv6.
In the future, ipmr and ip6mr will be extended to provide these
notifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_errhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_errhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches converted users of these functions to provide offload
indication using the nexthop's flags instead of the FIB info's.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a nf_conntrack_l3/4proto parameter is not on the left hand side
of an assignment, its address is not taken, and it is not passed to a
function that may modify its fields, then it can be declared as const.
This change is useful from a documentation point of view, and can
possibly facilitate making some nf_conntrack_l3/4proto structures const
subsequently.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows local sockets to make use of XFRM GSO code path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
IPSec crypto offload depends on the protocol-specific
offload module (such as esp_offload.ko).
When the user installs an SA with crypto-offload, load
the offload module automatically, in the same way
that the protocol module is loaded (such as esp.ko)
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.
In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generalize strparser from more than just being used in conjunction
with read_sock. strparser will also be used in the send path with
zero proxy. The primary change is to create strp_process function
that performs the critical processing on skbs. The documentation
is also updated to reflect the new uses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new proto_ops sendmsg_locked and sendpage_locked that can be
called when the socket lock is already held. Correspondingly, add
kernel_sendmsg_locked and kernel_sendpage_locked as front end
functions.
These functions will be used in zero proxy so that we can take
the socket lock in a ULP sendmsg/sendpage and then directly call the
backend transport proto_ops functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
re-indent tcp_ack, and remove CA_ACK_SLOWPATH; it is always set now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like prequeue, I am not sure this is overly useful nowadays.
If we receive a train of packets, GRO will aggregate them if the
headers are the same (HP predates GRO by several years) so we don't
get a per-packet benefit, only a per-aggregated-packet one.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prequeue is a tcp receive optimization that moves part of rx processing
from bh to process context.
This only works if the socket being processed belongs to a process that
is blocked in recv on that socket.
In practice, this doesn't happen anymore that often because nowadays
servers tend to use an event driven (epoll) model.
Even normal client applications (web browsers) commonly use many tcp
connections in parallel.
This has measureable impact only in netperf (which uses plain recv and
thus allows prequeue use) from host to locally running vm (~4%), however,
there were no changes when using netperf between two physical hosts with
ixgbe interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discussion during NFWS 2017 in Faro has shown that the current
conntrack behaviour is unreasonable.
Even if conntrack module is loaded on behalf of a single net namespace,
its turned on for all namespaces, which is expensive. Commit
481fa37347 ("netfilter: conntrack: add nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl")
attempted to provide an alternative to the 'default on' behaviour by
adding a sysctl to change it.
However, as Eric points out, the sysctl only becomes available
once the module is loaded, and then its too late.
So we either have to move the sysctl to the core, or, alternatively,
change conntrack to become active only once the rule set requires this.
This does the latter, conntrack is only enabled when a rule needs it.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allocate all table names dynamically to allow for arbitrary lengths but
introduce NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as an upper sanity boundary. It's value was
chosen to allow using a domain name as per RFC 1035.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is similar to strdup() for netlink string attributes.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This also removes __nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy() call from
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net, so that function can be used only
when missing conntracks from unconfirmed list isn't a problem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have several spots that open-code a expect walk, add a helper
that is similar to nf_ct_iterate_destroy/nf_ct_iterate_cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Generic bitflags attribute content sent to the kernel by user.
With this netlink attr type the user can either set or unset a
flag in the kernel.
The value is a bitmap that defines the bit values being set
The selector is a bitmask that defines which value bit is to be
considered.
A check is made to ensure the rules that a kernel subsystem always
conforms to bitflags the kernel already knows about. i.e
if the user tries to set a bit flag that is not understood then
the _it will be rejected_.
In the most basic form, the user specifies the attribute policy as:
[ATTR_GOO] = { .type = NLA_BITFIELD32, .validation_data = &myvalidflags },
where myvalidflags is the bit mask of the flags the kernel understands.
If the user _does not_ provide myvalidflags then the attribute will
also be rejected.
Examples:
value = 0x0, and selector = 0x1
implies we are selecting bit 1 and we want to set its value to 0.
value = 0x2, and selector = 0x2
implies we are selecting bit 2 and we want to set its value to 1.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an early demuxed packet reaches __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), the
sk reference is retrieved and used, but the relevant reference
count is leaked and the socket destructor is never called.
Beyond leaking the sk memory, if there are pending UDP packets
in the receive queue, even the related accounted memory is leaked.
In the long run, this will cause persistent forward allocation errors
and no UDP skbs (both ipv4 and ipv6) will be able to reach the
user-space.
Fix this by explicitly accessing the early demux reference before
the lookup, and properly decreasing the socket reference count
after usage.
Also drop the skb_steal_sock() in __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), and
the now obsoleted comment about "socket cache".
The newly added code is derived from the current ipv4 code for the
similar path.
v1 -> v2:
fixed the __udp6_lib_rcv() return code for resubmission,
as suggested by Eric
Reported-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Haber <mh+netdev@zugschlus.de>
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving
_sctp_walk_{params, errors}()") tried to fix the issue that it
may overstep the chunk end for _sctp_walk_{params, errors} with
'chunk_end > offset(length) + sizeof(length)'.
But it introduced a side effect: When processing INIT, it verifies
the chunks with 'param.v == chunk_end' after iterating all params
by sctp_walk_params(). With the check 'chunk_end > offset(length)
+ sizeof(length)', it would return when the last param is not yet
accessed. Because the last param usually is fwdtsn supported param
whose size is 4 and 'chunk_end == offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
This is a badly issue even causing sctp couldn't process 4-shakes.
Client would always get abort when connecting to server, due to
the failure of INIT chunk verification on server.
The patch is to use 'chunk_end <= offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
instead of 'chunk_end < offset(length) + sizeof(length)' for both
_sctp_walk_params and _sctp_walk_errors.
Fixes: b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving _sctp_walk_{params, errors}()")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paul Moore reported a SELinux/IP_PASSSEC regression
caused by missing skb->sp at recvmsg() time. We need to
preserve the skb head state to process the IP_CMSG_PASSSEC
cmsg.
With this commit we avoid releasing the skb head state in the
BH even if a secpath is attached to the current skb, and stores
the skb status (with/without head states) in the scratch area,
so that we can access it at skb deallocation time, without
incurring in cache-miss penalties.
This also avoids misusing the skb CB for ipv6 packets,
as introduced by the commit 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve
skb->dst if required for IP options processing").
Clean a bit the scratch area helpers implementation, to
reduce the code differences between 32 and 64 bits build.
Reported-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Fixes: 0a463c78d2 ("udp: avoid a cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve skb->dst if required for IP options processing")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last (4th) argument of tcp_rcv_established() is redundant as it
always equals to skb->len and the skb itself is always passed as 2th
agrument. There is no reason to have it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya V. Matveychikov <matvejchikov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sackhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_sackhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_DROP_INFO event, similar to
NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_PUSH_INFO, to signal to un-offload ports.
This also adds udp_tunnel_drop_rx_port(), which calls
ndo_udp_tunnel_del.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These chain counters are only used by the iptables-compat tool, that
allow users to use the x_tables extensions from the existing nf_tables
framework. This patch makes nf_tables by ~5% for the general usecase,
ie. native nft users, where no chain counters are used at all.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the timeout formula to schedule the TCP loss probe
(TLP). The previous formula uses 2*SRTT or 1.5*RTT + DelayACKMax if
only one packet is in flight. It keeps a lower bound of 10 msec which
is too large for short RTT connections (e.g. within a data-center).
The new formula = 2*RTT + (inflight == 1 ? 200ms : 2ticks) which
performs better for short and fast connections.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=ngAW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull structure randomization updates from Kees Cook:
"Now that IPC and other changes have landed, enable manual markings for
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
This is the rest of what was staged in -next for the gcc-plugins, and
comes in three patches, largest first:
- mark "easy" structs with __randomize_layout
- mark task_struct with an optional anonymous struct to isolate the
__randomize_layout section
- mark structs to opt _out_ of automated marking (which will come
later)
And, FWIW, this continues to pass allmodconfig (normal and patched to
enable gcc-plugins) builds of x86_64, i386, arm64, arm, powerpc, and
s390 for me"
* tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
randstruct: opt-out externally exposed function pointer structs
task_struct: Allow randomized layout
randstruct: Mark various structs for randomization
retain last used xfrm_dst in a pcpu cache.
On next request, reuse this dst if the policies are the same.
The cache will not help with strict RR workloads as there is no hit.
The cache packet-path part is reasonably small, the notifier part is
needed so we do not add long hangs when a device is dismantled but some
pcpu xdst still holds a reference, there are also calls to the flush
operation when userspace deletes SAs so modules can be removed
(there is no hit.
We need to run the dst_release on the correct cpu to avoid races with
packet path. This is done by adding a work_struct for each cpu and then
doing the actual test/release on each affected cpu via schedule_work_on().
Test results using 4 network namespaces and null encryption:
ns1 ns2 -> ns3 -> ns4
netperf -> xfrm/null enc -> xfrm/null dec -> netserver
what TCP_STREAM UDP_STREAM UDP_RR
Flow cache: 14644.61 294.35 327231.64
No flow cache: 14349.81 242.64 202301.72
Pcpu cache: 14629.70 292.21 205595.22
UDP tests used 64byte packets, tests ran for one minute each,
value is average over ten iterations.
'Flow cache' is 'net-next', 'No flow cache' is net-next plus this
series but without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rcu conversions performance degradation in forward tests isn't that
noticeable anymore.
See next patch for some numbers.
A followup patcg could then also remove genid from the policies
as we do not cache bundles anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed in Faro during Netfilter Workshop 2017, RB trees can be
used with RCU, using a seqlock.
Note that net/rxrpc/conn_service.c is already using this.
This patch converts inetpeer from AVL tree to RB tree, since it allows
to remove private AVL implementation in favor of shared RB code.
$ size net/ipv4/inetpeer.before net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
text data bss dec hex filename
3195 40 128 3363 d23 net/ipv4/inetpeer.before
1562 24 0 1586 632 net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
The same technique can be used to speed up
net/netfilter/nft_set_rbtree.c (removing rwlock contention in fast path)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All unix sockets now account inflight FDs to the respective sender.
This was introduced in:
commit 712f4aad40
Author: willy tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Date: Sun Jan 10 07:54:56 2016 +0100
unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets
and further refined in:
commit 415e3d3e90
Author: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Date: Wed Feb 3 02:11:03 2016 +0100
unix: correctly track in-flight fds in sending process user_struct
Hence, regardless of the stacking depth of FDs, the total number of
inflight FDs is limited, and accounted. There is no known way for a
local user to exceed those limits or exploit the accounting.
Furthermore, the GC logic is independent of the recursion/stacking depth
as well. It solely depends on the total number of inflight FDs,
regardless of their layout.
Lastly, the current `recursion_level' suffers a TOCTOU race, since it
checks and inherits depths only at queue time. If we consider `A<-B' to
mean `queue-B-on-A', the following sequence circumvents the recursion
level easily:
A<-B
B<-C
C<-D
...
Y<-Z
resulting in:
A<-B<-C<-...<-Z
With all of this in mind, lets drop the recursion limit. It has no
additional security value, anymore. On the contrary, it randomly
confuses message brokers that try to forward file-descriptors, since
any sendmsg(2) call can fail spuriously with ETOOMANYREFS if a client
maliciously modifies the FD while inflight.
Cc: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Simon McVittie <simon.mcvittie@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_hmac_algo_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_hmac_algo_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunks_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_chunks_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_random_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_random_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of an "anycast destination address" has been tweaked as a
side-effect of commit 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on
rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST"). The first address of a point-to-point
/127 subnet is now considered as an anycast address. This prevents
ICMPv6 errors to be returned to a sender of such a subnet and breaks
PMTU discovery.
This can be reproduced with:
ip link add name out6 type veth peer name in6
ip link add name out7 type veth peer name in7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev out7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev in7
ip netns add next-hop
ip netns add next-next-hop
ip link set netns next-hop dev in6
ip link set netns next-hop dev out7
ip link set netns next-next-hop dev in7
ip link set up dev out6
ip addr add 2001:db8:1::12/127 dev out6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::13/127 dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::14/127 dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::15
ip netns exec next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip link set up dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::15/127 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::50/128 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::14
ip netns exec next-next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip route add 2001:db8:1::48/123 via 2001:db8:1::13
sleep 4
ping -M do -s 1452 -c 3 2001:db8:1::50 || true
ip route get 2001:db8:1::50
Before the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 from :: via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 1024 pref medium
After the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 0
cache expires 578sec mtu 1400 pref medium
Fixes: 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull ->s_options removal from Al Viro:
"Preparations for fsmount/fsopen stuff (coming next cycle). Everything
gets moved to explicit ->show_options(), killing ->s_options off +
some cosmetic bits around fs/namespace.c and friends. Basically, the
stuff needed to work with fsmount series with minimum of conflicts
with other work.
It's not strictly required for this merge window, but it would reduce
the PITA during the coming cycle, so it would be nice to have those
bits and pieces out of the way"
* 'work.mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
isofs: Fix isofs_show_options()
VFS: Kill off s_options and helpers
orangefs: Implement show_options
9p: Implement show_options
isofs: Implement show_options
afs: Implement show_options
affs: Implement show_options
befs: Implement show_options
spufs: Implement show_options
bpf: Implement show_options
ramfs: Implement show_options
pstore: Implement show_options
omfs: Implement show_options
hugetlbfs: Implement show_options
VFS: Don't use save/replace_mount_options if not using generic_show_options
VFS: Provide empty name qstr
VFS: Make get_filesystem() return the affected filesystem
VFS: Clean up whitespace in fs/namespace.c and fs/super.c
Provide a function to create a NUL-terminated string from unterminated data
Fill in missing kernel-doc for missing elements in struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the show_options superblock op for 9p as part of a bid to get
rid of s_options and generic_show_options() to make it easier to implement
a context-based mount where the mount options can be passed individually
over a file descriptor.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly fixing some light fallout from the changes that went into the
merge window.
1) Fix memory leaks on network namespace teardown in netfilter, from
Liping Zhang.
2) When comparing ipv6 nexthops, we have to take the lightweight
tunnel state into account as well. From David Ahern.
3) Fix socket option object length check in the new TLS code, from
Matthias Rosenfelder.
4) Fix memory leak in nfp driver flower support, from Jakub Kicinski.
5) Several netlink attribute validation fixes in cfg80211, from
Srinivas Dasari.
6) Fix context array leak in virtio_net, from Jason Wang.
7) SKB use after free in hns driver, from Yusheng Lin.
8) Fix socket leak on accept() in RDS, from Sowmini Varadhan. Also
add a WARN_ON() to sock_graft() so other protocol stacks don't
trip over this as well"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove useless code in mtk_probe()
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute
doc: SKB_GSO_[IPIP|SIT] have been replaced
bonding: avoid NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event when unregistering slave
net/sock: add WARN_ON(parent->sk) in sock_graft()
rds: tcp: use sock_create_lite() to create the accept socket
net: hns: Fix a skb used after free bug
net: hns: Fix a wrong op phy C45 code
net: macb: Adding Support for Jumbo Frames up to 10240 Bytes in SAMA5D3
net: Update networking MAINTAINERS entry.
virtio-net: fix leaking of ctx array
cfg80211: Validate frequencies nested in NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
cfg80211: Define nla_policy for NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
cfg80211: Check if NAN service ID is of expected size
cfg80211: Check if PMKID attribute is of expected size
arcnet: com20020-pci: Fix an error handling path in 'com20020pci_probe()'
nfp: flower: add missing clean up call to avoid memory leaks
vrf: fix bug_on triggered by rx when destroying a vrf
ptp: dte: Use LL suffix for 64-bit constants
sctp: set the value of flowi6_oif to sk_bound_dev_if to make sctp_v6_get_dst to find the correct route entry.
...
sock_graft() unilaterally sets up parent->sk based on the
assumption that the existing parent->sk is null. If this
condition is not true, then the existing parent->sk would
be leaked, so add a WARN_ON() to alert callers who may fall
in this category.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu updates from Tejun Heo:
"These are the percpu changes for the v4.13-rc1 merge window. There are
a couple visibility related changes - tracepoints and allocator stats
through debugfs, along with __ro_after_init markings and a cosmetic
rename in percpu_counter.
Please note that the simple O(#elements_in_the_chunk) area allocator
used by percpu allocator is again showing scalability issues,
primarily with bpf allocating and freeing large number of counters.
Dennis is working on the replacement allocator and the percpu
allocator will be seeing increased churns in the coming cycles"
* 'for-4.13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: fix static checker warnings in pcpu_destroy_chunk
percpu: fix early calls for spinlock in pcpu_stats
percpu: resolve err may not be initialized in pcpu_alloc
percpu_counter: Rename __percpu_counter_add to percpu_counter_add_batch
percpu: add tracepoint support for percpu memory
percpu: expose statistics about percpu memory via debugfs
percpu: migrate percpu data structures to internal header
percpu: add missing lockdep_assert_held to func pcpu_free_area
mark most percpu globals as __ro_after_init
Lennert reported a failure to add different mpls encaps in a multipath
route:
$ ip -6 route add 1234::/16 \
nexthop encap mpls 10 via fe80::1 dev ens3 \
nexthop encap mpls 20 via fe80::1 dev ens3
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
The problem is that the duplicate nexthop detection does not compare
lwtunnel configuration. Add it.
Fixes: 19e42e4515 ("ipv6: support for fib route lwtunnel encap attributes")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reported-by: João Taveira Araújo <joao.taveira@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Reasonably busy this cycle, but perhaps not as busy as in the 4.12
merge window:
1) Several optimizations for UDP processing under high load from
Paolo Abeni.
2) Support pacing internally in TCP when using the sch_fq packet
scheduler for this is not practical. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Support mutliple filter chains per qdisc, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Move to 1ms TCP timestamp clock, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Add batch dequeueing to vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
6) Flesh out more completely SCTP checksum offload support, from
Davide Caratti.
7) More plumbing of extended netlink ACKs, from David Ahern, Pablo
Neira Ayuso, and Matthias Schiffer.
8) Add devlink support to nfp driver, from Simon Horman.
9) Add RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag to RTM_GETROUTE queries, from Roopa
Prabhu.
10) Add stack depth tracking to BPF verifier and use this information
in the various eBPF JITs. From Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Support XDP on qed device VFs, from Yuval Mintz.
12) Introduce BPF PROG ID for better introspection of installed BPF
programs. From Martin KaFai Lau.
13) Add bpf_set_hash helper for TC bpf programs, from Daniel Borkmann.
14) For loads, allow narrower accesses in bpf verifier checking, from
Yonghong Song.
15) Support MIPS in the BPF selftests and samples infrastructure, the
MIPS eBPF JIT will be merged in via the MIPS GIT tree. From David
Daney.
16) Support kernel based TLS, from Dave Watson and others.
17) Remove completely DST garbage collection, from Wei Wang.
18) Allow installing TCP MD5 rules using prefixes, from Ivan
Delalande.
19) Add XDP support to Intel i40e driver, from Björn Töpel
20) Add support for TC flower offload in nfp driver, from Simon
Horman, Pieter Jansen van Vuuren, Benjamin LaHaise, Jakub
Kicinski, and Bert van Leeuwen.
21) IPSEC offloading support in mlx5, from Ilan Tayari.
22) Add HW PTP support to macb driver, from Rafal Ozieblo.
23) Networking refcount_t conversions, From Elena Reshetova.
24) Add sock_ops support to BPF, from Lawrence Brako. This is useful
for tuning the TCP sockopt settings of a group of applications,
currently via CGROUPs"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1899 commits)
net: phy: dp83867: add workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
dt-bindings: phy: dp83867: provide a workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
cxgb4: Support for get_ts_info ethtool method
cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support
cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP
nfp: default to chained metadata prepend format
nfp: remove legacy MAC address lookup
nfp: improve order of interfaces in breakout mode
net: macb: remove extraneous return when MACB_EXT_DESC is defined
bpf: add missing break in for the TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP case
bpf: fix return in load_bpf_file
mpls: fix rtm policy in mpls_getroute
net, ax25: convert ax25_cb.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_route.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_uid_assoc.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_ep_common.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_transport.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_chunk.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_datamsg.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_auth_bytes.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
...
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cVjZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull documentation updates from Jonathan Corbet:
"There has been a fair amount of activity in the docs tree this time
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates"
* tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux: (90 commits)
scripts/kernel-doc: handle DECLARE_HASHTABLE
Documentation: atomic_ops.txt is core-api/atomic_ops.rst
Docs: clean up some DocBook loose ends
Make the main documentation title less Geocities
Docs: Use kernel-figure in vidioc-g-selection.rst
Docs: fix table problems in ras.rst
Docs: Fix breakage with Sphinx 1.5 and upper
Docs: Include the Latex "ifthen" package
doc/kokr/howto: Only send regression fixes after -rc1
docs-rst: fix broken links to dynamic-debug-howto in kernel-parameters
doc: Document suitability of IBM Verse for kernel development
Doc: fix a markup error in coding-style.rst
docs: driver-api: i2c: remove some outdated information
Documentation: DMA API: fix a typo in a function name
Docs: Insert missing space to separate link from text
doc/ko_KR/memory-barriers: Update control-dependencies example
Documentation, kbuild: fix typo "minimun" -> "minimum"
docs: Fix some formatting issues in request-key.rst
doc: ReSTify keys-trusted-encrypted.txt
doc: ReSTify keys-request-key.txt
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Add the SYSTEM_SCHEDULING bootup state to move various scheduler
debug checks earlier into the bootup. This turns silent and
sporadically deadly bugs into nice, deterministic splats. Fix some
of the splats that triggered. (Thomas Gleixner)
- A round of restructuring and refactoring of the load-balancing and
topology code (Peter Zijlstra)
- Another round of consolidating ~20 of incremental scheduler code
history: this time in terms of wait-queue nomenclature. (I didn't
get much feedback on these renaming patches, and we can still
easily change any names I might have misplaced, so if anyone hates
a new name, please holler and I'll fix it.) (Ingo Molnar)
- sched/numa improvements, fixes and updates (Rik van Riel)
- Another round of x86/tsc scheduler clock code improvements, in hope
of making it more robust (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve NOHZ behavior (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Deadline scheduler improvements and fixes (Luca Abeni, Daniel
Bristot de Oliveira)
- Simplify and optimize the topology setup code (Lauro Ramos
Venancio)
- Debloat and decouple scheduler code some more (Nicolas Pitre)
- Simplify code by making better use of llist primitives (Byungchul
Park)
- ... plus other fixes and improvements"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (103 commits)
sched/cputime: Refactor the cputime_adjust() code
sched/debug: Expose the number of RT/DL tasks that can migrate
sched/numa: Hide numa_wake_affine() from UP build
sched/fair: Remove effective_load()
sched/numa: Implement NUMA node level wake_affine()
sched/fair: Simplify wake_affine() for the single socket case
sched/numa: Override part of migrate_degrades_locality() when idle balancing
sched/rt: Move RT related code from sched/core.c to sched/rt.c
sched/deadline: Move DL related code from sched/core.c to sched/deadline.c
sched/cpuset: Only offer CONFIG_CPUSETS if SMP is enabled
sched/fair: Spare idle load balancing on nohz_full CPUs
nohz: Move idle balancer registration to the idle path
sched/loadavg: Generalize "_idle" naming to "_nohz"
sched/core: Drop the unused try_get_task_struct() helper function
sched/fair: WARN() and refuse to set buddy when !se->on_rq
sched/debug: Fix SCHED_WARN_ON() to return a value on !CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG as well
sched/wait: Disambiguate wq_entry->task_list and wq_head->task_list naming
sched/wait: Move bit_wait_table[] and related functionality from sched/core.c to sched/wait_bit.c
sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h>
sched/wait: Re-adjust macro line continuation backslashes in <linux/wait.h>
...
It's not a good idea to add the same hlist_node to two different hash lists.
This leads to various hard to debug memory corruptions.
Fixes: b1be00a6c3 ("vxlan: support both IPv4 and IPv6 sockets in a single vxlan device")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for changing congestion control for SOCK_OPS bpf
programs through the setsockopt bpf helper function. It also adds
a new SOCK_OPS op, BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN, that is needed for
congestion controls, like dctcp, that need to enable ECN in the
SYN packets.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds suppport for setting the initial advertized window from
within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. This can be used to support larger
initial cwnd values in environments where it is known to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting a per connection SYN and
SYN_ACK RTOs from within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. For example,
to set small RTOs when it is known both hosts are within a
datacenter.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Created a new BPF program type, BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS, and a corresponding
struct that allows BPF programs of this type to access some of the
socket's fields (such as IP addresses, ports, etc.). It uses the
existing bpf cgroups infrastructure so the programs can be attached per
cgroup with full inheritance support. The program will be called at
appropriate times to set relevant connections parameters such as buffer
sizes, SYN and SYN-ACK RTOs, etc., based on connection information such
as IP addresses, port numbers, etc.
Alghough there are already 3 mechanisms to set parameters (sysctls,
route metrics and setsockopts), this new mechanism provides some
distinct advantages. Unlike sysctls, it can set parameters per
connection. In contrast to route metrics, it can also use port numbers
and information provided by a user level program. In addition, it could
set parameters probabilistically for evaluation purposes (i.e. do
something different on 10% of the flows and compare results with the
other 90% of the flows). Also, in cases where IPv6 addresses contain
geographic information, the rules to make changes based on the distance
(or RTT) between the hosts are much easier than route metric rules and
can be global. Finally, unlike setsockopt, it oes not require
application changes and it can be updated easily at any time.
Although the bpf cgroup framework already contains a sock related
program type (BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK), I created the new type
(BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS) beccause the existing type expects to be called
only once during the connections's lifetime. In contrast, the new
program type will be called multiple times from different places in the
network stack code. For example, before sending SYN and SYN-ACKs to set
an appropriate timeout, when the connection is established to set
congestion control, etc. As a result it has "op" field to specify the
type of operation requested.
The purpose of this new program type is to simplify setting connection
parameters, such as buffer sizes, TCP's SYN RTO, etc. For example, it is
easy to use facebook's internal IPv6 addresses to determine if both hosts
of a connection are in the same datacenter. Therefore, it is easy to
write a BPF program to choose a small SYN RTO value when both hosts are
in the same datacenter.
This patch only contains the framework to support the new BPF program
type, following patches add the functionality to set various connection
parameters.
This patch defines a new BPF program type: BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_OPS
and a new bpf syscall command to load a new program of this type:
BPF_PROG_LOAD_SOCKET_OPS.
Two new corresponding structs (one for the kernel one for the user/BPF
program):
/* kernel version */
struct bpf_sock_ops_kern {
struct sock *sk;
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
};
/* user version
* Some fields are in network byte order reflecting the sock struct
* Use the bpf_ntohl helper macro in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h to
* convert them to host byte order.
*/
struct bpf_sock_ops {
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
__u32 family;
__u32 remote_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_port; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_port; /* In host byte horder */
};
Currently there are two types of ops. The first type expects the BPF
program to return a value which is then used by the caller (or a
negative value to indicate the operation is not supported). The second
type expects state changes to be done by the BPF program, for example
through a setsockopt BPF helper function, and they ignore the return
value.
The reply fields of the bpf_sockt_ops struct are there in case a bpf
program needs to return a value larger than an integer.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_init_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_init_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_data_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_data_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_param_t, and replace with
struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this typedef.
It is also to remove the useless declaration sctp_addip_addr_config
and fix the lack of params for some other functions' declaration.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_paramhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cid_t, and replace
with struct sctp_cid in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunkhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_chunkhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type)., especially in sctp_new.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to allow switchdev ops to be set if NET_SWITCHDEV is configured
and do nothing otherwise. This allows for slightly cleaner code which
uses switchdev but does not select NET_SWITCHDEV.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This conversion requires overall +1 on the whole
refcounting scheme.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This marks many critical kernel structures for randomization. These are
structures that have been targeted in the past in security exploits, or
contain functions pointers, pointers to function pointer tables, lists,
workqueues, ref-counters, credentials, permissions, or are otherwise
sensitive. This initial list was extracted from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's
code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my understanding
of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are mine and
don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Left out of this list is task_struct, which requires special handling
and will be covered in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This batch contains connection tracking updates for the cleanup
iteration path, patches from Florian Westphal:
X) Skip unconfirmed conntracks in nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net(), just set
dying bit to let the CPU release them.
X) Add nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to be used on module removal, to kill
conntrack from all namespace.
X) Restart iteration on hashtable resizing, since both may occur at
the same time.
X) Use the new nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack with NAT
mapping on module removal.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack entries helper
module removal, from Liping Zhang.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net() to remove the timeout extension
if user requests this, also from Liping.
X) Add net_ns_barrier() and use it from FTP helper, so make sure
no concurrent namespace removal happens at the same time while
the helper module is being removed.
X) Use NFPROTO_MAX in layer 3 conntrack protocol array, to reduce
module size. Same thing in nf_tables.
Updates for the nf_tables infrastructure:
X) Prepare usage of the extended ACK reporting infrastructure for
nf_tables.
X) Remove unnecessary forward declaration in nf_tables hash set.
X) Skip set size estimation if number of element is not specified.
X) Changes to accomodate a (faster) unresizable hash set implementation,
for anonymous sets and dynamic size fixed sets with no timeouts.
X) Faster lookup function for unresizable hash table for 2 and 4
bytes key.
And, finally, a bunch of asorted small updates and cleanups:
X) Do not hold reference to netdev from ipt_CLUSTER, instead subscribe
to device events and look up for index from the packet path, this
is fixing an issue that is present since the very beginning, patch
from Xin Long.
X) Use nf_register_net_hook() in ipt_CLUSTER, from Florian Westphal.
X) Use ebt_invalid_target() whenever possible in the ebtables tree,
from Gao Feng.
X) Calm down compilation warning in nf_dup infrastructure, patch from
stephen hemminger.
X) Statify functions in nftables rt expression, also from stephen.
X) Update Makefile to use canonical method to specify nf_tables-objs.
From Jike Song.
X) Use nf_conntrack_helpers_register() in amanda and H323.
X) Space cleanup for ctnetlink, from linzhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that they can be later used by the IPv6 code, too.
Also lift the comments a bit.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches and modern SR-IOV enabled NICs may multiplex traffic from Port
representators and control messages over single set of hardware queues.
Control messages and muxed traffic may need ordered delivery.
Those requirements make it hard to comfortably use TC infrastructure today
unless we have a way of attaching metadata to skbs at the upper device.
Because single set of queues is used for many netdevs stopping TC/sched
queues of all of them reliably is impossible and lower device has to
retreat to returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY and usually has to take extra locks on
the fastpath.
This patch attempts to enable port/representative devs to attach metadata
to skbs which carry port id. This way representatives can be queueless and
all queuing can be performed at the lower netdev in the usual way.
Traffic arriving on the port/representative interfaces will be have
metadata attached and will subsequently be queued to the lower device for
transmission. The lower device should recognize the metadata and translate
it to HW specific format which is most likely either a special header
inserted before the network headers or descriptor/metadata fields.
Metadata is associated with the lower device by storing the netdev pointer
along with port id so that if TC decides to redirect or mirror the new
netdev will not try to interpret it.
This is mostly for SR-IOV devices since switches don't have lower netdevs
today.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-06-23
1) Use memdup_user to spmlify xfrm_user_policy.
From Geliang Tang.
2) Make xfrm_dev_register static to silence a sparse warning.
From Wei Yongjun.
3) Use crypto_memneq to check the ICV in the AH protocol.
From Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Remove some unused variables in esp6.
From Stephen Hemminger.
5) Extend XFRM MIGRATE to allow to change the UDP encapsulation port.
From Antony Antony.
6) Include the UDP encapsulation port to km_migrate announcements.
From Antony Antony.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-06-23
1) Fix xfrm garbage collecting when unregistering a netdevice.
From Hangbin Liu.
2) Fix NULL pointer derefernce when exiting a network namespace.
From Hangbin Liu.
3) Fix some error codes in pfkey to prevent a NULL pointer derefernce.
From Dan Carpenter.
4) Fix NULL pointer derefernce on allocation failure in pfkey.
From Dan Carpenter.
5) Adjust IPv6 payload_len to include extension headers. Otherwise
we corrupt the packets when doing ESP GRO on transport mode.
From Yossi Kuperman.
6) Set nhoff to the proper offset of the IPv6 nexthdr when doing ESP GRO.
From Yossi Kuperman.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two entries being added at the same time to the IFLA
policy table, whilst parallel bug fixes to decnet
routing dst handling overlapping with the dst gc removal
in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for connected socket, the incoming_cpu field in the sock struct
is not going to change frequently, but we are setting it
unconditionally for each packet.
Since sk_incoming_cpu and sk_flags share the same cacheline,
and the latter is access by udp_recvmsg(), this cause a cache
miss for each packet for UDP connected socket.
With this patch, we set the incoming cpu field only when the
ingress cpu really changes.
This gives a small but measurable performance improvement for
connected UDP socket.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, percpu_counter_add is a wrapper around __percpu_counter_add
which is preempt safe due to explicit calls to preempt_disable. Given
how __ prefix is used in percpu related interfaces, the naming
unfortunately creates the false sense that __percpu_counter_add is
less safe than percpu_counter_add. In terms of context-safety,
they're equivalent. The only difference is that the __ version takes
a batch parameter.
Make this a bit more explicit by just renaming __percpu_counter_add to
percpu_counter_add_batch.
This patch doesn't cause any functional changes.
tj: Minor updates to patch description for clarity. Cosmetic
indentation updates.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <nborisov@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
It's a bad thing not to handle errors when updating asoc. The memory
allocation failure in any of the functions called in sctp_assoc_update()
would cause sctp to work unexpectedly.
This patch is to fix it by aborting the asoc and reporting the error when
any of these functions fails.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Multicast addresses are never valid as local address
* Link-local IPv6 unicast addresses may only be used as remote when the
local address is link-local as well
* Don't allow link-local IPv6 local/remote addresses without interface
We also store in the flags field if link-local addresses are used for the
follow-up patches that actually make VXLAN over link-local IPv6 work.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to keep the flags twice in vxlan_dev and
vxlan_config.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename:
wait_queue_t => wait_queue_entry_t
'wait_queue_t' was always a slight misnomer: its name implies that it's a "queue",
but in reality it's a queue *entry*. The 'real' queue is the wait queue head,
which had to carry the name.
Start sorting this out by renaming it to 'wait_queue_entry_t'.
This also allows the real structure name 'struct __wait_queue' to
lose its double underscore and become 'struct wait_queue_entry',
which is the more canonical nomenclature for such data types.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Replace first padding in the tcp_md5sig structure with a new flag field
and address prefix length so it can be specified when configuring a new
key for TCP MD5 signature. The tcpm_flags field will only be used if the
socket option is TCP_MD5SIG_EXT to avoid breaking existing programs, and
tcpm_prefixlen only when the TCP_MD5SIG_FLAG_PREFIX flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the keys used for TCP MD5 signature to be used for whole
range of addresses, specified with a prefix length, instead of only one
address as it currently is.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't support anything larger than NFPROTO_MAX, so we can shrink this a bit:
text data dec hex filename
old: 8259 1096 9355 248b net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
new: 8259 624 8883 22b3 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Quoting Joe Stringer:
If a user loads nf_conntrack_ftp, sends FTP traffic through a network
namespace, destroys that namespace then unloads the FTP helper module,
then the kernel will crash.
Events that lead to the crash:
1. conntrack is created with ftp helper in netns x
2. This netns is destroyed
3. netns destruction is scheduled
4. netns destruction wq starts, removes netns from global list
5. ftp helper is unloaded, which resets all helpers of the conntracks
via for_each_net()
but because netns is already gone from list the for_each_net() loop
doesn't include it, therefore all of these conntracks are unaffected.
6. helper module unload finishes
7. netns wq invokes destructor for rmmod'ed helper
CC: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is meant to add a debug warning on the situation where dst is
being held during its destroy phase. This could potentially cause double
free issue on the dst.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As some dst flags are removed, reorder the dst flags to fill in the
blanks.
Note: these flags are not exposed into user space. So it is safe to
reorder.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DST_NOCACHE flag check has been removed from dst_release() and
dst_hold_safe() in a previous patch because all the dst are now ref
counted properly and can be released based on refcnt only.
Looking at the rest of the DST_NOCACHE use, all of them can now be
removed or replaced with other checks.
So this patch gets rid of all the DST_NOCACHE usage and remove this flag
completely.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all the components have been changed to release dst based on
refcnt only and not depend on dst gc anymore, we can remove the
temporary flag DST_NOGC.
Note that we also need to remove the DST_NOCACHE check in dst_release()
and dst_hold_safe() because now all the dst are released based on refcnt
and behaves as DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all dst gc related code and all the dst free
functions
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the creation of xfrm_dst bundle, always take ref count when
allocating the dst. This way, xfrm_bundle_create() will form a linked
list of dst with dst->child pointing to a ref counted dst child. And
the returned dst pointer is also ref counted. This makes the link from
the flow cache to this dst now ref counted properly.
As the dst is always ref counted properly, we can safely mark
DST_NOGC flag so dst_release() will release dst based on refcnt only.
And dst gc is no longer needed and all dst_free() and its related
function calls should be replaced with dst_release() or
dst_release_immediate().
The special handling logic for dst->child in dst_destroy() can be
replaced with a simple dst_release_immediate() call on the child to
release the whole list linked by dst->child pointer.
Previously used DST_NOHASH flag is not needed anymore as well. The
reason that DST_NOHASH is used in the existing code is mainly to prevent
the dst inserted in the fib tree to be wrongly destroyed during the
deletion of the xfrm_dst bundle. So in the existing code, DST_NOHASH
flag is marked in all the dst children except the one which is in the
fib tree.
However, with this patch series to remove dst gc logic and release dst
only based on ref count, it is safe to release all the children from a
xfrm_dst bundle as long as the dst children are all ref counted
properly which is already the case in the existing code.
So, this patch removes the use of DST_NOHASH flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp6 dst route is currently ref counted during creation and will be
freed by user during its call of dst_release(). So no need of a garbage
collector for it.
Remove all icmp6 dst garbage collector related code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch checks all the calls to
dst_hold()/skb_dst_force()/dst_clone()/dst_use() to see if
dst_hold_safe() is needed to avoid double free issue if dst
gc is removed and dst_release() directly destroys dst when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0.
In tx path, TCP hold sk->sk_rx_dst ref count and also hold sock_lock().
UDP and other similar protocols always hold refcount for
skb->_skb_refdst. So both paths seem to be safe.
In rx path, as it is lockless and skb_dst_set_noref() is likely to be
used, dst_hold_safe() should always be used when trying to hold dst.
In the routing code, if dst is held during an rcu protected session, it
is necessary to call dst_hold_safe() as the current dst might be in its
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function should be called when removing routes from fib tree after
the dst gc is no longer in use.
We first mark DST_OBSOLETE_DEAD on this dst to make sure next
dst_ops->check() fails and returns NULL.
Secondly, as we no longer keep the gc_list, we need to properly
release dst->dev right at the moment when the dst is removed from
the fib/fib6 tree.
It does the following:
1. change dst->input and output pointers to dst_discard/dst_dscard_out to
discard all packets
2. replace dst->dev with loopback interface
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mechanism of freeing dst is a bit complicated. dst has its
ref count and when user grabs the reference to the dst, the ref count is
properly taken in most cases except in IPv4/IPv6/decnet/xfrm routing
code due to some historic reasons.
If the reference to dst is always taken properly, we should be able to
simplify the logic in dst_release() to destroy dst when dst->__refcnt
drops from 1 to 0. And this should be the only condition to determine
if we can call dst_destroy().
And as dst is always ref counted, there is no need for a dst garbage
list to hold the dst entries that already get removed by the routing
code but are still held by other users. And the task to periodically
check the list to free dst if ref count become 0 is also not needed
anymore.
This patch introduces a temporary flag DST_NOGC(no garbage collector).
If it is set in the dst, dst_release() will call dst_destroy() when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0. dst_hold_safe() will also check for this flag
and do atomic_inc_not_zero() similar as DST_NOCACHE to avoid double free
issue.
This temporary flag is mainly used so that we can make the transition
component by component without breaking other parts.
This flag will be removed after all components are properly transitioned.
This patch also introduces a new function dst_release_immediate() which
destroys dst without waiting on the rcu when refcnt drops to 0. It will
be used in later patches.
Follow-up patches will correct all the places to properly take ref count
on dst and mark DST_NOGC. dst_release() or dst_release_immediate() will
be used to release the dst instead of dst_free() and its related
functions.
And final clean-up patch will remove the DST_NOGC flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Software implementation of transport layer security, implemented using ULP
infrastructure. tcp proto_ops are replaced with tls equivalents of sendmsg and
sendpage.
Only symmetric crypto is done in the kernel, keys are passed by setsockopt
after the handshake is complete. All control messages are supported via CMSG
data - the actual symmetric encryption is the same, just the message type needs
to be passed separately.
For user API, please see Documentation patch.
Pieces that can be shared between hw and sw implementation
are in tls_main.c
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export do_tcp_sendpages and tcp_rate_check_app_limited, since tls will need to
sendpages while the socket is already locked.
tcp_sendpage is exported, but requires the socket lock to not be held already.
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the infrustructure for attaching Upper Layer Protocols (ULPs) over TCP
sockets. Based on a similar infrastructure in tcp_cong. The idea is that any
ULP can add its own logic by changing the TCP proto_ops structure to its own
methods.
Example usage:
setsockopt(sock, SOL_TCP, TCP_ULP, "tls", sizeof("tls"));
modules will call:
tcp_register_ulp(&tcp_tls_ulp_ops);
to register/unregister their ulp, with an init function and name.
A list of registered ulps will be returned by tcp_get_available_ulp, which is
hooked up to /proc. Example:
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_available_ulp
tls
There is currently no functionality to remove or chain ULPs, but
it should be possible to add these in the future if needed.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, struct iwreq isn't a proper subset of struct ifreq,
but is still handled by the same code path. Robert reported that
then applications may (randomly) fault if the struct iwreq they
pass happens to land within 8 bytes of the end of a mapping (the
struct is only 32 bytes, vs. struct ifreq's 40 bytes).
To fix this, pull out the code handling wireless extension ioctls
and copy only the smaller structure in this case.
This bug goes back a long time, I tracked that it was introduced
into mainline in 2.1.15, over 20 years ago!
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195869
Reported-by: Robert O'Callahan <robert@ocallahan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.
This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.
While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=x2vs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-06-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A couple of weeks worth of updates - looks like things are quiet:
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that initiate roaming while being connected to a network that
uses 802.1X authentication need to inform user space if 802.1X
authentication is further required after roaming.
For example, when using the Fast transition protocol, roaming within
the mobility domain does not require new 802.1X authentication, but
roaming to another mobility domain does.
In addition, some drivers may not support 802.1X authentication
(so it has to be done in user space), while other drivers do.
Add a flag to the roaming notification to indicate if user space is
required to do 802.1X authentication after the roaming or not.
This flag will only be used for networks that use 802.1X
authentication. For networks that do not use 802.1X authentication it
is assumed that no further action is required from user space after
the roaming notification.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com reuse NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[rebase to apply w/o the flag in CONNECT]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add API for setting the PMK to the driver. For FT support, allow
setting also the PMK-R0 Name.
This can be used by drivers that support 4-Way handshake offload
while IEEE802.1X authentication is managed by upper layers.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com: add WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X docs a bit to
say that the device may require it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let drivers advertise support for station-mode 4-way handshake
offloading with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag.
Extend use of NL80211_ATTR_PMK attribute indicating it might be passed
as part of NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command, and contain the PSK (which is
the PMK, hence the name.)
The driver/device is assumed to handle the 4-way handshake by
itself in this case (including key derivations, etc.), instead
of relying on the supplicant.
This patch is somewhat based on this one (by Vladimir Kondratiev):
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/1309561/.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com rebase dealing with existing ATTR_PMK]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK docs to indicate
that this offload might be required]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ipvlan code already knows how to detect when a duplicate address is
about to be assigned to an ipvlan device. However, that failure is not
propogated outward and leads to a silent failure.
Introduce a validation step at ip address creation time and allow device
drivers to register to validate the incoming ip addresses. The ipvlan
code is the first consumer. If it detects an address in use, we can
return an error to the user before beginning to commit the new ifa in
the networking code.
This can be especially useful if it is necessary to provision many
ipvlans in containers. The provisioning software (or operator) can use
this to detect situations where an ip address is unexpectedly in use.
Signed-off-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new static FDB is added to the bridge a notification is sent to
the driver for offload. In case of successful offload the driver should
notify the bridge back, which in turn should mark the FDB as offloaded.
Currently, externally learned is equivalent for being offloaded which is
not correct due to the fact that FDBs which are added from user-space are
also marked as externally learned. In order to specify if an FDB was
successfully offloaded a new flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge doesn't notify the underlying devices about new
FDBs learned. The FDB sync is placed on the switchdev notifier chain
because devices may potentially learn FDB that are not directly related
to their ports, for example:
1. Mixed SW/HW bridge - FDBs that point to the ASICs external devices
should be offloaded as CPU traps in order to
perform forwarding in slow path.
2. EVPN - Externally learned FDBs for the vtep device.
Notification is sent only about static FDB add/del. This is done due
to fact that currently this is the only scenario supported by switch
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done as a preparation stage before setting the bridge port flags
from the bridge code. Currently the device can be queried for the bridge
flags state, but the querier cannot distinguish if the flag is disabled
or if it is not supported at all. Thus, add new attr and a bit-mask which
include information regarding the support on a per-flag basis.
Drivers that support bridge offload but not support bridge flags should
return zeroed bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=0fbW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20170607-v2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Tx length parameter
Here's a set of patches that allows someone initiating a client call with
AF_RXRPC to indicate upfront the total amount of data that will be
transmitted. This will allow AF_RXRPC to encrypt directly from source
buffer to packet rather than having to copy into the buffer and only
encrypt when it's full (the encrypted portion of the packet starts with a
length and so we can't encrypt until we know what the length will be).
The three patches are:
(1) Provide a means of finding out what control message types are actually
supported. EINVAL is reported if an unsupported cmsg type is seen, so
we don't want to set the new cmsg unless we know it will be accepted.
(2) Consolidate some stuff into a struct to reduce the parameter count on
the function that parses the cmsg buffer.
(3) Introduce the RXRPC_TX_LENGTH cmsg. This can be provided on the first
sendmsg() that contributes data to a client call request or a service
call reply. If provided, the user must provide exactly that amount of
data or an error will be incurred.
Changes in version 2:
(*) struct rxrpc_send_params::tx_total_len should be s64 not u64. Thanks to
Julia Lawall for reporting this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DRAM supply shortage and poor memory pressure tracking in TCP
stack makes any change in SO_SNDBUF/SO_RCVBUF (or equivalent autotuning
limits) and tcp_mem[] quite hazardous.
TCPMemoryPressures SNMP counter is an indication of tcp_mem sysctl
limits being hit, but only tracking number of transitions.
If TCP stack behavior under stress was perfect :
1) It would maintain memory usage close to the limit.
2) Memory pressure state would be entered for short times.
We certainly prefer 100 events lasting 10ms compared to one event
lasting 200 seconds.
This patch adds a new SNMP counter tracking cumulative duration of
memory pressure events, given in ms units.
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_mem
3088 4117 6176
$ grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 180 orphan 0 tw 2 alloc 234 mem 4140
$ nstat -n ; sleep 10 ; nstat |grep Pressure
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressures 1700
TcpExtTCPMemoryPressuresChrono 5209
v2: Used EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() instead of EXPORT_SYMBOL() as David
instructed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to move some TCP sysctls to net namespaces in the future.
tcp_window_scaling, tcp_sack and tcp_timestamps being fetched
from tcp_parse_options(), we need to pass an extra parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the
offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the
normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the
use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation
of the fake skb.
Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to
get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This brings in commit 7a7c0a6438 ("mac80211: fix TX aggregation
start/stop callback race") to allow the follow-up cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a control message that can be specified on the first sendmsg() of a
client call or the first sendmsg() of a service response to indicate the
total length of the data to be transmitted for that call.
Currently, because the length of the payload of an encrypted DATA packet is
encrypted in front of the data, the packet cannot be encrypted until we
know how much data it will hold.
By specifying the length at the beginning of the transmit phase, each DATA
packet length can be set before we start loading data from userspace (where
several sendmsg() calls may contribute to a particular packet).
An error will be returned if too little or too much data is presented in
the Tx phase.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add XFRMA_ENCAP, UDP encapsulation port, to km_migrate announcement
to userland. Only add if XFRMA_ENCAP was in user migrate request.
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@tricolour.ca>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add UDP encapsulation port to XFRM_MSG_MIGRATE using an optional
netlink attribute XFRMA_ENCAP.
The devices that support IKE MOBIKE extension (RFC-4555 Section 3.8)
could go to sleep for a few minutes and wake up. When it wake up the
NAT mapping could have expired, the device send a MOBIKE UPDATE_SA
message to migrate the IPsec SA. The change could be a change UDP
encapsulation port, IP address, or both.
Reported-by: Paul Wouters <pwouters@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Antony Antony <antony@phenome.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@tricolour.ca>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit d77e38e612 ("xfrm: Add an IPsec hardware offloading API") we
make xfrm_device.o only compiled when enable option CONFIG_XFRM_OFFLOAD.
But this will make xfrm_dev_event() missing if we only enable default XFRM
options.
Then if we set down and unregister an interface with IPsec on it. there
will no xfrm_garbage_collect(), which will cause dev usage count hold and
get error like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for <dev> to become free. Usage count = 4
Fixes: d77e38e612 ("xfrm: Add an IPsec hardware offloading API")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Introduce a helper called is_tcf_gact_trap which could be used to
tell if the action is gact trap or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d91824c08f ("genetlink: register family ops as array") removed the
ops_list member from both genl_family and genl_ops; while the
documentation of genl_family was updated accordingly by this patch,
ops_list remained in the documentation of the genl_ops object.
This patch fixes it by removing ops_list from genl_ops documentation.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update tcp.txt to fix mandatory congestion control ops and default
CCA selection. Also, fix comment in tcp.h for undo_cwnd.
Signed-off-by: Anmol Sarma <me@anmolsarma.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander reported various KASAN messages triggered in recent kernels
The problem is that ping sockets should not use udp_poll() in the first
place, and recent changes in UDP stack finally exposed this old bug.
Fixes: c319b4d76b ("net: ipv4: add IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind")
Fixes: 6d0bfe2261 ("net: ipv6: Add IPv6 support to the ping socket.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Solar Designer <solar@openwall.com>
Cc: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Tested-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The command
# arp -s 62.2.0.1 a🅱️c:d:e:f dev eth2
adds an entry like the following (listed by "arp -an")
? (62.2.0.1) at 0a:0b:0c:0d:0e:0f [ether] PERM on eth2
but the symmetric deletion command
# arp -i eth2 -d 62.2.0.1
does not remove the PERM entry from the table, and instead leaves behind
? (62.2.0.1) at <incomplete> on eth2
The reason is that there is a refcnt of 1 for the arp_tbl itself
(neigh_alloc starts off the entry with a refcnt of 1), thus
the neigh_release() call from arp_invalidate() will (at best) just
decrement the ref to 1, but will never actually free it from the
table.
To fix this, we need to do something like neigh_forced_gc: if
the refcnt is 1 (i.e., on the table's ref), remove the entry from
the table and free it. This patch refactors and shares common code
between neigh_forced_gc and the newly added neigh_remove_one.
A similar issue exists for IPv6 Neighbor Cache entries, and is fixed
in a similar manner by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes
ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and
dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early
enough before ops->setup() has run.
While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask
which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of ip tos and ttl and ipv6 traffic-class
and hoplimit. Both are dissected into the same struct.
Uses similar call to ip dissection function as with tcp, arp and others.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since last patch, sctp doesn't need to alloc memory for asoc->stream any
more. sctp_stream_new and sctp_stream_init both are used to alloc memory
for stream.in or stream.out, and their names are also confusing.
This patch is to merge them into sctp_stream_init, and only pass stream
and streamcnt parameters into it, instead of the whole asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Marcelo's suggestion, stream is a fixed size member of asoc and would
not grow with more streams. To avoid an allocation for it, this patch is
to define it as an object instead of pointer and update the places using
it, also create sctp_stream_update() called in sctp_assoc_update() to
migrate the stream info from one stream to another.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dev->dsa_ptr is a pointer to a dsa_switch_tree, there is no need
to have another inline helper just to check rcv.
Remove dsa_uses_tagged_protocol and check dsa_ptr && dsa_ptr->rcv
together at the same time.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for
faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgetting to disable preemption around tcf_action_stats_update()
seems to be a common mistake. Add a helper function for updating
stats on all actions of a filter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device
pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev.
Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer
passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev.
This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and
_dsa_register_switch functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack arg down to lwtunnel_build_state and the build_state callbacks.
Add messages for failures in lwtunnel_build_state, and add the extarg to
nla_parse where possible in the build_state callbacks.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack down to lwtunnel_valid_encap_type and
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr. Add messages for unknown
or unsupported encap types.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack error message for invalid prefix length and invalid prefix.
Example of the latter is a route spec containing 172.16.100.1/24, where
the /24 mask means the lower 8-bits should be 0. Amazing how easy that
one is to overlook when an EINVAL is returned.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to support several implementations of
the same set type. This selection will be based on the set description
and the features available for this set. This allow us to select set
backend implementation that will result in better performance numbers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sledgehammer to be used on module unload (to remove affected conntracks
from all namespaces).
It will also flag all unconfirmed conntracks as dying, i.e. they will
not be committed to main table.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are several places where we needlesly call nf_ct_iterate_cleanup,
we should instead iterate the full table at module unload time.
This is a leftover from back when the conntrack table got duplicated
per net namespace.
So rename nf_ct_iterate_cleanup to nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net.
A later patch will then add a non-net variant.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Whenever a user changes bonding options, a NETDEV_CHANGEINFODATA
notificatin is generated which results in a rtnelink message to
be sent. While runnig 'ip monitor', we can actually see 2 messages,
one a result of the event, and the other a result of state change
that is generated bo netdev_state_change(). However, this is not
always the case. If bonding changes were done via sysfs or ifenslave
(old ioctl interface), then only 1 message is seen.
This patch removes duplicate messages in the case of using netlink
to configure bonding. It introduceds a separte function that
triggers a netdev event and uses that function in the syfs and ioctl
cases.
This was discovered while auditing all the different envents and
continues the effort of cleaning up duplicated netlink messages.
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/phy/marvell.c, bug fix in 'net'
restricting a HW workaround alongside cleanups in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey Konovalov reported crashes in ipv4_mtu()
I could reproduce the issue with KASAN kernels, between
10.246.7.151 and 10.246.7.152 :
1) 20 concurrent netperf -t TCP_RR -H 10.246.7.152 -l 1000 &
2) At the same time run following loop :
while :
do
ip ro add 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
ip ro del 10.246.7.152 dev eth0 src 10.246.7.151 mtu 1500
done
Cong Wang attempted to add back rt->fi in commit
82486aa6f1 ("ipv4: restore rt->fi for reference counting")
but this proved to add some issues that were complex to solve.
Instead, I suggested to add a refcount to the metrics themselves,
being a standalone object (in particular, no reference to other objects)
I tried to make this patch as small as possible to ease its backport,
instead of being super clean. Note that we believe that only ipv4 dst
need to take care of the metric refcount. But if this is wrong,
this patch adds the basic infrastructure to extend this to other
families.
Many thanks to Julian Anastasov for reviewing this patch, and Cong Wang
for his efforts on this problem.
Fixes: 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefix is needed for returning matching route spec on get route request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch wants access to the fib result on an input route lookup
with the rcu lock held. Refactor ip_route_input_noref pushing the logic
between rcu_read_lock ... rcu_read_unlock into a new helper that takes
the fib_result as an input arg.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch wants access to the fib result on an output route lookup
with the rcu lock held. Refactor __ip_route_output_key_hash, pushing
the logic between rcu_read_lock ... rcu_read_unlock into a new helper
with the fib_result as an input arg.
To keep the name length under control remove the leading underscores
from the name and add _rcu to the name of the new helper indicating it
is called with the rcu read lock held.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-05-23
Here's the first Bluetooth & 802.15.4 pull request targeting the 4.13
kernel release.
- Bluetooth 5.0 improvements (Data Length Extensions and alternate PHY)
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth adapter [[8087:0aaa]
- Various fixes to ieee802154 code
- Various fixes to HCI UART code
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_get() always creates a new filter chain if not found
in existing ones. This is totally unnecessary when we get or
delete filters, new chain should be only created for new filters
(or new actions).
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dissection of tcp flags. Uses similar function call to
tcp dissection function as arp, mpls and others.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some TC offloads fixes from Or Gerlitz.
From Erez, mlx5 IPoIB RX fix to improve GRO.
From Mohamad, Command interface fix to improve mitigation against FW
commands timeouts.
From Tariq, Driver load Tolerance against affinity settings failures.
Thanks,
Saeed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZJD6WAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+EJkH+gN9G9jXCkYEkuy0eADCRRMY
Zs1wkJory1whkMyLScA8xO13IpSZ8AmZCp53hPi+Ak17JQrQ26D9MlzkR3WelWL4
4ABZBRDapKdFNsY2SSnGWb7U1INqCmamHF9hOIcezk6rPxKdx9RQ2pkShM5fObKL
vSi+ptrUd5KuMWjikKr/P0v8BfFGYhDTcS5ToNFcITDrbs9srXRjMzgM0MFtvWit
9chXJVpudJdb9vlHjYrlY1nuJopfXyJxtvfBZqjQmviA/+LT0qJ81qkBEjaEyjxk
10Nc6eYfuZKIiDav3AC69xuSTPk73dxrrhOEBpPdqaq6sEOFl8NjpidETYVBnwQ=
=GMLr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2017-05-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-fixes-2017-05-23
Some TC offloads fixes from Or Gerlitz.
From Erez, mlx5 IPoIB RX fix to improve GRO.
From Mohamad, Command interface fix to improve mitigation against FW
commands timeouts.
From Tariq, Driver load Tolerance against affinity settings failures.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is sizeof of corresponding kmem_cache so it can't be negative.
Space will be saved after 32-bit kmem_cache_create() patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is sizeof of corresponding kmem_cache so it can't be negative.
Prepare for 32-bit kmem_cache_create().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-05-23
1) Fix wrong header offset for esp4 udpencap packets.
2) Fix a stack access out of bounds when creating a bundle
with sub policies. From Sabrina Dubroca.
3) Fix slab-out-of-bounds in pfkey due to an incorrect
sadb_x_sec_len calculation.
4) We checked the wrong feature flags when taking down
an interface with IPsec offload enabled.
Fix from Ilan Tayari.
5) Copy the anti replay sequence numbers when doing a state
migration, otherwise we get out of sync with the sequence
numbers. Fix from Antony Antony.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the accessors for realizing if this is a csum action,
and for which fields checksum is needed.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for
DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files.
Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file.
Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum,
because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future
conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) When using IPVS in direct-routing mode, normal traffic from the LVS
host to a back-end server is sometimes incorrectly NATed on the way
back into the LVS host. Patch to fix this from Julian Anastasov.
2) Calm down clang compilation warning in ctnetlink due to type
mismatch, from Matthias Kaehlcke.
3) Do not re-setup NAT for conntracks that are already confirmed, this
is fixing a problem that was introduced in the previous nf-next batch.
Patch from Liping Zhang.
4) Do not allow conntrack helper removal from userspace cthelper
infrastructure if already in used. This comes with an initial patch
to introduce nf_conntrack_helper_put() that is required by this fix.
From Liping Zhang.
5) Zero the pad when copying data to userspace, otherwise iptables fails
to remove rules. This is a follow up on the patchset that sorts out
the internal match/target structure pointer leak to userspace. Patch
from the same author, Willem de Bruijn. This also comes with a build
failure when CONFIG_COMPAT is not on, coming in the last patch of
this series.
6) SYNPROXY crashes with conntrack entries that are created via
ctnetlink, more specifically via conntrackd state sync. Patch from
Eric Leblond.
7) RCU safe iteration on set element dumping in nf_tables, from
Liping Zhang.
8) Missing sanitization of immediate date for the bitwise and cmp
expressions in nf_tables.
9) Refcounting logic for chain and objects from set elements does not
integrate into the nf_tables 2-phase commit protocol.
10) Missing sanitization of target verdict in ebtables arpreply target,
from Gao Feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When joining a mesh network it is not guaranteed that userspace has a
daemon listening for radar events. This is however required for channels
requiring DFS. To flag that userspace will handle radar events, it needs
to set NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS.
This matches the current mechanism used for IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mauro says:
This patch series convert the remaining DocBooks to ReST.
The first version was originally
send as 3 patch series:
[PATCH 00/36] Convert DocBook documents to ReST
[PATCH 0/5] Convert more books to ReST
[PATCH 00/13] Get rid of DocBook
The lsm book was added as if it were a text file under
Documentation. The plan is to merge it with another file
under Documentation/security, after both this series and
a security Documentation patch series gets merged.
It also adjusts some Sphinx-pedantic errors/warnings on
some kernel-doc markups.
I also added some patches here to add PDF output for all
existing ReST books.
Now that the DSA public header includes switchdev.h, use the provided
switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t typedef for the object dump callback.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in
the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward
declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function x25_init is not properly unregister related resources
on error handler.It is will result in kernel oops if x25_init init
failed, so add properly unregister call on error handler.
Also, i adjust the coding style and make x25_register_sysctl properly
return failure.
Signed-off-by: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the LE Set Default PHY command is supported, the indicate to the
controller that the host has no preferences for transmitter PHY or
receiver PHY selection.
Issuing this command gives the controller a clear indication that other
PHY can be selected if available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If the Channel Selection Algorithm #2 feature is supported, then enable
the new LE Channel Selection Algorithm event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
TCP Timestamps option is defined in RFC 7323
Traditionally on linux, it has been tied to the internal
'jiffies' variable, because it had been a cheap and good enough
generator.
For TCP flows on the Internet, 1 ms resolution would be much better
than 4ms or 10ms (HZ=250 or HZ=100 respectively)
For TCP flows in the DC, Google has used usec resolution for more
than two years with great success [1]
Receive size autotuning (DRS) is indeed more precise and converges
faster to optimal window size.
This patch converts tp->tcp_mstamp to a plain u64 value storing
a 1 usec TCP clock.
This choice will allow us to upstream the 1 usec TS option as
discussed in IETF 97.
[1] https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/97/slides/slides-97-tcpm-tcp-options-for-low-latency-00.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcp_jiffies32 instead of tcp_time_stamp, since
tcp_time_stamp will soon be only used for TCP TS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcp_jiffies32 instead of tcp_time_stamp to feed
tp->lsndtime.
tcp_time_stamp will soon be a litle bit more expensive
than simply reading 'jiffies'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We abuse tcp_time_stamp for two different cases :
1) base to generate TCP Timestamp options (RFC 7323)
2) A 32bit version of jiffies since some TCP fields
are 32bit wide to save memory.
Since we want in the future to have 1ms TCP TS clock,
regardless of HZ value, we want to cleanup things.
tcp_jiffies32 is the truncated jiffies value,
which will be used only in places where we want a 'host'
timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of termination action called "goto_chain". This allows
user to specify a chain to be processed. This action type is
then processed as a return value in tcf_classify loop in similar
way as "reclassify" is, only it does not reset to the first filter
in chain but rather reset to the first filter of the desired chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tp pointer will be needed by the next patch in order to get the chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having only one filter per block, introduce a list of chains
for every block. Create chain 0 by default. UAPI is extended so the user
can specify which chain he wants to change. If the new attribute is not
specified, chain 0 is used. That allows to maintain backward
compatibility. If chain does not exist and user wants to manipulate with
it, new chain is created with specified index. Also, when last filter is
removed from the chain, the chain is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce struct tcf_chain object and set of helpers around it. Wraps up
insertion, deletion and search in the filter chain.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the filter chains are direcly put into the private structures
of qdiscs. In order to be able to have multiple chains per qdisc and to
allow filter chains sharing among qdiscs, there is a need for common
object that would hold the chains. This introduces such object and calls
it "tcf_block".
Helpers to get and put the blocks are provided to be called from
individual qdisc code. Also, the original filter_list pointers are left
in qdisc privs to allow the entry into tcf_block processing without any
added overhead of possible multiple pointer dereference on fast path.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tc_classify function to cls_api.c where it belongs, rename it to
fit the namespace.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the
entries in various places.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index
to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached.
Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use
it to point the switch CPU port.
This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and
s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CoDel can be too aggressive if a station sends at a very low rate,
leading reduced throughput. This gets worse the more stations are
present, as each station gets more bursty the longer the round-robin
scheduling between stations takes.
This adds dynamic adjustment of CoDel parameters per station. It uses
the rate selection information to estimate throughput and sets more
lenient CoDel parameters if the estimated throughput is below a
threshold (modified by the number of active stations).
A new callback is added that drivers can use to notify mac80211 about
changes in expected throughput, so the same adjustment can be made for
cards that implement rate control in firmware. Drivers that don't use
this will just get the default parameters.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[remove currently unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL, fix kernel-doc, remove
inline annotation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
BBR congestion control depends on pacing, and pacing is
currently handled by sch_fq packet scheduler for performance reasons,
and also because implemening pacing with FQ was convenient to truly
avoid bursts.
However there are many cases where this packet scheduler constraint
is not practical.
- Many linux hosts are not focusing on handling thousands of TCP
flows in the most efficient way.
- Some routers use fq_codel or other AQM, but still would like
to use BBR for the few TCP flows they initiate/terminate.
This patch implements an automatic fallback to internal pacing.
Pacing is requested either by BBR or use of SO_MAX_PACING_RATE option.
If sch_fq happens to be in the egress path, pacing is delegated to
the qdisc, otherwise pacing is done by TCP itself.
One advantage of pacing from TCP stack is to get more precise rtt
estimations, and less work done from TX completion, since TCP Small
queue limits are not generally hit. Setups with single TX queue but
many cpus might even benefit from this.
Note that unlike sch_fq, we do not take into account header sizes.
Taking care of these headers would add additional complexity for
no practical differences in behavior.
Some performance numbers using 800 TCP_STREAM flows rate limited to
~48 Mbit per second on 40Gbit NIC.
If MQ+pfifo_fast is used on the NIC :
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:48:44 eth0 725743.00 2932134.00 46776.76 4335184.68 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:45 eth0 725349.00 2932112.00 46751.86 4335158.90 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:46 eth0 725101.00 2931153.00 46735.07 4333748.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:48:47 eth0 725099.00 2931161.00 46735.11 4333760.44 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:48:48 eth0 725160.00 2931731.00 46738.88 4334606.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 725290.40 2931658.20 46747.54 4334491.74 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
4 0 0 259825920 45644 2708324 0 0 21 2 247 98 0 0 100 0 0
4 0 0 259823744 45644 2708356 0 0 0 0 2400825 159843 0 19 81 0 0
0 0 0 259824208 45644 2708072 0 0 0 0 2407351 159929 0 19 81 0 0
1 0 0 259824592 45644 2708128 0 0 0 0 2405183 160386 0 19 80 0 0
1 0 0 259824272 45644 2707868 0 0 0 32 2396361 158037 0 19 81 0 0
Now use MQ+FQ :
lpaa23:~# echo fq >/proc/sys/net/core/default_qdisc
lpaa23:~# tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root mq
$ sar -n DEV 1 5 | grep eth
14:49:57 eth0 678614.00 2727930.00 43739.13 4033279.14 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:49:58 eth0 677620.00 2723971.00 43674.69 4027429.62 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:49:59 eth0 676396.00 2719050.00 43596.83 4020125.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
14:50:00 eth0 675197.00 2714173.00 43518.62 4012938.90 0.00 0.00 1.00
14:50:01 eth0 676388.00 2719063.00 43595.47 4020171.64 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average: eth0 676843.00 2720837.40 43624.95 4022788.86 0.00 0.00 0.40
$ vmstat 1 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
2 0 0 259832240 46008 2710912 0 0 21 2 223 192 0 1 99 0 0
1 0 0 259832896 46008 2710744 0 0 0 0 1702206 198078 0 17 82 0 0
0 0 0 259830272 46008 2710596 0 0 0 0 1696340 197756 1 17 83 0 0
4 0 0 259829168 46024 2710584 0 0 16 0 1688472 197158 1 17 82 0 0
3 0 0 259830224 46024 2710408 0 0 0 0 1692450 197212 0 18 82 0 0
As expected, number of interrupts per second is very different.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
under udp flood the sk_receive_queue spinlock is heavily contended.
This patch try to reduce the contention on such lock adding a
second receive queue to the udp sockets; recvmsg() looks first
in such queue and, only if empty, tries to fetch the data from
sk_receive_queue. The latter is spliced into the newly added
queue every time the receive path has to acquire the
sk_receive_queue lock.
The accounting of forward allocated memory is still protected with
the sk_receive_queue lock, so udp_rmem_release() needs to acquire
both locks when the forward deficit is flushed.
On specific scenarios we can end up acquiring and releasing the
sk_receive_queue lock multiple times; that will be covered by
the next patch
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And update __sk_queue_drop_skb() to work on the specified queue.
This will help the udp protocol to use an additional private
rx queue in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andreas reports that the following incremental update using our commit
protocol doesn't work.
# nft -f incremental-update.nft
delete element ip filter client_to_any { 10.180.86.22 : goto CIn_1 }
delete chain ip filter CIn_1
... Error: Could not process rule: Device or resource busy
The existing code is not well-integrated into the commit phase protocol,
since element deletions do not result in refcount decrement from the
preparation phase. This results in bogus EBUSY errors like the one
above.
Two new functions come with this patch:
* nft_set_elem_activate() function is used from the abort path, to
restore the set element refcounting on objects that occurred from
the preparation phase.
* nft_set_elem_deactivate() that is called from nft_del_setelem() to
decrement set element refcounting on objects from the preparation
phase in the commit protocol.
The nft_data_uninit() has been renamed to nft_data_release() since this
function does not uninitialize any data store in the data register,
instead just releases the references to objects. Moreover, a new
function nft_data_hold() has been introduced to be used from
nft_set_elem_activate().
Reported-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can still delete the ct helper even if it is in use, this will cause
a use-after-free error. In more detail, I mean:
# nfct helper add ssdp inet udp
# iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -p udp -j CT --helper ssdp
# nfct helper delete ssdp //--> oops, succeed!
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 000026ca
IP: 0x26ca
[...]
Call Trace:
? ipv4_helper+0x62/0x80 [nf_conntrack_ipv4]
nf_hook_slow+0x21/0xb0
ip_output+0xe9/0x100
? ip_fragment.constprop.54+0xc0/0xc0
ip_local_out+0x33/0x40
ip_send_skb+0x16/0x80
udp_send_skb+0x84/0x240
udp_sendmsg+0x35d/0xa50
So add reference count to fix this issue, if ct helper is used by
others, reject the delete request.
Apply this patch:
# nfct helper delete ssdp
nfct v1.4.3: netlink error: Device or resource busy
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
And convert module_put invocation to nf_conntrack_helper_put, this is
prepared for the followup patch, which will add a refcnt for cthelper,
so we can reject the deleting request when cthelper is in use.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes are:
- Debloat RCU headers
- Parallelize SRCU callback handling (plus overlapping patches)
- Improve the performance of Tree SRCU on a CPU-hotplug stress test
- Documentation updates
- Miscellaneous fixes"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (74 commits)
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_n_lazy_cbs() function
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_n_cbs() function
rcu: Open-code the rcu_cblist_empty() function
rcu: Separately compile large rcu_segcblist functions
srcu: Debloat the <linux/rcu_segcblist.h> header
srcu: Adjust default auto-expediting holdoff
srcu: Specify auto-expedite holdoff time
srcu: Expedite first synchronize_srcu() when idle
srcu: Expedited grace periods with reduced memory contention
srcu: Make rcutorture writer stalls print SRCU GP state
srcu: Exact tracking of srcu_data structures containing callbacks
srcu: Make SRCU be built by default
srcu: Fix Kconfig botch when SRCU not selected
rcu: Make non-preemptive schedule be Tasks RCU quiescent state
srcu: Expedite srcu_schedule_cbs_snp() callback invocation
srcu: Parallelize callback handling
kvm: Move srcu_struct fields to end of struct kvm
rcu: Fix typo in PER_RCU_NODE_PERIOD header comment
rcu: Use true/false in assignment to bool
rcu: Use bool value directly
...
This reverts commit 82486aa6f1.
As implemented, this causes dangling netdevice refs.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For each netns (except init_net), we initialize its null entry
in 3 places:
1) The template itself, as we use kmemdup()
2) Code around dst_init_metrics() in ip6_route_net_init()
3) ip6_route_dev_notify(), which is supposed to initialize it after
loopback registers
Unfortunately the last one still happens in a wrong order because
we expect to initialize net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry->rt6i_idev to
net->loopback_dev's idev, thus we have to do that after we add
idev to loopback. However, this notifier has priority == 0 same as
ipv6_dev_notf, and ipv6_dev_notf is registered after
ip6_route_dev_notifier so it is called actually after
ip6_route_dev_notifier. This is similar to commit 2f460933f5
("ipv6: initialize route null entry in addrconf_init()") which
fixes init_net.
Fix it by picking a smaller priority for ip6_route_dev_notifier.
Also, we have to release the refcnt accordingly when unregistering
loopback_dev because device exit functions are called before subsys
exit functions.
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* don't try to authenticate during reconfiguration, which causes
drivers to get confused
* fix a kernel-doc warning for a recently merged change
* fix MU-MIMO group configuration (relevant only for monitor mode)
* more rate flags fix: remove stray RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ
* fix IBSS probe response allocation size
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEExu3sM/nZ1eRSfR9Ha3t4Rpy0AB0FAlkQhDgACgkQa3t4Rpy0
AB07Pg/+MGBW/OFoxdsQtq7eGPzVuQXC4NCXjzBunueY/cTpExuzoOWvKTRA+p7o
pxgqxhngO3l8u/FqhWE7jh+aGxydmq8BhQefrAMi6VgkH7oh4JwP6Mjxf4xGpxZk
W15oNncNaxLiC4U+GaVUZ0oEsc0fCFuqsmAEGas25VOOQyr4NNJ9jivecOI70bHH
b1wvCilwDAIeg7CKAtxja40/81ldnm9A7mSABGM6M13AJ1yiNnf9FEteSxAr7s4r
xx6flFQQzlT+pzoVZeEg0u6yGWqucL/4V9OGcjJcoyLVnbey+1hlypLef4n+Cgol
yP8yR5n1I3RWsJEsOftfVvjG54e/UAIR4xkGe+LHiWn7XjIK6EbCrmYt1uxknZU7
LTkFj6b4EHgGPRL0BrIRA4FpQdLeslbwsMF96gWP5VQJE3T4gocuTv4McG2g9Isl
suiB1zn4Y24UuEHdg+mDlIiEuOr5h4+XvIBOHAw1ZfbVKSKBDLFbqvYF/sHbgsDF
uR6CvMuGeRM2wOxD8QXFLueNGS7Znrd2ETVx2hx35/qAR/X54nu5kEqcsvjgEamY
vPUr0RO/+plltQgiBBtTrr6x6uGJg1AsNEyrlMng5hP/mT3yLziU2G8qBozU5e7c
mDA/7Lz7wk3a6MKVTzt8vaCIcpC42oVhvwS/6kKQ/BZ4GbajdBM=
=FcxE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-05-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A couple more fixes:
* don't try to authenticate during reconfiguration, which causes
drivers to get confused
* fix a kernel-doc warning for a recently merged change
* fix MU-MIMO group configuration (relevant only for monitor mode)
* more rate flags fix: remove stray RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ
* fix IBSS probe response allocation size
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Congestion control modules that want full control over congestion
control behavior do not want the cwnd modifications controlled by
the sysctl_tcp_slow_start_after_idle code path.
So skip those code paths for CC modules that use the cong_control()
API.
As an example, those cwnd effects are not desired for the BBR congestion
control algorithm.
Fixes: c0402760f5 ("tcp: new CC hook to set sending rate with rate_sample in any CA state")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 dst could use fi->fib_metrics to store metrics but fib_info
itself is refcnt'ed, so without taking a refcnt fi and
fi->fib_metrics could be freed while dst metrics still points to
it. This triggers use-after-free as reported by Andrey twice.
This patch reverts commit 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi") to
restore this reference counting. It is a quick fix for -net and
-stable, for -net-next, as Eric suggested, we can consider doing
reference counting for metrics itself instead of relying on fib_info.
IPv6 is very different, it copies or steals the metrics from mx6_config
in fib6_commit_metrics() so probably doesn't need a refcnt.
Decnet has already done the refcnt'ing, see dn_fib_semantic_match().
Fixes: 2860583fe8 ("ipv4: Kill rt->fi")
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace @results_wk with @report_results, which was missed
in an earlier patch between revisions thereof.
Fixes: b34939b983 ("cfg80211: add request id to cfg80211_sched_scan_*() api")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Somehow I missed this in my RX rate cleanup series, causing some
drivers to not report correct bandwidth since this flag isn't
used by mac80211 anymore. Fix this, and make hwsim also report
higher bandwidths appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whole point of randomization was to hide server uptime, but an attacker
can simply start a syn flood and TCP generates 'old style' timestamps,
directly revealing server jiffies value.
Also, TSval sent by the server to a particular remote address vary
depending on syncookies being sent or not, potentially triggering PAWS
drops for innocent clients.
Lets implement proper randomization, including for SYNcookies.
Also we do not need to export sysctl_tcp_timestamps, since it is not
used from a module.
In v2, I added Florian feedback and contribution, adding tsoff to
tcp_get_cookie_sock().
v3 removed one unused variable in tcp_v4_connect() as Florian spotted.
Fixes: 95a22caee3 ("tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Tested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The wireless rate info fix from Johannes Berg.
2) When a RAW socket is in hdrincl mode, we need to make sure that the
user provided at least a minimally sized ipv4/ipv6 header. Fix from
Alexander Potapenko.
3) We must emit IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME netlink attributes using
nla_put_string() so that it is NULL terminated.
4) Fix a bug in TCP fastopen handling, wherein child sockets
erroneously inherit the fastopen_req from the parent, and later can
end up derefencing freed memory or doing a double free. From Eric
Dumazet.
5) Don't clear out netdev stats at close time in tg3 driver, from
YueHaibing.
6) Fix refcount leak in xt_CT, from Gao Feng.
7) In nft_set_bitmap() don't leak dummy elements, from Liping Zhang.
8) Fix deadlock due to taking the expectation lock twice, also from
Liping Zhang.
9) Make xt_socket work again with ipv6, from Peter Tirsek.
10) Don't allow IPV6 to be used with IPVS if ipv6.disable=1, from Paolo
Abeni.
11) Make the BPF loader more flexible wrt. changes to the bpf MAP entry
layout. From Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
12) Fix ethtool reported device name in aquantia driver, from Pavel
Belous.
13) Fix build failures due to the compile time size test not working in
netfilter conntrack. From Geert Uytterhoeven.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (52 commits)
cfg80211: make RATE_INFO_BW_20 the default
ipv6: initialize route null entry in addrconf_init()
qede: Fix possible misconfiguration of advertised autoneg value.
qed: Fix overriding of supported autoneg value.
qed*: Fix possible overflow for status block id field.
rtnetlink: NUL-terminate IFLA_PHYS_PORT_NAME string
netvsc: make sure napi enabled before vmbus_open
aquantia: Fix driver name reported by ethtool
ipv4, ipv6: ensure raw socket message is big enough to hold an IP header
net/sched: remove redundant null check on head
tcp: do not inherit fastopen_req from parent
forcedeth: remove unnecessary carrier status check
ibmvnic: Move queue restarting in ibmvnic_tx_complete
ibmvnic: Record SKB RX queue during poll
ibmvnic: Continue skb processing after skb completion error
ibmvnic: Check for driver reset first in ibmvnic_xmit
ibmvnic: Wait for any pending scrqs entries at driver close
ibmvnic: Clean up tx pools when closing
ibmvnic: Whitespace correction in release_rx_pools
ibmvnic: Delete napi's when releasing driver resources
...
Due to the way I did the RX bitrate conversions in mac80211 with
spatch, going setting flags to setting the value, many drivers now
don't set the bandwidth value for 20 MHz, since with the flags it
wasn't necessary to (there was no 20 MHz flag, only the others.)
Rather than go through and try to fix up all the drivers, instead
renumber the enum so that 20 MHz, which is the typical bandwidth,
actually has the value 0, making those drivers all work again.
If VHT was hit used with a driver not reporting it, e.g. iwlmvm,
this manifested in hitting the bandwidth warning in
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht().
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrey reported a crash on init_net.ipv6.ip6_null_entry->rt6i_idev
since it is always NULL.
This is clearly wrong, we have code to initialize it to loopback_dev,
unfortunately the order is still not correct.
loopback_dev is registered very early during boot, we lose a chance
to re-initialize it in notifier. addrconf_init() is called after
ip6_route_init(), which means we have no chance to correct it.
Fix it by moving this initialization explicitly after
ipv6_add_dev(init_net.loopback_dev) in addrconf_init().
Reported-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY=y, xfrm_dst stores a copy of the flowi for
that dst. Unfortunately, the code that allocates and fills this copy
doesn't care about what type of flowi (flowi, flowi4, flowi6) gets
passed. In multiple code paths (from raw_sendmsg, from TCP when
replying to a FIN, in vxlan, geneve, and gre), the flowi that gets
passed to xfrm is actually an on-stack flowi4, so we end up reading
stuff from the stack past the end of the flowi4 struct.
Since xfrm_dst->origin isn't used anywhere following commit
ca116922af ("xfrm: Eliminate "fl" and "pol" args to
xfrm_bundle_ok()."), just get rid of it. xfrm_dst->partner isn't used
either, so get rid of that too.
Fixes: 9d6ec93801 ("ipv4: Use flowi4 in public route lookup interfaces.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
- idr usage and locking changes
- build fix for hns
- ipoib debug path record file fix
- hfi1 updates
- core RDMA netdev addition
- Intel VNIC driver addition
- Enhanced accelerators for IPoIB addition
- Debug cleanups in cxgb3/4
- Trivial cleanups from SF Markus Elfring
- Misc rxe fixes from Mellanox
- Misc ipoib fixes from Mellanox
- Lots of mlx4/mlx5 changes from Mellanox
- Misc fixes across the RDMA subsystem
- ODP paging fixes and improvements
- qedr updates
- hfi1 updates
- OPA port info patches
- OPA AH patches
- OPA SA Query patches
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=pgEL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"More exchaustive description of primary updates in this release:
- Lots of driver fixes and misc fixes across the board.
- I had to base on a net-next tree because the IPoIB Accelorator
patches needed it.
Unfortunately, it was known to Mellanox that there would need to be
an IPoIB accelorator patch to the net tree (which left some
functions turned off by an #ifdef construct to avoid warnings about
defined but unused functions), then one to the RDMA tree, then a
fixup that went back and re-enabled the functions in the net tree
and enabled their use in the rdma tree
Also, a sparse fix was sent to the net tree after I did my pull,
and the fixup patch conflicts quite directly with that sparse fix,
so I'm going to submit the fixup patch towards the end of the merge
window by itself and based upon your master branch at the time.
- Two separate rounds of hfi1 fixes, one that got dropped from last
release because it came in just a day or two before the end of the
merge window and then the one from this release cycle.
Of note is that I now have a third series that just landed from
Intel yesterday. It is not included in this pull request, but I may
submit it by the end of the week. I'll talk to Intel about
improving the timing of thier submissions for my workflow.
- Changes to our idr usage in the RDMA subsystem that will tie into
our cgroup management and also into the upcoming changes for the
RDMA kernel<->userspace API.
- Addition of support for a netdev to be tied to an RDMA device at
the core level
- Addition of the VNIC driver from Intel.
While IPoIB provides IP over InfiniBand (and *only* IP, no lower
layer protocol headers are allowed or supported), the VNIC driver
presents a virtual Ethernet device with support for things like
varying Ethertypes, VLANs, priorities and other features of
Ethernet.
The virtual devices are centrally managed by the OPA fabric
manager, making this (for the time being) a strictly OPA specific
feature.
- Improvements to the On-Demand Paging support in the RDMA subsystem.
- Addition of three significant OPA changes.
While we added OPA support some time ago (via the hfi1 driver), the
RDMA subsystem has so far glossed over the areas where OPA and
InfiniBand differ.
With this release we are starting to add support for the OPA
extensions into the RDMA core in the following area: Extended port
information for OPA is now supported, extended Address Handle
attributes for OPA are now supported, and extended SA Queries to
get OPA specific subnet information is now supported.
Concise summary from the tag:
- idr usage and locking changes
- build fix for hns
- ipoib debug path record file fix
- hfi1 updates
- core RDMA netdev addition
- Intel VNIC driver addition
- Enhanced accelerators for IPoIB addition
- Debug cleanups in cxgb3/4
- Trivial cleanups from SF Markus Elfring
- Misc rxe fixes from Mellanox
- Misc ipoib fixes from Mellanox
- Lots of mlx4/mlx5 changes from Mellanox
- Misc fixes across the RDMA subsystem
- ODP paging fixes and improvements
- qedr updates
- hfi1 updates
- OPA port info patches
- OPA AH patches
- OPA SA Query patches"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (191 commits)
infiniband: avoid dereferencing uninitialized dst on error path
IB/SA: Add OPA addr header
IB/mlx5: Add port_xmit_wait to counter registers read
IB/ocrdma: fix out of bounds access to local buffer
IB/mlx4: Fix incorrect order of formal and actual parameters
IB/mlx4: Change flush logic so it adheres to the variable name
mlx5: Fix mlx5_ib_map_mr_sg mr length
IB/rxe: Don't clamp residual length to mtu
IB/SA: Add support to query OPA path records
IB/SA: Add OPA path record type
IB/SA: Split struct sa_path_rec based on IB and ROCE specific fields
IB/SA: Introduce path record specific types
IB/SA: Rename ib_sa_path_rec to sa_path_rec
IB/CM: Add braces when using sizeof
IB/core: Define 'opa' rdma_ah_attr type
IB/core: Define 'ib' and 'roce' rdma_ah_attr types
IB/core: Use rdma_ah_attr accessor functions
IB/core: Add accessor functions for rdma_ah_attr fields
IB/PVRDMA: Rename ib_ah_attr related functions
IB/mthca: Rename to_ib_ah_attr to to_rdma_ah_attr
...
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. A large bunch of code cleanups, simplify the conntrack extension
codebase, get rid of the fake conntrack object, speed up netns by
selective synchronize_net() calls. More specifically, they are:
1) Check for ct->status bit instead of using nfct_nat() from IPVS and
Netfilter codebase, patch from Florian Westphal.
2) Use kcalloc() wherever possible in the IPVS code, from Varsha Rao.
3) Simplify FTP IPVS helper module registration path, from Arushi Singhal.
4) Introduce nft_is_base_chain() helper function.
5) Enforce expectation limit from userspace conntrack helper,
from Gao Feng.
6) Add nf_ct_remove_expect() helper function, from Gao Feng.
7) NAT mangle helper function return boolean, from Gao Feng.
8) ctnetlink_alloc_expect() should only work for conntrack with
helpers, from Gao Feng.
9) Add nfnl_msg_type() helper function to nfnetlink to build the
netlink message type.
10) Get rid of unnecessary cast on void, from simran singhal.
11) Use seq_puts()/seq_putc() instead of seq_printf() where possible,
also from simran singhal.
12) Use list_prev_entry() from nf_tables, from simran signhal.
13) Remove unnecessary & on pointer function in the Netfilter and IPVS
code.
14) Remove obsolete comment on set of rules per CPU in ip6_tables,
no longer true. From Arushi Singhal.
15) Remove duplicated nf_conntrack_l4proto_udplite4, from Gao Feng.
16) Remove unnecessary nested rcu_read_lock() in
__nf_nat_decode_session(). Code running from hooks are already
guaranteed to run under RCU read side.
17) Remove deadcode in nf_tables_getobj(), from Aaron Conole.
18) Remove double assignment in nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_unregister_one(),
also from Aaron.
19) Get rid of unsed __ip_set_get_netlink(), from Aaron Conole.
20) Don't propagate NF_DROP error to userspace via ctnetlink in
__nf_nat_alloc_null_binding() function, from Gao Feng.
21) Revisit nf_ct_deliver_cached_events() to remove unnecessary checks,
from Gao Feng.
22) Kill the fake untracked conntrack objects, use ctinfo instead to
annotate a conntrack object is untracked, from Florian Westphal.
23) Remove nf_ct_is_untracked(), now obsolete since we have no
conntrack template anymore, from Florian.
24) Add event mask support to nft_ct, also from Florian.
25) Move nf_conn_help structure to
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h.
26) Add a fixed 32 bytes scratchpad area for conntrack helpers.
Thus, we don't deal with variable conntrack extensions anymore.
Make sure userspace conntrack helper doesn't go over that size.
Remove variable size ct extension infrastructure now this code
got no more clients. From Florian Westphal.
27) Restore offset and length of nf_ct_ext structure to 8 bytes now
that wraparound is not possible any longer, also from Florian.
28) Allow to get rid of unassured flows under stress in conntrack,
this applies to DCCP, SCTP and TCP protocols, from Florian.
29) Shrink size of nf_conntrack_ecache structure, from Florian.
30) Use TCP_MAX_WSCALE instead of hardcoded 14 in TCP tracker,
from Gao Feng.
31) Register SYNPROXY hooks on demand, from Florian Westphal.
32) Use pernet hook whenever possible, instead of global hook
registration, from Florian Westphal.
33) Pass hook structure to ebt_register_table() to consolidate some
infrastructure code, from Florian Westphal.
34) Use consume_skb() and return NF_STOLEN, instead of NF_DROP in the
SYNPROXY code, to make sure device stats are not fooled, patch
from Gao Feng.
35) Remove NF_CT_EXT_F_PREALLOC this kills quite some code that we
don't need anymore if we just select a fixed size instead of
expensive runtime time calculation of this. From Florian.
36) Constify nf_ct_extend_register() and nf_ct_extend_unregister(),
from Florian.
37) Simplify nf_ct_ext_add(), this kills nf_ct_ext_create(), from
Florian.
38) Attach NAT extension on-demand from masquerade and pptp helper
path, from Florian.
39) Get rid of useless ip_vs_set_state_timeout(), from Aaron Conole.
40) Speed up netns by selective calls of synchronize_net(), from
Florian Westphal.
41) Silence stack size warning gcc in 32-bit arch in snmp helper,
from Florian.
42) Inconditionally call nf_ct_ext_destroy(), even if we have no
extensions, to deal with the NF_NAT_MANIP_SRC case. Patch from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For NF_NAT_MANIP_SRC, we will insert the ct to the nat_bysource_table,
then remove it from the nat_bysource_table via nat_extend->destroy.
But now, the nat extension is attached on demand, so if the nat extension
is not attached, we will not be notified when the ct is destroyed, i.e.
we may fail to remove ct from the nat_bysource_table.
So just keep it simple, even if the extension is not attached, we will
still invoke the related ext->destroy. And this will also preserve the
flexibility for the future extension.
Fixes: 9a08ecfe74 ("netfilter: don't attach a nat extension by default")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Third Round of IPVS Updates for v4.12
please consider these enhancements to IPVS for v4.12.
If it is too late for v4.12 then please consider them for v4.13.
* Remove unused function
* Correct comparison of unsigned value
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_unregister_net_hook(s) can avoid a second call to synchronize_net,
provided there is no nfqueue active in that net namespace (which is
the common case).
This also gets rid of the extra arg to nf_queue_nf_hook_drop(), normally
this gets called during netns cleanup so no packets should be queued.
For the rare case of base chain being unregistered or module removal
while nfqueue is in use the extra hiccup due to the packet drops isn't
a big deal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* API support for concurrent scheduled scan requests
* API changes for roaming reporting
* BSS max idle support in mac80211
* API changes for TX status reporting in mac80211
* API changes for RX rate reporting in mac80211
* rewrite monitor logic to prepare for BPF filters
* bugfix for rare devices without 2.4 GHz support
* a bugfix for recent DFS changes
* some further cleanups
The API changes are actually at a nice time, since it's
typically quiet just before the merge window, and trees
can be synchronized easily during it.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dYTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-04-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Another set of patches for -next:
* API support for concurrent scheduled scan requests
* API changes for roaming reporting
* BSS max idle support in mac80211
* API changes for TX status reporting in mac80211
* API changes for RX rate reporting in mac80211
* rewrite monitor logic to prepare for BPF filters
* bugfix for rare devices without 2.4 GHz support
* a bugfix for recent DFS changes
* some further cleanups
The API changes are actually at a nice time, since it's
typically quiet just before the merge window, and trees
can be synchronized easily during it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Have proper request id filled in the SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS and
SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED notifications toward user-space by having the
driver provide it through the api.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration
accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the
max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive
when required.
The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016,
section 9.4.2.79
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_roamed() and cfg80211_roamed_bss() take the same arguments
except that cfg80211_roamed() requires the BSSID and
cfg80211_roamed_bss() requires the bss entry.
Unify the two functions by using a struct for driver initiated
roaming information so that either the BSSID or the bss entry can be
passed as an argument to the unified function.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[modified the ath6k, brcm80211, rndis and wlan-ng drivers accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[modify brcmfmac to remove the useless cast, spotted by Arend]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no in-tree callers of this function and it isn't exported.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly.
Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it.
As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call,
because it probably won't be needed.
Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's
in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting
this way by passing in the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[use C99 initializers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack
struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info.
This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx
power control
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now.
Again, mostly done with this spatch:
@@
expression status;
@@
-status->vht_nss
+status->nss
@@
expression status;
@@
-status.vht_nss
+status.nss
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multiple scheduled scan support the driver needs to know which
scheduled scan request is being stopped. Pass the request id in the
.sched_scan_stop() callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows for the scheduled scan request to specify matchsets
for specific BSSIDs.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[docs, netlink policy fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch implements the idea to have multiple scheduled scan requests
running concurrently. It mainly illustrates how to deal with the incoming
request from user-space in terms of backward compatibility. In order to
use multiple scheduled scans user-space needs to provide a flag attribute
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate support. If not the request is
treated as a legacy scan.
Drivers currently supporting scheduled scan are now indicating they support
a single scheduled scan request. This obsoletes WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[clean up netlink destroy path to avoid allocations, code cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to allocate a portid structure and then, for
each of those, walk the interfaces - we can just add a flag
to each interface and walk those directly. Due to padding in
the struct, we can even do it without any memory cost, and
it even simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No longer needed, since tp->tcp_mstamp holds the information.
This is needed to remove sack_state.ack_time in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed, since tp->tcp_mstamp holds the information.
This is needed to remove sack_state.ack_time in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is no longer used, since tcp_rack_detect_loss() takes
the timestamp from tp->tcp_mstamp
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nowadays the NAT extension only stores the interface index
(used to purge connections that got masqueraded when interface goes down)
and pptp nat information.
Previous patches moved nf_ct_nat_ext_add to those places that need it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It was used by the nat extension, but since commit
7c96643519 ("netfilter: move nat hlist_head to nf_conn") its only needed
for connections that use MASQUERADE target or a nat helper.
Also it seems a lot easier to preallocate a fixed size instead.
With default settings, conntrack first adds ecache extension (sysctl
defaults to 1), so we get 40(ct extension header) + 24 (ecache) == 64 byte
on x86_64 for initial allocation.
Followup patches can constify the extension structs and avoid
the initial zeroing of the entire extension area.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Defer registration of the synproxy hooks until the first SYNPROXY rule is
added. Also means we only register hooks in namespaces that need it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This logic seems to be duplicated in (at least) three separate files.
Move it to one place so code can be re-use.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The CAN gateway was not implemented as per-net in the initial network
namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch enables the CAN gateway to be used in different namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The CAN_BCM protocol and its procfs entries were not implemented as per-net
in the initial network namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch adds the missing per-net functionality for the CAN BCM.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The statistics and its proc output was not implemented as per-net in the
initial network namespace support by Mario Kicherer (8e8cda6d73).
This patch adds the missing per-net statistics for the CAN subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add support for parsing MPLS flows to the flow dissector in preparation for
adding MPLS match support to cls_flower.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.lahaise@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter records the number of times the firewall blackhole issue is
detected and active TFO is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Middlebox firewall issues can potentially cause server's data being
blackholed after a successful 3WHS using TFO. Following are the related
reports from Apple:
https://www.nanog.org/sites/default/files/Paasch_Network_Support.pdf
Slide 31 identifies an issue where the client ACK to the server's data
sent during a TFO'd handshake is dropped.
C ---> syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C (accept & write)
C <---- data ------- S
C ----- ACK -> X S
[retry and timeout]
https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/94/slides/slides-94-tcpm-13.pdf
Slide 5 shows a similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
This is the worst failure b/c the client can not detect such behavior to
mitigate the situation (such as disabling TFO). Failing to proceed, the
application (e.g., SSL library) may simply timeout and retry with TFO
again, and the process repeats indefinitely.
The proposed solution is to disable active TFO globally under the
following circumstances:
1. client side TFO socket detects out of order FIN
2. client side TFO socket receives out of order RST
We disable active side TFO globally for 1hr at first. Then if it
happens again, we disable it for 2h, then 4h, 8h, ...
And we reset the timeout to 1hr if a client side TFO sockets not opened
on loopback has successfully received data segs from server.
And we examine this condition during close().
The rational behind it is that when such firewall issue happens,
application running on the client should eventually close the socket as
it is not able to get the data it is expecting. Or application running
on the server should close the socket as it is not able to receive any
response from client.
In both cases, out of order FIN or RST will get received on the client
given that the firewall will not block them as no data are in those
frames.
And we want to disable active TFO globally as it helps if the middle box
is very close to the client and most of the connections are likely to
fail.
Also, add a debug sysctl:
tcp_fastopen_blackhole_detect_timeout_sec:
the initial timeout to use when firewall blackhole issue happens.
This can be set and read.
When setting it to 0, it means to disable the active disable logic.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse and compiler warnings fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
From Roi Dayan and Or Gerlitz, Add devlink and mlx5 support for controlling
E-Switch encapsulation mode, this knob will enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJY+5cRAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+5c8H/1/khPzy26B2lWyjPC8CRCQF
eSd0tiHLgIqbZTbnIHTR+NbZ/SUFaukoJi8OKn1fGFHCCajWvPP4xkENVKrUdi3q
kOgNZb/R1V0j6SdELyoMalFPjAscTgdmwYMnry+vcjOxJ+H2uUTnMKXwFf8IsBjz
EINy8oZ5jZcejmft0c2O5HN4Bt/7U5ttM3CroAdcvPT9lq2DFJL2uCABhTO/1DdY
b7uVa47FnkqxX19Ebn7fjp5r3diGYOmCPMjdC89C//rbkLB8FN61EkcSLpGY3YNm
djmCPQ+xaa3ielmBpOk3AMayFEtYW0nDMj9eWECVByadRQZ2qz9wTVXBp5CX9zg=
=E3Jt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2017-04-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2017-04-22
Sparse and compiler warnings fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
From Roi Dayan and Or Gerlitz, Add devlink and mlx5 support for controlling
E-Switch encapsulation mode, this knob will enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tap functions that can be used by the vsock transports to
deliver packets to vsockmon virtual network devices.
Signed-off-by: Gerard Garcia <ggarcia@deic.uab.cat>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an e-switch global knob to enable HW support for applying
encapsulation/decapsulation to VF traffic as part of SRIOV e-switch offloading.
The actual encap/decap is carried out (along with the matching and other actions)
per offloaded e-switch rules, e.g as done when offloading the TC tunnel key action.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.12. We have:
- Improvements for the pn533 command queue handling and device
registration order.
- Removal of platform data for the pn544 and st21nfca drivers.
- Additional device tree options to support more trf7970a hardware options.
- Support for Sony's RC-S380P through the port100 driver.
- Removal of the obsolte nfcwilink driver.
- Headers inclusion cleanups (miscdevice.h, unaligned.h) for many drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Zy1M
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.12-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.12 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.12. We have:
- Improvements for the pn533 command queue handling and device
registration order.
- Removal of platform data for the pn544 and st21nfca drivers.
- Additional device tree options to support more trf7970a hardware options.
- Support for Sony's RC-S380P through the port100 driver.
- Removal of the obsolte nfcwilink driver.
- Headers inclusion cleanups (miscdevice.h, unaligned.h) for many drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier patch 4493b81bea ("bonding: initialize work-queues during
creation of bond") moved the work-queue initialization from bond_open()
to bond_create(). However this caused the link those are created using
netlink 'create bond option' (ip link add bondX type bond); create the
new trunk without initializing work-queues. Prior to the above mentioned
change, ndo_open was in both paths and things worked correctly. The
consequence is visible in the report shared by Joe Stringer -
I've noticed that this patch breaks bonding within namespaces if
you're not careful to perform device cleanup correctly.
Here's my repro script, you can run on any net-next with this patch
and you'll start seeing some weird behaviour:
ip netns add foo
ip li add veth0 type veth peer name veth0+ netns foo
ip li add veth1 type veth peer name veth1+ netns foo
ip netns exec foo ip li add bond0 type bond
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev veth0+ master bond0
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev veth1+ master bond0
ip netns exec foo ip addr add dev bond0 192.168.0.1/24
ip netns exec foo ip li set dev bond0 up
ip li del dev veth0
ip li del dev veth1
The second to last command segfaults, last command hangs. rtnl is now
permanently locked. It's not a problem if you take bond0 down before
deleting veths, or delete bond0 before deleting veths. If you delete
either end of the veth pair as per above, either inside or outside the
namespace, it hits this problem.
Here's some kernel logs:
[ 1221.801610] bond0: Enslaving veth0+ as an active interface with an up link
[ 1224.449581] bond0: Enslaving veth1+ as an active interface with an up link
[ 1281.193863] bond0: Releasing backup interface veth0+
[ 1281.193866] bond0: the permanent HWaddr of veth0+ -
16:bf:fb:e0:b8:43 - is still in use by bond0 - set the HWaddr of
veth0+ to a different address to avoid conflicts
[ 1281.193867] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 1281.193873] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2024 at kernel/workqueue.c:1511
__queue_delayed_work+0x13f/0x150
[ 1281.193873] Modules linked in: bonding veth openvswitch nf_nat_ipv6
nf_nat_ipv4 nf_nat autofs4 nfsd auth_rpcgss nfs_acl binfmt_misc nfs
lockd grace sunrpc fscache ppdev vmw_balloon coretemp psmouse
serio_raw vmwgfx ttm drm_kms_helper vmw_vmci netconsole parport_pc
configfs drm i2c_piix4 fb_sys_fops syscopyarea sysfillrect sysimgblt
shpchp mac_hid nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 nf_conntrack_ipv4
nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack libcrc32c lp parport hid_generic usbhid
hid mptspi mptscsih e1000 mptbase ahci libahci
[ 1281.193905] CPU: 0 PID: 2024 Comm: ip Tainted: G W
4.10.0-bisect-bond-v0.14 #37
[ 1281.193906] Hardware name: VMware, Inc. VMware Virtual
Platform/440BX Desktop Reference Platform, BIOS 6.00 09/30/2014
[ 1281.193906] Call Trace:
[ 1281.193912] dump_stack+0x63/0x89
[ 1281.193915] __warn+0xd1/0xf0
[ 1281.193917] warn_slowpath_null+0x1d/0x20
[ 1281.193918] __queue_delayed_work+0x13f/0x150
[ 1281.193920] queue_delayed_work_on+0x27/0x40
[ 1281.193929] bond_change_active_slave+0x25b/0x670 [bonding]
[ 1281.193932] ? synchronize_rcu_expedited+0x27/0x30
[ 1281.193935] __bond_release_one+0x489/0x510 [bonding]
[ 1281.193939] ? addrconf_notify+0x1b7/0xab0
[ 1281.193942] bond_netdev_event+0x2c5/0x2e0 [bonding]
[ 1281.193944] ? netconsole_netdev_event+0x124/0x190 [netconsole]
[ 1281.193947] notifier_call_chain+0x49/0x70
[ 1281.193948] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x16/0x20
[ 1281.193950] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x35/0x60
[ 1281.193951] rollback_registered_many+0x23b/0x3e0
[ 1281.193953] unregister_netdevice_many+0x24/0xd0
[ 1281.193955] rtnl_delete_link+0x3c/0x50
[ 1281.193956] rtnl_dellink+0x8d/0x1b0
[ 1281.193960] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x95/0x220
[ 1281.193962] ? __kmalloc_node_track_caller+0x35/0x280
[ 1281.193964] ? __netlink_lookup+0xf1/0x110
[ 1281.193966] ? rtnl_newlink+0x830/0x830
[ 1281.193967] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa7/0xc0
[ 1281.193969] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
[ 1281.193970] netlink_unicast+0x15b/0x210
[ 1281.193971] netlink_sendmsg+0x319/0x390
[ 1281.193974] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[ 1281.193975] ___sys_sendmsg+0x25c/0x270
[ 1281.193978] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x76/0xf0
[ 1281.193981] ? page_add_new_anon_rmap+0x89/0xc0
[ 1281.193984] ? lru_cache_add_active_or_unevictable+0x35/0xb0
[ 1281.193985] ? __handle_mm_fault+0x4e9/0x1170
[ 1281.193987] __sys_sendmsg+0x45/0x80
[ 1281.193989] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[ 1281.193991] do_syscall_64+0x6e/0x180
[ 1281.193993] entry_SYSCALL64_slow_path+0x25/0x25
[ 1281.193995] RIP: 0033:0x7f6ec122f5a0
[ 1281.193995] RSP: 002b:00007ffe69e89c48 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX:
000000000000002e
[ 1281.193997] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00007ffe69e8dd60 RCX: 00007f6ec122f5a0
[ 1281.193997] RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00007ffe69e89c90 RDI: 0000000000000003
[ 1281.193998] RBP: 00007ffe69e89c90 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000003
[ 1281.193999] R10: 00007ffe69e89a10 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000058f14b9f
[ 1281.193999] R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 00000000006473a0 R15: 00007ffe69e8e450
[ 1281.194001] ---[ end trace 713a77486cbfbfa3 ]---
Fixes: 4493b81bea ("bonding: initialize work-queues during creation of bond")
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Tested-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-04-20
This adds the basic infrastructure for IPsec hardware
offloading, it creates a configuration API and adjusts
the packet path.
1) Add the needed netdev features to configure IPsec offloads.
2) Add the IPsec hardware offloading API.
3) Prepare the ESP packet path for hardware offloading.
4) Add gso handlers for esp4 and esp6, this implements
the software fallback for GSO packets.
5) Add xfrm replay handler functions for offloading.
6) Change ESP to use a synchronous crypto algorithm on
offloading, we don't have the option for asynchronous
returns when we handle IPsec at layer2.
7) Add a xfrm validate function to validate_xmit_skb. This
implements the software fallback for non GSO packets.
8) Set the inner_network and inner_transport members of
the SKB, as well as encapsulation, to reflect the actual
positions of these headers, and removes them only once
encryption is done on the payload.
From Ilan Tayari.
9) Prepare the ESP GRO codepath for hardware offloading.
10) Fix incorrect null pointer check in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
11) Fix for the GSO software fallback path to detect the
fallback correctly.
From Ilan Tayari.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We could have a race condition where in ->classify() path we
dereference tp->root and meanwhile a parallel ->destroy() makes it
a NULL. Daniel cured this bug in commit d936377414
("net, sched: respect rcu grace period on cls destruction").
This happens when ->destroy() is called for deleting a filter to
check if we are the last one in tp, this tp is still linked and
visible at that time. The root cause of this problem is the semantic
of ->destroy(), it does two things (for non-force case):
1) check if tp is empty
2) if tp is empty we could really destroy it
and its caller, if cares, needs to check its return value to see if it
is really destroyed. Therefore we can't unlink tp unless we know it is
empty.
As suggested by Daniel, we could actually move the test logic to ->delete()
so that we can safely unlink tp after ->delete() tells us the last one is
just deleted and before ->destroy().
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the administrator to set an fwmark for
packets traversing a tunnel. This allows the use of independent
routing tables for tunneled packets without the use of iptables.
There is no concept of per-packet routing decisions through IPv4
tunnels, so this implementation does not need to work with
per-packet route lookups as the v6 implementation may
(with IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FWMARK).
Further, since the v4 tunnel ioctls share datastructures
(which can not be trivially modified) with the kernel's internal
tunnel configuration structures, the mark attribute must be stored
in the tunnel structure itself and passed as a parameter when
creating or changing tunnel attributes.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature allows the administrator to set an fwmark for
packets traversing a tunnel. This allows the use of independent
routing tables for tunneled packets without the use of iptables.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=f4VT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-04-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
My last pull request has been a while, we now have:
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular
VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'.
This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be
enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag
to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only "cache" needs to use ulong (its used with set_bit()), missed can use
u16. Also add build-time assertion to ensure event bits fit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If insertion of a new conntrack fails because the table is full, the kernel
searches the next buckets of the hash slot where the new connection
was supposed to be inserted at for an entry that hasn't seen traffic
in reply direction (non-assured), if it finds one, that entry is
is dropped and the new connection entry is allocated.
Allow the conntrack gc worker to also remove *assured* conntracks if
resources are low.
Do this by querying the l4 tracker, e.g. tcp connections are now dropped
if they are no longer established (e.g. in finwait).
This could be refined further, e.g. by adding 'soft' established timeout
(i.e., a timeout that is only used once we get close to resource
exhaustion).
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
commit 223b02d923
("netfilter: nf_conntrack: reserve two bytes for nf_ct_ext->len")
had to increase size of the extension offsets because total size of the
extensions had increased to a point where u8 did overflow.
3 years later we've managed to diet extensions a bit and we no longer
need u16. Furthermore we can now add a compile-time assertion for this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
get rid of the (now unused) nf_ct_ext_add_length define and also
rename the function to plain nf_ct_ext_add().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need to track this for inkernel helpers anymore as
NF_CT_HELPER_BUILD_BUG_ON checks do this now.
All inkernel helpers know what kind of structure they
stored in helper->data.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
add a 32 byte scratch area in the helper struct instead of relying
on variable sized helpers plus compile-time asserts to let us know
if 32 bytes aren't enough anymore.
Not having variable sized helpers will later allow to add BUILD_BUG_ON
for the total size of conntrack extensions -- the helper extension is
the only one that doesn't have a fixed size.
The (useless!) NF_CT_HELPER_BUILD_BUG_ON(0); are added so that in case
someone adds a new helper and copy-pastes from one that doesn't store
private data at least some indication that this macro should be used
somehow is there...
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A group of Linux kernel hackers reported chasing a bug that resulted
from their assumption that SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU provided an existence
guarantee, that is, that no block from such a slab would be reallocated
during an RCU read-side critical section. Of course, that is not the
case. Instead, SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU only prevents freeing of an entire
slab of blocks.
However, there is a phrase for this, namely "type safety". This commit
therefore renames SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU to SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU in order
to avoid future instances of this sort of confusion.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: <linux-mm@kvack.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
[ paulmck: Add comments mentioning the old name, as requested by Eric
Dumazet, in order to help people familiar with the old name find
the new one. ]
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Now sctp stream reconf will process a request again even if it's seqno is
less than asoc->strreset_inseq.
If one request has been done successfully and some data chunks have been
accepted and then a duplicated strreset out request comes, the streamin's
ssn will be cleared. It will cause that stream will never receive chunks
any more because of unsynchronized ssn. It allows a replay attack.
A similar issue also exists when processing addstrm out requests. It will
cause more extra streams being added.
This patch is to fix it by saving the last 2 results into asoc. When a
duplicated strreset out or addstrm out request is received, reply it with
bad seqno if it's seqno < asoc->strreset_inseq - 2, and reply it with the
result saved in asoc if it's seqno >= asoc->strreset_inseq - 2.
Note that it saves last 2 results instead of only last 1 result, because
two requests can be sent together in one chunk.
And note that when receiving a duplicated request, the receiver side will
still reply it even if the peer has received the response. It's safe, As
the response will be dropped by the peer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For multi-scheduled scan support in subsequent patch a request id
will be added. This patch add this request id to the scheduled
scan event messages. For now the request id will always be zero.
With multi-scheduled scan its value will inform user-space to which
scan the event relates.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse
for doit functions that call it directly.
This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink.
>From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as
needed.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-04-14
Here's the main batch of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.12
kernel.
- Many fixes to 6LoWPAN, in particular for BLE
- New CA8210 IEEE 802.15.4 device driver (accounting for most of the
lines of code added in this pull request)
- Added Nokia Bluetooth (UART) HCI driver
- Some serdev & TTY changes that are dependencies for the Nokia
driver (with acks from relevant maintainers and an agreement that
these come through the bluetooth tree)
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth device
- Various other minor cleanups/fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c,
except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is now obsolete and always returns false.
This change has no effect on generated code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
resurrect an old patch from Pablo Neira to remove the untracked objects.
Currently, there are four possible states of an skb wrt. conntrack.
1. No conntrack attached, ct is NULL.
2. Normal (kmem cache allocated) ct attached.
3. a template (kmalloc'd), not in any hash tables at any point in time
4. the 'untracked' conntrack, a percpu nf_conn object, tagged via
IPS_UNTRACKED_BIT in ct->status.
Untracked is supposed to be identical to case 1. It exists only
so users can check
-m conntrack --ctstate UNTRACKED vs.
-m conntrack --ctstate INVALID
e.g. attempts to set connmark on INVALID or UNTRACKED conntracks is
supposed to be a no-op.
Thus currently we need to check
ct == NULL || nf_ct_is_untracked(ct)
in a lot of places in order to avoid altering untracked objects.
The other consequence of the percpu untracked object is that all
-j NOTRACK (and, later, kfree_skb of such skbs) result in an atomic op
(inc/dec the untracked conntracks refcount).
This adds a new kernel-private ctinfo state, IP_CT_UNTRACKED, to
make the distinction instead.
The (few) places that care about packet invalid (ct is NULL) vs.
packet untracked now need to test ct == NULL vs. ctinfo == IP_CT_UNTRACKED,
but all other places can omit the nf_ct_is_untracked() check.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we do IPsec offloading, we need a fallback for
packets that were targeted to be IPsec offloaded but
rerouted to a device that does not support IPsec offload.
For that we add a function that checks the offloading
features of the sending device and and flags the
requirement of a fallback before it calls the IPsec
output function. The IPsec output function adds the IPsec
trailer and does encryption if needed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need a fallback for ESP at layer 2, so split esp6_output
into generic functions that can be used at layer 3 and layer 2
and use them in esp_output. We also add esp6_xmit which is
used for the layer 2 fallback.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need a fallback for ESP at layer 2, so split esp_output
into generic functions that can be used at layer 3 and layer 2
and use them in esp_output. We also add esp_xmit which is
used for the layer 2 fallback.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds all the bits that are needed to do
IPsec hardware offload for IPsec states and ESP packets.
We add xfrmdev_ops to the net_device. xfrmdev_ops has
function pointers that are needed to manage the xfrm
states in the hardware and to do a per packet
offloading decision.
Joint work with:
Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Guy Shapiro <guysh@mellanox.com>
Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Guy Shapiro <guysh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds a gso_segment and xmit callback for the
xfrm_mode and implement these functions for tunnel and
transport mode.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We add a struct xfrm_type_offload so that we have the offloaded
codepath separated to the non offloaded codepath. With this the
non offloade and the offloaded codepath can coexist.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pass the new extended ACK reporting struct to all of the generic
netlink parsing functions. For now, pass NULL in almost all callers
(except for some in the core.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extended ACK reporting struct down from generic netlink to
the families, using the existing struct genl_info for simplicity.
Also add support to set the extended ACK information from generic
netlink users.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the base infrastructure and UAPI for netlink extended ACK
reporting. All "manual" calls to netlink_ack() pass NULL for now and
thus don't get extended ACK reporting.
Big thanks goes to Pablo Neira Ayuso for not only bringing up the
whole topic at netconf (again) but also coming up with the nlattr
passing trick and various other ideas.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Don't get the metric RTAX_ADVMSS of dst.
There are two reasons.
1) Its caller dst_metric_advmss has already invoke dst_metric_advmss
before invoke default_advmss.
2) The ipv4_default_advmss is used to get the default mss, it should
not try to get the metric like ip6_default_advmss.
2. Use sizeof(tcphdr)+sizeof(iphdr) instead of literal 40.
3. Define one new macro IPV4_MAX_PMTU instead of 65535 according to
RFC 2675, section 5.1.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead passing both flags, which can be NULL, and vif_params,
which are never NULL, move the flags into the vif_params and
use BIT(0), which is invalid from userspace, to indicate that
the flags were changed.
While updating all drivers, fix a small bug in wil6210 where
it was setting the flags to 0 instead of leaving them unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing monitor parameters, not setting the MU-MIMO attributes
should mean that they're not changed - it's documented that to turn
the feature off it's necessary to set all-zero group membership and
an invalid follow-address. This isn't implemented.
Fix this by making the parameters pointers, stop reusing the macaddr
struct member, and documenting that NULL pointers mean unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix issue found during L2CAP qualification test TP/LE/CFC/BV-20-C.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Kraglak <marcin.kraglak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to RFC 7668 U/L bit shall not be used:
https://wiki.tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7668#section-3.2.2 [Page 10]:
In the figure, letter 'b' represents a bit from the
Bluetooth device address, copied as is without any changes on any
bit. This means that no bit in the IID indicates whether the
underlying Bluetooth device address is public or random.
|0 1|1 3|3 4|4 6|
|0 5|6 1|2 7|8 3|
+----------------+----------------+----------------+----------------+
|bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|bbbbbbbb11111111|11111110bbbbbbbb|bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+----------------+----------------+----------------+----------------+
Because of this the code cannot figure out the address type from the IP
address anymore thus it makes no sense to use peer_lookup_ba as it needs
the peer address type.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allow technologies such as Bluetooth to use its native lladdr which
is eui48 instead of eui64 which was expected by functions like
lowpan_header_decompress and lowpan_header_compress.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-04-11
1) Remove unused field from struct xfrm_mgr.
2) Code size optimizations for the xfrm prefix hash and
address match.
3) Branch optimization for addr4_match.
All patches from Alexey Dobriyan.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two nf_conntrack_l4proto_udp4 declarations in the head file
nf_conntrack_ipv4/6.h. Now remove one which is not enbraced by the macro
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:
- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()
Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=JnXV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20170406' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Miscellany
Here's a set of patches that make some minor changes to AF_RXRPC:
(1) Store error codes in struct rxrpc_call::error as negative codes and
only convert to positive in recvmsg() to avoid confusion inside the
kernel.
(2) Note the result of trying to abort a call (this fails if the call is
already 'completed').
(3) Don't abort on temporary errors whilst processing challenge and
response packets, but rather drop the packet and wait for
retransmission.
And also adds some more tracing:
(4) Protocol errors.
(5) Received abort packets.
(6) Changes in the Rx window size due to ACK packet information.
(7) Client call initiation (to allow the rxrpc_call struct pointer, the
wire call ID and the user ID/afs_call pointer to be cross-referenced).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c7e2b9689e "sched: introduce vlan action" added both the
UAPI values for the vlan actions (TCA_VLAN_ACT_) and these two
in-kernel ones which are not used, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_mangle_{udp,tcp}_packet() returns int. However, it is used as
bool type in many spots. Fix this by consistently handle this return
value as a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When remove one expect, it needs three statements. And there are
multiple duplicated codes in current code. So add one common function
nf_ct_remove_expect to consolidate this.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Because the type of expecting, the member of nf_conn_help, is u8, it
would overflow after reach U8_MAX(255). So it doesn't work when we
configure the max_expected exceeds 255 with expect policy.
Now add the check for max_expected. Return the -EINVAL when it exceeds
the limit.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() return an indication as to whether it
actually aborted the operation or not so that kafs can trace the failure of
the operation. Note that 'success' in this context means changing the
state of the call, not necessarily successfully transmitting an ABORT
packet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
People are using bonding over Infiniband IPoIB connections, and who knows
what else. Infiniband has a hardware address length of 20 octets
(INFINIBAND_ALEN), and the network core defines a MAX_ADDR_LEN of 32.
Various places in the bonding code are currently hard-wired to 6 octets
(ETH_ALEN), such as the 3ad code, which I've left untouched here. Besides,
only alb is currently possible on Infiniband links right now anyway, due
to commit 1533e77315, so the alb code is where most of the changes are.
One major component of this change is the addition of a bond_hw_addr_copy
function that takes a length argument, instead of using ether_addr_copy
everywhere that hardware addresses need to be copied about. The other
major component of this change is converting the bonding code from using
struct sockaddr for address storage to struct sockaddr_storage, as the
former has an address storage space of only 14, while the latter is 128
minus a few, which is necessary to support bonding over device with up to
MAX_ADDR_LEN octet hardware addresses. Additionally, this probably fixes
up some memory corruption issues with the current code, where it's
possible to write an infiniband hardware address into a sockaddr declared
on the stack.
Lightly tested on a dual mlx4 IPoIB setup, which properly shows a 20-octet
hardware address now:
$ cat /proc/net/bonding/bond0
Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.7.1 (April 27, 2011)
Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup) (fail_over_mac active)
Primary Slave: mlx4_ib0 (primary_reselect always)
Currently Active Slave: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
MII Polling Interval (ms): 100
Up Delay (ms): 100
Down Delay (ms): 100
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib0
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:08:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:01
Slave queue ID: 0
Slave Interface: mlx4_ib1
MII Status: up
Speed: Unknown
Duplex: Unknown
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr:
80:00:02:09:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:01:e4:1d:2d:03:00:1d:67:02
Slave queue ID: 0
Also tested with a standard 1Gbps NIC bonding setup (with a mix of
e1000 and e1000e cards), running LNST's bonding tests.
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAljjveoTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tSZB/9DPsUOEbLzcJZ6HVRPJ3mJkCYf9jdD
VE7vW3w79EcmcbkE7ULkyrEr/+GJs7GvA1vS+j8jphraVGOjP4DjeOm1OLJXylqa
m2vaBpOqTOx3MdMdd/FVLlap7MKTX3f9J1WAOsGi5kJK3RR9EHRj5tKhoeG40OUk
rMDg9juskT+XVqgawrcHyM/eVHZ4ny+BlN2LN0zajHT6l3xKiqQ+0iQltXnstymW
djTfqlrbL+Ix6mlYKsK+joVWwbNUxuguto2m2CKVQukWFu2Q5wxe5YASjtMThQcv
vmq2LD45cFIfNhzgfTu2msoz2Cv613LFiMtHtrfjlbXtSZmFc2FqIbKc
=NjgL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.13-20170404' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-03-03
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches by Yegor Yefremov which convert the ti_hecc
driver into a DT only driver, as there is no in-tree user of the old
platform driver interface anymore. The next patch by Mario Kicherer
adds network namespace support to the can subsystem. The last two
patches by Akshay Bhat add support for the holt_hi311x SPI CAN driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define one new macro TCP_MAX_WSCALE instead of literal number '14',
and use U16_MAX instead of 65535 as the max value of TCP window.
There is another minor change, use rounddown(space, mss) instead of
(space / mss) * mss;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is almost to revert commit 02f3d4ce9e ("sctp: Adjust PMTU
updates to accomodate route invalidation."). As t->asoc can't be NULL
in sctp_transport_update_pmtu, it could get sk from asoc, and no need
to pass sk into that function.
It is also to remove some duplicated codes from that function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases nfc_dbg() is useful. Add such macro to a header.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds initial support for network namespaces. The changes only
enable support in the CAN raw, proc and af_can code. GW and BCM still
have their checks that ensure that they are used only from the main
namespace.
The patch boils down to moving the global structures, i.e. the global
filter list and their /proc stats, into a per-namespace structure and passing
around the corresponding "struct net" in a lot of different places.
Changes since v1:
- rebased on current HEAD (2bfe01e)
- fixed overlong line
Signed-off-by: Mario Kicherer <dev@kicherer.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Make ->hash_count, ->low_watermark and ->high_watermark unsigned int
and propagate unsignedness to other variables.
This change doesn't change code generation because these fields aren't
used in 64-bit contexts but make it anyway: these fields can't be
negative numbers.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow keys aren't 4GB+ numbers so 64-bit arithmetic is excessive.
Space savings (I'm not sure what CSWTCH is):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-48 (-48)
function old new delta
flow_cache_lookup 1163 1159 -4
CSWTCH 75997 75953 -44
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to move sctp_transport_dst_check into sctp_packet_config
from sctp_packet_transmit and add pathmtu check in sctp_packet_config.
With this fix, sctp can update dst or pathmtu before appending chunks,
which can void dropping packets in sctp_packet_transmit when dst is
obsolete or dst's mtu is changed.
This patch is also to improve some other codes in sctp_packet_config.
It updates packet max_size with gso_max_size, checks for dst and
pathmtu, and appends ecne chunk only when packet is empty and asoc
is not NULL.
It makes sctp flush work better, as we only need to set up them once
for one flush schedule. It's also safe, since asoc is NULL only when
the packet is created by sctp_ootb_pkt_new in which it just gets the
new dst, no need to do more things for it other than set packet with
transport's pathmtu.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before when implementing sctp prsctp, SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS wasn't
added, as it needs to save abandoned_(un)sent for every stream.
After sctp stream reconf is added in sctp, assoc has structure
sctp_stream_out to save per stream info.
This patch is to add SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS by putting the prsctp
per stream statistics into sctp_stream_out.
v1->v2:
fix an indent issue.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems the code does not match the intent.
This broke packetdrill, and probably other programs.
Fixes: 6c7c98bad4 ("sock: avoid dirtying sk_stamp, if possible")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alow users to push down more labels per MPLS encap. Similar to LSR case,
move label array to the end of mpls_iptunnel_encap and allocate based on
the number of labels for the route.
For consistency with the LSR case, re-use the same maximum number of
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance nl80211 and cfg80211 connect request and response APIs to
support FILS shared key authentication offload. The new nl80211
attributes can be used to provide additional information to the driver
to establish a FILS connection. Also enhance the set/del PMKSA to allow
support for adding and deleting PMKSA based on FILS cache identifier.
Add a new feature flag that drivers can use to advertize support for
FILS shared key authentication and association in station mode when
using their own SME.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the connect event from driver takes all the connection
response parameters as arguments. With support for new features these
response parameters can grow. Use a structure to pass these parameters
rather than passing them as function arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add to documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() unconditionally set sk->sk_stamp for
every packet, even if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP flag is not set in the
related socket.
If selinux is enabled, this cause a cache miss for every packet
since sk->sk_stamp and sk->sk_security share the same cacheline.
With this change sk_stamp is set only if the SOCK_TIMESTAMP
flag is set, and is cleared for the first packet, so that the user
perceived behavior is unchanged.
This gives up to 5% speed-up under udp-flood with small packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending a msg without asoc established, sctp will send INIT packet
first and then enqueue chunks.
Before receiving INIT_ACK, stream info is not yet alloced. But enqueuing
chunks needs to access stream info, like out stream state and out stream
cnt.
This patch is to fix it by allocing out stream info when initializing an
asoc, allocing in stream and re-allocing out stream when processing init.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Or Gerlitz says:
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
- Or.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJY2lwEAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+rFIH+wdwGawEjoDhpihLqJHoRtwo
Wvy88Lczj++Pfzt9E0kgwgmOdnj7j+GVOh6ALjneE3PDBJEFWG/GWY5aRYonlhhf
zibafMTYf+8Dmm9qHW/C4OvhQowSrkG1RDucM2eyjXJfnAShZCh7dV4CDD7paxhu
N2rlDdSEl0Im4aPCNHzyrdGg06Fy3A0DQkDvVLIQhKV0cLPIoC0U/i+ymVtsCUY/
sSEEuSohvwdD5Ga5ZZdKicCo61lIRSi2rX5v4sK0exhAO3S8xyrKnwbiN7nVAQqg
eVZ/ekbBiksD8MRMKctt/zGxd0X4PDaQ8J9XyF9CL6pRC5VipsDy+P/GEhj/x8U=
=l2Qo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-pedit' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Or Gerlitz says:
====================
mlx5e-pedit 2017-03-28
This series adds support for offloading modifications of packet headers using
ConnectX-5 HW header re-write as an action applied during packet steering.
The offloaded SW mechanism is TC's pedit action. The offloading is
supported for E-Switch steering of VF traffic in the SRIOV
switchdev mode and for NIC (non eswitch) RX.
One use-case for this offload on virtual networks, is when the hypervisor
implements flow based router such as Open-Stack's DVR, where L2 headers
of guest packets re-written with routers' MAC addresses and the IP TTL
is decremented.
Another use case (which can be applied in parallel with routing) is
stateless NAT where guest L3/L4 headers are re-written.
The series is built as follows: the 1st six patches are preperations which
don't yet add new functionality, patches 7-8 add the FW APIs (data-structures
and commands) for header re-write, and patch nine allows offloading driver
to access pedit keys.
The 10th patch is somehow the core of the series, where we translate from
the pedit way to represent set of header modification elements to the FW
API for that same matter.
Once a set of HW modification is established, we register it with the FW
and get a modify header ID. When this ID is used with an action during
packet steering, the HW applies the header modification on the packet.
Patches 11 and 12 implement the above logic as an offload for pedit action
for the NIC and E-Switch use-cases.
I'd like to thanks Elijah Shakkour <elijahs@mellanox.com> for implementing
and helping me testing this functionality on HW simulator, before it could
be done with FW.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor inet6_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for NETDEV_RESEND_IGMP event similar
to how it works for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David Laight noticed the support for MSG_MORE with datamsg->force_delay
didn't really work as we expected, as the first msg with MSG_MORE set
would always block the following chunks' dequeuing.
This Patch is to rewrite it by saving the MSG_MORE flag into assoc as
David Laight suggested.
asoc->force_delay is used to save MSG_MORE flag before a msg is sent.
All chunks in queue would not be sent out if asoc->force_delay is set
by the msg with MSG_MORE flag, until a new msg without MSG_MORE flag
clears asoc->force_delay.
Note that this change would not affect the flush is generated by other
triggers, like asoc->state != ESTABLISHED, queue size > pmtu etc.
v1->v2:
Not clear asoc->force_delay after sending the msg with MSG_MORE flag.
Fixes: 4ea0c32f5f ("sctp: add support for MSG_MORE")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the
main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is
for changing the counter parameter on specific table.
The basic structures:
Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal
metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared
between drivers. Each driver can add local headers.
Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC
metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped
to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have
internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped
to netdeivce ifindex.
Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific
field or header. The header index should be specified as well
in order to support several header instances of the same type
(tunneling).
Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations
on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc.
And header operation like add and delete.
Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or
action.
Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/
action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets
data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the
packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific
and should be exported in order to provide understanding of
ASICs behavior.
Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is
identified by specific combination of values for match/action.
Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/
field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base
is split between the shared headers and unique headers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW drivers will use the header-type and command fields from the extended
keys, and some fields (e.g mask, val, offset) from the legacy keys.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Split the function into two (a) propose (b) commit phase without
changing the semantics for the original API.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr4_match() code has special test for /0 prefixes because of
standard required undefined behaviour. However, it is possible to omit
it on 64-bit because shifting can be done within a 64-bit register and
then truncated to the expected value (which is 0 mask).
Implicit truncation by htonl() fits nicely into R32-within-R64 model
on x86-64.
Space savings: none (coincidence)
Branch savings: 1
Before:
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a] # ->prefixlen_d
test al,al
jne xfrm_selector_match + 0x23f
...
movzx eax,BYTE PTR [rbx+0x2b] # ->prefixlen_s
test al,al
je xfrm_selector_match + 0x1c7
After (no branches):
mov r8d,0x20
mov rdx,0xffffffffffffffff
mov esi,DWORD PTR [rsi+0x2c]
mov ecx,r8d
sub cl,BYTE PTR [rdi+0x2a]
xor esi,DWORD PTR [rbx]
mov rdi,rdx
xor eax,eax
shl rdi,cl
bswap edi
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Move the core functionality in sk_busy_loop() to napi_busy_loop() and
make it independent of sk.
This enables re-using this function in epoll busy loop implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch flips the logic we were using to determine if the busy polling
has timed out. The main motivation for this is that we will need to
support two different possible timeout values in the future and by
recording the start time rather than when we would want to end we can focus
on making the end_time specific to the task be it epoll or socket based
polling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checking the return value of sk_busy_loop. As there are only a few
consumers of that data, and the data being checked for can be replaced
with a check for !skb_queue_empty() we might as well just pull the code
out of sk_busy_loop and place it in the spots that actually need it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of defining two versions of skb_mark_napi_id I think it is more
readable to just match the format of the sk_mark_napi_id functions and just
wrap the contents of the function instead of defining two versions of the
function. This way we can save a few lines of code since we only need 2 of
the ifdef/endif but needed 5 for the extra function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup/fix for NAPI IDs following the changes that made it
so that sender_cpu and napi_id were doing a better job of sharing the same
location in the sk_buff.
One issue I found is that we weren't validating the napi_id as being valid
before we started trying to setup the busy polling. This change corrects
that by using the MIN_NAPI_ID value that is now used in both allocating the
NAPI IDs, as well as validating them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale could be changed any time, so there
is one race in tcp_win_from_space.
For example,
1.sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale<=0 (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is negative now)
2.space>>(-sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale) (sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale is postive now)
As a result, tcp_win_from_space returns 0. It is unexpected.
Certainly if the compiler put the sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale into one
register firstly, then use the register directly, it would be ok.
But we could not depend on the compiler behavior.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain system process significant unconnected UDP workload.
It would be preferrable to disable UDP early demux for those systems
and enable it for TCP only.
By disabling UDP demux, we see these slight gains on an ARM64 system-
782 -> 788Mbps unconnected single stream UDPv4
633 -> 654Mbps unconnected UDPv4 different sources
The performance impact can change based on CPU architecure and cache
sizes. There will not much difference seen if entire UDP hash table
is in cache.
Both sysctls are enabled by default to preserve existing behavior.
v1->v2: Change function pointer instead of adding conditional as
suggested by Stephen.
v2->v3: Read once in callers to avoid issues due to compiler
optimizations. Also update commit message with the tests.
v3->v4: Store and use read once result instead of querying pointer
again incorrectly.
v4->v5: Refactor to avoid errors due to compilation with IPV6={m,n}
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x86_64 is zero-extending arch so "unsigned int" is preferred over "int"
for address calculations and extending to size_t.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 0/-24 (-24)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_walk 708 696 -12
xfrm_selector_match 918 906 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmmii.c
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc.c
kernel/bpf/hashtab.c
Almost entirely overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows reading of SK_MEMINFO_VARS via socket option. This way an
application can get all meminfo related information in single socket
option call instead of multiple calls.
Adds helper function, sk_get_meminfo(), and uses that for both
getsockopt and sock_diag_put_meminfo().
Suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_stream_free uses struct sctp_stream as a param, but struct sctp_stream
is defined after it's declaration.
This patch is to declare struct sctp_stream before sctp_stream_free.
Fixes: a83863174a ("sctp: prepare asoc stream for stream reconf")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh notifications today carry pid 0 for nlmsg_pid
in all cases. This patch fixes it to carry calling process
pid when available. Applications (eg. quagga) rely on
nlmsg_pid to ignore notifications generated by their own
netlink operations. This patch follows the routing subsystem
which already sets this correctly.
Reported-by: Vivek Venkatraman <vivek@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tp->dst_pending_confirm's value can only be set 0 or 1, this
patch is to change to define it as a bit instead of __u32.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ECMP hash policy choice via a new sysctl
called fib_multipath_hash_policy and also adds support for L4 hashes.
The current values for fib_multipath_hash_policy are:
0 - layer 3 (default)
1 - layer 4
If there's an skb hash already set and it matches the chosen policy then it
will be used instead of being calculated (currently only for L4).
In L3 mode we always calculate the hash due to the ICMP error special
case, the flow dissector's field consistentification should handle the
address order thus we can remove the address reversals.
If the skb is provided we always use it for the hash calculation,
otherwise we fallback to fl4, that is if skb is NULL fl4 has to be set.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow canceling all packets of a connection.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Tao <bergwolf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. A couple of new features for nf_tables, and unsorted
cleanups and incremental updates for the Netfilter tree. More
specifically, they are:
1) Allow to check for TCP option presence via nft_exthdr, patch
from Phil Sutter.
2) Add symmetric hash support to nft_hash, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
3) Use pr_cont() in ebt_log, from Joe Perches.
4) Remove some dead code in arp_tables reported via static analysis
tool, from Colin Ian King.
5) Consolidate nf_tables expression validation, from Liping Zhang.
6) Consolidate set lookup via nft_set_lookup().
7) Remove unnecessary rcu read lock side in bridge netfilter, from
Florian Westphal.
8) Remove unused variable in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tahee Yoo.
9) Pass nft_ctx struct to object initialization indirections, from
Florian Westphal.
10) Add code to integrate conntrack helper into nf_tables, also from
Florian.
11) Allow to check if interface index or name exists via
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT, from Phil Sutter.
12) Simplify resolve_normal_ct(), from Florian.
13) Use per-limit spinlock in nft_limit and xt_limit, from Liping Zhang.
14) Use rwlock in nft_set_rbtree set, also from Liping Zhang.
15) One patch to remove a useless printk at netns init path in ipvs,
and several patches to document IPVS knobs.
16) Use refcount_t for reference counter in the Netfilter/IPVS code,
from Elena Reshetova.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API (see include/linux/refcount.h)
should be used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The tcp_tw_recycle was already broken for connections
behind NAT, since the per-destination timestamp is not
monotonically increasing for multiple machines behind
a single destination address.
After the randomization of TCP timestamp offsets
in commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets
for each connection), the tcp_tw_recycle is broken for all
types of connections for the same reason: the timestamps
received from a single machine is not monotonically increasing,
anymore.
Remove tcp_tw_recycle, since it is not functional. Also, remove
the PAWSPassive SNMP counter since it is only used for
tcp_tw_recycle, and simplify tcp_v4_route_req and tcp_v6_route_req
since the strict argument is only set when tcp_tw_recycle is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8a5bd45f6616 (tcp: randomize tcp timestamp offsets for each connection)
randomizes TCP timestamps per connection. After this commit,
there is no guarantee that the timestamps received from the
same destination are monotonically increasing. As a result,
the per-destination timestamp cache in TCP metrics (i.e., tcpm_ts
in struct tcp_metrics_block) is broken and cannot be relied upon.
Remove the per-destination timestamp cache and all related code
paths.
Note that this cache was already broken for caching timestamps of
multiple machines behind a NAT sharing the same address.
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Lutz Vieweg <lvml@5t9.de>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a FIB rule is added or removed, a notification is sent in the
FIB notification chain. However, listeners don't have a way to tell
which rule was added or removed.
This is problematic as we would like to give listeners the ability to
decide which action to execute based on the notified rule. Specifically,
offloading drivers should be able to determine if they support the
reflection of the notified FIB rule and flush their LPM tables in case
they don't.
Do that by adding a notifier info to these notifications and embed the
common FIB rule struct in it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when non-default (custom) FIB rules are used, devices capable
of layer 3 offloading flush their tables and let the kernel do the
forwarding instead.
When these devices' drivers are loaded they register to the FIB
notification chain, which lets them know about the existence of any
custom FIB rules. This is done by sending a RULE_ADD notification based
on the value of 'net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_rules'.
This approach is problematic when VRF offload is taken into account, as
upon the creation of the first VRF netdev, a l3mdev rule is programmed
to direct skbs to the VRF's table.
Instead of merely reading the above value and sending a single RULE_ADD
notification, we should iterate over all the FIB rules and send a
detailed notification for each, thereby allowing offloading drivers to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
While l3mdev rules are uniquely marked, the default rules are not.
Therefore, when they are being notified they might invoke offloading
drivers to unnecessarily flush their tables.
Solve this by adding an helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Namely, its selector should match all packets and its action should
point to the local, main or default tables.
As noted by David Ahern, uniquely marking the default rules is
insufficient. When using VRFs, it's common to avoid false hits by moving
the rule for the local table to just before the main table:
Default configuration:
$ ip rule show
0: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Common configuration with VRFs:
$ ip rule show
1000: from all lookup [l3mdev-table]
32765: from all lookup local
32766: from all lookup main
32767: from all lookup default
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.
To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.
The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree, a
rather large batch of fixes targeted to nf_tables, conntrack and bridge
netfilter. More specifically, they are:
1) Don't track fragmented packets if the socket option IP_NODEFRAG is set.
From Florian Westphal.
2) SCTP protocol tracker assumes that ICMP error messages contain the
checksum field, what results in packet drops. From Ying Xue.
3) Fix inconsistent handling of AH traffic from nf_tables.
4) Fix new bitmap set representation with big endian. Fix mismatches in
nf_tables due to incorrect big endian handling too. Both patches
from Liping Zhang.
5) Bridge netfilter doesn't honor maximum fragment size field, cap to
largest fragment seen. From Florian Westphal.
6) Fake conntrack entry needs to be aligned to 8 bytes since the 3 LSB
bits are now used to store the ctinfo. From Steven Rostedt.
7) Fix element comments with the bitmap set type. Revert the flush
field in the nft_set_iter structure, not required anymore after
fixing up element comments.
8) Missing error on invalid conntrack direction from nft_ct, also from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Ensure that mtu is at least IPV6_MIN_MTU in ipv6 VTI tunnel driver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Fix crashes when user tries to get_next_key on an LPM bpf map, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Fix detection of VLAN fitlering feature for bnx2x VF devices, from
Michal Schmidt.
4) We can get a divide by zero when TCP socket are morphed into
listening state, fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix socket refcounting bugs in skb_complete_wifi_ack() and
skb_complete_tx_timestamp(). From Eric Dumazet.
6) Use after free in dccp_feat_activate_values(), also from Eric
Dumazet.
7) Like bonding team needs to use ETH_MAX_MTU as netdev->max_mtu, from
Jarod Wilson.
8) Fix use after free in vrf_xmit(), from David Ahern.
9) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on IPComp ipsec packets, from
Alexey Kodanev.
10) Properly check napi_complete_done() return value in order to decide
whether to re-enable IRQs or not in amd-xgbe driver, from Thomas
Lendacky.
11) Fix double free of hwmon device in marvell phy driver, from Andrew
Lunn.
12) Don't crash on malformed netlink attributes in act_connmark, from
Etienne Noss.
13) Don't remove routes with a higher metric in ipv6 ECMP route replace,
from Sabrina Dubroca.
14) Don't write into a cloned SKB in ipv6 fragmentation handling, from
Florian Westphal.
15) Fix routing redirect races in dccp and tcp, basically the ICMP
handler can't modify the socket's cached route in it's locked by the
user at this moment. From Jon Maxwell.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (108 commits)
qed: Enable iSCSI Out-of-Order
qed: Correct out-of-bound access in OOO history
qed: Fix interrupt flags on Rx LL2
qed: Free previous connections when releasing iSCSI
qed: Fix mapping leak on LL2 rx flow
qed: Prevent creation of too-big u32-chains
qed: Align CIDs according to DORQ requirement
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVMLR max record count
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVM max record count
net: Resend IGMP memberships upon peer notification.
dccp: fix memory leak during tear-down of unsuccessful connection request
tun: fix premature POLLOUT notification on tun devices
dccp/tcp: fix routing redirect race
ucc/hdlc: fix two little issue
vxlan: fix ovs support
net: use net->count to check whether a netns is alive or not
bridge: drop netfilter fake rtable unconditionally
ipv6: avoid write to a possibly cloned skb
net: wimax/i2400m: fix NULL-deref at probe
isdn/gigaset: fix NULL-deref at probe
...
Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be
configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which
allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value
of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the
IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation).
Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the
same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets
into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it
overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a
default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl,
"net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration
of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the
future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no
payload TTL that can be propagated).
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL
value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when
the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443
through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to
mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation.
In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets
arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy
way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without
having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done
through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl,
"net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the
per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it
overrides the global configuration.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1f48ff6c53.
This patch is not required anymore now that we keep a dummy list of
set elements in the bitmap set implementation, so revert this before
we forget this code has no clients.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of the actual interface index or name, set destination register
to just 1 or 0 depending on whether the lookup succeeded or not if
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT was set in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
this is needed by the upcoming ct helper object type --
we'd like to be able use the table family (ip, ip6, inet) to figure
out which helper has to be requested.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the nfct and nfctinfo have been combined, the nf_conn structure
must be at least 8 bytes aligned, as the 3 LSB bits are used for the
nfctinfo. But there's a fake nf_conn structure to denote untracked
connections, which is created by a PER_CPU construct. This does not
guarantee that it will be 8 bytes aligned and can break the logic in
determining the correct nfctinfo.
I triggered this on a 32bit machine with the following error:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000af4
IP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
*pdpt = 0000000031962001 *pde = 0000000000000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[Modules linked in: ip6t_REJECT nf_reject_ipv6 nf_conntrack_ipv6 nf_defrag_ipv6 ip6table_filter ip6_tables ipv6 crc_ccitt ppdev r8169 parport_pc parport
OK ]
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.10.0-test+ #75
Hardware name: MSI MS-7823/CSM-H87M-G43 (MS-7823), BIOS V1.6 02/22/2014
task: c126ec00 task.stack: c1258000
EIP: nf_ct_deliver_cached_events+0x1b/0xfb
EFLAGS: 00010202 CPU: 0
EAX: 0021cd01 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 27b0c767 EDX: 32bcb17a
ESI: f34135c0 EDI: f34135c0 EBP: f2debd60 ESP: f2debd3c
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000af4 CR3: 309a0440 CR4: 001406f0
Call Trace:
<SOFTIRQ>
? ipv6_skip_exthdr+0xac/0xcb
ipv6_confirm+0x10c/0x119 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
nf_hook_slow+0x22/0xc7
nf_hook+0x9a/0xad [ipv6]
? ip6t_do_table+0x356/0x379 [ip6_tables]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
ip6_output+0xee/0x107 [ipv6]
? ip6_fragment+0x9e9/0x9e9 [ipv6]
dst_output+0x36/0x4d [ipv6]
NF_HOOK.constprop.37+0xb2/0xba [ipv6]
? icmp6_dst_alloc+0x2c/0xfd [ipv6]
? local_bh_enable+0x14/0x14 [ipv6]
mld_sendpack+0x1c5/0x281 [ipv6]
? mark_held_locks+0x40/0x5c
mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x1f6/0x21e [ipv6]
call_timer_fn+0x135/0x283
? detach_if_pending+0x55/0x55
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
__run_timers+0x111/0x14b
? mld_dad_timer_expire+0x3e/0x3e [ipv6]
run_timer_softirq+0x1c/0x36
__do_softirq+0x185/0x37c
? test_ti_thread_flag.constprop.19+0xd/0xd
do_softirq_own_stack+0x22/0x28
</SOFTIRQ>
irq_exit+0x5a/0xa4
smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x2a/0x34
apic_timer_interrupt+0x37/0x3c
By using DEFINE/DECLARE_PER_CPU_ALIGNED we can enforce at least 8 byte
alignment as all cache line sizes are at least 8 bytes or more.
Fixes: a9e419dc7b ("netfilter: merge ctinfo into nfct pointer storage area")
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, there are two different methods to store an u16 integer to
the u32 data register. For example:
u32 *dest = ®s->data[priv->dreg];
1. *dest = 0; *(u16 *) dest = val_u16;
2. *dest = val_u16;
For method 1, the u16 value will be stored like this, either in
big-endian or little-endian system:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Value | 0 |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
For method 2, in little-endian system, the u16 value will be the same
as listed above. But in big-endian system, the u16 value will be stored
like this:
0 15 31
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| 0 | Value |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
So later we use "memcmp(®s->data[priv->sreg], data, 2);" to do
compare in nft_cmp, nft_lookup expr ..., method 2 will get the wrong
result in big-endian system, as 0~15 bits will always be zero.
For the similar reason, when loading an u16 value from the u32 data
register, we should use "*(u16 *) sreg;" instead of "(u16)*sreg;",
the 2nd method will get the wrong value in the big-endian system.
So introduce some wrapper functions to store/load an u8 or u16
integer to/from the u32 data register, and use them in the right
place.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce a dsa_is_normal_port helper to check if a given port is a
normal user port as opposed to a CPU port or DSA link.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the
Re-configuration Response Parameter in rfc6525 section 5.2.7.
sctp_process_strreset_resp would process the response for any
kind of reconf request, and the stream reconf is applied only
when the response result is success.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Incoming
Streams Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.6.
It is also to fix that it shouldn't have add streams when sending addstrm
in request, as the process in peer will handle it by sending a addstrm out
request back.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Receiver-Side Procedures for the Add Outgoing
Streams Request Parameter described in section 5.2.5.
It is also to improve sctp_chunk_lookup_strreset_param, so that it
can be used for processing addstrm_out request.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Change Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 6.2.4.
The process is kind of complicate, it's wonth having some comments
from section 6.2.4 in the codes.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Association Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.2.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original reason [1] for having hidden qdiscs (potential scalability
issues in qdisc_match_from_root() with single linked list in case of large
amount of qdiscs) has been invalidated by 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched: convert
qdisc linked list to hashtable").
This allows us for bringing more clarity and determinism into the dump by
making default pfifo qdiscs visible.
We're not turning this on by default though, at it was deemed [2] too
intrusive / unnecessary change of default behavior towards userspace.
Instead, TCA_DUMP_INVISIBLE netlink attribute is introduced, which allows
applications to request complete qdisc hierarchy dump, including the
ones that have always been implicit/invisible.
Singleton noop_qdisc stays invisible, as teaching the whole infrastructure
about singletons would require quite some surgery with very little gain
(seeing no qdisc or seeing noop qdisc in the dump is probably setting
the same user expectation).
[1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1460732328.10638.74.camel@edumazet-glaptop3.roam.corp.google.com
[2] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161021.105935.1907696543877061916.davem@davemloft.net
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We always pass the same event type to fib_notify() and
fib_rules_notify(), so we can safely drop this argument.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code concerned with the FIB notification chain currently
resides in fib_trie.c, but this isn't really appropriate, as the FIB
notification chain is also used for FIB rules.
Therefore, it makes sense to move the common FIB notification code to a
separate file and have it export the relevant functions, which can be
invoked by its different users (e.g., fib_trie.c, fib_rules.c).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add VLAN action offloading. Invoke it from Spectrum flower handler for
"vlan modify" actions.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions that are returning tcp sequence number also setup
TS offset value, so rename them to better describe their purpose.
No functional changes in this patch.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lockdep issues a circular dependency warning when AFS issues an operation
through AF_RXRPC from a context in which the VFS/VM holds the mmap_sem.
The theory lockdep comes up with is as follows:
(1) If the pagefault handler decides it needs to read pages from AFS, it
calls AFS with mmap_sem held and AFS begins an AF_RXRPC call, but
creating a call requires the socket lock:
mmap_sem must be taken before sk_lock-AF_RXRPC
(2) afs_open_socket() opens an AF_RXRPC socket and binds it. rxrpc_bind()
binds the underlying UDP socket whilst holding its socket lock.
inet_bind() takes its own socket lock:
sk_lock-AF_RXRPC must be taken before sk_lock-AF_INET
(3) Reading from a TCP socket into a userspace buffer might cause a fault
and thus cause the kernel to take the mmap_sem, but the TCP socket is
locked whilst doing this:
sk_lock-AF_INET must be taken before mmap_sem
However, lockdep's theory is wrong in this instance because it deals only
with lock classes and not individual locks. The AF_INET lock in (2) isn't
really equivalent to the AF_INET lock in (3) as the former deals with a
socket entirely internal to the kernel that never sees userspace. This is
a limitation in the design of lockdep.
Fix the general case by:
(1) Double up all the locking keys used in sockets so that one set are
used if the socket is created by userspace and the other set is used
if the socket is created by the kernel.
(2) Store the kern parameter passed to sk_alloc() in a variable in the
sock struct (sk_kern_sock). This informs sock_lock_init(),
sock_init_data() and sk_clone_lock() as to the lock keys to be used.
Note that the child created by sk_clone_lock() inherits the parent's
kern setting.
(3) Add a 'kern' parameter to ->accept() that is analogous to the one
passed in to ->create() that distinguishes whether kernel_accept() or
sys_accept4() was the caller and can be passed to sk_alloc().
Note that a lot of accept functions merely dequeue an already
allocated socket. I haven't touched these as the new socket already
exists before we get the parameter.
Note also that there are a couple of places where I've made the accepted
socket unconditionally kernel-based:
irda_accept()
rds_rcp_accept_one()
tcp_accept_from_sock()
because they follow a sock_create_kern() and accept off of that.
Whilst creating this, I noticed that lustre and ocfs don't create sockets
through sock_create_kern() and thus they aren't marked as for-kernel,
though they appear to be internal. I wonder if these should do that so
that they use the new set of lock keys.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overide||override
While we are here, fix the doubled "address" in the touched line
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt.
Also, fix the comment block style in the touched hunks in
drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-21-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__sk_dst_set() must be called while we own the socket.
We can get proper lockdep coverage using lockdep_sock_is_held()
and rcu_dereference_protected()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phil Sutter reports that IPv6 AH header matching is broken. From
userspace, nft generates bytecode that expects to find the AH header at
NFT_PAYLOAD_TRANSPORT_HEADER both for IPv4 and IPv6. However,
pktinfo->thoff is set to the inner header after the AH header in IPv6,
while in IPv4 pktinfo->thoff points to the AH header indeed. This
behaviour is inconsistent. This patch fixes this problem by updating
ipv6_find_hdr() to get the IP6_FH_F_AUTH flag so this function stops at
the AH header, so both IPv4 and IPv6 pktinfo->thoff point to the AH
header.
This is also inconsistent when trying to match encapsulated headers:
1) A packet that looks like IPv4 + AH + TCP dport 22 will *not* match.
2) A packet that looks like IPv6 + AH + TCP dport 22 will match.
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This new function consolidates set lookup via either name or ID by
introducing a new nft_set_lookup() function. Replace existing spots
where we can use this too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for
processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be
offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for
that added in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the SET CQM command's RSSI threshold attribute to accept any
number of thresholds as a sorted array. The API should be backwards
compatible so that if one s32 threshold value is passed, the old
mechanism is enabled. The netlink event generated is the same in both
cases.
cfg80211 handles an arbitrary number of RSSI thresholds but drivers have
to provide a method (set_cqm_rssi_range_config) that configures a range
set by a high and a low value. Drivers have to call back when the RSSI
goes out of that range and there's no additional event for each time the
range is reconfigured as there was with the current one-threshold API.
This method doesn't have a hysteresis parameter because there's no
benefit to the cfg80211 code from having the hysteresis be handled by
hardware/driver in terms of the number of wakeups. At the same time
it would likely be less consistent between drivers if offloaded or
done in the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double-free in batman-adv, from Sven Eckelmann.
2) Fix packet stats for fast-RX path, from Joannes Berg.
3) Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() doesn't handle request sockets
properly, fix from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix sendmsg deadlock in rxrpc, from David Howells.
5) Add missing RCU locking to transport hashtable scan, from Xin Long.
6) Fix potential packet loss in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
7) Fix race in NAPI handling between poll handlers and busy polling,
from Eric Dumazet.
8) TX path in vxlan and geneve need proper RCU locking, from Jakub
Kicinski.
9) SYN processing in DCCP and TCP need to disable BH, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Properly handle net_enable_timestamp() being invoked from IRQ
context, also from Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix crash on device-tree systems in xgene driver, from Alban Bedel.
12) Do not call sk_free() on a locked socket, from Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo.
13) Fix use-after-free in netvsc driver, from Dexuan Cui.
14) Fix max MTU setting in bonding driver, from WANG Cong.
15) xen-netback hash table can be allocated from softirq context, so use
GFP_ATOMIC. From Anoob Soman.
16) Fix MAC address change bug in bgmac driver, from Hari Vyas.
17) strparser needs to destroy strp_wq on module exit, from WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
strparser: destroy workqueue on module exit
sfc: fix IPID endianness in TSOv2
sfc: avoid max() in array size
rds: remove unnecessary returned value check
rxrpc: Fix potential NULL-pointer exception
nfp: correct DMA direction in XDP DMA sync
nfp: don't tell FW about the reserved buffer space
net: ethernet: bgmac: mac address change bug
net: ethernet: bgmac: init sequence bug
xen-netback: don't vfree() queues under spinlock
xen-netback: keep a local pointer for vif in backend_disconnect()
netfilter: nf_tables: don't call nfnetlink_set_err() if nfnetlink_send() fails
netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: incorrect assumption on lower interval lookups
netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: fix wrong memory initialisation
can: flexcan: fix typo in comment
can: usb_8dev: Fix memory leak of priv->cmd_msg_buffer
can: gs_usb: fix coding style
can: gs_usb: Don't use stack memory for USB transfers
ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
...
Pull misc final vfs updates from Al Viro:
"A few unrelated patches that got beating in -next.
Everything else will have to go into the next window ;-/"
* 'work.misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
hfs: fix hfs_readdir()
selftest for default_file_splice_read() infoleak
9p: constify ->d_name handling
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Missing check for full sock in ip_route_me_harder(), from
Florian Westphal.
2) Incorrect sip helper structure initilization that breaks it when
several ports are used, from Christophe Leroy.
3) Fix incorrect assumption when looking up for matching with adjacent
intervals in the nft_set_rbtree.
4) Fix broken netlink event error reporting in nf_tables that results
in misleading ESRCH errors propagated to userspace listeners.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying nlmsg_multicast() already sets sk->sk_err for us to
notify socket overruns, so we should not do anything with this return
value. So we just call nfnetlink_set_err() if:
1) We fail to allocate the netlink message.
or
2) We don't have enough space in the netlink message to place attributes,
which means that we likely need to allocate a larger message.
Before this patch, the internal ESRCH netlink error code was propagated
to userspace, which is quite misleading. Netlink semantics mandate that
listeners just hit ENOBUFS if the socket buffer overruns.
Reported-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Alemayhu <alexander@alemayhu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When handling problems in cloning a socket with the sk_clone_locked()
function we need to perform several steps that were open coded in it and
its callers, so introduce a routine to avoid this duplication:
sk_free_unlock_clone().
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/net-ui6laqkotycunhtmqryl9bfx@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't actually need the full rculist.h header in sched.h anymore,
we will be able to include the smaller rcupdate.h header instead.
But first update code that relied on the implicit header inclusion.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix up affected files that include this signal functionality via sched.h.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.
Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
We are going to split <linux/sched/clock.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which
will have to be picked up from other headers and .c files.
Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/clock.h> file that just
maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and
bisectable.
Include the new header in the files that are going to need it.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
disassocation||disassociation
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-27-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
an user||a user
an userspace||a userspace
I also added "userspace" to the list since it is a common word in Linux.
I found some instances for "an userfaultfd", but I did not add it to the
list. I felt it is endless to find words that start with "user" such as
"userland" etc., so must draw a line somewhere.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-4-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support TX_RING in AF_PACKET TPACKET_V3 mode, from Sowmini
Varadhan.
2) Simplify classifier state on sk_buff in order to shrink it a bit.
From Willem de Bruijn.
3) Introduce SIPHASH and it's usage for secure sequence numbers and
syncookies. From Jason A. Donenfeld.
4) Reduce CPU usage for ICMP replies we are going to limit or
suppress, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Introduce Shared Memory Communications socket layer, from Ursula
Braun.
6) Add RACK loss detection and allow it to actually trigger fast
recovery instead of just assisting after other algorithms have
triggered it. From Yuchung Cheng.
7) Add xmit_more and BQL support to mvneta driver, from Simon Guinot.
8) skb_cow_data avoidance in esp4 and esp6, from Steffen Klassert.
9) Export MPLS packet stats via netlink, from Robert Shearman.
10) Significantly improve inet port bind conflict handling, especially
when an application is restarted and changes it's setting of
reuseport. From Josef Bacik.
11) Implement TX batching in vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
12) Extend the dummy device so that VF (virtual function) features,
such as configuration, can be more easily tested. From Phil
Sutter.
13) Avoid two atomic ops per page on x86 in bnx2x driver, from Eric
Dumazet.
14) Add new bpf MAP, implementing a longest prefix match trie. From
Daniel Mack.
15) Packet sample offloading support in mlxsw driver, from Yotam Gigi.
16) Add new aquantia driver, from David VomLehn.
17) Add bpf tracepoints, from Daniel Borkmann.
18) Add support for port mirroring to b53 and bcm_sf2 drivers, from
Florian Fainelli.
19) Remove custom busy polling in many drivers, it is done in the core
networking since 4.5 times. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support XDP adjust_head in virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
21) Fix several major holes in neighbour entry confirmation, from
Julian Anastasov.
22) Add XDP support to bnxt_en driver, from Michael Chan.
23) VXLAN offloads for enic driver, from Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
24) Add IPVTAP driver (IP-VLAN based tap driver) from Sainath Grandhi.
25) Support GRO in IPSEC protocols, from Steffen Klassert"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1764 commits)
Revert "ath10k: Search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension"
net: socket: fix recvmmsg not returning error from sock_error
bnxt_en: use eth_hw_addr_random()
bpf: fix unlocking of jited image when module ronx not set
arch: add ARCH_HAS_SET_MEMORY config
net: napi_watchdog() can use napi_schedule_irqoff()
tcp: Revert "tcp: tcp_probe: use spin_lock_bh()"
net/hsr: use eth_hw_addr_random()
net: mvpp2: enable building on 64-bit platforms
net: mvpp2: switch to build_skb() in the RX path
net: mvpp2: simplify MVPP2_PRS_RI_* definitions
net: mvpp2: fix indentation of MVPP2_EXT_GLOBAL_CTRL_DEFAULT
net: mvpp2: remove unused register definitions
net: mvpp2: simplify mvpp2_bm_bufs_add()
net: mvpp2: drop useless fields in mvpp2_bm_pool and related code
net: mvpp2: remove unused 'tx_skb' field of 'struct mvpp2_tx_queue'
net: mvpp2: release reference to txq_cpu[] entry after unmapping
net: mvpp2: handle too large value in mvpp2_rx_time_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: handle too large value handling in mvpp2_rx_pkts_coal_set()
net: mvpp2: remove useless arguments in mvpp2_rx_{pkts, time}_coal_set
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Implement wraparound-safe refcount_t and kref_t types based on
generic atomic primitives (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve and fix the ww_mutex code (Nicolai Hähnle)
- Add self-tests to the ww_mutex code (Chris Wilson)
- Optimize percpu-rwsems with the 'rcuwait' mechanism (Davidlohr
Bueso)
- Micro-optimize the current-task logic all around the core kernel
(Davidlohr Bueso)
- Tidy up after recent optimizations: remove stale code and APIs,
clean up the code (Waiman Long)
- ... plus misc fixes, updates and cleanups"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (50 commits)
fork: Fix task_struct alignment
locking/spinlock/debug: Remove spinlock lockup detection code
lockdep: Fix incorrect condition to print bug msgs for MAX_LOCKDEP_CHAIN_HLOCKS
lkdtm: Convert to refcount_t testing
kref: Implement 'struct kref' using refcount_t
refcount_t: Introduce a special purpose refcount type
sched/wake_q: Clarify queue reinit comment
sched/wait, rcuwait: Fix typo in comment
locking/mutex: Fix lockdep_assert_held() fail
locking/rtmutex: Flip unlikely() branch to likely() in __rt_mutex_slowlock()
locking/rwsem: Reinit wake_q after use
locking/rwsem: Remove unnecessary atomic_long_t casts
jump_labels: Move header guard #endif down where it belongs
locking/atomic, kref: Implement kref_put_lock()
locking/ww_mutex: Turn off __must_check for now
locking/atomic, kref: Avoid more abuse
locking/atomic, kref: Use kref_get_unless_zero() more
locking/atomic, kref: Kill kref_sub()
locking/atomic, kref: Add kref_read()
locking/atomic, kref: Add KREF_INIT()
...
This patch is to add support for MSG_MORE on sctp.
It adds force_delay in sctp_datamsg to save MSG_MORE, and sets it after
creating datamsg according to the send flag. sctp_packet_can_append_data
then uses it to decide if the chunks of this msg will be sent at once or
delay it.
Note that unlike [1], this patch saves MSG_MORE in datamsg, instead of
in assoc. As sctp enqueues the chunks first, then dequeue them one by
one. If it's saved in assoc,the current msg's send flag (MSG_MORE) may
affect other chunks' bundling.
Since last patch, sctp flush out queue once assoc state falls into
SHUTDOWN_PENDING, the close block problem mentioned in [1] has been
solved as well.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/372404/
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when sending a packet, sctp_transport_dst_check will check if dst
is obsolete by calling ipv4/ip6_dst_check. But they return obsolete
only when adding a new cache, after that when the cache's pmtu is
updated again, it will not trigger transport->dst/pmtu's update.
It can be reproduced by reducing route's pmtu twice. At the 1st time
client will add a new cache, and transport->pathmtu gets updated as
sctp_transport_dst_check finds it's obsolete. But at the 2nd time,
cache's mtu is updated, sctp client will never send out any packet,
because transport->pmtu has no chance to update.
This patch is to fix this by also checking if transport pmtu is dst
mtu in sctp_transport_dst_check, so that transport->pmtu can be
updated on time.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf chunk event based on the sctp event
frame in rx path, it will call sctp_sf_do_reconf to process the
reconf chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function to process the incoming reconf chunk,
in which it verifies the chunk, and traverses the param and process
it with the right function one by one.
sctp_sf_do_reconf would be the process function of reconf chunk event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a function sctp_verify_reconf to do some length
check and multi-params check for sctp stream reconf according to rfc6525
section 3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Incoming
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.3.
It's also to move str_list endian conversion out of sctp_make_strreset_req,
so that sctp_make_strreset_req can be used more conveniently to process
inreq.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Receiver-Side Procedures for the Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 5.2.2.
Note that some checks must be after request_seq check, as even those
checks fail, strreset_inseq still has to be increase by 1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add Stream Reset Event described in rfc6525
section 6.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Re-configuration Response Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.4. As optional fields are only for SSN/TSN Reset
Request Parameter, it uses another function to make that.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is no way of querying whether a filter is
offloaded to HW or not when using "both" policy (where none
of skip_sw or skip_hw flags are set by user-space).
Add two new flags, "in hw" and "not in hw" such that user
space can determine if a filter is actually offloaded to
hw or not. The "in hw" UAPI semantics was chosen so it's
similar to the "skip hw" flag logic.
If none of these two flags are set, this signals running
over older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-16
1) Make struct xfrm_input_afinfo const, nothing writes to it.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Remove all places that write to the afinfo policy backend
and make the struct const then.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Prepare for packet consuming gro callbacks and add
ESP GRO handlers. ESP packets can be decapsulated
at the GRO layer then. It saves a round through
the stack for each ESP packet.
Please note that this has a merge coflict between commit
63fca65d08 ("net: add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops")
from net-next and
3d7d25a68e ("xfrm: policy: remove garbage_collect callback")
a2817d8b27 ("xfrm: policy: remove family field")
from ipsec-next.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes broken build for !NET_CLS:
net/built-in.o: In function `fq_codel_destroy':
/home/sab/linux/net-next/net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:468: undefined reference to `tcf_destroy_chain'
Fixes: cf1facda2f ("sched: move tcf_proto_destroy and tcf_destroy_chain helpers into cls_api")
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO ifrastructure and callbacks for ESP on
ipv4 and ipv6.
In case the GRO layer detects an ESP packet, the
esp{4,6}_gro_receive() function does a xfrm state lookup
and calls the xfrm input layer if it finds a matching state.
The packet will be decapsulated and reinjected it into layer 2.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We need to keep per packet offloading informations across
the layers. So we extend the sec_path to carry these for
the input and output offload codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add a new helper to set the secpath to the skb.
This avoids code duplication, as this is used
in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Commit 79e7fff47b ("net: remove support for per driver
ndo_busy_poll()") made them obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, most relevantly they are:
1) Extend nft_exthdr to allow to match TCP options bitfields, from
Manuel Messner.
2) Allow to check if IPv6 extension header is present in nf_tables,
from Phil Sutter.
3) Allow to set and match conntrack zone in nf_tables, patches from
Florian Westphal.
4) Several patches for the nf_tables set infrastructure, this includes
cleanup and preparatory patches to add the new bitmap set type.
5) Add optional ruleset generation ID check to nf_tables and allow to
delete rules that got no public handle yet via NFTA_RULE_ID. These
patches add the missing kernel infrastructure to support rule
deletion by description from userspace.
6) Missing NFT_SET_OBJECT flag to select the right backend when sets
stores an object map.
7) A couple of cleanups for the expectation and SIP helper, from Gao
feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new attribute allows us to uniquely identify a rule in transaction.
Robots may trigger an insertion followed by deletion in a batch, in that
scenario we still don't have a public rule handle that we can use to
delete the rule. This is similar to the NFTA_SET_ID attribute that
allows us to refer to an anonymous set from a batch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After the dst->pending_confirm flag was removed, we do not
need anymore to provide dst arg to dst_neigh_output.
So, rename it to neigh_output as before commit 5110effee8
("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.").
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sqkq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-02-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more updates:
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Including phy.h and phy_fixed.h into net/dsa.h causes phy*.h to be an
unnecessary dependency for quite a large amount of the kernel. There's
very little which actually requires definitions from phy.h in net/dsa.h
- the include itself only wants the declaration of a couple of
structures and IFNAMSIZ.
Add linux/if.h for IFNAMSIZ, declarations for the structures, phy.h to
mv88e6xxx.h as it needs it for phy_interface_t, and remove both phy.h
and phy_fixed.h from net/dsa.h.
This patch reduces from around 800 files rebuilt to around 40 - even
with ccache, the time difference is noticable.
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This command could be useful to inc/dec fields.
For example, to forward any TCP packet and decrease its TTL:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower ip_proto tcp \
action pedit munge ip ttl add 0xff pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
In the example above, adding 0xff to this u8 field is actually
decreasing it by one, since the operation is masked.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend pedit to enable the user setting offset relative to network
headers. This change would enable to work with more complex header
schemes (vs the simple IPv4 case) where setting a fixed offset relative
to the network header is not enough.
After this patch, the action has information about the exact header type
and field inside this header. This information could be used later on
for hardware offloading of pedit.
Backward compatibility was being kept:
1. Old kernel <-> new userspace
2. New kernel <-> old userspace
3. add rule using new userspace <-> dump using old userspace
4. add rule using old userspace <-> dump using new userspace
When using the extended api, new netlink attributes are being used. This
way, operation will fail in (1) and (3) - and no malformed rule be added
or dumped. Of course, new user space that doesn't need the new
functionality can use the old netlink attributes and operation will
succeed.
Since action can support both api's, (2) should work, and it is easy to
write the new user space to have (4) work.
The action is having a strict check that only header types and commands
it can handle are accepted. This way future additions will be much
easier.
Usage example:
$ tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto tcp \
dst_port 80 \
action pedit munge tcp dport set 8080 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev veth0
Will forward tcp port whose original dest port is 80, while modifying
the destination port to 8080.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload the mc router ports list, whenever it is being changed.
It is done because in some cases mc packets needs to be flooded to all
the ports in this list.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload multicast disabled flag, for more accurate mc flood behavior:
When it is on, the mdb should be ignored.
When it is off, unregistered mc packets should be flooded to mc router
ports.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creation is done in this file, move destruction to be at the same place.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function destroys TC filter protocol, not TC filter. So name it
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain currently uses the NLM_F_{REPLACE,APPEND}
flags to signal routes being replaced or appended.
Instead of using netlink flags for in-kernel notifications we can simply
introduce two new events in the FIB notification chain. This has the
added advantage of making the API cleaner, thereby making it clear that
these events should be supported by listeners of the notification chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the Add
Outgoing and Incoming Streams Request Parameter described in
rfc6525 section 5.1.5-5.1.6.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_ADD_STREAMS in rfc6525 section
6.3.4 for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define Add Incoming/Outgoing Streams Request
Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.5 and 4.6. They can
be in one same chunk trunk as rfc6525 section 3.1-7 describes,
so make them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement Sender-Side Procedures for the SSN/TSN
Reset Request Parameter descibed in rfc6525 section 5.1.4.
It is also to add sockopt SCTP_RESET_ASSOC in rfc6525 section 6.3.3
for users.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to define SSN/TSN Reset Request Parameter described
in rfc6525 section 4.3.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense.
The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the
default bit and other bits are set at the same time.
To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy
configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported.
This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on
which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements
to "bands", to make things clearer.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only needed it to register the policy backend at init time.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Just call xfrm_garbage_collect_deferred() directly.
This gets rid of a write to afinfo in register/unregister and allows to
constify afinfo later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing checks the return value. Also, the errors returned on unregister
are impossible (we only support INET and INET6, so no way
xfrm_policy_afinfo[afinfo->family] can be anything other than 'afinfo'
itself).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Nothing writes to these structures (the module owner was not used).
While at it, size xfrm_input_afinfo[] by the highest existing xfrm family
(INET6), not AF_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When a multipath route is hit the kernel doesn't consider nexthops that
are DEAD or LINKDOWN when IN_DEV_IGNORE_ROUTES_WITH_LINKDOWN is set.
Devices that offload multipath routes need to be made aware of nexthop
status changes. Otherwise, the device will keep forwarding packets to
non-functional nexthops.
Add the FIB_EVENT_NH_{ADD,DEL} events to the fib notification chain,
which notify capable devices when they should add or delete a nexthop
from their tables.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many gro cells users, so lets move the code to avoid
duplication.
This creates a CONFIG_GRO_CELLS option.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An error was reported upgrading to 4.9.8:
root@Typhoon:~# ip route add default table 210 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.1
weight 1 nexthop dev eth0 via 10.68.64.2 weight 1
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
The problem occurs when CONFIG_LWTUNNEL is not enabled and a multipath
route is submitted.
The point of lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr is catch modules that
need to be loaded before any references are taken with rntl held. With
CONFIG_LWTUNNEL disabled, there will be no modules to load so the
lwtunnel_valid_encap_type_attr stub should just return 0.
Fixes: 9ed59592e3 ("lwtunnel: fix autoload of lwt modules")
Reported-by: pupilla@libero.it
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The space notation allows us to classify the set backend implementation
based on the amount of required memory. This provides an order of the
set representation scalability in terms of memory. The size field is
still left in place so use this if the userspace provides no explicit
number of elements, so we cannot calculate the real memory that this set
needs. This also helps us break ties in the set backend selection
routine, eg. two backend implementations provide the same performance.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use lookup as field name instead, to prepare the introduction of the
memory class in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This provides context to walk callback iterator, thus, we know if the
walk happens from the set flush path. This is required by the new bitmap
set type coming in a follow up patch which has no real struct
nft_set_ext, so it has to allocate it based on the two bit compact
element representation.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Although semantics are similar to deactivate() with no implicit element
lookup, this is only called from the set flush path, so better rename
this to flush().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.
Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that
this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if
available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives
events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement
is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time
(parameter is 0).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the benefit of drivers that rebuild IEs in firmware, parse the
IEs for HT/VHT capabilities and the respective membership selector
in the (extended) supported rates. This avoids duplicating the same
code into all drivers that need this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__packed is considered harmful as it potentially generates code that
doesn't perform well and its usage should be avoided as much as
possible.
This patch drops __packed from all SCTP structures except one, which is
sctp_signed_cookie. In there it's required, as per changelog on
commit 9834a2bb49 ("[SCTP]: Fix sctp_cookie alignment in the packet.").
After this patch, no alignment changes neither in x86 or x86_64 and
no exceptions were noticed during testing on both archs.
Code size for SCTP module also didn't change with this patch.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As last step, we can remove the pending_confirm flag.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add confirm_neigh method to dst_ops and use it from IPv4 and IPv6
to lookup and confirm the neighbour. Its usage via the new helper
dst_confirm_neigh() should be restricted to MSG_PROBE users for
performance reasons.
For XFRM prefer the last tunnel address, if present. With help
from Steffen Klassert.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new transport flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
The flag is propagated from transport to every packet.
It is reset when cached dst is reset.
Reported-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Fixes: 5110effee8 ("net: Do delayed neigh confirmation.")
Fixes: f2bb4bedf3 ("ipv4: Cache output routes in fib_info nexthops.")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new skbuff flag to allow protocols to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
Add sock_confirm_neigh() helper to confirm the neighbour and
use it for IPv4, IPv6 and VRF before dst_neigh_output.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sock flag to allow sockets to confirm neighbour.
When same struct dst_entry can be used for many different
neighbours we can not use it for pending confirmations.
As not all call paths lock the socket use full word for
the flag.
Add sk_dst_confirm as replacement for dst_confirm when
called for received packets.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry reported that UDP sockets being destroyed would trigger the
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&sk->sk_rmem_alloc)); in inet_sock_destruct()
It turns out we do not properly destroy skb(s) that have wrong UDP
checksum.
Thanks again to syzkaller team.
Fixes : 7c13f97ffd ("udp: do fwd memory scheduling on dequeue")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.
We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.
Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.
dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.
This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.
This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_route_multipath_add to send one notifciation with the full
route encoded with RTA_MULTIPATH instead of a series of individual routes.
This is done by adding a skip_notify flag to the nl_info struct. The
flag is used to skip sending of the notification in the fib code that
actually inserts the route. Once the full route has been added, a
notification is generated with all nexthops.
ip6_route_multipath_add handles 3 use cases: new routes, route replace,
and route append. The multipath notification generated needs to be
consistent with the order of the nexthops and it should be consistent
with the order in a FIB dump which means the route with the first nexthop
needs to be used as the route reference. For the first 2 cases (new and
replace), a reference to the route used to send the notification is
obtained by saving the first route added. For the append case, the last
route added is used to loop back to its first sibling route which is
the first nexthop in the multipath route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 allows multipath routes to be deleted using just the prefix and
length. For example:
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
1.1.1.0/24
nexthop via 10.100.1.254 dev eth1 weight 1
nexthop via 10.11.200.2 dev eth11.200 weight 1
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
$ ip ro del 1.1.1.0/24 vrf red
$ ip ro ls vrf red
unreachable default metric 8192
10.11.200.0/24 dev eth11.200 proto kernel scope link src 10.11.200.3
10.100.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.100.1.3
The same notation does not work with IPv6 because of how multipath routes
are implemented for IPv6. For IPv6 only the first nexthop of a multipath
route is deleted if the request contains only a prefix and length. This
leads to unnecessary complexity in userspace dealing with IPv6 multipath
routes.
This patch allows all nexthops to be deleted without specifying each one
in the delete request. Internally, this is done by walking the sibling
list of the route matching the specifications given (prefix, length,
metric, protocol, etc).
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:1::2 dev eth1 metric 1024 pref medium
2001:db8:200::/120 via 2001:db8:2::2 dev eth2 metric 1024 pref medium
...
$ ip -6 ro del vrf red 2001:db8:200::/120
$ ip -6 ro ls vrf red
2001:db8:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
2001:db8:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium
...
Because IPv6 allows individual nexthops to be deleted without deleting
the entire route, the ip6_route_multipath_del and non-multipath code
path (ip6_route_del) have to be discriminated so that all nexthops are
only deleted for the latter case. This is done by making the existing
fc_type in fib6_config a u16 and then adding a new u16 field with
fc_delete_all_nh as the first bit.
Suggested-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller found another out of bound access in ip_options_compile(),
or more exactly in cipso_v4_validate()
Fixes: 20e2a86485 ("cipso: handle CIPSO options correctly when NetLabel is disabled")
Fixes: 446fda4f26 ("[NetLabel]: CIPSOv4 engine")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Stash ctinfo 3-bit field into pointer to nf_conntrack object from
sk_buff so we only access one single cacheline in the conntrack
hotpath. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't leak pointer to internal structures when exporting x_tables
ruleset back to userspace, from Willem DeBruijn. This includes new
helper functions to copy data to userspace such as xt_data_to_user()
as well as conversions of our ip_tables, ip6_tables and arp_tables
clients to use it. Not surprinsingly, ebtables requires an ad-hoc
update. There is also a new field in x_tables extensions to indicate
the amount of bytes that we copy to userspace.
3) Add nf_log_all_netns sysctl: This new knob allows you to enable
logging via nf_log infrastructure for all existing netnamespaces.
Given the effort to provide pernet syslog has been discontinued,
let's provide a way to restore logging using netfilter kernel logging
facilities in trusted environments. Patch from Michal Kubecek.
4) Validate SCTP checksum from conntrack helper, from Davide Caratti.
5) Merge UDPlite conntrack and NAT helpers into UDP, this was mostly
a copy&paste from the original helper, from Florian Westphal.
6) Reset netfilter state when duplicating packets, also from Florian.
7) Remove unnecessary check for broadcast in IPv6 in pkttype match and
nft_meta, from Liping Zhang.
8) Add missing code to deal with loopback packets from nft_meta when
used by the netdev family, also from Liping.
9) Several cleanups on nf_tables, one to remove unnecessary check from
the netlink control plane path to add table, set and stateful objects
and code consolidation when unregister chain hooks, from Gao Feng.
10) Fix harmless reference counter underflow in IPVS that, however,
results in problems with the introduction of the new refcount_t
type, from David Windsor.
11) Enable LIBCRC32C from nf_ct_sctp instead of nf_nat_sctp,
from Davide Caratti.
12) Missing documentation on nf_tables uapi header, from Liping Zhang.
13) Use rb_entry() helper in xt_connlimit, from Geliang Tang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver that offloads flower rules needs to know with which priority
user inserted the rules. So add this information into offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New ip_tunnel_info flag to represent bridged tunnel metadata.
Used by bridge driver later in the series to pass per vlan dst
metadata to bridge ports.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the encode/decode functionality from the ife module instead of using
implementation inside the act_ife.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module is responsible for the ife encapsulation protocol
encode/decode logics. That module can:
- ife_encode: encode skb and reserve space for the ife meta header
- ife_decode: decode skb and extract the meta header size
- ife_tlv_meta_encode - encodes one tlv entry into the reserved ife
header space.
- ife_tlv_meta_decode - decodes one tlv entry from the packet
- ife_tlv_meta_next - advance to the next tlv
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the function ife_tlv_meta_encode is not used by any other module,
unexport it and make it static for the act_ife module.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 69b34fb996 ("netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support for
xt_LOG") disabled logging packets using the LOG target from non-init
namespaces. The motivation was to prevent containers from flooding
kernel log of the host. The plan was to keep it that way until syslog
namespace implementation allows containers to log in a safe way.
However, the work on syslog namespace seems to have hit a dead end
somewhere in 2013 and there are users who want to use xt_LOG in all
network namespaces. This patch allows to do so by setting
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_log_all_netns
to a nonzero value. This sysctl is only accessible from init_net so that
one cannot switch the behaviour from inside a container.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, the ip_vs_dest cache frees ip_vs_dest objects when their
reference count becomes < 0. Aside from not being semantically sound,
this is problematic for the new type refcount_t, which will be introduced
shortly in a separate patch. refcount_t is the new kernel type for
holding reference counts, and provides overflow protection and a
constrained interface relative to atomic_t (the type currently being
used for kernel reference counts).
Per Julian Anastasov: "The problem is that dest_trash currently holds
deleted dests (unlinked from RCU lists) with refcnt=0." Changing
dest_trash to hold dest with refcnt=1 will allow us to free ip_vs_dest
structs when their refcnt=0, in ip_vs_dest_put_and_free().
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After this change conntrack operations (lookup, creation, matching from
ruleset) only access one instead of two sk_buff cache lines.
This works for normal conntracks because those are allocated from a slab
that guarantees hw cacheline or 8byte alignment (whatever is larger)
so the 3 bits needed for ctinfo won't overlap with nf_conn addresses.
Template allocation now does manual address alignment (see previous change)
on arches that don't have sufficent kmalloc min alignment.
Some spots intentionally use skb->_nfct instead of skb_nfct() helpers,
this is to avoid undoing the skb_nfct() use when we remove untracked
conntrack object in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The next change will merge skb->nfct pointer and skb->nfctinfo
status bits into single skb->_nfct (unsigned long) area.
For this to work nf_conn addresses must always be aligned at least on
an 8 byte boundary since we will need the lower 3bits to store nfctinfo.
Conntrack templates are allocated via kmalloc.
kbuild test robot reported
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: NFCT_INFOMASK >= ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN
on v1 of this patchset, so not all platforms meet this requirement.
Do manual alignment if needed, the alignment offset is stored in the
nf_conn entry protocol area. This works because templates are not
handed off to L4 protocol trackers.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a helper to assign a nf_conn entry and the ctinfo bits to an sk_buff.
This avoids changing code in followup patch that merges skb->nfct and
skb->nfctinfo into skb->_nfct.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Followup patch renames skb->nfct and changes its type so add a helper to
avoid intrusive rename change later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Next patch makes direct skb->nfct access illegal, reduce noise
in next patch by using accessors we already have.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It is never accessed for reading and the only places that write to it
are the icmp(6) handlers, which also set skb->nfct (and skb->nfctinfo).
The conntrack core specifically checks for attached skb->nfct after
->error() invocation and returns early in this case.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-02-01
1) Some typo fixes, from Alexander Alemayhu.
2) Don't acquire state lock in get_mtu functions.
The only rece against a dead state does not matter.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrm4_state_fini, it is unused for more than
10 years. From Florian Westphal.
4) Various rcu usage improvements. From Florian Westphal.
5) Properly handle crypto arrors in ah4/ah6.
From Gilad Ben-Yossef.
6) Try to avoid skb linearization in esp4 and esp6.
7) The esp trailer is now set up in different places,
add a helper for this.
8) With the upcomming usage of gro_cells in IPsec,
a gro merged skb can have a secpath. Drop it
before freeing or reusing the skb.
9) Add a xfrm dummy network device for napi. With
this we can use gro_cells from within xfrm,
it allows IPsec GRO without impact on the generic
networking code.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_make_flowlabel() determines the flow label for IPv6 packets. It's
supposed to be passed a flow label, which it returns as is if non-0 and
in some other cases, otherwise it calculates a new value.
The problem is callers often pass a flowi6.flowlabel, which may also
contain traffic class bits. If the traffic class is non-0
ip6_make_flowlabel() mistakes the non-0 it gets as a flow label and
returns the whole thing. Thus it can return a 'flow label' longer than
20b and the low 20b of that is typically 0 resulting in packets with 0
label. Moreover, different packets of a flow may be labeled differently.
For a TCP flow with ECN non-payload and payload packets get different
labels as exemplified by this pair of consecutive packets:
(pure ACK)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 0001 1100 1110 0100 1001 = Flow Label: 0x1ce49
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
(payload)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 = Flow Label: 0x00000
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
This patch allows ip6_make_flowlabel() to be passed more than just a
flow label and has it extract the part it really wants. This was simpler
than modifying the callers. With this patch packets like the above become
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0000 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x00 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: Not-ECT)
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..00 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: Not ECN-Capable Transport (0)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 32
Next Header: TCP (6)
Internet Protocol Version 6, Src: 2002:af5:11a3::, Dst: 2002:af5:11a2::
0110 .... = Version: 6
.... 0000 0010 .... .... .... .... .... = Traffic Class: 0x02 (DSCP: CS0, ECN: ECT(0))
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Codepoint: Default (0)
.... .... ..10 .... .... .... .... .... = Explicit Congestion Notification: ECN-Capable Transport codepoint '10' (2)
.... .... .... 1010 1111 1010 0101 1110 = Flow Label: 0xafa5e
Payload Length: 688
Next Header: TCP (6)
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dmichail@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:
port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.
Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing about lwt state requires a device reference, so remove the
input argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets arriving in a VRF currently are delivered to UDP sockets that
aren't bound to any interface. TCP defaults to not delivering packets
arriving in a VRF to unbound sockets. IP route lookup and socket
transmit both assume that unbound means using the default table and
UDP applications that haven't been changed to be aware of VRFs may not
function correctly in this case since they may not be able to handle
overlapping IP address ranges, or be able to send packets back to the
original sender if required.
So add a sysctl, udp_l3mdev_accept, to control this behaviour with it
being analgous to the existing tcp_l3mdev_accept, namely to allow a
process to have a VRF-global listen socket. Have this default to off
as this is the behaviour that users will expect, given that there is
no explicit mechanism to set unmodified VRF-unaware application into a
default VRF.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.
Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.
Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.
That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.
This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slava Shwartsman reported a warning in skb_try_coalesce(), when we
detect skb->truesize is completely wrong.
In his case, issue came from IPv6 reassembly coping with malicious
datagrams, that forced various pskb_may_pull() to reallocate a bigger
skb->head than the one allocated by NIC driver before entering GRO
layer.
Current code does not change skb->truesize, leaving this burden to
callers if they care enough.
Blindly changing skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head() is not
easy, as some producers might track skb->truesize, for example
in xmit path for back pressure feedback (sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We can detect the cases where it should be safe to change
skb->truesize :
1) skb is not attached to a socket.
2) If it is attached to a socket, destructor is sock_edemux()
My audit gave only two callers doing their own skb->truesize
manipulation.
I had to remove skb parameter in sock_edemux macro when
CONFIG_INET is not set to avoid a compile error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Slava Shwartsman <slavash@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ipv4, this control socket is shared by all cpus so we cannot use
it as scratchpad area to annotate the mark that we pass to ip6_xmit().
Add a new parameter to ip6_xmit() to indicate the mark. The SCTP socket
family caches the flowi6 structure in the sctp_transport structure, so
we cannot use to carry the mark unless we later on reset it back, which
I discarded since it looks ugly to me.
Fixes: bf99b4ded5 ("tcp: fix mark propagation with fwmark_reflect enabled")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address generation mode for IPv6 link-local can only be configured
by netlink messages. This patch adds the ability to change the address
generation mode via sysctl.
v1 -> v2
Removed the rtnl lock and switch to use RCU lock to iterate through
the netdev list.
v2 -> v3
Removed the addrgenmode variable from the idev structure and use the
systcl storage for the flag.
Simplifed the logic for sysctl handling by removing the supported
for all operation.
Added support for more types of tunnel interfaces for link-local
address generation.
Based the patches from net-next.
v3 -> v4
Removed unnecessary whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Jia <felix.jia@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains a large batch with Netfilter fixes for
your net tree, they are:
1) Two patches to solve conntrack garbage collector cpu hogging, one to
remove GC_MAX_EVICTS and another to look at the ratio (scanned entries
vs. evicted entries) to make a decision on whether to reduce or not
the scanning interval. From Florian Westphal.
2) Two patches to fix incorrect set element counting if NLM_F_EXCL is
is not set. Moreover, don't decrenent set->nelems from abort patch
if -ENFILE which leaks a spare slot in the set. This includes a
patch to deconstify the set walk callback to update set->ndeact.
3) Two fixes for the fwmark_reflect sysctl feature: Propagate mark to
reply packets both from nf_reject and local stack, from Pau Espin Pedrol.
4) Fix incorrect handling of loopback traffic in rpfilter and nf_tables
fib expression, from Liping Zhang.
5) Fix oops on stateful objects netlink dump, when no filter is specified.
Also from Liping Zhang.
6) Fix a build error if proc is not available in ipt_CLUSTERIP, related
to fix that was applied in the previous batch for net. From Arnd Bergmann.
7) Fix lack of string validation in table, chain, set and stateful
object names in nf_tables, from Liping Zhang. Moreover, restrict
maximum log prefix length to 127 bytes, otherwise explicitly bail
out.
8) Two patches to fix spelling and typos in nf_tables uapi header file
and Kconfig, patches from Alexander Alemayhu and William Breathitt Gray.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches have moved the temperature sensor code into the
Marvell PHYs. A few now dead references to NET_DSA_HWMON were left
behind. Go reap them.
Reported-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without TFO, any subsequent connect() call after a successful one returns
-1 EISCONN. The last API update ensured that __inet_stream_connect() can
return -1 EINPROGRESS in response to sendmsg() when TFO is in use to
indicate that the connection is now in progress. Unfortunately since this
function is used both for connect() and sendmsg(), it has the undesired
side effect of making connect() now return -1 EINPROGRESS as well after
a successful call, while at the same time poll() returns POLLOUT. This
can confuse some applications which happen to call connect() and to
check for -1 EISCONN to ensure the connection is usable, and for which
EINPROGRESS indicates a need to poll, causing a loop.
This problem was encountered in haproxy where a call to connect() is
precisely used in certain cases to confirm a connection's readiness.
While arguably haproxy's behaviour should be improved here, it seems
important to aim at a more robust behaviour when the goal of the new
API is to make it easier to implement TFO in existing applications.
This patch simply ensures that we preserve the same semantics as in
the non-TFO case on the connect() syscall when using TFO, while still
returning -1 EINPROGRESS on sendmsg(). For this we simply tell
__inet_stream_connect() whether we're doing a regular connect() or in
fact connecting for a sendmsg() call.
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new socket option, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT, as an
alternative way to perform Fast Open on the active side (client). Prior
to this patch, a client needs to replace the connect() call with
sendto(MSG_FASTOPEN). This can be cumbersome for applications who want
to use Fast Open: these socket operations are often done in lower layer
libraries used by many other applications. Changing these libraries
and/or the socket call sequences are not trivial. A more convenient
approach is to perform Fast Open by simply enabling a socket option when
the socket is created w/o changing other socket calls sequence:
s = socket()
create a new socket
setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT …);
newly introduced sockopt
If set, new functionality described below will be used.
Return ENOTSUPP if TFO is not supported or not enabled in the
kernel.
connect()
With cookie present, return 0 immediately.
With no cookie, initiate 3WHS with TFO cookie-request option and
return -1 with errno = EINPROGRESS.
write()/sendmsg()
With cookie present, send out SYN with data and return the number of
bytes buffered.
With no cookie, and 3WHS not yet completed, return -1 with errno =
EINPROGRESS.
No MSG_FASTOPEN flag is needed.
read()
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connect() is called but
write() is not called yet.
Return -1 with errno = EWOULDBLOCK/EAGAIN if connection is
established but no msg is received yet.
Return number of bytes read if socket is established and there is
msg received.
The new API simplifies life for applications that always perform a write()
immediately after a successful connect(). Such applications can now take
advantage of Fast Open by merely making one new setsockopt() call at the time
of creating the socket. Nothing else about the application's socket call
sequence needs to change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the cookie check logic in tcp_send_syn_data() into a function.
This function will be called else where in later changes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce optional 128-bit action cookie.
Like all other cookie schemes in the networking world (eg in protocols
like http or existing kernel fib protocol field, etc) the idea is to save
user state that when retrieved serves as a correlator. The kernel
_should not_ intepret it. The user can store whatever they wish in the
128 bits.
Sample exercise(showing variable length use of cookie)
.. create an accept action with cookie a1b2c3d4
sudo $TC actions add action ok index 1 cookie a1b2c3d4
.. dump all gact actions..
sudo $TC -s actions ls action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 0 installed 5 sec used 5 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
cookie a1b2c3d4
.. bind the accept action to a filter..
sudo $TC filter add dev lo parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 127.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action gact index 1
... send some traffic..
$ ping 127.0.0.1 -c 3
PING 127.0.0.1 (127.0.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.020 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.027 ms
64 bytes from 127.0.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.038 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file has grown a lot of #define's etc, but
they are nicer as enums, so rewrite the file from the
documentation as such.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Modules implementing lwtunnel ops should not be allowed to unload
while there is state alive using those ops, so specify the owning
module for all lwtunnel ops.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows the user to sample traffic matched by tc classifier.
The sampling consists of choosing packets randomly and sampling them using
the psample module. The user can configure the psample group number, the
sampling rate and the packet's truncation (to save kernel-user traffic).
Example:
To sample ingress traffic from interface eth1, one may use the commands:
tc qdisc add dev eth1 handle ffff: ingress
tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: \
matchall action sample rate 12 group 4
Where the first command adds an ingress qdisc and the second starts
sampling randomly with an average of one sampled packet per 12 packets on
dev eth1 to psample group 4.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a general way for kernel modules to sample packets, without being tied
to any specific subsystem. This netlink channel can be used by tc,
iptables, etc. and allow to standardize packet sampling in the kernel.
For every sampled packet, the psample module adds the following metadata
fields:
PSAMPLE_ATTR_IIFINDEX - the packets input ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_OIFINDEX - the packet output ifindex, if applicable
PSAMPLE_ATTR_ORIGSIZE - the packet's original size, in case it has been
truncated during sampling
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_GROUP - the packet's sample group, which is set by the
user who initiated the sampling. This field allows the user to
differentiate between several samplers working simultaneously and
filter packets relevant to him
PSAMPLE_ATTR_GROUP_SEQ - sequence counter of last sent packet. The
sequence is kept for each group
PSAMPLE_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE - the sampling rate used for sampling the packets
PSAMPLE_ATTR_DATA - the actual packet bits
The sampled packets are sent to the PSAMPLE_NL_MCGRP_SAMPLE multicast
group. In addition, add the GET_GROUPS netlink command which allows the
user to see the current sample groups, their refcount and sequence number.
This command currently supports only netlink dump mode.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add net.ipv4.ip_unprivileged_port_start, which is a per namespace sysctl
that denotes the first unprivileged inet port in the namespace. To
disable all privileged ports set this to zero. It also checks for
overlap with the local port range. The privileged and local range may
not overlap.
The use case for this change is to allow containerized processes to bind
to priviliged ports, but prevent them from ever being allowed to modify
their container's network configuration. The latter is accomplished by
ensuring that the network namespace is not a child of the user
namespace. This modification was needed to allow the container manager
to disable a namespace's priviliged port restrictions without exposing
control of the network namespace to processes in the user namespace.
Signed-off-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a few restructured text warnings in mac80211, making the
documentation warning-free (for now).
In order to not add trailing whitespace, but also not introduce
too much noise into this change, move just the affected docs
into inline comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new restructured text parser complains about the formatting,
and really this should be a definition list.
In order to fix this without introducing trailing whitespace,
convert to the inline kernel-doc format.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast second parameter of csum_sub() from __sum16 to __wsum.
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hlist_entry_safe() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shaohua Li made percpu_counter irq safe in commit 098faf5805
("percpu_counter: make APIs irq safe")
We can safely remove BH disable/enable sections around various
percpu_counter manipulations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to add an mpls encap route when the MPLS modules are not loaded
hangs. For example:
CONFIG_MPLS=y
CONFIG_NET_MPLS_GSO=m
CONFIG_MPLS_ROUTING=m
CONFIG_MPLS_IPTUNNEL=m
$ ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
The ip command hangs:
root 880 826 0 21:25 pts/0 00:00:00 ip route add 10.10.10.10/32 encap mpls 100 via inet 10.100.1.2
$ cat /proc/880/stack
[<ffffffff81065a9b>] call_usermodehelper_exec+0xd6/0x134
[<ffffffff81065efc>] __request_module+0x27b/0x30a
[<ffffffff814542f6>] lwtunnel_build_state+0xe4/0x178
[<ffffffff814aa1e4>] fib_create_info+0x47f/0xdd4
[<ffffffff814ae451>] fib_table_insert+0x90/0x41f
[<ffffffff814a8010>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x4b/0x52
...
modprobe is trying to load rtnl-lwt-MPLS:
root 881 5 0 21:25 ? 00:00:00 /sbin/modprobe -q -- rtnl-lwt-MPLS
and it hangs after loading mpls_router:
$ cat /proc/881/stack
[<ffffffff81441537>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x14
[<ffffffff8142ca2a>] register_netdevice_notifier+0x16/0x179
[<ffffffffa0033025>] mpls_init+0x25/0x1000 [mpls_router]
[<ffffffff81000471>] do_one_initcall+0x8e/0x13f
[<ffffffff81119961>] do_init_module+0x5a/0x1e5
[<ffffffff810bd070>] load_module+0x13bd/0x17d6
...
The problem is that lwtunnel_build_state is called with rtnl lock
held preventing mpls_init from registering.
Given the potential references held by the time lwtunnel_build_state it
can not drop the rtnl lock to the load module. So, extract the module
loading code from lwtunnel_build_state into a new function to validate
the encap type. The new function is called while converting the user
request into a fib_config which is well before any table, device or
fib entries are examined.
Fixes: 745041e2aa ("lwtunnel: autoload of lwt modules")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to implement sender-side procedures for the Outgoing
and Incoming SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section
5.1.2 and 5.1.3.
It is also add sockopt SCTP_RESET_STREAMS in rfc6525 section 6.3.2
for users.
Note that the new asoc member strreset_outstanding is to make sure
only one reconf request chunk on the fly as rfc6525 section 5.1.1
demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_ENABLE_STREAM_RESET to get/set
strreset_enable to indicate which reconf request type it supports,
which is described in rfc6525 section 6.3.1.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add reconf_enable field in all of asoc ep and netns
to indicate if they support stream reset.
When initializing, asoc reconf_enable get the default value from ep
reconf_enable which is from netns netns reconf_enable by default.
It is also to add reconf_capable in asoc peer part to know if peer
supports reconf_enable, the value is set if ext params have reconf
chunk support when processing init chunk, just as rfc6525 section
5.1.1 demands.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a primitive based on sctp primitive frame for
sending stream reconf request. It works as the other primitives,
and create a SCTP_CMD_REPLY command to send the request chunk out.
sctp_primitive_RECONF would be the api to send a reconf request
chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add a per transport timer based on sctp timer frame
for stream reconf chunk retransmission. It would start after sending
a reconf request chunk, and stop after receiving the response chunk.
If the timer expires, besides retransmitting the reconf request chunk,
it would also do the same thing with data RTO timer. like to increase
the appropriate error counts, and perform threshold management, possibly
destroying the asoc if sctp retransmission thresholds are exceeded, just
as section 5.1.1 describes.
This patch is also to add asoc strreset_chunk, it is used to save the
reconf request chunk, so that it can be retransmitted, and to check if
the response is really for this request by comparing the information
inside with the response chunk as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add asoc strreset_outseq and strreset_inseq for
saving the reconf request sequence, initialize them when create
assoc and process init, and also to define Incoming and Outgoing
SSN Reset Request Parameter described in rfc6525 section 4.1 and
4.2, As they can be in one same chunk as section rfc6525 3.1-3
describes, it makes them in one function.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have non reuseport sockets on a tb we will set tb->fastreuseport to 0 and
never set it again. Which means that in the future if we end up adding a bunch
of reuseport sk's to that tb we'll have to do the expensive scan every time.
Instead add the ipv4/ipv6 saddr fields to the bind bucket, as well as the family
so we know what comparison to make, and the ipv6 only setting so we can make
sure to compare with new sockets appropriately. Once one sk has made it onto
the list we know that there are no potential bind conflicts on the owners list
that match that sk's rcv_addr. So copy the sk's information into our bind
bucket and set tb->fastruseport to FASTREUSESOCK_STRICT so we know we have to do
an extra check for subsequent reuseport sockets and skip the expensive bind
conflict check.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_csk_get_port we seem to be using smallest_port to figure out where the
best place to look for a SO_REUSEPORT sk that matches with an existing set of
SO_REUSEPORT's. However if we get to the logic
if (smallest_size != -1) {
port = smallest_port;
goto have_port;
}
we will do a useless search, because we would have already done the
inet_csk_bind_conflict for that port and it would have returned 1, otherwise we
would have gone to found_tb and succeeded. Since this logic makes us do yet
another trip through inet_csk_bind_conflict for a port we know won't work just
delete this code and save us the time.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only difference between inet6_csk_bind_conflict and inet_csk_bind_conflict
is how they check the rcv_saddr, so delete this call back and simply
change inet_csk_bind_conflict to call inet_rcv_saddr_equal.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We pass these per-protocol equal functions around in various places, but
we can just have one function that checks the sk->sk_family and then do
the right comparison function. I've also changed the ipv4 version to
not cast to inet_sock since it is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the functionality for including address-family-specific per-link
stats in RTM_GETSTATS messages. This is done through adding a new
IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute under which address family attributes are
nested and then the AF-specific attributes can be further nested. This
follows the model of IFLA_AF_SPEC on RTM_*LINK messages and it has the
advantage of presenting an easily extended hierarchy. The rtnl_af_ops
structure is extended to provide AFs with the opportunity to fill and
provide the size of their stats attributes.
One alternative would have been to provide AFs with the ability to add
attributes directly into the RTM_GETSTATS message without a nested
hierarchy. I discounted this approach as it increases the rate at
which the 32 attribute number space is used up and it makes
implementation a little more tricky for stats dump resuming (at the
moment the order in which attributes are added to the message has to
match the numeric order of the attributes).
Another alternative would have been to register per-AF RTM_GETSTATS
handlers. I discounted this approach as I perceived a common use-case
to be getting all the stats for an interface and this approach would
necessitate multiple requests/dumps to retrieve them all.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to avoid skb_cow_data on esp4.
On the encrypt side we add the IPsec tailbits
to the linear part of the buffer if there is
space on it. If there is no space on the linear
part, we add a page fragment with the tailbits to
the buffer and use separate src and dst scatterlists.
On the decrypt side, we leave the buffer as it is
if it is not cloned.
With this, we can avoid a linearization of the buffer
in most of the cases.
Joint work with:
Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently, we check the existing rtable in PREROUTING hook, if RTCF_LOCAL
is set, we assume that the packet is loopback.
But this assumption is incorrect, for example, a packet encapsulated
in ipsec transport mode was received and routed to local, after
decapsulation, it would be delivered to local again, and the rtable
was not dropped, so RTCF_LOCAL check would trigger. But actually, the
packet was not loopback.
So for these normal loopback packets, we can check whether the in device
is IFF_LOOPBACK or not. For these locally generated broadcast/multicast,
we can check whether the skb->pkt_type is PACKET_LOOPBACK or not.
Finally, there's a subtle difference between nft fib expr and xtables
rpfilter extension, user can add the following nft rule to do strict
rpfilter check:
# nft add rule x y meta iif eth0 fib saddr . iif oif != eth0 drop
So when the packet is loopback, it's better to store the in device
instead of the LOOPBACK_IFINDEX, otherwise, after adding the above
nft rule, locally generated broad/multicast packets will be dropped
incorrectly.
Fixes: f83a7ea207 ("netfilter: xt_rpfilter: skip locally generated broadcast/multicast, too")
Fixes: f6d0cbcf09 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add fib expression")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCgAGBQJYeKu7AAoJEGt7eEactAAdwjEP/RA4bXFMfkC7qUJ++cLrMMwY
yCvjb8+ULWL2wbCzpfY37acbGJgot3DNoQJzrO2jMQPqyM9nRlTMg5aF49cI7t62
gU6daNKJaGBe/0yeG7lTJ4n5UtVCDtN45hGc06Yert+ewb9njiJf+XYrtCWetsIJ
5bOLYQKPWOz/7UyMH7uJ25zrPFaiA3y7XnXKPEudagG/EwEq9ZuUpSSfLwEAEBPi
6i/2w4fLj32vXRsQMvQT0sU6mjd+1ub8Is7w5l2F06iWwNYPzdSM0IbU+E+ie2tk
sE6RA70c4ILrp8KisTAz2lJPa4XEpFkLhI3lzRRy8CVzjyyo/OJen92zvr2R7TVb
/uZG9qfRQ3UitQmgeKd+wS8PsbRAyWUR/xhNxD2r7zARH2vliwyneU+zEpXLeGA1
Y4PrN1+Fk45Ye4/4XSbPO4cf1MHX7qinN4rjrpsJKPwoYD/gQ1cZvef4AbaKPvq6
oCKRVrwNoUuSB8NTcMLPqze3WCfhnJyVUhCZTyzHeW4uG81qrHwrvBvM25vcWGcm
CcSWFktFIpuGML4FCU3byZfb0NkmJtpCD4n7P98WFPGjvsWIEVCMckqlC8x1F7B7
BqqjGS2mGA17Xy0uLfmN/JempesQJnZhnAnFERdyX1S1YQuKhLwEu7OsYegnStDL
Cn1wFw2/qcgeTkJfBICB
=UToW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we need to change the implementation, stop exposing internals.
Provide kref_read() to read the current reference count; typically
used for debug messages.
Kills two anti-patterns:
atomic_read(&kref->refcount)
kref->refcount.counter
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This patch removes the support of RFC5827 early retransmit (i.e.,
fast recovery on small inflight with <3 dupacks) because it is
subsumed by the new RACK loss detection. More specifically when
RACK receives DUPACKs, it'll arm a reordering timer to start fast
recovery after a quarter of (min)RTT, hence it covers the early
retransmit except RACK does not limit itself to specific inflight
or dupack numbers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes two things:
1. Start fast recovery with RACK in addition to other heuristics
(e.g., DUPACK threshold, FACK). Prior to this change RACK
is enabled to detect losses only after the recovery has
started by other algorithms.
2. Disable TCP early retransmit. RACK subsumes the early retransmit
with the new reordering timer feature. A latter patch in this
series removes the early retransmit code.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packets inside a jumbo skb (e.g., TSO) share the same skb
timestamp, even though they are sent sequentially on the wire. Since
RACK is based on time, it can not detect some packets inside the
same skb are lost. However, we can leverage the packet sequence
numbers as extended timestamps to detect losses. Therefore, when
RACK timestamp is identical to skb's timestamp (i.e., one of the
packets of the skb is acked or sacked), we use the sequence numbers
of the acked and unacked packets to break ties.
We can use the same sequence logic to advance RACK xmit time as
well to detect more losses and avoid timeout.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes RACK install a reordering timer when it suspects
some packets might be lost, but wants to delay the decision
a little bit to accomodate reordering.
It does not create a new timer but instead repurposes the existing
RTO timer, because both are meant to retransmit packets.
Specifically it arms a timer ICSK_TIME_REO_TIMEOUT when
the RACK timing check fails. The wait time is set to
RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd - (NOW - Packet.xmit_time) + fudge
This translates to expecting a packet (Packet) should take
(RACK.RTT + RACK.reo_wnd + fudge) to deliver after it was sent.
When there are multiple packets that need a timer, we use one timer
with the maximum timeout. Therefore the timer conservatively uses
the maximum window to expire N packets by one timeout, instead of
N timeouts to expire N packets sent at different times.
The fudge factor is 2 jiffies to ensure when the timer fires, all
the suspected packets would exceed the deadline and be marked lost
by tcp_rack_detect_loss(). It has to be at least 1 jiffy because the
clock may tick between calling icsk_reset_xmit_timer(timeout) and
actually hang the timer. The next jiffy is to lower-bound the timeout
to 2 jiffies when reo_wnd is < 1ms.
When the reordering timer fires (tcp_rack_reo_timeout): If we aren't
in Recovery we'll enter fast recovery and force fast retransmit.
This is very similar to the early retransmit (RFC5827) except RACK
is not constrained to only enter recovery for small outstanding
flights.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Record the most recent RTT in RACK. It is often identical to the
"ca_rtt_us" values in tcp_clean_rtx_queue. But when the packet has
been retransmitted, RACK choses to believe the ACK is for the
(latest) retransmitted packet if the RTT is over minimum RTT.
This requires passing the arrival time of the most recent ACK to
RACK routines. The timestamp is now recorded in the "ack_time"
in tcp_sacktag_state during the ACK processing.
This patch does not change the RACK algorithm itself. It only adds
the RTT variable to prepare the next main patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new helper tcp_rack_detect_loss to prepare the upcoming
RACK reordering timer patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function documentation for cfg80211_connect_bss() and
cfg80211_connect_result() was still claiming that they are used only for
a success case while these functions can now be used to report both
success and various failure cases. The actual use cases were already
described in the connect() documentation.
Update the function specific comments to note the failure cases and also
describe how the special status == -1 case is used in
cfg80211_connect_bss() to indicate a connection timeout based on the
internal implementation in cfg80211_connect_timeout().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[use tabs for indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enhances the connect timeout API to also carry the reason for the
timeout. These reason codes for the connect time out are represented by
enum nl80211_timeout_reason and are passed to user space through a new
attribute NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON (u32).
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[keep gfp_t argument last]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enhance sched scan to support option of finding a better BSS while in
connected state. Firmware scans the medium and reports when it finds a
known BSS which has better RSSI than the current connected BSS. New
attributes to specify the relative RSSI (compared to the current BSS)
are added to the sched scan to implement this.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With 78, 111 and 85 bytes respectively (on x86-64), the
functions iwe_stream_add_event(), iwe_stream_add_point()
and iwe_stream_add_value() really shouldn't be inlines.
It appears that at least my compiler already decided
the same, and created a single instance of each one
of them for each file using it, but that's still a
number of instances in the system overall, which this
reduces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an
RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's
already checked.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
gcc-7 complains that wl3501_cs passes NULL into a function that
then uses the argument as the input for memcpy:
drivers/net/wireless/wl3501_cs.c: In function 'wl3501_get_scan':
include/net/iw_handler.h:559:3: error: argument 2 null where non-null expected [-Werror=nonnull]
memcpy(stream + point_len, extra, iwe->u.data.length);
This works fine here because iwe->u.data.length is guaranteed to be 0
and the memcpy doesn't actually have an effect.
Making the length check explicit avoids the warning and should have
no other effect here.
Also check the pointer itself, since otherwise we get warnings
elsewhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow dissection of (R)ARP operation hardware and protocol addresses
for Ethernet hardware and IPv4 protocol addresses.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ARP to be used by the
flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_init_tempstate is always called from within rcu read side section.
We can thus use a simpler function that doesn't call rcu_read_lock
again.
While at it, also make xfrm_init_tempstate return value void, the
return value was never tested.
A followup patch will replace remaining callers of xfrm_state_get_afinfo
with xfrm_state_afinfo_get_rcu variant and then remove the 'old'
get_afinfo interface.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Support for SMC socket monitoring via netlink sockets of protocol
NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Direct call of tcp_set_keepalive() function from protocol-agnostic
sock_setsockopt() function in net/core/sock.c violates network
layering. And newly introduced protocol (SMC-R) will need its own
keepalive function. Therefore, add "keepalive" function pointer
to "struct proto", and call it from sock_setsockopt() via this pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Utz Bacher <utz.bacher@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disconnect or deauthenticate when the owning socket is closed if this
flag is supplied to CMD_CONNECT or CMD_ASSOCIATE. This may be used
to ensure userspace daemon doesn't leave an unmanaged connection behind.
In some situations it would be possible to account for that, to some
degree, in the deamon restart code or in the up/down scripts without
the use of this attribute. But there will be systems where the daemon
can go away for varying periods without a warning due to local resource
management.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The tc_from field fulfills two roles. It encodes whether a packet was
redirected by an act_mirred device and, if so, whether act_mirred was
called on ingress or egress. Split it into separate fields.
The information is needed by the special IFB loop, where packets are
taken out of the normal path by act_mirred, forwarded to IFB, then
reinjected at their original location (ingress or egress) by IFB.
The IFB device cannot use skb->tc_at_ingress, because that may have
been overwritten as the packet travels from act_mirred to ifb_xmit,
when it passes through tc_classify on the IFB egress path. Cache this
value in skb->tc_from_ingress.
That field is valid only if a packet arriving at ifb_xmit came from
act_mirred. Other packets can be crafted to reach ifb_xmit. These
must be dropped. Set tc_redirected on redirection and drop all packets
that do not have this bit set.
Both fields are set only on cloned skbs in tc actions, so original
packet sources do not have to clear the bit when reusing packets
(notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field tc_at is used only within tc actions to distinguish ingress from
egress processing. A single bit is sufficient for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the remaining two fields from tc_verd and remove the __u16
completely. TC_AT and TC_FROM are converted to equivalent two-bit
integer fields tc_at and tc_from. Where possible, use existing
helper skb_at_tc_ingress when reading tc_at. Introduce helper
skb_reset_tc to clear fields.
Not documenting tc_from and tc_at, because they will be replaced
with single bit fields in follow-on patches.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets sent by the IFB device skip subsequent tc classification.
A single bit governs this state. Move it out of tc_verd in
anticipation of removing that __u16 completely.
The new bitfield tc_skip_classify temporarily uses one bit of a
hole, until tc_verd is removed completely in a follow-up patch.
Remove the bit hole comment. It could be 2, 3, 4 or 5 bits long.
With that many options, little value in documenting it.
Introduce a helper function to deduplicate the logic in the two
sites that check this bit.
The field tc_skip_classify is set only in IFB on skbs cloned in
act_mirred, so original packet sources do not have to clear the
bit when reusing packets (notably, pktgen and octeon).
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp stream reconf, described in RFC 6525, needs a structure to
save per stream information in assoc, like stream state.
In the future, sctp stream scheduler also needs it to save some
stream scheduler params and queues.
This patchset is to prepare the stream array in assoc for stream
reconf. It defines sctp_stream that includes stream arrays inside
to replace ssnmap.
Note that we use different structures for IN and OUT streams, as
the members in per OUT stream will get more and more different
from per IN stream.
v1->v2:
- put these patches into a smaller group.
v2->v3:
- define sctp_stream to contain stream arrays, and create stream.c
to put stream-related functions.
- merge 3 patches into 1, as new sctp_stream has the same name
with before.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_select_default has a single caller within the same file.
Make it static.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a helper for reading that new property and applying
limitations of supported channels specified this way.
It is used with devices that normally support a wide wireless band but
in a given config are limited to some part of it (usually due to board
design). For example a dual-band chipset may be able to support one band
only because of used antennas.
It's also common that tri-band routers have separated radios for lower
and higher part of 5 GHz band and it may be impossible to say which is
which without a DT info.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[add new function to documentation, fix link]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
udplite was copied from udp, they are virtually 100% identical.
This adds udplite tracker to udp instead, removes udplite module,
and then makes the udplite tracker builtin.
udplite will then simply re-use udp timeout settings.
It makes little sense to add separate sysctls, nowadays we have
fine-grained timeout policy support via the CT target.
old:
text data bss dec hex filename
1633 672 0 2305 901 nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
1756 672 0 2428 97c nf_conntrack_proto_udplite.o
69526 17937 268 87731 156b3 nf_conntrack.ko
new:
text data bss dec hex filename
2442 1184 0 3626 e2a nf_conntrack_proto_udp.o
68565 17721 268 86554 1521a nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Different namespace application might require different maximal
number of remembered connection requests.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require fast recycling
TIME-WAIT sockets independently of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to use this cascading. It doesn't add anything.
Let's remove it and simplify.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various ipvlan fixes from Eric Dumazet and Mahesh Bandewar.
The most important is to not assume the packet is RX just because
the destination address matches that of the device. Such an
assumption causes problems when an interface is put into loopback
mode.
2) If we retry when creating a new tc entry (because we dropped the
RTNL mutex in order to load a module, for example) we end up with
-EAGAIN and then loop trying to replay the request. But we didn't
reset some state when looping back to the top like this, and if
another thread meanwhile inserted the same tc entry we were trying
to, we re-link it creating an enless loop in the tc chain. Fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) There are two different WRITE bits in the MDIO address register for
the stmmac chip, depending upon the chip variant. Due to a bug we
could set them both, fix from Hock Leong Kweh.
4) Fix mlx4 bug in XDP_TX handling, from Tariq Toukan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: stmmac: fix incorrect bit set in gmac4 mdio addr register
r8169: add support for RTL8168 series add-on card.
net: xdp: remove unused bfp_warn_invalid_xdp_buffer()
openvswitch: upcall: Fix vlan handling.
ipv4: Namespaceify tcp_tw_reuse knob
net: korina: Fix NAPI versus resources freeing
net, sched: fix soft lockup in tc_classify
net/mlx4_en: Fix user prio field in XDP forward
tipc: don't send FIN message from connectionless socket
ipvlan: fix multicast processing
ipvlan: fix various issues in ipvlan_process_multicast()
Different namespaces might have different requirements to reuse
TIME-WAIT sockets for new connections. This might be required in
cases where different namespace applications are in place which
require TIME_WAIT socket connections to be reduced independently
of the host.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime is a union because the initial implementation stored the time in
scalar nanoseconds on 64 bit machine and in a endianess optimized timespec
variant for 32bit machines. The Y2038 cleanup removed the timespec variant
and switched everything to scalar nanoseconds. The union remained, but
become completely pointless.
Get rid of the union and just keep ktime_t as simple typedef of type s64.
The conversion was done with coccinelle and some manual mopping up.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
A user may call listen with binding an explicit port with the intent
that the kernel will assign an available port to the socket. In this
case inet_csk_get_port does a port scan. For such sockets, the user may
also set soreuseport with the intent a creating more sockets for the
port that is selected. The problem is that the initial socket being
opened could inadvertently choose an existing and unreleated port
number that was already created with soreuseport.
This patch adds a boolean parameter to inet_bind_conflict that indicates
rather soreuseport is allowed for the check (in addition to
sk->sk_reuseport). In calls to inet_bind_conflict from inet_csk_get_port
the argument is set to true if an explicit port is being looked up (snum
argument is nonzero), and is false if port scan is done.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull vfs updates from Al Viro:
- more ->d_init() stuff (work.dcache)
- pathname resolution cleanups (work.namei)
- a few missing iov_iter primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and
friends. Either copy the full requested amount, advance the iterator
and return true, or fail, return false and do _not_ advance the
iterator. Quite a few open-coded callers converted (and became more
readable and harder to fuck up that way) (work.iov_iter)
- several assorted patches, the big one being logfs removal
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
logfs: remove from tree
vfs: fix put_compat_statfs64() does not handle errors
namei: fold should_follow_link() with the step into not-followed link
namei: pass both WALK_GET and WALK_MORE to should_follow_link()
namei: invert WALK_PUT logics
namei: shift interpretation of LOOKUP_FOLLOW inside should_follow_link()
namei: saner calling conventions for mountpoint_last()
namei.c: get rid of user_path_parent()
switch getfrag callbacks to ..._full() primitives
make skb_add_data,{_nocache}() and skb_copy_to_page_nocache() advance only on success
[iov_iter] new primitives - copy_from_iter_full() and friends
don't open-code file_inode()
ceph: switch to use of ->d_init()
ceph: unify dentry_operations instances
lustre: switch to use of ->d_init()
Commit 4f7df337fe
"netlink: 2-clause nla_ok()" is BROKEN.
First clause tests if "->nla_len" could even be accessed at all,
it can not possibly be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment on the name indirection suggested an issue but turned out
to be untrue. Digging in older kernel version showed issue with ipw2x00
but that is no longer true so get rid on the name indirection.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull smp hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"This is the final round of converting the notifier mess to the state
machine. The removal of the notifiers and the related infrastructure
will happen around rc1, as there are conversions outstanding in other
trees.
The whole exercise removed about 2000 lines of code in total and in
course of the conversion several dozen bugs got fixed. The new
mechanism allows to test almost every hotplug step standalone, so
usage sites can exercise all transitions extensively.
There is more room for improvement, like integrating all the
pointlessly different architecture mechanisms of synchronizing,
setting cpus online etc into the core code"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (60 commits)
tracing/rb: Init the CPU mask on allocation
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
soc/fsl/qbman: Convert to hotplug state machine
zram: Convert to hotplug state machine
KVM/PPC/Book3S HV: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/cpuinfo: Make hotplug notifier symmetric
mm/compaction: Convert to hotplug state machine
iommu/vt-d: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert pool to hotplug state machine
mm/zswap: Convert dst-mem to hotplug state machine
mm/zsmalloc: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Convert to hotplug state machine
mm/vmstat: Avoid on each online CPU loops
mm/vmstat: Drop get_online_cpus() from init_cpu_node_state/vmstat_cpu_dead()
tracing/rb: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/nmi timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
net/iucv: Use explicit clean up labels in iucv_init()
x86/pci/amd-bus: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/oprofile/nmi: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCgAGBQJYSpxnAAoJEGt7eEactAAd3hEP/0RzU5BLTe3FD39i2ESo4fQo
q2Wnaa+ES1Ul473rCuSmPLGzlSjh0GciltHXRu7UEf5zXAjwuQtilrKsI9DizVR8
hgTV4Jp0TDLuDudgxEPlpLxcFWALDaK0AlKuL1dY/FSI1BnNnToEeX8Bum6/otqe
2wLQ11+70HrdNHJjvBEHP/kE/2D55easydmkCS30WYlFrd0BEFtGZ6Leb8deIAzL
qQpanf26jBYVTm7ls+j0bt4mYbb0RLcsLrOS8EgyIYhCsbJHbaC2OpYGTbGxR6ob
KKx01PGVnzytaKXCx/m70923V2mwWZWwa7IgDfoj2IzvsTnfmCgekGdSCiY+DJjE
1jiDYWVK3KgTJQqXRnE1BCbF/FPK6ABKoPgmJBAAiLC48VpmrQwG0OLLQmYVTdp9
KLrQztvZAVV1adA32fGpJHecDyQMMZ2xp7TZn9YY3qAiP4APU8IUscKuSXALmKN9
kMBUBhwkk7QuHZXkry0QFBpFXpOgYjX3vt/gBh8EAmGfyRIklTKtGsmftkuQbWR9
9BN4TbPznEJECqVy/BCL8llHNkfsJgcz3noFOePUjwa4FCAxJst/NFya+IkkqOQ5
eAOj5cjsDfxsrdJFGxIsxXrtGZI1MjwKZf3w6jmu/VVL6BMryxYwtWnwrwcBsit7
nXjitThBO0V2l3Iaf09m
=HvKt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-12-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes:
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mac80211 abandons an association attempt, it may free
all the data structures, but inform cfg80211 and userspace
about it only by sending the deauth frame it received, in
which case cfg80211 has no link to the BSS struct that was
used and will not cfg80211_unhold_bss() it.
Fix this by providing a way to inform cfg80211 of this with
the BSS entry passed, so that it can clean up properly, and
use this ability in the appropriate places in mac80211.
This isn't ideal: some code is more or less duplicated and
tracing is missing. However, it's a fairly small change and
it's thus easier to backport - cleanups can come later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sk_drops can be an often written field, do not read it unless
application showed interest.
Note that sk_drops can be read via inet_diag, so applications
can avoid getting this info from every received packet.
In the future, 'reading' sk_drops might require folding per node or per
cpu fields, and thus become even more expensive than today.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFS is not commonly used, so add a jump label to avoid some conditionals
in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow dissection of ICMP(V6) type and code. This should only occur
if a packet is ICMP(V6) and the dissector has FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP set.
There are currently no users of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP.
A follow-up patch will allow FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ICMP to be used by
the flower classifier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a large Netfilter update for net-next,
to summarise:
1) Add support for stateful objects. This series provides a nf_tables
native alternative to the extended accounting infrastructure for
nf_tables. Two initial stateful objects are supported: counters and
quotas. Objects are identified by a user-defined name, you can fetch
and reset them anytime. You can also use a maps to allow fast lookups
using any arbitrary key combination. More info at:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=148029128323837&w=2
2) On-demand registration of nf_conntrack and defrag hooks per netns.
Register nf_conntrack hooks if we have a stateful ruleset, ie.
state-based filtering or NAT. The new nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl
enables this from newly created netnamespaces. Default behaviour is not
modified. Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Allocate 4k chunks and then use these for x_tables counter allocation
requests, this improves ruleset load time and also datapath ruleset
evaluation, patches from Florian Westphal.
4) Add support for ebpf to the existing x_tables bpf extension.
From Willem de Bruijn.
5) Update layer 4 checksum if any of the pseudoheader fields is updated.
This provides a limited form of 1:1 stateless NAT that make sense in
specific scenario, eg. load balancing.
6) Add support to flush sets in nf_tables. This series comes with a new
set->ops->deactivate_one() indirection given that we have to walk
over the list of set elements, then deactivate them one by one.
The existing set->ops->deactivate() performs an element lookup that
we don't need.
7) Two patches to avoid cloning packets, thus speed up packet forwarding
via nft_fwd from ingress. From Florian Westphal.
8) Two IPVS patches via Simon Horman: Decrement ttl in all modes to
prevent infinite loops, patch from Dwip Banerjee. And one minor
refactoring from Gao feng.
9) Revisit recent log support for nf_tables netdev families: One patch
to ensure that we correctly handle non-ethernet packets. Another
patch to add missing logger definition for netdev. Patches from
Liping Zhang.
10) Three patches for nft_fib, one to address insufficient register
initialization and another to solve incorrect (although harmless)
byteswap operation. Moreover update xt_rpfilter and nft_fib to match
lbcast packets with zeronet as source, eg. DHCP Discover packets
(0.0.0.0 -> 255.255.255.255). Also from Liping Zhang.
11) Built-in DCCP, SCTP and UDPlite conntrack and NAT support, from
Davide Caratti. While DCCP is rather hopeless lately, and UDPlite has
been broken in many-cast mode for some little time, let's give them a
chance by placing them at the same level as other existing protocols.
Thus, users don't explicitly have to modprobe support for this and
NAT rules work for them. Some people point to the lack of support in
SOHO Linux-based routers that make deployment of new protocols harder.
I guess other middleboxes outthere on the Internet are also to blame.
Anyway, let's see if this has any impact in the midrun.
12) Skip software SCTP software checksum calculation if the NIC comes
with SCTP checksum offload support. From Davide Caratti.
13) Initial core factoring to prepare conversion to hook array. Three
patches from Aaron Conole.
14) Gao Feng made a wrong conversion to switch in the xt_multiport
extension in a patch coming in the previous batch. Fix it in this
batch.
15) Get vmalloc call in sync with kmalloc flags to avoid a warning
and likely OOM killer intervention from x_tables. From Marcelo
Ricardo Leitner.
16) Update Arturo Borrero's email address in all source code headers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paolo noticed a cache line miss in UDP recvmsg() to access
sk_rxhash, sharing a cache line with sk_drops.
sk_drops might be heavily incremented by cpus handling a flood targeting
this socket.
We might place sk_drops on a separate cache line, but lets try
to avoid wasting 64 bytes per socket just for this, since we have
other bottlenecks to take care of.
sock_rps_record_flow() should only access sk_rxhash for connected
flows.
Testing sk_state for TCP_ESTABLISHED covers most of the cases for
connected sockets, for a zero cost, since system calls using
sock_rps_record_flow() also access sk->sk_prot which is on the
same cache line.
A follow up patch will provide a static_key (Jump Label) since most
hosts do not even use RFS.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for set flushing, that consists of walking over
the set elements if the NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS attribute is set.
This patch requires the following changes:
1) Add set->ops->deactivate_one() operation: This allows us to
deactivate an element from the set element walk path, given we can
skip the lookup that happens in ->deactivate().
2) Add a new nft_trans_alloc_gfp() function since we need to allocate
transactions using GFP_ATOMIC given the set walk path happens with
held rcu_read_lock.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to refer to stateful objects from set elements.
This provides the infrastructure to create maps where the right hand
side of the mapping is a stateful object.
This allows us to build dictionaries of stateful objects, that you can
use to perform fast lookups using any arbitrary key combination.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Notify on depleted quota objects. The NFT_QUOTA_F_DEPLETED flag
indicates we have reached overquota.
Add pointer to table from nft_object, so we can use it when sending the
depletion notification to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce nf_tables_obj_notify() to notify internal state changes in
stateful objects. This is used by the quota object to report depletion
in a follow up patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new NFT_MSG_GETOBJ_RESET command perform an atomic
dump-and-reset of the stateful object. This also comes with add support
for atomic dump and reset for counter and quota objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch augments nf_tables to support stateful objects. This new
infrastructure allows you to create, dump and delete stateful objects,
that are identified by a user-defined name.
This patch adds the generic infrastructure, follow up patches add
support for two stateful objects: counters and quotas.
This patch provides a native infrastructure for nf_tables to replace
nfacct, the extended accounting infrastructure for iptables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
... so we can use current skb instead of working with a clone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new flag that signals the kernel to update layer 4
checksum if the packet field belongs to the layer 4 pseudoheader. This
implicitly provides stateless NAT 1:1 that is useful under very specific
usecases.
Since rules mangling layer 3 fields that are part of the pseudoheader
may potentially convey any layer 4 packet, we have to deal with the
layer 4 checksum adjustment using protocol specific code.
This patch adds support for TCP, UDP and ICMPv6, since they include the
pseudoheader in the layer 4 checksum calculation. ICMP doesn't, so we
can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_defrag modules for ipv4 and ipv6 export an empty stub function.
Any module that needs the defragmentation hooks registered simply 'calls'
this empty function to create a phony module dependency -- modprobe will
then load the defrag module too.
This extends netfilter ipv4/ipv6 defragmentation modules to delay the hook
registration until the functionality is requested within a network namespace
instead of module load time for all namespaces.
Hooks are only un-registered on module unload or when a namespace that used
such defrag functionality exits.
We have to use struct net for this as the register hooks can be called
before netns initialization here from the ipv4/ipv6 conntrack module
init path.
There is no unregister functionality support, defrag will always be
active once it was requested inside a net namespace.
The reason is that defrag has impact on nft and iptables rulesets
(without defrag we might see framents).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
1) Old code was hard to maintain, due to complex lock chains.
(We probably will be able to remove some kfree_rcu() in callers)
2) Using a single timer to update all estimators does not scale.
3) Code was buggy on 32bit kernel (WRITE_ONCE() on 64bit quantity
is not supposed to work well)
In this rewrite :
- I removed the RB tree that had to be scanned in
gen_estimator_active(). qdisc dumps should be much faster.
- Each estimator has its own timer.
- Estimations are maintained in net_rate_estimator structure,
instead of dirtying the qdisc. Minor, but part of the simplification.
- Reading the estimator uses RCU and a seqcount to provide proper
support for 32bit kernels.
- We reduce memory need when estimators are not used, since
we store a pointer, instead of the bytes/packets counters.
- xt_rateest_mt() no longer has to grab a spinlock.
(In the future, xt_rateest_tg() could be switched to per cpu counters)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-12-03
Here's a set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for net-next (i.e. 4.10
kernel):
- Fix for a potential NULL deref in the ieee802154 netlink code
- Fix for the ED values of the at86rf2xx driver
- Documentation updates to ieee802154
- Cleanups to u8 vs __u8 usage
- Timer API usage cleanups in HCI drivers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group fields used in TX path, and keep some cache lines mostly read
to permit sharing among cpus.
Gained two 4 bytes holes on 64bit arches.
Added a place holder for tcp tsq_flags, next to sk_wmem_alloc
to speed up tcp_wfree() in the following patch.
I have not added ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp, this might be done later.
I prefer doing this once inet and tcp/udp sockets reorg is also done.
Tested with both TCP and UDP.
UDP receiver performance under flood increased by ~20 % :
Accessing sk_filter/sk_wq/sk_napi_id no longer stalls because sk_drops
was moved away from a critical cache line, now mostly read and shared.
/* --- cacheline 4 boundary (256 bytes) --- */
unsigned int sk_napi_id; /* 0x100 0x4 */
int sk_rcvbuf; /* 0x104 0x4 */
struct sk_filter * sk_filter; /* 0x108 0x8 */
union {
struct socket_wq * sk_wq; /* 0x8 */
struct socket_wq * sk_wq_raw; /* 0x8 */
}; /* 0x110 0x8 */
struct xfrm_policy * sk_policy[2]; /* 0x118 0x10 */
struct dst_entry * sk_rx_dst; /* 0x128 0x8 */
struct dst_entry * sk_dst_cache; /* 0x130 0x8 */
atomic_t sk_omem_alloc; /* 0x138 0x4 */
int sk_sndbuf; /* 0x13c 0x4 */
/* --- cacheline 5 boundary (320 bytes) --- */
int sk_wmem_queued; /* 0x140 0x4 */
atomic_t sk_wmem_alloc; /* 0x144 0x4 */
long unsigned int sk_tsq_flags; /* 0x148 0x8 */
struct sk_buff * sk_send_head; /* 0x150 0x8 */
struct sk_buff_head sk_write_queue; /* 0x158 0x18 */
__s32 sk_peek_off; /* 0x170 0x4 */
int sk_write_pending; /* 0x174 0x4 */
long int sk_sndtimeo; /* 0x178 0x8 */
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switch (default on) can be used to disable automatic registration
of connection tracking functionality in newly created network
namespaces.
This means that when net namespace goes down (or the tracker protocol
module is unloaded) we *might* have to unregister the hooks.
We can either add another per-netns variable that tells if
the hooks got registered by default, or, alternatively, just call
the protocol _put() function and have the callee deal with a possible
'extra' put() operation that doesn't pair with a get() one.
This uses the latter approach, i.e. a put() without a get has no effect.
Conntrack is still enabled automatically regardless of the new sysctl
setting if the new net namespace requires connection tracking, e.g. when
NAT rules are created.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This makes use of nf_ct_netns_get/put added in previous patch.
We add get/put functions to nf_conntrack_l3proto structure, ipv4 and ipv6
then implement use-count to track how many users (nft or xtables modules)
have a dependency on ipv4 and/or ipv6 connection tracking functionality.
When count reaches zero, the hooks are unregistered.
This delays activation of connection tracking inside a namespace until
stateful firewall rule or nat rule gets added.
This patch breaks backwards compatibility in the sense that connection
tracking won't be active anymore when the protocol tracker module is
loaded. This breaks e.g. setups that ctnetlink for flow accounting and
the like, without any '-m conntrack' packet filter rules.
Followup patch restores old behavour and makes new delayed scheme
optional via sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
currently aliased to try_module_get/_put.
Will be changed in next patch when we add functions to make use of ->net
argument to store usercount per l3proto tracker.
This is needed to avoid registering the conntrack hooks in all netns and
later only enable connection tracking in those that need conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl compat code")
the only user (ipv4 tracker) sets this to an empty stub function.
After this change nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register() is also empty,
but this will change in a followup patch to add conditional register
of the hooks.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y,
connection tracking support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into
nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_udplite,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| udplite| ipv4 | ipv6 |nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 432538 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
UDPlite || - | 829649 | 829362 | 6498204
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_sctp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| sctp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 498243 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
SCTP || - | 829254 | 829175 | 6547872
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, connection
tracking support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_conntrack.ko.
footprint test:
$ ls -l net/netfilter/nf_conntrack{_proto_dccp,}.ko \
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko \
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko
(builtin)|| dccp | ipv4 | ipv6 | nf_conntrack
---------++--------+--------+--------+--------------
none || 469140 | 828755 | 828676 | 6141434
DCCP || - | 830566 | 829935 | 6533526
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In netdev family, we will handle non ethernet packets, so using
eth_hdr(skb)->h_proto is incorrect.
Meanwhile, we can use socket(AF_PACKET...) to sending packets, so
skb->protocol is not always set in bridge family.
Add an extra parameter into nf_log_l2packet to solve this issue.
Fixes: 1fddf4bad0 ("netfilter: nf_log: add packet logging for netdev family")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_UDPLITE is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for UDPlite protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) |udplite || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 408048 || 2241312
UDPLITE builtin | - || 2577256
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_SCTP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for SCTP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | sctp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 428344 || 2241312
SCTP builtin | - || 2597032
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_NAT_PROTO_DCCP is no more a tristate. When set to y, NAT
support for DCCP protocol is built-in into nf_nat.ko.
footprint test:
(nf_nat_proto_) | dccp || nf_nat
--------------------------+--------++--------
no builtin | 409800 || 2241312
DCCP builtin | - || 2578968
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Implemented RFC7527 Enhanced DAD.
IPv6 duplicate address detection can fail if there is some temporary
loopback of Ethernet frames. RFC7527 solves this by including a random
nonce in the NS messages used for DAD, and if an NS is received with the
same nonce it is assumed to be a looped back DAD probe and is ignored.
RFC7527 is enabled by default. Can be disabled by setting both of
conf/{all,interface}/enhanced_dad to zero.
Signed-off-by: Erik Nordmark <nordmark@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b90eb75494 ("fib: introduce FIB notification infrastructure")
introduced a new notification chain to notify listeners (f.e., switchdev
drivers) about addition and deletion of routes.
However, upon registration to the chain the FIB tables can already be
populated, which means potential listeners will have an incomplete view
of the tables.
Solve that by dumping the FIB tables and replaying the events to the
passed notification block. The dump itself is done using RCU in order
not to starve consumers that need RTNL to make progress.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by reading the FIB change sequence
counter before and after the dump under RTNL. This allows us to avoid
the problematic situation in which the dumping process sends a ENTRY_ADD
notification following ENTRY_DEL generated by another process holding
RTNL.
Callers of the registration function may pass a callback that is
executed in case the dump was inconsistent with current FIB tables.
The number of retries until a consistent dump is achieved is set to a
fixed number to prevent callers from looping for long periods of time.
In case current limit proves to be problematic in the future, it can be
easily converted to be configurable using a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch will enable listeners of the FIB notification chain to
request a dump of the FIB tables. However, since RTNL isn't taken during
the dump, it's possible for the FIB tables to change mid-dump, which
will result in inconsistency between the listener's table and the
kernel's.
Allow listeners to know about changes that occurred mid-dump, by adding
a change sequence counter to each net namespace. The counter is
incremented just before a notification is sent in the FIB chain.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in the previous commit, modules are going to need to take a
reference on fib info and then drop it using fib_info_put().
Add the fib_info_hold() helper to make the code more readable and also
symmetric with fib_info_put().
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_generic() function is both a) inline and b) used ~600 times.
It has the following code inside
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
"id" is never compile time constant so compiler is forced to subtract 1.
And those decrements or LEA [r32 - 1] instructions add up.
We also start id'ing from 1 to catch bugs where pernet sybsystem id
is not initialized and 0. This is quite pointless idea (nothing will
work or immediate interference with first registered subsystem) in
general but it hints what needs to be done for code size reduction.
Namely, overlaying allocation of pointer array and fixed part of
structure in the beginning and using usual base-0 addressing.
Ids are just cookies, their exact values do not matter, so lets start
with 3 on x86_64.
Code size savings (oh boy): -4.2 KB
As usual, ignore the initial compiler stupidity part of the table.
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 12/670 up/down: 89/-4297 (-4208)
function old new delta
tipc_nametbl_insert_publ 1250 1270 +20
nlmclnt_lookup_host 686 703 +17
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5930 5941 +11
nfs_get_client 1050 1061 +11
register_pernet_operations 333 342 +9
tcf_mirred_init 843 849 +6
tcf_bpf_init 1143 1149 +6
gss_setup_upcall 990 994 +4
idmap_name_to_id 432 434 +2
ops_init 274 275 +1
nfsd_inject_forget_client 259 260 +1
nfs4_alloc_client 612 613 +1
tunnel_key_walker 164 163 -1
...
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 392 360 -32
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2808 2767 -41
ipip6_tunnel_ioctl 2228 2186 -42
tipc_bcast_rcv 715 672 -43
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1140 1089 -51
nfsd4_lock 3851 3796 -55
tipc_mon_rcv 1012 956 -56
Total: Before=156643951, After=156639743, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is precursor to fixing "[id - 1]" bloat inside net_generic().
Name "s" is chosen to complement name "u" often used for dummy unions.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_ok() consists of 3 clauses:
1) int rem >= (int)sizeof(struct nlattr)
2) u16 nla_len >= sizeof(struct nlattr)
3) u16 nla_len <= int rem
The statement is that clause (1) is redundant.
What it does is ensuring that "rem" is a positive number,
so that in clause (3) positive number will be compared to positive number
with no problems.
However, "u16" fully fits into "int" and integers do not change value
when upcasting even to signed type. Negative integers will be rejected
by clause (3) just fine. Small positive integers will be rejected
by transitivity of comparison operator.
NOTE: all of the above DOES NOT apply to nlmsg_ok() where ->nlmsg_len is
u32(!), so 3 clauses AND A CAST TO INT are necessary.
Obligatory space savings report: -1.6 KB
$ ./scripts/bloat-o-meter ../vmlinux-000* ../vmlinux-001*
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 3/63 up/down: 35/-1692 (-1657)
function old new delta
validate_scan_freqs 142 155 +13
tcf_em_tree_validate 867 879 +12
dcbnl_ieee_del 328 338 +10
netlbl_cipsov4_add_common.isra 218 215 -3
...
ovs_nla_put_actions 888 806 -82
netlbl_cipsov4_add_std 1648 1566 -82
nl80211_parse_sched_scan 2889 2780 -109
ip_tun_from_nlattr 3086 2945 -141
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add socket family, type and protocol to bpf_sock allowing bpf programs
read-only access.
Add __sk_flags_offset[0] to struct sock before the bitfield to
programmtically determine the offset of the unsigned int containing
protocol and type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support hardware offloading when the device given by the tc
rule is different from the Hardware underline device, extract the mirred
(egress) device from the tc action when a filter is added, using the new
tc_action_ops, get_dev().
Flower caches the information about the mirred device and use it for
calling ndo_setup_tc in filter change, update stats and delete.
Calling ndo_setup_tc of the mirred (egress) device instead of the
ingress device will allow a resolution between the software ingress
device and the underline hardware device.
The resolution will take place inside the offloading driver using
'egress_device' flag added to tc_to_netdev struct which is provided to
the offloading driver.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support to a new tc_action_ops.
get_dev is a general option which allows to get the underline
device when trying to offload a tc rule.
In case of mirred action the returned device is the mirred (egress)
device.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating a difference between two possible cases:
1. Not offloading tc rule since the user sets 'skip_hw' flag.
2. Not offloading tc rule since the device doesn't support offloading.
This patch doesn't add any new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jiffies based timestamps allow for easy inference of number of devices
behind NAT translators and also makes tracking of hosts simpler.
commit ceaa1fef65 ("tcp: adding a per-socket timestamp offset")
added the main infrastructure that is needed for per-connection ts
randomization, in particular writing/reading the on-wire tcp header
format takes the offset into account so rest of stack can use normal
tcp_time_stamp (jiffies).
So only two items are left:
- add a tsoffset for request sockets
- extend the tcp isn generator to also return another 32bit number
in addition to the ISN.
Re-use of ISN generator also means timestamps are still monotonically
increasing for same connection quadruple, i.e. PAWS will still work.
Includes fixes from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
This is a large batch of Netfilter fixes for net, they are:
1) Three patches to fix NAT conversion to rhashtable: Switch to rhlist
structure that allows to have several objects with the same key.
Moreover, fix wrong comparison logic in nf_nat_bysource_cmp() as this is
expecting a return value similar to memcmp(). Change location of
the nat_bysource field in the nf_conn structure to avoid zeroing
this as it breaks interaction with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and lead us
to crashes. From Florian Westphal.
2) Don't allow malformed fragments go through in IPv6, drop them,
otherwise we hit GPF, patch from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix crash if attributes are missing in nft_range, from Liping Zhang.
4) Fix arptables 32-bits userspace 64-bits kernel compat, from Hongxu Jia.
5) Two patches from David Ahern to fix netfilter interaction with vrf.
From David Ahern.
6) Fix element timeout calculation in nf_tables, we take milliseconds
from userspace, but we use jiffies from kernelspace. Patch from
Anders K. Pedersen.
7) Missing validation length netlink attribute for nft_hash, from
Laura Garcia.
8) Fix nf_conntrack_helper documentation, we don't default to off
anymore for a bit of time so let's get this in sync with the code.
I know is late but I think these are important, specifically the NAT
bits, as they are mostly addressing fallout from recent changes. I also
read there are chances to have -rc8, if that is the case, that would
also give us a bit more time to test this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Socket flags aren't updated atomically, so the socket must be locked
while reading the SOCK_ZAPPED flag.
This issue exists for both l2tp_ip and l2tp_ip6. For IPv6, this patch
also brings error handling for __ip6_datagram_connect() failures.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch measures TCP busy time, which is defined as the period
of time when sender has data (or FIN) to send. The time starts when
data is buffered and stops when the write queue is flushed by ACKs
or error events.
Note the busy time does not include SYN time, unless data is
included in SYN (i.e. Fast Open). It does include FIN time even
if the FIN carries no payload. Excluding pure FIN is possible but
would incur one additional test in the fast path, which may not
be worth it.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the skeleton of the TCP chronograph
instrumentation on sender side limits:
1) idle (unspec)
2) busy sending data other than 3-4 below
3) rwnd-limited
4) sndbuf-limited
The limits are enumerated 'tcp_chrono'. Since a connection in
theory can idle forever, we do not track the actual length of this
uninteresting idle period. For the rest we track how long the sender
spends in each limit. At any point during the life time of a
connection, the sender must be in one of the four states.
If there are multiple conditions worthy of tracking in a chronograph
then the highest priority enum takes precedence over
the other conditions. So that if something "more interesting"
starts happening, stop the previous chrono and start a new one.
The time unit is jiffy(u32) in order to save space in tcp_sock.
This implies application must sample the stats no longer than every
49 days of 1ms jiffy.
Signed-off-by: Francis Yan <francisyyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bluetooth.h is not part of user API, so __ variants are not neccessary
here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
udplite conflict is resolved by taking what 'net-next' did
which removed the backlog receive method assignment, since
it is no longer necessary.
Two entries were added to the non-priv ethtool operations
switch statement, one in 'net' and one in 'net-next, so
simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the
TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering.
The supported modes: none, link, network, transport.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stas Nichiporovich reports oops in nf_nat_bysource_cmp(), trying to
access nf_conn struct at address 0xffffffffffffff50.
This is the result of fetching a null rhash list (struct embedded at
offset 176; 0 - 176 gets us ...fff50).
The problem is that conntrack entries are allocated from a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU cache, i.e. entries can be free'd and reused
on another cpu while nf nat bysource hash access the same conntrack entry.
Freeing is fine (we hold rcu read lock); zeroing rhlist_head isn't.
-> Move the rhlist struct outside of the memset()-inited area.
Fixes: 7c96643519 ("netfilter: move nat hlist_head to nf_conn")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As Liping Zhang reports, after commit a8b1e36d0d ("netfilter: nft_dynset:
fix element timeout for HZ != 1000"), priv->timeout was stored in jiffies,
while set->timeout was stored in milliseconds. This is inconsistent and
incorrect.
Firstly, we already call msecs_to_jiffies in nft_set_elem_init, so
priv->timeout will be converted to jiffies twice.
Secondly, if the user did not specify the NFTA_DYNSET_TIMEOUT attr,
set->timeout will be used, but we forget to call msecs_to_jiffies
when do update elements.
Fix this by using jiffies internally for traditional sets and doing the
conversions to/from msec when interacting with userspace - as dynset
already does.
This is preferable to doing the conversions, when elements are inserted or
updated, because this can happen very frequently on busy dynsets.
Fixes: a8b1e36d0d ("netfilter: nft_dynset: fix element timeout for HZ != 1000")
Reported-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anders K. Pedersen <akp@cohaesio.com>
Acked-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
I got offlist bug report about failing connections and high cpu usage.
This happens because we hit 'elasticity' checks in rhashtable that
refuses bucket list exceeding 16 entries.
The nat bysrc hash unfortunately needs to insert distinct objects that
share same key and are identical (have same source tuple), this cannot
be avoided.
Switch to the rhlist interface which is designed for this.
The nulls_base is removed here, I don't think its needed:
A (unlikely) false positive results in unneeded port clash resolution,
a false negative results in packet drop during conntrack confirmation,
when we try to insert the duplicate into main conntrack hash table.
Tested by adding multiple ip addresses to host, then adding
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE
... and then creating multiple connections, from same source port but
different addresses:
for i in $(seq 2000 2032);do nc -p 1234 192.168.7.1 $i > /dev/null & done
(all of these then get hashed to same bysource slot)
Then, to test that nat conflict resultion is working:
nc -s 10.0.0.1 -p 1234 192.168.7.1 2000
nc -s 10.0.0.2 -p 1234 192.168.7.1 2000
tcp .. src=10.0.0.1 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1024 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=10.0.0.2 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1025 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=192.168.7.10 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2000 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2000 dport=1234 [ASSURED]
tcp .. src=192.168.7.10 dst=192.168.7.1 sport=1234 dport=2001 src=192.168.7.1 dst=192.168.7.10 sport=2001 dport=1234 [ASSURED]
[..]
-> nat altered source ports to 1024 and 1025, respectively.
This can also be confirmed on destination host which shows
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1024
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1025
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.7.1:2000 192.168.7.10:1234
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Fixes: 870190a9ec ("netfilter: nat: convert nat bysrc hash to rhashtable")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The hci_get_route() API is used to look up local HCI devices, however
so far it has been incapable of dealing with anything else than the
public address of HCI devices. This completely breaks with LE-only HCI
devices that do not come with a public address, but use a static
random address instead.
This patch exteds the hci_get_route() API with a src_type parameter
that's used for comparing with the right address of each HCI device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All conflicts were simple overlapping changes except perhaps
for the Thunder driver.
That driver has a change_mtu method explicitly for sending
a message to the hardware. If that fails it returns an
error.
Normally a driver doesn't need an ndo_change_mtu method becuase those
are usually just range changes, which are now handled generically.
But since this extra operation is needed in the Thunder driver, it has
to stay.
However, if the message send fails we have to restore the original
MTU before the change because the entire call chain expects that if
an error is thrown by ndo_change_mtu then the MTU did not change.
Therefore code is added to nicvf_change_mtu to remember the original
MTU, and to restore it upon nicvf_update_hw_max_frs() failue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The undo_cwnd fallback in the stack doubles cwnd based on ssthresh,
which un-does reno halving behaviour.
It seems more appropriate to let congctl algorithms pair .ssthresh
and .undo_cwnd properly. Add a 'tcp_reno_undo_cwnd' function and wire it
up for all congestion algorithms that used to rely on the fallback.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument to get_net_ns_by_fd() is a /proc/$PID/ns/net file
descriptor not a pid. Fix the typo.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Rami Rosen <roszenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make struct pernet_operations::id unsigned.
There are 2 reasons to do so:
1)
This field is really an index into an zero based array and
thus is unsigned entity. Using negative value is out-of-bound
access by definition.
2)
On x86_64 unsigned 32-bit data which are mixed with pointers
via array indexing or offsets added or subtracted to pointers
are preffered to signed 32-bit data.
"int" being used as an array index needs to be sign-extended
to 64-bit before being used.
void f(long *p, int i)
{
g(p[i]);
}
roughly translates to
movsx rsi, esi
mov rdi, [rsi+...]
call g
MOVSX is 3 byte instruction which isn't necessary if the variable is
unsigned because x86_64 is zero extending by default.
Now, there is net_generic() function which, you guessed it right, uses
"int" as an array index:
static inline void *net_generic(const struct net *net, int id)
{
...
ptr = ng->ptr[id - 1];
...
}
And this function is used a lot, so those sign extensions add up.
Patch snipes ~1730 bytes on allyesconfig kernel (without all junk
messing with code generation):
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
Unfortunately some functions actually grow bigger.
This is a semmingly random artefact of code generation with register
allocator being used differently. gcc decides that some variable
needs to live in new r8+ registers and every access now requires REX
prefix. Or it is shifted into r12, so [r12+0] addressing mode has to be
used which is longer than [r8]
However, overall balance is in negative direction:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 70/598 up/down: 396/-2126 (-1730)
function old new delta
nfsd4_lock 3886 3959 +73
tipc_link_build_proto_msg 1096 1140 +44
mac80211_hwsim_new_radio 2776 2808 +32
tipc_mon_rcv 1032 1058 +26
svcauth_gss_legacy_init 1413 1429 +16
tipc_bcbase_select_primary 379 392 +13
nfsd4_exchange_id 1247 1260 +13
nfsd4_setclientid_confirm 782 793 +11
...
put_client_renew_locked 494 480 -14
ip_set_sockfn_get 730 716 -14
geneve_sock_add 829 813 -16
nfsd4_sequence_done 721 703 -18
nlmclnt_lookup_host 708 686 -22
nfsd4_lockt 1085 1063 -22
nfs_get_client 1077 1050 -27
tcf_bpf_init 1106 1076 -30
nfsd4_encode_fattr 5997 5930 -67
Total: Before=154856051, After=154854321, chg -0.00%
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP busy polling is restricted to connected UDP sockets.
This is because sk_busy_loop() only takes care of one NAPI context.
There are cases where it could be extended.
1) Some hosts receive traffic on a single NIC, with one RX queue.
2) Some applications use SO_REUSEPORT and associated BPF filter
to split the incoming traffic on one UDP socket per RX
queue/thread/cpu
3) Some UDP sockets are used to send/receive traffic for one flow, but
they do not bother with connect()
This patch records the napi_id of first received skb, giving more
reach to busy polling.
Tested:
lpaa23:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa24:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa23:~# for f in `seq 1 10`; do ./super_netperf 1 -H lpaa24 -t UDP_RR -l 5; done
Before patch :
27867 28870 37324 41060 41215
36764 36838 44455 41282 43843
After patch :
73920 73213 70147 74845 71697
68315 68028 75219 70082 73707
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp transport rhashtable uses hash(lport, dport, daddr) as the key
to hash a node to one chain. If in one host thousands of assocs connect
to one server with the same lport and different laddrs (although it's
not a normal case), all the transports would be hashed into the same
chain.
It may cause to keep returning -EBUSY when inserting a new node, as the
chain is too long and sctp inserts a transport node in a loop, which
could even lead to system hangs there.
The new rhlist interface works for this case that there are many nodes
with the same key in one chain. It puts them into a list then makes this
list be as a node of the chain.
This patch is to replace rhashtable_ interface with rhltable_ interface.
Since a chain would not be too long and it would not return -EBUSY with
this fix when inserting a node, the reinsert loop is also removed here.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the lwtunnel_headroom() function which is called
in ipv4_mtu() and ip6_mtu(), to also return the correct headroom
value when the lwtunnel state is OUTPUT_REDIRECT.
This patch enables e.g. SR-IPv6 encapsulations to work without
manually setting the route mtu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sk_busy_loop() can schedule by itself, we can remove
need_resched() check from sk_can_busy_loop()
Also add a const to its struct sock parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch that removed the FIB offload infrastructure was a bit too
aggressive and also removed code needed to clean up us splitting the table
if additional rules were added. Specifically the function
fib_trie_flush_external was called at the end of a new rule being added to
flush the foreign trie entries from the main trie.
I updated the code so that we only call fib_trie_flush_external on the main
table so that we flush the entries for local from main. This way we don't
call it for every rule change which is what was happening previously.
Fixes: 347e3b28c1 ("switchdev: remove FIB offload infrastructure")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rolf Neugebauer reported very long delays at netns dismantle.
Eric W. Biederman was kind enough to look at this problem
and noticed synchronize_net() occurring from netif_napi_del() that was
added in linux-4.5
Busy polling makes no sense for tunnels NAPI.
If busy poll is used for sessions over tunnels, the poller will need to
poll the physical device queue anyway.
netif_tx_napi_add() could be used here, but function name is misleading,
and renaming it is not stable material, so set NAPI_STATE_NO_BUSY_POLL
bit directly.
This will avoid inserting gro_cells napi structures in napi_hash[]
and avoid the problematic synchronize_net() (per possible cpu) that
Rolf reported.
Fixes: 93d05d4a32 ("net: provide generic busy polling to all NAPI drivers")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Reported-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 850cbaddb5 ("udp: use it's own memory accounting schema")
assumes that the socket proto has memory accounting enabled,
but this is not the case for UDPLITE.
Fix it enabling memory accounting for UDPLITE and performing
fwd allocated memory reclaiming on socket shutdown.
UDP and UDPLITE share now the same memory accounting limits.
Also drop the backlog receive operation, since is no more needed.
Fixes: 850cbaddb5 ("udp: use it's own memory accounting schema")
Reported-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 14135f30e3 ("inet: fix sleeping inside inet_wait_for_connect()"),
sk_wait_event() needs to fix too, because release_sock() is blocking,
it changes the process state back to running after sleep, which breaks
the previous prepare_to_wait().
Switch to the new wait API.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a second batch of Netfilter updates for
your net-next tree. This includes a rework of the core hook
infrastructure that improves Netfilter performance by ~15% according to
synthetic benchmarks. Then, a large batch with ipset updates, including
a new hash:ipmac set type, via Jozsef Kadlecsik. This also includes a
couple of assorted updates.
Regarding the core hook infrastructure rework to improve performance,
using this simple drop-all packets ruleset from ingress:
nft add table netdev x
nft add chain netdev x y { type filter hook ingress device eth0 priority 0\; }
nft add rule netdev x y drop
And generating traffic through Jesper Brouer's
samples/pktgen/pktgen_bench_xmit_mode_netif_receive.sh script using -i
option. perf report shows nf_tables calls in its top 10:
17.30% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables] [k] nft_do_chain
15.75% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
10.39% kpktgend_0 [nf_tables_netdev] [k] nft_do_chain_netdev
I'm measuring here an improvement of ~15% in performance with this
patchset, so we got +2.5Mpps more. I have used my old laptop Intel(R)
Core(TM) i5-3320M CPU @ 2.60GHz 4-cores.
This rework contains more specifically, in strict order, these patches:
1) Remove compile-time debugging from core.
2) Remove obsolete comments that predate the rcu era. These days it is
well known that a Netfilter hook always runs under rcu_read_lock().
3) Remove threshold handling, this is only used by br_netfilter too.
We already have specific code to handle this from br_netfilter,
so remove this code from the core path.
4) Deprecate NF_STOP, as this is only used by br_netfilter.
5) Place nf_state_hook pointer into xt_action_param structure, so
this structure fits into one single cacheline according to pahole.
This also implicit affects nftables since it also relies on the
xt_action_param structure.
6) Move state->hook_entries into nf_queue entry. The hook_entries
pointer is only required by nf_queue(), so we can store this in the
queue entry instead.
7) use switch() statement to handle verdict cases.
8) Remove hook_entries field from nf_hook_state structure, this is only
required by nf_queue, so store it in nf_queue_entry structure.
9) Merge nf_iterate() into nf_hook_slow() that results in a much more
simple and readable function.
10) Handle NF_REPEAT away from the core, so far the only client is
nf_conntrack_in() and we can restart the packet processing using a
simple goto to jump back there when the TCP requires it.
This update required a second pass to fix fallout, fix from
Arnd Bergmann.
11) Set random seed from nft_hash when no seed is specified from
userspace.
12) Simplify nf_tables expression registration, in a much smarter way
to save lots of boiler plate code, by Liping Zhang.
13) Simplify layer 4 protocol conntrack tracker registration, from
Davide Caratti.
14) Missing CONFIG_NF_SOCKET_IPV4 dependency for udp4_lib_lookup, due
to recent generalization of the socket infrastructure, from Arnd
Bergmann.
15) Then, the ipset batch from Jozsef, he describes it as it follows:
* Cleanup: Remove extra whitespaces in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Mark some of the helpers arguments as const in ip_set.h
* Cleanup: Group counter helper functions together in ip_set.h
* struct ip_set_skbinfo is introduced instead of open coded fields
in skbinfo get/init helper funcions.
* Use kmalloc() in comment extension helper instead of kzalloc()
because it is unnecessary to zero out the area just before
explicit initialization.
* Cleanup: Split extensions into separate files.
* Cleanup: Separate memsize calculation code into dedicated function.
* Cleanup: group ip_set_put_extensions() and ip_set_get_extensions()
together.
* Add element count to hash headers by Eric B Munson.
* Add element count to all set types header for uniform output
across all set types.
* Count non-static extension memory into memsize calculation for
userspace.
* Cleanup: Remove redundant mtype_expire() arguments, because
they can be get from other parameters.
* Cleanup: Simplify mtype_expire() for hash types by removing
one level of intendation.
* Make NLEN compile time constant for hash types.
* Make sure element data size is a multiple of u32 for the hash set
types.
* Optimize hash creation routine, exit as early as possible.
* Make struct htype per ipset family so nets array becomes fixed size
and thus simplifies the struct htype allocation.
* Collapse same condition body into a single one.
* Fix reported memory size for hash:* types, base hash bucket structure
was not taken into account.
* hash:ipmac type support added to ipset by Tomasz Chilinski.
* Use setup_timer() and mod_timer() instead of init_timer()
by Muhammad Falak R Wani, individually for the set type families.
16) Remove useless connlabel field in struct netns_ct, patch from
Florian Westphal.
17) xt_find_table_lock() doesn't return ERR_PTR() anymore, so simplify
{ip,ip6,arp}tables code that uses this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since 23014011ba ('netfilter: conntrack: support a fixed size of 128 distinct labels')
this isn't needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With syzkaller help, Marco Grassi found a bug in TCP stack,
crashing in tcp_collapse()
Root cause is that sk_filter() can truncate the incoming skb,
but TCP stack was not really expecting this to happen.
It probably was expecting a simple DROP or ACCEPT behavior.
We first need to make sure no part of TCP header could be removed.
Then we need to adjust TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->end_seq
Many thanks to syzkaller team and Marco for giving us a reproducer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Marco Grassi <marco.gra@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Vladis Dronov <vdronov@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idr_alloc(), idr_remove(), et al. routines all expect IDs to be
signed integers. Therefore make the genl_family member 'id' signed
too.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_act macro addressed a non existing field, and was not used in the
kernel source.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares for insertion of SRH through setsockopt().
The new source address argument is used when an HMAC field is
present in the SRH, which must be filled. The HMAC signature
process requires the source address as input text.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary functions to compute and check the HMAC signature
of an SR-enabled packet. Two HMAC algorithms are supported: hmac(sha1) and
hmac(sha256).
In order to avoid dynamic memory allocation for each HMAC computation,
a per-cpu ring buffer is allocated for this purpose.
A new per-interface sysctl called seg6_require_hmac is added, allowing a
user-defined policy for processing HMAC-signed SR-enabled packets.
A value of -1 means that the HMAC field will always be ignored.
A value of 0 means that if an HMAC field is present, its validity will
be enforced (the packet is dropped is the signature is incorrect).
Finally, a value of 1 means that any SR-enabled packet that does not
contain an HMAC signature or whose signature is incorrect will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a new type of interfaceless lightweight tunnel (SEG6),
enabling the encapsulation and injection of SRH within locally emitted
packets and forwarded packets.
>From a configuration viewpoint, a seg6 tunnel would be configured as follows:
ip -6 ro ad fc00::1/128 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc42::1,fc42::2,fc42::3 dev eth0
Any packet whose destination address is fc00::1 would thus be encapsulated
within an outer IPv6 header containing the SRH with three segments, and would
actually be routed to the first segment of the list. If `mode inline' was
specified instead of `mode encap', then the SRH would be directly inserted
after the IPv6 header without outer encapsulation.
The inline mode is only available if CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE is enabled. This
feature was made configurable because direct header insertion may break
several mechanisms such as PMTUD or IPSec AH.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary hooks and structures to provide support
for SR-IPv6 control plane, essentially the Generic Netlink commands
that will be used for userspace control over the Segment Routing
kernel structures.
The genetlink commands provide control over two different structures:
tunnel source and HMAC data. The tunnel source is the source address
that will be used by default when encapsulating packets into an
outer IPv6 header + SRH. If the tunnel source is set to :: then an
address of the outgoing interface will be selected as the source.
The HMAC commands currently just return ENOTSUPP and will be implemented
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement minimal support for processing of SR-enabled packets
as described in
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6man-segment-routing-header-02.
This patch implements the following operations:
- Intermediate segment endpoint: incrementation of active segment and rerouting.
- Egress for SR-encapsulated packets: decapsulation of outer IPv6 header + SRH
and routing of inner packet.
- Cleanup flag support for SR-inlined packets: removal of SRH if we are the
penultimate segment endpoint.
A per-interface sysctl seg6_enabled is provided, to accept/deny SR-enabled
packets. Default is deny.
This patch does not provide support for HMAC-signed packets.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains a larger than usual batch of Netfilter
fixes for your net tree. This series contains a mixture of old bugs and
recently introduced bugs, they are:
1) Fix a crash when using nft_dynset with nft_set_rbtree, which doesn't
support the set element updates from the packet path. From Liping
Zhang.
2) Fix leak when nft_expr_clone() fails, from Liping Zhang.
3) Fix a race when inserting new elements to the set hash from the
packet path, also from Liping.
4) Handle segmented TCP SIP packets properly, basically avoid that the
INVITE in the allow header create bogus expectations by performing
stricter SIP message parsing, from Ulrich Weber.
5) nft_parse_u32_check() should return signed integer for errors, from
John Linville.
6) Fix wrong allocation instead of connlabels, allocate 16 instead of
32 bytes, from Florian Westphal.
7) Fix compilation breakage when building the ip_vs_sync code with
CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING on x86, from Arnd Bergmann.
8) Destroy the new set if the transaction object cannot be allocated,
also from Liping Zhang.
9) Use device to route duplicated packets via nft_dup only when set by
the user, otherwise packets may not follow the right route, again
from Liping.
10) Fix wrong maximum genetlink attribute definition in IPVS, from
WANG Cong.
11) Ignore untracked conntrack objects from xt_connmark, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Allow to use conntrack helpers that are registered NFPROTO_UNSPEC
via CT target, otherwise we cannot use the h.245 helper, from
Florian.
13) Revisit garbage collection heuristic in the new workqueue-based
timer approach for conntrack to evict objects earlier, again from
Florian.
14) Fix crash in nf_tables when inserting an element into a verdict map,
from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
modify registration and deregistration of layer-4 protocol trackers to
facilitate inclusion of new elements into the current list of builtin
protocols. Both builtin (TCP, UDP, ICMP) and non-builtin (DCCP, GRE, SCTP,
UDPlite) layer-4 protocol trackers usually register/deregister themselves
using consecutive calls to nf_ct_l4proto_{,pernet}_{,un}register(...).
This sequence is interrupted and rolled back in case of error; in order to
simplify addition of builtin protocols, the input of the above functions
has been modified to allow registering/unregistering multiple protocols.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Install the callbacks via the state machine. Use multi state support to avoid
custom list handling for the multiple instances.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rt@linutronix.de
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161103145021.28528-10-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Some basic expressions are built into nf_tables.ko, such as nft_cmp,
nft_lookup, nft_range and so on. But these basic expressions' init
routine is a little ugly, too many goto errX labels, and we forget
to call nft_range_module_exit in the exit routine, although it is
harmless.
Acctually, the init and exit routines of these basic expressions
are same, i.e. do nft_register_expr in the init routine and do
nft_unregister_expr in the exit routine.
So it's better to arrange them into an array and deal with them
together.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add dst port parameter to __ip_tun_set_dst and __ipv6_tun_set_dst
utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current IP tunneling classification supports only IP addresses and key.
Enhance UDP based IP tunneling classification parameters by adding UDP
src and dst port.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New encapsulation keys were added to the flower classifier, which allow
classification according to outer (encapsulation) headers attributes
such as key and IP addresses.
In order to expose those attributes outside flower, add
corresponding enums in the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for drivers to pick the relevant action when offloading tunnel
key act.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default TX queue length of Ethernet devices have been a magic
constant of 1000, ever since the initial git import.
Looking back in historical trees[1][2] the value used to be 100,
with the same comment "Ethernet wants good queues". The commit[3]
that changed this from 100 to 1000 didn't describe why, but from
conversations with Robert Olsson it seems that it was changed
when Ethernet devices went from 100Mbit/s to 1Gbit/s, because the
link speed increased x10 the queue size were also adjusted. This
value later caused much heartache for the bufferbloat community.
This patch merely moves the value into a defined constant.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/davem/netdev-vger-cvs.git/
[2] https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git/
[3] https://git.kernel.org/tglx/history/c/98921832c232
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new argument is added to __skb_recv_datagram to provide
an explicit skb destructor, invoked under the receive queue
lock.
The UDP protocol uses such argument to perform memory
reclaiming on dequeue, so that the UDP protocol does not
set anymore skb->desctructor.
Instead explicit memory reclaiming is performed at close() time and
when skbs are removed from the receive queue.
The in kernel UDP protocol users now need to call a
skb_recv_udp() variant instead of skb_recv_datagram() to
properly perform memory accounting on dequeue.
Overall, this allows acquiring only once the receive queue
lock on dequeue.
Tested using pktgen with random src port, 64 bytes packet,
wire-speed on a 10G link as sender and udp_sink as the receiver,
using an l4 tuple rxhash to stress the contention, and one or more
udp_sink instances with reuseport.
nr sinks vanilla patched
1 440 560
3 2150 2300
6 3650 3800
9 4450 4600
12 6250 6450
v1 -> v2:
- do rmem and allocated memory scheduling under the receive lock
- do bulk scheduling in first_packet_length() and in udp_destruct_sock()
- avoid the typdef for the dequeue callback
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use it even after orphaining the skbuff.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use the UID in routing lookups made by protocol connect() and
sendmsg() functions.
- Make sure that routing lookups triggered by incoming packets
(e.g., Path MTU discovery) take the UID of the socket into
account.
- For packets not associated with a userspace socket, (e.g., ping
replies) use UID 0 inside the user namespace corresponding to
the network namespace the socket belongs to. This allows
all namespaces to apply routing and iptables rules to
kernel-originated traffic in that namespaces by matching UID 0.
This is better than using the UID of the kernel socket that is
sending the traffic, because the UID of kernel sockets created
at namespace creation time (e.g., the per-processor ICMP and
TCP sockets) is the UID of the user that created the socket,
which might not be mapped in the namespace.
Tested: compiles allnoconfig, allyesconfig, allmodconfig
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/253302
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Define a new FIB rule attributes, FRA_UID_RANGE, to describe a
range of UIDs.
- Define a RTA_UID attribute for per-UID route lookups and dumps.
- Support passing these attributes to and from userspace via
rtnetlink. The value INVALID_UID indicates no UID was
specified.
- Add a UID field to the flow structures.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol sockets (struct sock) don't have UIDs, but most of the
time, they map 1:1 to userspace sockets (struct socket) which do.
Various operations such as the iptables xt_owner match need
access to the "UID of a socket", and do so by following the
backpointer to the struct socket. This involves taking
sk_callback_lock and doesn't work when there is no socket
because userspace has already called close().
Simplify this by adding a sk_uid field to struct sock whose value
matches the UID of the corresponding struct socket. The semantics
are as follows:
1. Whenever sk_socket is non-null: sk_uid is the same as the UID
in sk_socket, i.e., matches the return value of sock_i_uid.
Specifically, the UID is set when userspace calls socket(),
fchown(), or accept().
2. When sk_socket is NULL, sk_uid is defined as follows:
- For a socket that no longer has a sk_socket because
userspace has called close(): the previous UID.
- For a cloned socket (e.g., an incoming connection that is
established but on which userspace has not yet called
accept): the UID of the socket it was cloned from.
- For a socket that has never had an sk_socket: UID 0 inside
the user namespace corresponding to the network namespace
the socket belongs to.
Kernel sockets created by sock_create_kern are a special case
of #1 and sk_uid is the user that created them. For kernel
sockets created at network namespace creation time, such as the
per-processor ICMP and TCP sockets, this is the user that created
the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some configurations (e.g. geneve interface with default
MTU of 1500 over an ethernet interface with 1500 MTU) result
in the transmission of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
While this should be considered to be a "bad" configuration,
it is still allowed and should not result in the sending
of packets that exceed the configured MTU.
Fix by dropping the assumption in ip_finish_output_gso() that
locally originated gso packets will never need fragmentation.
Basic testing using iperf (observing CPU usage and bandwidth)
have shown no measurable performance impact for traffic not
requiring fragmentation.
Fixes: c7ba65d7b6 ("net: ip: push gso skb forwarding handling down the stack")
Reported-by: Jan Tluka <jtluka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP stack records the largest fragment of a reassembled packet
in IPCB(skb)->frag_max_size. When reading a datagram or raw packet
that arrived fragmented, expose the value to allow applications to
estimate receive path MTU.
Tested:
Sent data over a veth pair of which the source has a small mtu.
Sent data using netcat, received using a dedicated process.
Verified that the cmsg IP_RECVFRAGSIZE is returned only when
data arrives fragmented, and in that cases matches the veth mtu.
ip link add veth0 type veth peer name veth1
ip netns add from
ip netns add to
ip link set dev veth1 netns to
ip netns exec to ip addr add dev veth1 192.168.10.1/24
ip netns exec to ip link set dev veth1 up
ip link set dev veth0 netns from
ip netns exec from ip addr add dev veth0 192.168.10.2/24
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 up
ip netns exec from ip link set dev veth0 mtu 1300
ip netns exec from ethtool -K veth0 ufo off
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1400 2>/dev/null > payload
ip netns exec to ./recv_cmsg_recvfragsize -4 -u -p 6000 &
ip netns exec from nc -q 1 -u 192.168.10.1 6000 < payload
using github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/blob/master/tests/recvfragsize.c
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This field is only useful for nf_queue, so store it in the
nf_queue_entry structure instead, away from the core path. Pass
hook_head to nf_hook_slow().
Since we always have a valid entry on the first iteration in
nf_iterate(), we can use 'do { ... } while (entry)' loop instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Don't copy relevant fields from hook state structure, instead use the
one that is already available in struct xt_action_param.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place pointer to hook state in xt_action_param structure instead of
copying the fields that we need. After this change xt_action_param fits
into one cacheline.
This patch also adds a set of new wrapper functions to fetch relevant
hook state structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->cb may contain data from previous layers. In the observed scenario,
the garbage data were misinterpreted as IP6CB(skb)->frag_max_size, so
that small packets sent through the tunnel are mistakenly fragmented.
This patch unconditionally clears the control buffer in ip6tunnel_xmit(),
which affects ip6_tunnel, ip6_udp_tunnel and ip6_gre. Currently none of
these tunnels set IP6CB(skb)->flags, otherwise it needs to be done earlier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eli Cooper <elicooper@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This includes better integration with the routing subsystem for
nf_tables, explicit notrack support and smaller updates. More
specifically, they are:
1) Add fib lookup expression for nf_tables, from Florian Westphal. This
new expression provides a native replacement for iptables addrtype
and rp_filter matches. This is more flexible though, since we can
populate the kernel flowi representation to inquire fib to
accomodate new usecases, such as RTBH through skb mark.
2) Introduce rt expression for nf_tables, from Anders K. Pedersen. This
new expression allow you to access skbuff route metadata, more
specifically nexthop and classid fields.
3) Add notrack support for nf_tables, to skip conntracking, requested by
many users already.
4) Add boilerplate code to allow to use nf_log infrastructure from
nf_tables ingress.
5) Allow to mangle pkttype from nf_tables prerouting chain, to emulate
the xtables cluster match, from Liping Zhang.
6) Move socket lookup code into generic nf_socket_* infrastructure so
we can provide a native replacement for the xtables socket match.
7) Make sure nfnetlink_queue data that is updated on every packets is
placed in a different cache from read-only data, from Florian Westphal.
8) Handle NF_STOLEN from nf_tables core, also from Florian Westphal.
9) Start round robin number generation in nft_numgen from zero,
instead of n-1, for consistency with xtables statistics match,
patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Set GFP_NOWARN flag in skbuff netlink allocations in nfnetlink_log,
given we retry with a smaller allocation on failure, from Calvin Owens.
11) Cleanup xt_multiport to use switch(), from Gao feng.
12) Remove superfluous check in nft_immediate and nft_cmp, from
Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move layer 2 packet logging into nf_log_l2packet() that resides in
nf_log_common.c, so this can be shared by both bridge and netdev
families.
This patch adds the boiler plate code to register the netdev logging
family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add FIB expression, supported for ipv4, ipv6 and inet family (the latter
just dispatches to ipv4 or ipv6 one based on nfproto).
Currently supports fetching output interface index/name and the
rtm_type associated with an address.
This can be used for adding path filtering. rtm_type is useful
to e.g. enforce a strong-end host model where packets
are only accepted if daddr is configured on the interface the
packet arrived on.
The fib expression is a native nftables alternative to the
xtables addrtype and rp_filter matches.
FIB result order for oif/oifname retrieval is as follows:
- if packet is local (skb has rtable, RTF_LOCAL set, this
will also catch looped-back multicast packets), set oif to
the loopback interface.
- if fib lookup returns an error, or result points to local,
store zero result. This means '--local' option of -m rpfilter
is not supported. It is possible to use 'fib type local' or add
explicit saddr/daddr matching rules to create exceptions if this
is really needed.
- store result in the destination register.
In case of multiple routes, search set for desired oif in case
strict matching is requested.
ipv4 and ipv6 behave fib expressions are supposed to behave the same.
[ I have collapsed Arnd Bergmann's ("netfilter: nf_tables: fib warnings")
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/688615/
to address fallout from this patch after rebasing nf-next, that was
posted to address compilation warnings. --pablo ]
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Systems with large pages (64KB pages for example) do not always have
huge quantity of memory.
A big SK_MEM_QUANTUM value leads to fewer interactions with the
global counters (like tcp_memory_allocated) but might trigger
memory pressure much faster, giving suboptimal TCP performance
since windows are lowered to ridiculous values.
Note that sysctl_mem units being in pages and in ABI, we also need
to change sk_prot_mem_limits() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, in rx path, before calling lock_sock, it needed to
hold assoc when got it by __sctp_lookup_association, in case other place
would free/put assoc.
But in __sctp_lookup_association, it lookup and hold transport, then got
assoc by transport->assoc, then hold assoc and put transport. It means
it didn't hold transport, yet it was returned and later on directly
assigned to chunk->transport.
Without the protection of sock lock, the transport may be freed/put by
other places, which would cause a use-after-free issue.
This patch is to fix this issue by holding transport instead of assoc.
As holding transport can make sure to access assoc is also safe, and
actually it looks up assoc by searching transport rhashtable, to hold
transport here makes more sense.
Note that the function will be renamed later on on another patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
When vxlan device is closed vxlan socket is freed. This
operation can race with vxlan-xmit function which
dereferences vxlan socket. Following patch uses RCU
mechanism to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SjfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=toQY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just two fixes:
* a fix to process all events while suspending, so any
potential calls into the driver are done before it is
suspended
* small markup fixes for the sphinx documentation conversion
that's coming into the tree via the doc tree
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per listen(fd, backlog) rules, there is really no point accepting a SYN,
sending a SYNACK, and dropping the following ACK packet if accept queue
is full, because application is not draining accept queue fast enough.
This behavior is fooling TCP clients that believe they established a
flow, while there is nothing at server side. They might then send about
10 MSS (if using IW10) that will be dropped anyway while server is under
stress.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap several common instances of:
kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, do not consider link state when validating next hops.
Currently, if the link is down default routes can fail to insert:
$ ip -6 ro add vrf blue default via 2100:2::64 dev eth2
RTNETLINK answers: No route to host
With this patch the command succeeds.
Fixes: 8c14586fc3 ("net: ipv6: Use passed in table for nexthop lookups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_add_route_info and rt6_add_dflt_router were updated to pull the FIB
table from the device index, but the corresponding rt6_get_route_info
and rt6_get_dflt_router functions were not leading to the failure to
process RA's:
ICMPv6: RA: ndisc_router_discovery failed to add default route
Fix the 'get' functions by using the table id associated with the
device when applicable.
Also, now that default routes can be added to tables other than the
default table, rt6_purge_dflt_routers needs to be updated as well to
look at all tables. To handle that efficiently, add a flag to the table
denoting if it is has a default route via RA.
Fixes: ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF support to IPv6 stack")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since generic netlink family IDs are small integers, allocated
densely, IDR is an ideal match for lookups. Replace the existing
hand-written hash-table with IDR for allocation and lookup.
This lets the families only be written to once, during register,
since the list_head can be removed and removal of a family won't
cause any writes.
It also slightly reduces the code size (by about 1.3k on x86-64).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.
This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.
Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)
Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper function allows family implementations to access
their family's attrbuf. This gets rid of the attrbuf usage
in families, and also adds locking validation, since it's not
valid to use the attrbuf with parallel_ops or outside of the
dumpit callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user may want to use only some bits of the skb mark in
his skbedit rules because the remaining part might be used by
something else.
Introduce the "mask" parameter to the skbedit actor in order
to implement such functionality.
When the mask is specified, only those bits selected by the
latter are altered really changed by the actor, while the
rest is left untouched.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is now a fixed-size extension, so we don't need to pass a variable
alloc size. This (harmless) error results in allocating 32 instead of
the needed 16 bytes for this extension as the size gets passed twice.
Fixes: 23014011ba ("netfilter: conntrack: support a fixed size of 128 distinct labels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value of
u32 netlink attributes") introduced nft_parse_u32_check with a return
value of "unsigned int", yet on error it returns "-ERANGE".
This patch corrects the mismatch by changing the return value to "int",
which happens to match the actual users of nft_parse_u32_check already.
Found by Coverity, CID 1373930.
Note that commit 21a9e0f156 ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: fix error
handling in nft_exthdr_init()) attempted to address the issue, but
did not address the return type of nft_parse_u32_check.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 36b701fae1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: validate maximum value...")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When nft_expr_clone failed, a series of problems will happen:
1. module refcnt will leak, we call __module_get at the beginning but
we forget to put it back if ops->clone returns fail
2. memory will be leaked, if clone fail, we just return NULL and forget
to free the alloced element
3. set->nelems will become incorrect when set->size is specified. If
clone fail, we should decrease the set->nelems
Now this patch fixes these problems. And fortunately, clone fail will
only happen on counter expression when memory is exhausted.
Fixes: 086f332167 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add clone interface to expression operations")
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <zlpnobody@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add functionality to update the connection parameters when in connected
state, so that driver/firmware uses the updated parameters for
subsequent roaming. This is for drivers that support internal BSS
selection and roaming. The new command does not change the current
association state, i.e., it can be used to update IE contents for future
(re)associations without causing an immediate disassociation or
reassociation with the current BSS.
This commit implements the required functionality for updating IEs for
(Re)Association Request frame only. Other parameters can be added in
future when required.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to configure if an AP (and associated VLANs) will
do multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames
(possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent
to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC
address rather than the group address.
Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver,
such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination
unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which
is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this
new option is enabled.)
This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
service).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[fix disabling, add better documentation & commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide KEK and nonces to
allow the driver to encrypt and decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames in station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the Element IDs and Element ID Extensions from IEEE
P802.11ai/D11.0. In addition, add a new cfg80211_find_ext_ie() wrapper
to make it easier to find information elements that used the Element ID
Extension field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to
be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules
for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it
does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to
duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for
NL80211_SAE_DATA).
Also document the special rules related to the Authentication
transaction number and Status code fiels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the pointless checking against interface combinations in
the initial basic beacon interval validation, that currently isn't
taking into account radar detection or channels properly. Instead,
just validate the basic range there, and then delay real checking
to the interface combination validation that drivers must do.
This means that drivers wanting to use the beacon_int_min_gcd will
now have to pass the new_beacon_int when validating the AP/mesh
start.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a helper using wdev to check if interface is running. This
deals with both non-netdev and netdev interfaces. In struct
wireless_dev replace 'p2p_started' and 'nan_started' by
'is_running' as those are mutually exclusive anyway, and unify
all the code to use wdev_running().
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
First bug was added in commit ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to
ip_cmsg_recv") : Tom missed that ipv4 udp messages could be received on
AF_INET6 socket. ip_cmsg_recv(msg, skb) should have been replaced by
ip_cmsg_recv_offset(msg, skb, sizeof(struct udphdr));
Then commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before
queueing") forgot to adjust the offsets now UDP headers are pulled
before skb are put in receive queue.
Fixes: ad6f939ab1 ("ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv")
Fixes: e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skbuff and sock structure both had missing parameter annotation
values.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In criu we are actively using diag interface to collect sockets
present in the system when dumping applications. And while for
unix, tcp, udp[lite], packet, netlink it works as expected,
the raw sockets do not have. Thus add it.
v2:
- add missing sock_put calls in raw_diag_dump_one (by eric.dumazet@)
- implement @destroy for diag requests (by dsa@)
v3:
- add export of raw_abort for IPv6 (by dsa@)
- pass net-admin flag into inet_sk_diag_fill due to
changes in net-next branch (by dsa@)
v4:
- use @pad in struct inet_diag_req_v2 for raw socket
protocol specification: raw module carries sockets
which may have custom protocol passed from socket()
syscall and sole @sdiag_protocol is not enough to
match underlied ones
- start reporting protocol specifed in socket() call
when sockets are raw ones for the same reason: user
space tools like ss may parse this attribute and use
it for socket matching
v5 (by eric.dumazet@):
- use sock_hold in raw_sock_get instead of atomic_inc,
we're holding (raw_v4_hashinfo|raw_v6_hashinfo)->lock
when looking up so counter won't be zero here.
v6:
- use sdiag_raw_protocol() helper which will access @pad
structure used for raw sockets protocol specification:
we can't simply rename this member without breaking uapi
v7:
- sine sdiag_raw_protocol() helper is not suitable for
uapi lets rather make an alias structure with proper
names. __check_inet_diag_req_raw helper will catch
if any of structure unintentionally changed.
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
CC: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The field is initialized by ILA and MPLS but never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid using the generic helpers.
Use the receive queue spin lock to protect the memory
accounting operation, both on enqueue and on dequeue.
On dequeue perform partial memory reclaiming, trying to
leave a quantum of forward allocated memory.
On enqueue use a custom helper, to allow some optimizations:
- use a plain spin_lock() variant instead of the slightly
costly spin_lock_irqsave(),
- avoid dst_force check, since the calling code has already
dropped the skb dst
- avoid orphaning the skb, since skb_steal_sock() already did
the work for us
The above needs custom memory reclaiming on shutdown, provided
by the udp_destruct_sock().
v5 -> v6:
- don't orphan the skb on enqueue
v4 -> v5:
- replace the mem_lock with the receive queue spin lock
- ensure that the bh is always allowed to enqueue at least
a skb, even if sk_rcvbuf is exceeded
v3 -> v4:
- reworked memory accunting, simplifying the schema
- provide an helper for both memory scheduling and enqueuing
v1 -> v2:
- use a udp specific destrctor to perform memory reclaiming
- remove a couple of helpers, unneeded after the above cleanup
- do not reclaim memory on dequeue if not under memory
pressure
- reworked the fwd accounting schema to avoid potential
integer overflow
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic sock operations that udp code can use with its own
memory accounting schema. No functional change is introduced
in the existing APIs.
v4 -> v5:
- avoid whitespace changes
v2 -> v4:
- avoid exporting __sock_enqueue_skb
v1 -> v2:
- avoid export sock_rmem_free
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng reported this deadlock case:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
lock([ 165.136033] sk_lock-AF_INET6);
lock([ 165.136033] rtnl_mutex);
Similar to commit 87e9f03159
("ipv4: fix a potential deadlock in mcast getsockopt() path")
this is due to we still have a case, ipv6_sock_mc_close(),
where we acquire sk_lock before rtnl_lock. Close this deadlock
with the similar solution, that is always acquire rtnl lock first.
Fixes: baf606d9c9 ("ipv4,ipv6: grab rtnl before locking the socket")
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Baozeng Ding reported KASAN traces showing uses after free in
udp_lib_get_port() and other related UDP functions.
A CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y kernel would eventually crash.
I could write a reproducer with two threads doing :
static int sock_fd;
static void *thr1(void *arg)
{
for (;;) {
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)arg,
sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
}
}
static void *thr2(void *arg)
{
struct sockaddr_in unspec;
for (;;) {
memset(&unspec, 0, sizeof(unspec));
connect(sock_fd, (const struct sockaddr *)&unspec,
sizeof(unspec));
}
}
Problem is that udp_disconnect() could run without holding socket lock,
and this was causing list corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Baozeng Ding <sploving1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a disconnect request from userspace, cfg80211 currently calls
called rdev_disconnect() only in case that 'current_bss' was set,
i.e. connection had been established.
Change this to allow the userspace call to succeed and call the
driver's disconnect() method also while the connection attempt is
in progress, to be able to abort attempts.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[change commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in
IEEE80211_AC_*'s order.
This means that mac80211 would get confused between
BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but
needs to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation
by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set
or not.
However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation
capability depending on HW generation.
Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the
callback.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
[added the flag to ath10k and wlcore]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC
that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly.
Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211
assume that a trigger frame was received.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The values don't match the radiotap spec, corrected that.
Reported-by: Oz Shalev <oz.shalev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T6t1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This is relatively small, mostly to get the SG/crypto
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, socket lookups for l3mdev (vrf) use cases can match a socket
that is bound to a port but not a device (ie., a global socket). If the
sysctl tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set this leads to ack packets going out
based on the main table even though the packet came in from an L3 domain.
The end result is that the connection does not establish creating
confusion for users since the service is running and a socket shows in
ss output. Fix by requiring an exact dif to sk_bound_dev_if match if the
skb came through an interface enslaved to an l3mdev device and the
tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set.
skb's through an l3mdev interface are marked by setting a flag in
inet{6}_skb_parm. The IPv6 variant is already set; this patch adds the
flag for IPv4. Using an skb flag avoids a device lookup on the dif. The
flag is set in the VRF driver using the IP{6}CB macros. For IPv4, the
inet_skb_parm struct is moved in the cb per commit 971f10eca1, so the
match function in the TCP stack needs to use TCP_SKB_CB. For IPv6, the
move is done after the socket lookup, so IP6CB is used.
The flags field in inet_skb_parm struct needs to be increased to add
another flag. There is currently a 1-byte hole following the flags,
so it can be expanded to u16 without increasing the size of the struct.
Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA
of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users of lwt tunnels may set up some secondary state in build_state
function. Add a corresponding destroy_state function to allow users to
clean up state. This destroy state function is called from lwstate_free.
Also, we now free lwstate using kfree_rcu so user can assume structure
is not freed before rcu.
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only 32 more to go...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=U9Pc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull one more documentation update from Jonathan Corbet:
"A single commit converting the mac80211 DocBook template over to
Sphinx. Only 32 more to go..."
* tag 'docs-4.9-2' of git://git.lwn.net/linux:
docs-rst: sphinxify 802.11 documentation
The IPv6 temporary address generation uses a variable called DESYNC_FACTOR
to prevent hosts updating the addresses at the same time. Quoting RFC 4941:
... The value DESYNC_FACTOR is a random value (different for each
client) that ensures that clients don't synchronize with each other and
generate new addresses at exactly the same time ...
DESYNC_FACTOR is defined as:
DESYNC_FACTOR -- A random value within the range 0 - MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR.
It is computed once at system start (rather than each time it is used)
and must never be greater than (TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE).
First, I believe the RFC has a typo in it and meant to say: "and must
never be greater than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE)"
The reason is that at various places in the RFC, DESYNC_FACTOR is used in
a calculation like (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - DESYNC_FACTOR) or
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE - DESYNC_FACTOR). It needs to be
smaller than (TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE) for the result of
these calculations to be larger than zero. It's never used in a
calculation together with TEMP_VALID_LIFETIME.
I already submitted an errata to the rfc-editor:
https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata_search.php?rfc=4941
The Linux implementation of DESYNC_FACTOR is very wrong:
max_desync_factor is used in places DESYNC_FACTOR should be used.
max_desync_factor is initialized to the RFC-recommended value for
MAX_DESYNC_FACTOR (600) but the whole point is to get a _random_ value.
And nothing ensures that the value used is not greater than
(TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME - REGEN_ADVANCE), which leads to underflows. The
effect can easily be observed when setting the temp_prefered_lft sysctl
e.g. to 60. The preferred lifetime of the temporary addresses will be
bogus.
TEMP_PREFERRED_LIFETIME and REGEN_ADVANCE are not constants and can be
influenced by these three sysctls: regen_max_retry, dad_transmits and
temp_prefered_lft. Thus, the upper bound for desync_factor needs to be
re-calculated each time a new address is generated and if desync_factor is
larger than the new upper bound, a new random value needs to be
re-generated.
And since we already have max_desync_factor configurable per interface, we
also need to calculate and store desync_factor per interface.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The randomized interface identifier (rndid) was periodically updated from
the regen_timer timer. Simplify the code by updating the rndid only when
needed by ipv6_try_regen_rndid().
This makes the follow-up DESYNC_FACTOR fix much simpler. Also it fixes a
reference counting error in this error path, where an in6_dev_put was
missing:
err = addrconf_sysctl_register(ndev);
if (err) {
ipv6_mc_destroy_dev(ndev);
- del_timer(&ndev->regen_timer);
snmp6_unregister_dev(ndev);
goto err_release;
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcfm_ok_push' specifies whether a mac_len sized push is needed upon
egress to the target device (if action is performed at ingress).
Rename it to 'tcfm_mac_header_xmit' as this is actually an attribute of
the target device (and use a bool instead of int).
This allows to decouple the attribute from the action to be taken.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix various build warnings in tlan/qed/xen-netback drivers, from
Arnd Bergmann.
2) Propagate proper error code in strparser's strp_recv(), from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
3) Fix accidental broadcast of RTM_GETTFILTER responses, from Eric
Dumazret.
4) Need to use list_for_each_entry_safe() in qed driver, from Wei
Yongjun.
5) Openvswitch 802.1AD bug fixes from Jiri Benc.
6) Cure BUILD_BUG_ON() in mlx5 driver, from Tom Herbert.
7) Fix UDP ipv6 checksumming in netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.
8) stmmac driver fixes from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
9) Fix access to mangled IP6CB in tcp, from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix info leaks in tipc and rtnetlink, from Dan Carpenter.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (27 commits)
net: bridge: add the multicast_flood flag attribute to brport_attrs
net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
net: rtnl: info leak in rtnl_fill_vfinfo()
tipc: info leak in __tipc_nl_add_udp_addr()
net: ipv4: Do not drop to make_route if oif is l3mdev
net: phy: Trigger state machine on state change and not polling.
ipv6: tcp: restore IP6CB for pktoptions skbs
netvsc: Remove mistaken udp.h inclusion.
xen-netback: fix type mismatch warning
stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
qed: fix old-style function definition
netvsc: fix checksum on UDP IPV6
net_sched: reorder pernet ops and act ops registrations
xen-netback: fix guest Rx stall detection (after guest Rx refactor)
drivers/ptp: Fix kernel memory disclosure
net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
qmi_wwan: add support for Quectel EC21 and EC25
openvswitch: add NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX to internal dev
...
Commit e0d56fdd73 was a bit aggressive removing l3mdev calls in
the IPv4 stack. If the fib_lookup fails we do not want to drop to
make_route if the oif is an l3mdev device.
Also reverts 19664c6a00 ("net: l3mdev: Remove netif_index_is_l3_master")
which removed netif_index_is_l3_master.
Fixes: e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prsctp polices include ttl expires policy already, we should remove
the old ttl expires codes, and just adjust the new polices' codes to be
compatible with the old one for users.
This patch is to remove all the old expires codes, and if prsctp polices
are not set, it will still set msg's expires_at and check the expires in
sctp_check_abandoned.
Note that asoc->prsctp_enable is set by default, so users can't feel any
difference even if they use the old expires api in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp uses chunk->resent to record if a chunk is retransmitted, for
RTT measurements with retransmitted DATA chunks. chunk->sent_count was
introduced to record how many times one chunk has been sent for prsctp
RTX policy before. We actually can know if one chunk is retransmitted
by checking chunk->sent_count is greater than 1.
This patch is to remove resent from sctp_chunk and reuse sent_count
to avoid retransmitted chunks for RTT measurements.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides a mechanism for the host drivers to advertise the
support for different beacon intervals among the respective interface
combinations in a group, through NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD (u32).
This value will be compared against GCD of all beaconing interfaces of
matching combinations.
If the driver doesn't advertise this value, the old behaviour where
all beacon intervals must be identical is retained.
If it is specified, then any beacon interval for an interface in the
interface combination as well as the GCD of all active beacon intervals
in the combination must be greater or equal to this value.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit message, some variable names, small other things]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull uaccess.h prepwork from Al Viro:
"Preparations to tree-wide switch to use of linux/uaccess.h (which,
obviously, will allow to start unifying stuff for real). The last step
there, ie
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
`git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h`
is not taken here - I would prefer to do it once just before or just
after -rc1. However, everything should be ready for it"
* 'work.uaccess2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
remove a stray reference to asm/uaccess.h in docs
sparc64: separate extable_64.h, switch elf_64.h to it
score: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
mips: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
x86: separate extable.h, switch sections.h to it
remove stray include of asm/uaccess.h from cacheflush.h
mn10300: remove a bogus processor.h->uaccess.h include
xtensa: split uaccess.h into C and asm sides
bonding: quit messing with IOCTL
kill __kernel_ds_p off
mn10300: finish verify_area() off
frv: move HAVE_ARCH_UNMAPPED_AREA to pgtable.h
exceptions: detritus removal
This is just a very basic conversion, I've split up the original
multi-book template, and also split up the multi-part mac80211
part in the original book; neither of those were handled by the
automatic pandoc conversion.
Fix errors that showed up, resulting in a much nicer rendering,
at least for the interface combinations documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Pull namespace updates from Eric Biederman:
"This set of changes is a number of smaller things that have been
overlooked in other development cycles focused on more fundamental
change. The devpts changes are small things that were a distraction
until we managed to kill off DEVPTS_MULTPLE_INSTANCES. There is an
trivial regression fix to autofs for the unprivileged mount changes
that went in last cycle. A pair of ioctls has been added by Andrey
Vagin making it is possible to discover the relationships between
namespaces when referring to them through file descriptors.
The big user visible change is starting to add simple resource limits
to catch programs that misbehave. With namespaces in general and user
namespaces in particular allowing users to use more kinds of
resources, it has become important to have something to limit errant
programs. Because the purpose of these limits is to catch errant
programs the code needs to be inexpensive to use as it always on, and
the default limits need to be high enough that well behaved programs
on well behaved systems don't encounter them.
To this end, after some review I have implemented per user per user
namespace limits, and use them to limit the number of namespaces. The
limits being per user mean that one user can not exhause the limits of
another user. The limits being per user namespace allow contexts where
the limit is 0 and security conscious folks can remove from their
threat anlysis the code used to manage namespaces (as they have
historically done as it root only). At the same time the limits being
per user namespace allow other parts of the system to use namespaces.
Namespaces are increasingly being used in application sand boxing
scenarios so an all or nothing disable for the entire system for the
security conscious folks makes increasing use of these sandboxes
impossible.
There is also added a limit on the maximum number of mounts present in
a single mount namespace. It is nontrivial to guess what a reasonable
system wide limit on the number of mount structure in the kernel would
be, especially as it various based on how a system is using
containers. A limit on the number of mounts in a mount namespace
however is much easier to understand and set. In most cases in
practice only about 1000 mounts are used. Given that some autofs
scenarious have the potential to be 30,000 to 50,000 mounts I have set
the default limit for the number of mounts at 100,000 which is well
above every known set of users but low enough that the mount hash
tables don't degrade unreaonsably.
These limits are a start. I expect this estabilishes a pattern that
other limits for resources that namespaces use will follow. There has
been interest in making inotify event limits per user per user
namespace as well as interest expressed in making details about what
is going on in the kernel more visible"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (28 commits)
autofs: Fix automounts by using current_real_cred()->uid
mnt: Add a per mount namespace limit on the number of mounts
netns: move {inc,dec}_net_namespaces into #ifdef
nsfs: Simplify __ns_get_path
tools/testing: add a test to check nsfs ioctl-s
nsfs: add ioctl to get a parent namespace
nsfs: add ioctl to get an owning user namespace for ns file descriptor
kernel: add a helper to get an owning user namespace for a namespace
devpts: Change the owner of /dev/pts/ptmx to the mounter of /dev/pts
devpts: Remove sync_filesystems
devpts: Make devpts_kill_sb safe if fsi is NULL
devpts: Simplify devpts_mount by using mount_nodev
devpts: Move the creation of /dev/pts/ptmx into fill_super
devpts: Move parse_mount_options into fill_super
userns: When the per user per user namespace limit is reached return ENOSPC
userns; Document per user per user namespace limits.
mntns: Add a limit on the number of mount namespaces.
netns: Add a limit on the number of net namespaces
cgroupns: Add a limit on the number of cgroup namespaces
ipcns: Add a limit on the number of ipc namespaces
...
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve the merge conflict between Felix's/my and Toke's patches
coming into the tree through net and mac80211-next respectively.
Most of Felix's changes go away due to Toke's new infrastructure
work, my patch changes to "goto begin" (the label wasn't there
before) instead of returning NULL so flow control towards drivers
is preserved better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This introduces ncsi_stop_dev(), as counterpart to ncsi_start_dev(),
to stop the NCSI device so that it can be reenabled in future. This
API should be called when the network device driver is going to
shutdown the device. There are 3 things done in the function: Stop
the channel monitoring; Reset channels to inactive state; Report
NCSI link down.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_mpls_header is equivalent to mpls_hdr now. Use the existing helper
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be also used by openvswitch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than
one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific
packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is
sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the
TXQ.
This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An
early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue,
and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts
at once.
Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation
handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and
on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ
structure.
This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place
for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX
handler code slightly more complex.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void,
remove a useless txq->sta check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental
TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in
programming absolute TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reusable fairness queueing implementation (fq.h) lacks the memory
usage limit that the fq_codel qdisc has. This means that small
devices (e.g. WiFi routers) can run out of memory when flooded with a
large number of packets. This ports the memory limit feature from
fq_codel to fq.h.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the
corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function
termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for
NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current
NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation).
Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used
both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes
and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function that reports NAN DE function termination. The function
may be terminated due to one of the following reasons: user request,
ttl expiration or failure.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notification will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide a function the driver can call to report a match.
This will send the event to the user space.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notifications will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some NAN configuration paramaters may change during the operation of
the NAN device. For example, a user may want to update master preference
value when the device gets plugged/unplugged to the power.
Add API that allows to do so.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A NAN function can be either publish, subscribe or follow
up. Make all the necessary verifications and just pass the
request to the driver.
Allow the user space application that starts NAN to
forbid any other socket to add or remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and
stop the vif.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface.
A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it
doesn't have a netdev associated to it.
Add the new interface type and prevent operations that
can't be executed on NAN interface like scan.
Define several attributes that may be configured by user space
when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual
band operation)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally, i.e.
expose connection keys to the driver in connect flow and don't
upload the keys after the connection.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now sctp uses chunk->prsctp_param to save the prsctp param for all the
prsctp polices, we didn't need to introduce prsctp_param to sctp_chunk.
We can just use chunk->sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF polices,
and reuse msg->expires_at for TTL policy, as the prsctp polices and old
expires policy are mutual exclusive.
This patch is to remove prsctp_param from sctp_chunk, and reuse msg's
expires_at for TTL and chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for RTX and BUF
polices.
Note that sctp can't use chunk's sinfo.sinfo_timetolive for TTL policy,
as it needs a u64 variables to save the expires_at time.
This one also fixes the "netperf-Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression"
issue.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now pahole sctp_chunk, it has 2 memory holes:
struct sctp_chunk {
struct list_head list;
atomic_t refcnt;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
...
long unsigned int prsctp_param;
int sent_count;
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
This patch is to move up sent_count to fill the 1st one and eliminate
the 2nd one.
It's not just another struct compaction, it also fixes the "netperf-
Throughput_Mbps -37.2% regression" issue when overloading the CPU.
Fixes: a6c2f79287 ("sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7559
Backoff is performed according to RFC3315 section 14:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-14
We allow setting /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitations
to a negative value meaning an unlimited number of retransmits,
and we make this the new default (inline with the RFC).
We also add a new setting:
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/*/router_solicitation_max_interval
defaulting to 1 hour (per RFC recommendation).
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Acked-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to introduce the generic interfaces for snmp_get_cpu_field{,64}.
It exchanges the two for-loops for collecting the percpu statistics data.
This can aggregate the data by going through all the items of each cpu
sequentially.
Signed-off-by: Jia He <hejianet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the created tc actions list is reversed against the order
set by the user.
Change the actions list order to be the same as was set by the user.
This patch doesn't affect dump actions behavior.
For dumping, action->order parameter is used so the list order doesn't
matter.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is now taken care of by FIB notifier, remove the code, with
all unused dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are to be used in case someone offloads the FIB entry. The
result is that if the entry is offloaded to at least one device, the
offload flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to pass information about added/deleted FIB entries/rules to
whoever is interested. This is done in a very similar way as devinet
notifies address additions/removals.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only remaining users are issuing SIOCGMIIPHY and SIOCGMIIREG,
neither of which deals with userland pointers. Simply calling
->ndo_do_ioctl() is fine; no messing with set_fs() is needed.
It used to mess with SIOCETHTOOL, which would've needed set_fs(),
but that has been killed in "[NET] ethtool ops are the only way"
9 years ago...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
The previous commit added support for specifying the beacon rate
for AP mode. Add features checks to this, and extend it to also
support the rate configuration for mesh networks. For IBSS it's
not as simple due to joining etc., so that's not yet supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows an option to configure a single beacon tx rate for an AP.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/core.c
net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.c
Resolve two conflicts before pull request for David's net-next tree:
1) Between c73c248490 ("netfilter: nf_tables_netdev: remove redundant
ip_hdr assignment") from the net tree and commit ddc8b6027a
("netfilter: introduce nft_set_pktinfo_{ipv4, ipv6}_validate()").
2) Between e8bffe0cf9 ("net: Add _nf_(un)register_hooks symbols") and
Aaron Conole's patches to replace list_head with single linked list.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
NFTA_LOG_FLAGS attribute is already supported, but the related
NF_LOG_XXX flags are not exposed to the userspace. So we cannot
explicitly enable log flags to log uid, tcp sequence, ip options
and so on, i.e. such rule "nft add rule filter output log uid"
is not supported yet.
So move NF_LOG_XXX macro definitions to the uapi/../nf_log.h. In
order to keep consistent with other modules, change NF_LOG_MASK to
refer to all supported log flags. On the other hand, add a new
NF_LOG_DEFAULT_MASK to refer to the original default log flags.
Finally, if user specify the unsupported log flags or NFTA_LOG_GROUP
and NFTA_LOG_FLAGS are set at the same time, report EINVAL to the
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Inverse ranges != [a,b] are not currently possible because rules are
composites of && operations, and we need to express this:
data < a || data > b
This patch adds a new range expression. Positive ranges can be already
through two cmp expressions:
cmp(sreg, data, >=)
cmp(sreg, data, <=)
This new range expression provides an alternative way to express this.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The netfilter hook list never uses the prev pointer, and so can be trimmed to
be a simple singly-linked list.
In addition to having a more light weight structure for hook traversal,
struct net becomes 5568 bytes (down from 6400) and struct net_device becomes
2176 bytes (down from 2240).
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A future patch will modify the hook drop and outfn functions. This will
cause the line lengths to take up too much space. This is simply a
readability change.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This replaces the last uses of NF_HOOK_THRESH().
Followup patch will remove it and rename nf_hook_thresh.
The reason is that inet (non-bridge) netfilter no longer invokes the
hooks from hooks, so we do no longer need the thresh value to skip hooks
with a lower priority.
The bridge netfilter however may need to do this. br_nf_hook_thresh is a
wrapper that is supposed to do this, i.e. only call hooks with a
priority that exceeds NF_BR_PRI_BRNF.
It's used only in the recursion cases of br_netfilter. It invokes
nf_hook_slow while holding an rcu read-side critical section to make a
future cleanup simpler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.
This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed e.g for offloading drivers to pick the relevant attributes.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it similar to time_before() macros:
- easier to understand
- make use of typecheck() to avoid working on unexpected variable types
(made the issue on previous patch visible)
- for _[lg]te versions, slighly faster, as the compiler used to generate
a sequence of cmp/je/cmp/js instructions and now it's sub/test/jle
(for _lte):
Before, for sctp_outq_sack:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1f01: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1f08: 74 6e je 1f78 <sctp_outq_sack+0xe8>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1f0a: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
return ((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT;
}
static inline int TSN_lte(__u32 s, __u32 t)
{
return ((s) == (t)) || (((s) - (t)) & TSN_SIGN_BIT);
1f10: 8b 7d bc mov -0x44(%rbp),%edi
1f13: 39 c7 cmp %eax,%edi
1f15: 74 25 je 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
1f17: 39 f8 cmp %edi,%eax
1f19: 78 21 js 1f3c <sctp_outq_sack+0xac>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
After:
if (primary->cacc.changeover_active) {
1ee7: 80 b9 84 02 00 00 00 cmpb $0x0,0x284(%rcx)
1eee: 74 73 je 1f63 <sctp_outq_sack+0xf3>
u8 clear_cycling = 0;
if (TSN_lte(primary->cacc.next_tsn_at_change, sack_ctsn)) {
1ef0: 8b 81 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rcx),%eax
1ef6: 2b 45 b4 sub -0x4c(%rbp),%eax
1ef9: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax
1efb: 7e 26 jle 1f23 <sctp_outq_sack+0xb3>
primary->cacc.changeover_active = 0;
*_lt() generated pretty much the same code.
Tested with gcc (GCC) 6.1.1 20160621.
This patch also removes SSN_lte as it is not used and cleanups some
comments.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ac28634456 ("netfilter: bridge: add nf_afinfo to enable
queuing to userspace"), we can queue packets to the user space in bridge
family. But when the user specify the queue range, packets will be only
delivered to the first queue num. Because in nfqueue_hash, we only support
ipv4 and ipv6 family. Now add support for bridge family too.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fetch value and validate u32 netlink attribute. This validation is
usually required when the u32 netlink attributes are being stored in a
field whose size is smaller.
This patch revisits 4da449ae1d ("netfilter: nft_exthdr: Add size check
on u8 nft_exthdr attributes").
Fixes: 96518518cc ("netfilter: add nftables")
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To something more meaningful these days, specially because this is
working on packet headers or lengths and which are not tied to any CPU
arch but to the protocol itself.
So, WORD_TRUNC becomes SCTP_TRUNC4 and WORD_ROUND becomes SCTP_PAD4.
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-09-21
1) Propagate errors on security context allocation.
From Mathias Krause.
2) Fix inbound policy checks for inter address family tunnels.
From Thomas Zeitlhofer.
3) Fix an old memory leak on aead algorithm usage.
From Ilan Tayari.
4) A recent patch fixed a possible NULL pointer dereference
but broke the vti6 input path.
Fix from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into offloaded filters to update stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW flag.
Unlike U32 and flower cls_bpf already has some netlink
flags defined. Create a new attribute to be able to use
the same flag values as the above.
Unlike U32 and flower reject unknown flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware offload capability to cls_bpf classifier,
similar to what have been done with U32 and flower.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1625f45299, vti6 is broken, all input packets are dropped
(LINUX_MIB_XFRMINNOSTATES is incremented).
XFRM_TUNNEL_SKB_CB(skb)->tunnel.ip6 is set by vti6_rcv() before calling
xfrm6_rcv()/xfrm6_rcv_spi(), thus we cannot set to NULL that value in
xfrm6_rcv_spi().
A new function xfrm6_rcv_tnl() that enables to pass a value to
xfrm6_rcv_spi() is added, so that xfrm6_rcv() is not touched (this function
is used in several handlers).
CC: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Fixes: 1625f45299 ("net/xfrm_input: fix possible NULL deref of tunnel.ip6->parms.i_key")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This commit introduces an optional new "omnipotent" hook,
cong_control(), for congestion control modules. The cong_control()
function is called at the end of processing an ACK (i.e., after
updating sequence numbers, the SACK scoreboard, and loss
detection). At that moment we have precise delivery rate information
the congestion control module can use to control the sending behavior
(using cwnd, TSO skb size, and pacing rate) in any CA state.
This function can also be used by a congestion control that prefers
not to use the default cwnd reduction approach (i.e., the PRR
algorithm) during CA_Recovery to control the cwnd and sending rate
during loss recovery.
We take advantage of the fact that recent changes defer the
retransmission or transmission of new data (e.g. by F-RTO) in recovery
until the new tcp_cong_control() function is run.
With this commit, we only run tcp_update_pacing_rate() if the
congestion control is not using this new API. New congestion controls
which use the new API do not want the TCP stack to run the default
pacing rate calculation and overwrite whatever pacing rate they have
chosen at initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the TCP send buffer expands to twice cwnd, in order to allow
limited transmits in the CA_Recovery state. This assumes that cwnd
does not increase in the CA_Recovery.
For some congestion control algorithms, like the upcoming BBR module,
if the losses in recovery do not indicate congestion then we may
continue to raise cwnd multiplicatively in recovery. In such cases the
current multiplier will falsely limit the sending rate, much as if it
were limited by the application.
This commit adds an optional congestion control callback to use a
different multiplier to expand the TCP send buffer. For congestion
control modules that do not specificy this callback, TCP continues to
use the previous default of 2.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow congestion control modules to use the default TSO auto-sizing
algorithm as one of the ingredients in their own decision about TSO sizing:
1) Export tcp_tso_autosize() so that CC modules can use it.
2) Change tcp_tso_autosize() to allow callers to specify a minimum
number of segments per TSO skb, in case the congestion control
module has a different notion of the best floor for TSO skbs for
the connection right now. For very low-rate paths or policed
connections it can be appropriate to use smaller TSO skbs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the tso_segs_goal() function in tcp_congestion_ops to allow the
congestion control module to specify the number of segments that
should be in a TSO skb sent by tcp_write_xmit() and
tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). The congestion control module can either
request a particular number of segments in TSO skb that we transmit,
or return 0 if it doesn't care.
This allows the upcoming BBR congestion control module to select small
TSO skb sizes if the module detects that the bottleneck bandwidth is
very low, or that the connection is policed to a low rate.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds code to track whether the delivery rate represented
by each rate_sample was limited by the application.
Upon each transmit, we store in the is_app_limited field in the skb a
boolean bit indicating whether there is a known "bubble in the pipe":
a point in the rate sample interval where the sender was
application-limited, and did not transmit even though the cwnd and
pacing rate allowed it.
This logic marks the flow app-limited on a write if *all* of the
following are true:
1) There is less than 1 MSS of unsent data in the write queue
available to transmit.
2) There is no packet in the sender's queues (e.g. in fq or the NIC
tx queue).
3) The connection is not limited by cwnd.
4) There are no lost packets to retransmit.
The tcp_rate_check_app_limited() code in tcp_rate.c determines whether
the connection is application-limited at the moment. If the flow is
application-limited, it sets the tp->app_limited field. If the flow is
application-limited then that means there is effectively a "bubble" of
silence in the pipe now, and this silence will be reflected in a lower
bandwidth sample for any rate samples from now until we get an ACK
indicating this bubble has exited the pipe: specifically, until we get
an ACK for the next packet we transmit.
When we send every skb we record in scb->tx.is_app_limited whether the
resulting rate sample will be application-limited.
The code in tcp_rate_gen() checks to see when it is safe to mark all
known application-limited bubbles of silence as having exited the
pipe. It does this by checking to see when the delivered count moves
past the tp->app_limited marker. At this point it zeroes the
tp->app_limited marker, as all known bubbles are out of the pipe.
We make room for the tx.is_app_limited bit in the skb by borrowing a
bit from the in_flight field used by NV to record the number of bytes
in flight. The receive window in the TCP header is 16 bits, and the
max receive window scaling shift factor is 14 (RFC 1323). So the max
receive window offered by the TCP protocol is 2^(16+14) = 2^30. So we
only need 30 bits for the tx.in_flight used by NV.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generates data delivery rate (throughput) samples on a
per-ACK basis. These rate samples can be used by congestion control
modules, and specifically will be used by TCP BBR in later patches in
this series.
Key state:
tp->delivered: Tracks the total number of data packets (original or not)
delivered so far. This is an already-existing field.
tp->delivered_mstamp: the last time tp->delivered was updated.
Algorithm:
A rate sample is calculated as (d1 - d0)/(t1 - t0) on a per-ACK basis:
d1: the current tp->delivered after processing the ACK
t1: the current time after processing the ACK
d0: the prior tp->delivered when the acked skb was transmitted
t0: the prior tp->delivered_mstamp when the acked skb was transmitted
When an skb is transmitted, we snapshot d0 and t0 in its control
block in tcp_rate_skb_sent().
When an ACK arrives, it may SACK and ACK some skbs. For each SACKed
or ACKed skb, tcp_rate_skb_delivered() updates the rate_sample struct
to reflect the latest (d0, t0).
Finally, tcp_rate_gen() generates a rate sample by storing
(d1 - d0) in rs->delivered and (t1 - t0) in rs->interval_us.
One caveat: if an skb was sent with no packets in flight, then
tp->delivered_mstamp may be either invalid (if the connection is
starting) or outdated (if the connection was idle). In that case,
we'll re-stamp tp->delivered_mstamp.
At first glance it seems t0 should always be the time when an skb was
transmitted, but actually this could over-estimate the rate due to
phase mismatch between transmit and ACK events. To track the delivery
rate, we ensure that if packets are in flight then t0 and and t1 are
times at which packets were marked delivered.
If the initial and final RTTs are different then one may be corrupted
by some sort of noise. The noise we see most often is sending gaps
caused by delayed, compressed, or stretched acks. This either affects
both RTTs equally or artificially reduces the final RTT. We approach
this by recording the info we need to compute the initial RTT
(duration of the "send phase" of the window) when we recorded the
associated inflight. Then, for a filter to avoid bandwidth
overestimates, we generalize the per-sample bandwidth computation
from:
bw = delivered / ack_phase_rtt
to the following:
bw = delivered / max(send_phase_rtt, ack_phase_rtt)
In large-scale experiments, this filtering approach incorporating
send_phase_rtt is effective at avoiding bandwidth overestimates due to
ACK compression or stretched ACKs.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the TCP min_rtt code to reuse the new win_minmax library in
lib/win_minmax.c to simplify the TCP code.
This is a pure refactor: the functionality is exactly the same. We
just moved the windowed min code to make TCP easier to read and
maintain, and to allow other parts of the kernel to use the windowed
min/max filter code.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-09-19
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.9 kernel.
- Added new messages for monitor sockets for better mgmt tracing
- Added local name and appearance support in scan response
- Added new Qualcomm WCNSS SMD based HCI driver
- Minor fixes & cleanup to 802.15.4 code
- New USB ID to btusb driver
- Added Marvell support to HCI UART driver
- Add combined LED trigger for controller power
- Other minor fixes here and there
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables prepending appearance value to scan response data.
It also adds support for setting appearance value through mgmt command.
If currently advertised instance has apperance flag set it is expired
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@codecoup.pl>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While the subsystem version information are purely informational,
increase the minor number due to the addition of user channel and
management control monitoring suppport. It is helpful for debugging
purposes to see the version numbers change.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This command is used to retrieve the current state and basic
information of a controller. It is typically used right after
getting the response to the Read Controller Index List command
or an Index Added event (or its extended counterparts).
When any of the values in the EIR_Data field changes, the event
Extended Controller Information Changed will be used to inform
clients about the updated information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Michał Narajowski <michal.narajowski@codecoup.pl>
Instead of keeping a version string around, use version and revision
numbers and then stringify them for use as module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of hiding everything behind a general managment events flag,
introduce indivdual flags that allow fine control over which events are
send to a given management channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for tracing all management commands and events via the
monitor interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This sends new notifications to the monitor support whenever a
management channel has been opened or closed. This allows tracing of
control channels really easily.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt version information will be also needed for the control
changell tracing feature. This provides a helper to pack them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To further allow unique identification and tracking of control socket,
store cookie and comm information when binding the socket.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Commit 5177a83827 ("Bluetooth: Add debugfs fields for hardware and
firmware info") introduced hci_set_hw_info() and hci_set_fw_info().
These functions use kvasprintf_const() but are not marked with a
__printf attribute. Adding such an attribute helps detecting issues
related to printf-formatting at build time.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch assigns the next free HCI device identifier to Bluetooth
devices based on the Qualcomm Shared Memory channels.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The led_trigger field in hci_dev should be conditional based on if
CONFIG_BT_LEDS is set or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This change replaces sk_buff_head struct in Qdiscs with new qdisc_skb_head.
Its similar to the skb_buff_head api, but does not use skb->prev pointers.
Qdiscs will commonly enqueue at the tail of a list and dequeue at head.
While skb_buff_head works fine for this, enqueue/dequeue needs to also
adjust the prev pointer of next element.
The ->prev pointer is not required for qdiscs so we can just leave
it undefined and avoid one cacheline write access for en/dequeue.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves qdisc stat accouting to qdisc_dequeue_head.
The only direct caller of the __qdisc_dequeue_head version open-codes
this now.
This allows us to later use __qdisc_dequeue_head as a replacement
of __skb_dequeue() (which operates on sk_buff_head list).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ip6_route_input_lookup available outside of ipv6 the module
similar to ip_route_input_noref in the IPv4 world.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s1MY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have various things - all across the board:
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush return value is meaningless now, this patch is
to make sctp_outq_flush return void, as well as sctp_outq_fail
and sctp_outq_uncork.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last patch "sctp: do not return the transmit err back to sctp_sendmsg"
made sctp_primitive_SEND return err only when asoc state is unavailable.
In this case, chunks are not enqueued, they have no chance to be freed if
we don't take care of them later.
This Patch is actually to revert commit 1cd4d5c432 ("sctp: remove the
unused sctp_datamsg_free()"), commit 69b5777f2e ("sctp: hold the chunks
only after the chunk is enqueued in outq") and commit 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp:
only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg"), to use
sctp_datamsg_free to free the chunks of current msg.
Fixes: 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp: only drop the reference on the datamsg after sending a msg")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP6 and IP6IP6 tunnels
to operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
Unlike ipv4 code here it's possible to reuse ip6_tnl_xmit() function
for both collect_md and traditional tunnels.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers and ovs (in the future) are the users.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve tunnels allow IPIP tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode.
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers can make use of it right away.
ovs can use it as well in the future (once appropriate ovs-vport
abstractions and user apis are added).
Note that just like in other tunnels we cannot cache the dst,
since tunnel_info metadata can be different for every packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer used after e0d56fdd73 ("net: l3mdev: remove redundant calls")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function actually operates on u32 yet its paramteres were declared
as u16, causing integer truncation upon calling.
Note in patch context that ADDIP_SERIAL_SIGN_BIT is already 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A malicious TCP receiver, sending SACK, can force the sender to split
skbs in write queue and increase its memory usage.
Then, when socket is closed and its write queue purged, we might
overflow sk_forward_alloc (It becomes negative)
sk_mem_reclaim() does nothing in this case, and more than 2GB
are leaked from TCP perspective (tcp_memory_allocated is not changed)
Then warnings trigger from inet_sock_destruct() and
sk_stream_kill_queues() seeing a not zero sk_forward_alloc
All TCP stack can be stuck because TCP is under memory pressure.
A simple fix is to preemptively reclaim from sk_mem_uncharge().
This makes sure a socket wont have more than 2 MB forward allocated,
after burst and idle period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few places where an IE that matches not only the EID, but
also other bytes inside the element, needs to be found. To simplify
that and reduce the amount of similar code, implement a new helper
function to match the EID and an extra array of bytes.
Additionally, simplify cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() by using the new
match function.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is intended to be an upgrade from a usability perspective
from pedit (as well as operational debugability).
Compare this:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action pedit munge offset -14 u8 set 0x02 \
munge offset -13 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -12 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -11 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -10 u16 set 0x1515 \
pipe
to:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbmod dmac 02:15:15:15:15:15
Also try to do a MAC address swap with pedit or worse
try to debug a policy with destination mac, source mac and
etherype. Then make few rules out of those and you'll get my point.
In the future common use cases on pedit can be migrated to this action
(as an example different fields in ip v4/6, transports like tcp/udp/sctp
etc). For this first cut, this allows modifying basic ethernet header.
The most important ethernet use case at the moment is when redirecting or
mirroring packets to a remote machine. The dst mac address needs a re-write
so that it doesnt get dropped or confuse an interconnecting (learning) switch
or dropped by a target machine (which looks at the dst mac). And at times
when flipping back the packet a swap of the MAC addresses is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss
mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring
algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case
of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API
(ieee80211_report_low_ack).
This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events
for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive
directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any
to start with. Remove the dead driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Endianess fix for the new nf_tables netlink trace infrastructure,
NFTA_TRACE_POLICY endianess was not correct, patch from Liping Zhang.
2) Fix broken re-route after userspace queueing in nf_tables route
chain. This patch is large but it is simple since it is just getting
this code in sync with iptable_mangle. Also from Liping.
3) NAT mangling via ctnetlink lies to userspace when nf_nat_setup_info()
fails to setup the NAT conntrack extension. This problem has been
there since the beginning, but it can now show up after rhashtable
conversion.
4) Fix possible NULL pointer dereference due to failures in allocating
the synproxy and seqadj conntrack extensions, from Gao feng.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When memory is exhausted, nfct_seqadj_ext_add may fail to add the
synproxy and seqadj extensions. The function nf_ct_seqadj_init doesn't
check if get valid seqadj pointer by the nfct_seqadj.
Now drop the packet directly when fail to add seqadj extension to
avoid dereference NULL pointer in nf_ct_seqadj_init from
init_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hash_v6 is used by both nftables and ip6tables, so depend on
IP6_NF_IPTABLES is not properly.
Actually, it only parses ipv6hdr and computes a hash value, so
even if IPV6 is disabled, there's no side effect too, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is overly conservative and not flexible at all, so better let them
go through and let the filtering policy decide what to do with them. We
use skb_header_pointer() all over the place so we would just fail to
match when trying to access fields from malformed traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Consolidate pktinfo setup and validation by using the new generic
functions so we converge to the netdev family codebase.
We only need a linear IPv4 and IPv6 header from the reject expression,
so move nft_bridge_iphdr_validate() and nft_bridge_ip6hdr_validate()
to net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These functions are extracted from the netdev family, they initialize
the pktinfo structure and validate that the IPv4 and IPv6 headers are
well-formed given that these functions are called from a path where
layer 3 sanitization did not happen yet.
These functions are placed in include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv{4,6}.h
so they can be reused by a follow up patch to use them from the bridge
family too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make sure the pktinfo protocol fields are initialized if this fails to
parse the transport header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces nft_set_pktinfo_unspec() that ensures proper
initialization all of pktinfo fields for non-IP traffic. This is used
by the bridge, netdev and arp families.
This new function relies on nft_set_pktinfo_proto_unspec() to set a new
tprot_set field that indicates if transport protocol information is
available. Remain fields are zeroed.
The meta expression has been also updated to check to tprot_set in first
place given that zero is a valid tprot value. Even a handcrafted packet
may come with the IPPROTO_RAW (255) protocol number so we can't rely on
this value as tprot unset.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information
to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently
only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap
mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility
in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in
the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful
in cases of IOP.
There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's)
that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps).
These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during
association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets).
This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in
a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated
during association.
Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn
causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet.
This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station,
instead of being held only by hw.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 expects the .disconnect() handler to call
cfg80211_disconnect() when done. Make this requirement
more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Flip the IPv6 output path to use the l3mdev tx out hook. The VRF dst
is not returned on the first FIB lookup. Instead, the dst on the
skb is switched at the beginning of the IPv6 output processing to
send the packet to the VRF driver on xmit.
Link scope addresses (linklocal and multicast) need special handling:
specifically the oif the flow struct can not be changed because we
want the lookup tied to the enslaved interface. ie., the source address
and the returned route MUST point to the interface scope passed in.
Convert the existing vrf_get_rt6_dst to handle only link scope addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow an L3 master device to act as the loopback for that L3 domain.
For IPv4 the device can also have the address 127.0.0.1.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure to the output path to pass an skb
to an l3mdev device if it has a hook registered. This is the Tx parallel
to l3mdev_ip{6}_rcv in the receive path and is the basis for removing
the existing hook that returns the vrf dst on the fib lookup.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add l3mdev hook to set FLOWI_FLAG_SKIP_NH_OIF flag and update oif/iif
in flow struct if its oif or iif points to a device enslaved to an L3
Master device. Only 1 needs to be converted to match the l3mdev FIB
rule. This moves the flow adjustment for l3mdev to a single point
catching all lookups. It is redundant for existing hooks (those are
removed in later patches) but is needed for missed lookups such as
PMTU updates.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action could be used before redirecting packets to a shared tunnel
device, or when redirecting packets arriving from a such a device.
The action will release the metadata created by the tunnel device
(decap), or set the metadata with the specified values for encap
operation.
For example, the following flower filter will forward all ICMP packets
destined to 11.11.11.2 through the shared vxlan device 'vxlan0'. Before
redirecting, a metadata for the vxlan tunnel is created using the
tunnel_key action and it's arguments:
$ tc filter add dev net0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 1 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.2 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 11.11.0.1 \
dst_ip 11.11.0.2 \
id 11 \
action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract __ip_tun_set_dst() and __ipv6_tun_set_dst() out of
ip_tun_rx_dst() and ipv6_tun_rx_dst(), to be used without supplying an
skb.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility functions to convert a 32 bits key into a 64 bits tunnel and
vice versa.
These functions will be used instead of cloning code in GRE and VXLAN,
and in tc act_iptunnel which will be introduced in a following patch in
this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=GfEj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-rewrite-20160908' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Rewrite data and ack handling
This patch set constitutes the main portion of the AF_RXRPC rewrite. It
consists of five fix/helper patches:
(1) Fix ASSERTCMP's and ASSERTIFCMP's handling of signed values.
(2) Update some protocol definitions slightly.
(3) Use of an hlist for RCU purposes.
(4) Removal of per-call sk_buff accounting (not really needed when skbs
aren't being queued on the main queue).
(5) Addition of a tracepoint to log incoming packets in the data_ready
callback and to log the end of the data_ready callback.
And then there are two patches that form the main part:
(6) Preallocation of resources for incoming calls so that in patch (7) the
data_ready handler can be made to fully instantiate an incoming call
and make it live. This extends through into AFS so that AFS can
preallocate its own incoming call resources.
The preallocation size is capped at the listen() backlog setting - and
that is capped at a sysctl limit which can be set between 4 and 32.
The preallocation is (re)charged either by accepting/rejecting pending
calls or, in the case of AFS, manually. If insufficient preallocation
resources exist, a BUSY packet will be transmitted.
The advantage of using this preallocation is that once a call is set
up in the data_ready handler, DATA packets can be queued on it
immediately rather than the DATA packets being queued for a background
work item to do all the allocation and then try and sort out the DATA
packets whilst other DATA packets may still be coming in and going
either to the background thread or the new call.
(7) Rewrite the handling of DATA, ACK and ABORT packets.
In the receive phase, DATA packets are now held in per-call circular
buffers with deduplication, out of sequence detection and suchlike
being done in data_ready. Since there is only one producer and only
once consumer, no locks need be used on the receive queue.
Received ACK and ABORT packets are now parsed and discarded in
data_ready to recycle resources as fast as possible.
sk_buffs are no longer pulled, trimmed or cloned, but rather the
offset and size of the content is tracked. This particularly affects
jumbo DATA packets which need insertion into the receive buffer in
multiple places. Annotations are kept to track which bit is which.
Packets are no longer queued on the socket receive queue; rather,
calls are queued. Dummy packets to convey events therefore no longer
need to be invented and metadata packets can be discarded as soon as
parsed rather then being pushed onto the socket receive queue to
indicate terminal events.
The preallocation facility added in (6) is now used to set up incoming
calls with very little locking required and no calls to the allocator
in data_ready.
Decryption and verification is now handled in recvmsg() rather than in
a background thread. This allows for the future possibility of
decrypting directly into the user buffer.
With this patch, the code is a lot simpler and most of the mass of
call event and state wangling code in call_event.c is gone.
With this, the majority of the AF_RXRPC rewrite is complete. However,
there are still things to be done, including:
(*) Limit the number of active service calls to prevent an attacker from
filling up a server's memory.
(*) Limit the number of calls on the rebuff-with-BUSY queue.
(*) Transmit delayed/deferred ACKs from recvmsg() if possible, rather than
punting to the background thread. Ideally, the background thread
shouldn't run at all, but data_ready can't call kernel_sendmsg() and
we can't rely on recvmsg() attending to the call in a timely fashion.
(*) Prevent the call at the front of the socket queue from hogging
recvmsg()'s attention if there's a sufficiently continuous supply of
data.
(*) Distribute ICMP errors by connection rather than by call. Possibly
parse the ICMP packet to try and pin down the exact connection and
call.
(*) Encrypt/decrypt directly between user buffers and socket buffers where
possible.
(*) IPv6.
(*) Service ID upgrade. This is a facility whereby a special flag bit is
set in the DATA packet header when making a call that tells the server
that it is allowed to change the service ID to an upgraded one and
reply with an equivalent call from the upgraded service.
This is used, for example, to override certain AFS calls so that IPv6
addresses can be returned.
(*) Allow userspace to preallocate call user IDs for incoming calls.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit adf0516845 ("netfilter: remove ip_conntrack* sysctl
compat code"), ctl_table_path member in struct nf_conntrack_l3proto{}
is not used anymore, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Over the years, TCP BDP has increased by several orders of magnitude,
and some people are considering to reach the 2 Gbytes limit.
Even with current window scale limit of 14, ~1 Gbytes maps to ~740,000
MSS.
In presence of packet losses (or reorders), TCP stores incoming packets
into an out of order queue, and number of skbs sitting there waiting for
the missing packets to be received can be in the 10^5 range.
Most packets are appended to the tail of this queue, and when
packets can finally be transferred to receive queue, we scan the queue
from its head.
However, in presence of heavy losses, we might have to find an arbitrary
point in this queue, involving a linear scan for every incoming packet,
throwing away cpu caches.
This patch converts it to a RB tree, to get bounded latencies.
Yaogong wrote a preliminary patch about 2 years ago.
Eric did the rebase, added ofo_last_skb cache, polishing and tests.
Tested with network dropping between 1 and 10 % packets, with good
success (about 30 % increase of throughput in stress tests)
Next step would be to also use an RB tree for the write queue at sender
side ;)
Signed-off-by: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-By: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
ipsec-next 2016-09-08
1) Constify the xfrm_replay structures. From Julia Lawall
2) Protect xfrm state hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_state_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Protect xfrm policy hash tables with rcu, lookups
can be done now without acquiring xfrm_policy_lock.
From Florian Westphal.
4) We don't need to have a garbage collector list per
namespace anymore, so use a global one instead.
From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rewrite the data and ack handling code such that:
(1) Parsing of received ACK and ABORT packets and the distribution and the
filing of DATA packets happens entirely within the data_ready context
called from the UDP socket. This allows us to process and discard ACK
and ABORT packets much more quickly (they're no longer stashed on a
queue for a background thread to process).
(2) We avoid calling skb_clone(), pskb_pull() and pskb_trim(). We instead
keep track of the offset and length of the content of each packet in
the sk_buff metadata. This means we don't do any allocation in the
receive path.
(3) Jumbo DATA packet parsing is now done in data_ready context. Rather
than cloning the packet once for each subpacket and pulling/trimming
it, we file the packet multiple times with an annotation for each
indicating which subpacket is there. From that we can directly
calculate the offset and length.
(4) A call's receive queue can be accessed without taking locks (memory
barriers do have to be used, though).
(5) Incoming calls are set up from preallocated resources and immediately
made live. They can than have packets queued upon them and ACKs
generated. If insufficient resources exist, DATA packet #1 is given a
BUSY reply and other DATA packets are discarded).
(6) sk_buffs no longer take a ref on their parent call.
To make this work, the following changes are made:
(1) Each call's receive buffer is now a circular buffer of sk_buff
pointers (rxtx_buffer) rather than a number of sk_buff_heads spread
between the call and the socket. This permits each sk_buff to be in
the buffer multiple times. The receive buffer is reused for the
transmit buffer.
(2) A circular buffer of annotations (rxtx_annotations) is kept parallel
to the data buffer. Transmission phase annotations indicate whether a
buffered packet has been ACK'd or not and whether it needs
retransmission.
Receive phase annotations indicate whether a slot holds a whole packet
or a jumbo subpacket and, if the latter, which subpacket. They also
note whether the packet has been decrypted in place.
(3) DATA packet window tracking is much simplified. Each phase has just
two numbers representing the window (rx_hard_ack/rx_top and
tx_hard_ack/tx_top).
The hard_ack number is the sequence number before base of the window,
representing the last packet the other side says it has consumed.
hard_ack starts from 0 and the first packet is sequence number 1.
The top number is the sequence number of the highest-numbered packet
residing in the buffer. Packets between hard_ack+1 and top are
soft-ACK'd to indicate they've been received, but not yet consumed.
Four macros, before(), before_eq(), after() and after_eq() are added
to compare sequence numbers within the window. This allows for the
top of the window to wrap when the hard-ack sequence number gets close
to the limit.
Two flags, RXRPC_CALL_RX_LAST and RXRPC_CALL_TX_LAST, are added also
to indicate when rx_top and tx_top point at the packets with the
LAST_PACKET bit set, indicating the end of the phase.
(4) Calls are queued on the socket 'receive queue' rather than packets.
This means that we don't need have to invent dummy packets to queue to
indicate abnormal/terminal states and we don't have to keep metadata
packets (such as ABORTs) around
(5) The offset and length of a (sub)packet's content are now passed to
the verify_packet security op. This is currently expected to decrypt
the packet in place and validate it.
However, there's now nowhere to store the revised offset and length of
the actual data within the decrypted blob (there may be a header and
padding to skip) because an sk_buff may represent multiple packets, so
a locate_data security op is added to retrieve these details from the
sk_buff content when needed.
(6) recvmsg() now has to handle jumbo subpackets, where each subpacket is
individually secured and needs to be individually decrypted. The code
to do this is broken out into rxrpc_recvmsg_data() and shared with the
kernel API. It now iterates over the call's receive buffer rather
than walking the socket receive queue.
Additional changes:
(1) The timers are condensed to a single timer that is set for the soonest
of three timeouts (delayed ACK generation, DATA retransmission and
call lifespan).
(2) Transmission of ACK and ABORT packets is effected immediately from
process-context socket ops/kernel API calls that cause them instead of
them being punted off to a background work item. The data_ready
handler still has to defer to the background, though.
(3) A shutdown op is added to the AF_RXRPC socket so that the AFS
filesystem can shut down the socket and flush its own work items
before closing the socket to deal with any in-progress service calls.
Future additional changes that will need to be considered:
(1) Make sure that a call doesn't hog the front of the queue by receiving
data from the network as fast as userspace is consuming it to the
exclusion of other calls.
(2) Transmit delayed ACKs from within recvmsg() when we've consumed
sufficiently more packets to avoid the background work item needing to
run.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make it possible for the data_ready handler called from the UDP transport
socket to completely instantiate an rxrpc_call structure and make it
immediately live by preallocating all the memory it might need. The idea
is to cut out the background thread usage as much as possible.
[Note that the preallocated structs are not actually used in this patch -
that will be done in a future patch.]
If insufficient resources are available in the preallocation buffers, it
will be possible to discard the DATA packet in the data_ready handler or
schedule a BUSY packet without the need to schedule an attempt at
allocation in a background thread.
To this end:
(1) Preallocate rxrpc_peer, rxrpc_connection and rxrpc_call structs to a
maximum number each of the listen backlog size. The backlog size is
limited to a maxmimum of 32. Only this many of each can be in the
preallocation buffer.
(2) For userspace sockets, the preallocation is charged initially by
listen() and will be recharged by accepting or rejecting pending
new incoming calls.
(3) For kernel services {,re,dis}charging of the preallocation buffers is
handled manually. Two notifier callbacks have to be provided before
kernel_listen() is invoked:
(a) An indication that a new call has been instantiated. This can be
used to trigger background recharging.
(b) An indication that a call is being discarded. This is used when
the socket is being released.
A function, rxrpc_kernel_charge_accept() is called by the kernel
service to preallocate a single call. It should be passed the user ID
to be used for that call and a callback to associate the rxrpc call
with the kernel service's side of the ID.
(4) Discard the preallocation when the socket is closed.
(5) Temporarily bump the refcount on the call allocated in
rxrpc_incoming_call() so that rxrpc_release_call() can ditch the
preallocation ref on service calls unconditionally. This will no
longer be necessary once the preallocation is used.
Note that this does not yet control the number of active service calls on a
client - that will come in a later patch.
A future development would be to provide a setsockopt() call that allows a
userspace server to manually charge the preallocation buffer. This would
allow user call IDs to be provided in advance and the awkward manual accept
stage to be bypassed.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add a tracepoint for working out where local aborts happen. Each
tracepoint call is labelled with a 3-letter code so that they can be
distinguished - and the DATA sequence number is added too where available.
rxrpc_kernel_abort_call() also takes a 3-letter code so that AFS can
indicate the circumstances when it aborts a call.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
When deleting an IP address from an interface, there is a clean-up of
routes which refer to this local address. However, there was no check to
see that the VRF matched. This meant that deletion wasn't confined to
the VRF it should have been.
To solve this, a new field has been added to fib_info to hold a table
id. When removing fib entries corresponding to a local ip address, this
table id is also used in the comparison.
The table id is populated when the fib_info is created. This was already
done in some places, but not in ip_rt_ioctl(). This has now been fixed.
Fixes: 021dd3b8a1 ("net: Add routes to the table associated with the device")
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Most relevant updates are the removal of per-conntrack timers to
use a workqueue/garbage collection approach instead from Florian
Westphal, the hash and numgen expression for nf_tables from Laura
Garcia, updates on nf_tables hash set to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag,
removal of ip_conntrack sysctl and many other incremental updates on our
Netfilter codebase.
More specifically, they are:
1) Retrieve only 4 bytes to fetch ports in case of non-linear skb
transport area in dccp, sctp, tcp, udp and udplite protocol
conntrackers, from Gao Feng.
2) Missing whitespace on error message in physdev match, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Skip redundant IPv4 checksum calculation in nf_dup_ipv4, from Liping Zhang.
4) Add nf_ct_expires() helper function and use it, from Florian Westphal.
5) Replace opencoded nf_ct_kill() call in IPVS conntrack support, also
from Florian.
6) Rename nf_tables set implementation to nft_set_{name}.c
7) Introduce the hash expression to allow arbitrary hashing of selector
concatenations, from Laura Garcia Liebana.
8) Remove ip_conntrack sysctl backward compatibility code, this code has
been around for long time already, and we have two interfaces to do
this already: nf_conntrack sysctl and ctnetlink.
9) Use nf_conntrack_get_ht() helper function whenever possible, instead
of opencoding fetch of hashtable pointer and size, patch from Liping Zhang.
10) Add quota expression for nf_tables.
11) Add number generator expression for nf_tables, this supports
incremental and random generators that can be combined with maps,
very useful for load balancing purpose, again from Laura Garcia Liebana.
12) Fix a typo in a debug message in FTP conntrack helper, from Colin Ian King.
13) Introduce a nft_chain_parse_hook() helper function to parse chain hook
configuration, this is used by a follow up patch to perform better chain
update validation.
14) Add rhashtable_lookup_get_insert_key() to rhashtable and use it from the
nft_set_hash implementation to honor the NLM_F_EXCL flag.
15) Missing nulls check in nf_conntrack from nf_conntrack_tuple_taken(),
patch from Florian Westphal.
16) Don't use the DYING bit to know if the conntrack event has been already
delivered, instead a state variable to track event re-delivery
states, also from Florian.
17) Remove the per-conntrack timer, use the workqueue approach that was
discussed during the NFWS, from Florian Westphal.
18) Use the netlink conntrack table dump path to kill stale entries,
again from Florian.
19) Add a garbage collector to get rid of stale conntracks, from
Florian.
20) Reschedule garbage collector if eviction rate is high.
21) Get rid of the __nf_ct_kill_acct() helper.
22) Use ARPHRD_ETHER instead of hardcoded 1 from ARP logger.
23) Make nf_log_set() interface assertive on unsupported families.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now we use the 'readlock' both for protecting some of the af_unix
IO path and for making the bind be single-threaded.
The two are independent, but using the same lock makes for a nasty
deadlock due to ordering with regards to filesystem locking. The bind
locking would want to nest outside the VSF pathname locking, but the IO
locking wants to nest inside some of those same locks.
We tried to fix this earlier with commit c845acb324 ("af_unix: Fix
splice-bind deadlock") which moved the readlock inside the vfs locks,
but that caused problems with overlayfs that will then call back into
filesystem routines that take the lock in the wrong order anyway.
Splitting the locks means that we can go back to having the bind lock be
the outermost lock, and we don't have any deadlocks with lock ordering.
Acked-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@cyberadapt.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the retun value of switchdev_port_fdb_dump() when
CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV is not set. This avoids getting "warning: return makes
integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]" when building
when CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV is not set under several compiler versions.
This warning is due to commit d297653dd6
("rtnetlink: fdb dump: optimize by saving last interface markers").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access the priv member of the dsa_switch structure directly, instead of
having an unnecessary helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the const for the parameter of flow_keys_have_l4 for the readability.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't expose skbs to in-kernel users, such as the AFS filesystem, but
instead provide a notification hook the indicates that a call needs
attention and another that indicates that there's a new call to be
collected.
This makes the following possibilities more achievable:
(1) Call refcounting can be made simpler if skbs don't hold refs to calls.
(2) skbs referring to non-data events will be able to be freed much sooner
rather than being queued for AFS to pick up as rxrpc_kernel_recv_data
will be able to consult the call state.
(3) We can shortcut the receive phase when a call is remotely aborted
because we don't have to go through all the packets to get to the one
cancelling the operation.
(4) It makes it easier to do encryption/decryption directly between AFS's
buffers and sk_buffs.
(5) Encryption/decryption can more easily be done in the AFS's thread
contexts - usually that of the userspace process that issued a syscall
- rather than in one of rxrpc's background threads on a workqueue.
(6) AFS will be able to wait synchronously on a call inside AF_RXRPC.
To make this work, the following interface function has been added:
int rxrpc_kernel_recv_data(
struct socket *sock, struct rxrpc_call *call,
void *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t *_offset,
bool want_more, u32 *_abort_code);
This is the recvmsg equivalent. It allows the caller to find out about the
state of a specific call and to transfer received data into a buffer
piecemeal.
afs_extract_data() and rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() now do all the extraction
logic between them. They don't wait synchronously yet because the socket
lock needs to be dealt with.
Five interface functions have been removed:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
As a temporary hack, sk_buffs going to an in-kernel call are queued on the
rxrpc_call struct (->knlrecv_queue) rather than being handed over to the
in-kernel user. To process the queue internally, a temporary function,
temp_deliver_data() has been added. This will be replaced with common code
between the rxrpc_recvmsg() path and the kernel_rxrpc_recv_data() path in a
future patch.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today mpls iptunnel lwtunnel_output redirect expects the tunnel
output function to handle fragmentation. This is ok but can be
avoided if we did not do the mpls output redirect too early.
ie we could wait until ip fragmentation is done and then call
mpls output for each ip fragment.
To make this work we will need,
1) the lwtunnel state to carry encap headroom
2) and do the redirect to the encap output handler on the ip fragment
(essentially do the output redirect after fragmentation)
This patch adds tunnel headroom in lwtstate to make sure we
account for tunnel data in mtu calculations during fragmentation
and adds new xmit redirect handler to redirect to lwtunnel xmit func
after ip fragmentation.
This includes IPV6 and some mtu fixes and testing from David Ahern.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Allow nf_tables reject expression from input, forward and output hooks,
since only there the routing information is available, otherwise we crash.
2) Fix unsafe list iteration when flushing timeout and accouting objects.
3) Fix refcount leak on timeout policy parsing failure.
4) Unlink timeout object for unconfirmed conntracks too
5) Missing validation of pkttype mangling from bridge family.
6) Fix refcount leak on ebtables on second lookup for the specific
bridge match extension, this patch from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Remove unnecessary ip_hdr() in nf_tables_netdev family.
Patches from 1-5 and 7 from Liping Zhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dFzv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three little fixes:
* revert a recent wext patch, which Ben Hutchings noticed was
wrong, and it turns out not to be necessary for any driver
* fix an infinite loop that can occur under certain conditions
in mac80211's TDLS code (depending on regulatory information)
* add a cfg80211_get_station() static inline when cfg80211 isn't
built, to allow other modules to not have to depend on it for it
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass struct socket * to more rxrpc kernel interface functions. They should
be starting from this rather than the socket pointer in the rxrpc_call
struct if they need to access the socket.
I have left:
rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last()
rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code()
rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number()
rxrpc_kernel_free_skb()
rxrpc_kernel_data_consumed()
unmodified as they're all about to be removed (and, in any case, don't
touch the socket).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide a function so that kernel users, such as AFS, can ask for the peer
address of a call:
void rxrpc_kernel_get_peer(struct rxrpc_call *call,
struct sockaddr_rxrpc *_srx);
In the future the kernel service won't get sk_buffs to look inside.
Further, this allows us to hide any canonicalisation inside AF_RXRPC for
when IPv6 support is added.
Also propagate this through to afs_find_server() and issue a warning if we
can't handle the address family yet.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The nf_log_set is an interface function, so it should do the strict sanity
check of parameters. Convert the return value of nf_log_set as int instead
of void. When the pf is invalid, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After timer removal this just calls nf_ct_delete so remove the __ prefix
version and make nf_ct_kill a shorthand for nf_ct_delete.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With stats enabled this eats 80 bytes on x86_64 per nf_conn entry, as
Eric Dumazet pointed out during netfilter workshop 2016.
Eric also says: "Another reason was the fact that Thomas was about to
change max timer range [..]" (500462a9de, 'timers: Switch to
a non-cascading wheel').
Remove the timer and use a 32bit jiffies value containing timestamp until
entry is valid.
During conntrack lookup, even before doing tuple comparision, check
the timeout value and evict the entry in case it is too old.
The dying bit is used as a synchronization point to avoid races where
multiple cpus try to evict the same entry.
Because lookup is always lockless, we need to bump the refcnt once
when we evict, else we could try to evict already-dead entry that
is being recycled.
This is the standard/expected way when conntrack entries are destroyed.
Followup patches will introduce garbage colliction via work queue
and further places where we can reap obsoleted entries (e.g. during
netlink dumps), this is needed to avoid expired conntracks from hanging
around for too long when lookup rate is low after a busy period.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The reliable event delivery mode currently (ab)uses the DYING bit to
detect which entries on the dying list have to be skipped when
re-delivering events from the eache worker in reliable event mode.
Currently when we delete the conntrack from main table we only set this
bit if we could also deliver the netlink destroy event to userspace.
If we fail we move it to the dying list, the ecache worker will
reattempt event delivery for all confirmed conntracks on the dying list
that do not have the DYING bit set.
Once timer is gone, we can no longer use if (del_timer()) to detect
when we 'stole' the reference count owned by the timer/hash entry, so
we need some other way to avoid racing with other cpu.
Pablo suggested to add a marker in the ecache extension that skips
entries that have been unhashed from main table but are still waiting
for the last reference count to be dropped (e.g. because one skb waiting
on nfqueue verdict still holds a reference).
We do this by adding a tristate.
If we fail to deliver the destroy event, make a note of this in the
eache extension. The worker can then skip all entries that are in
a different state. Either they never delivered a destroy event,
e.g. because the netlink backend was not loaded, or redelivery took
place already.
Once the conntrack timer is removed we will now be able to replace
del_timer() test with test_and_set_bit(DYING, &ct->status) to avoid
racing with other cpu that tries to evict the same conntrack.
Because DYING will then be set right before we report the destroy event
we can no longer skip event reporting when dying bit is set.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows modules using this function (currently: batman-adv) to
compile even if cfg80211 is not built at all, thus relaxing
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TCP operates in lossy environments (between 1 and 10 % packet
losses), many SACK blocks can be exchanged, and I noticed we could
drop them on busy senders, if these SACK blocks have to be queued
into the socket backlog.
While the main cause is the poor performance of RACK/SACK processing,
we can try to avoid these drops of valuable information that can lead to
spurious timeouts and retransmits.
Cause of the drops is the skb->truesize overestimation caused by :
- drivers allocating ~2048 (or more) bytes as a fragment to hold an
Ethernet frame.
- various pskb_may_pull() calls bringing the headers into skb->head
might have pulled all the frame content, but skb->truesize could
not be lowered, as the stack has no idea of each fragment truesize.
The backlog drops are also more visible on bidirectional flows, since
their sk_rmem_alloc can be quite big.
Let's add some room for the backlog, as only the socket owner
can selectively take action to lower memory needs, like collapsing
receive queues or partial ofo pruning.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kcm and strparser need to work with any type of stream socket not just
TCP. Eliminate references to TCP and call generic proto_ops functions of
read_sock and peek_len. Also in strp_init check if the socket support
the proto_ops read_sock and peek_len.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In inet_stream_ops we set read_sock to tcp_read_sock and peek_len to
tcp_peek_len (which is just a stub function that calls tcp_inq).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new function in proto_ops structure. This includes moving the
typedef got sk_read_actor into net.h and removing the definition from
tcp.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_fwd_mark_set() is used to set the 'offload_fwd_mark' of
port netdevs so that packets being flooded by the device won't be
flooded twice.
It works by assigning a unique identifier (the ifindex of the first
bridge port) to bridge ports sharing the same parent ID. This prevents
packets from being flooded twice by the same switch, but will flood
packets through bridge ports belonging to a different switch.
This method is problematic when stacked devices are taken into account,
such as VLANs. In such cases, a physical port netdev can have upper
devices being members in two different bridges, thus requiring two
different 'offload_fwd_mark's to be configured on the port netdev, which
is impossible.
The main problem is that packet and netdev marking is performed at the
physical netdev level, whereas flooding occurs between bridge ports,
which are not necessarily port netdevs.
Instead, packet and netdev marking should really be done in the bridge
driver with the switch driver only telling it which packets it already
forwarded. The bridge driver will mark such packets using the mark
assigned to the ingress bridge port and will prevent the packet from
being forwarded through any bridge port sharing the same mark (i.e.
having the same parent ID).
Remove the current switchdev 'offload_fwd_mark' implementation and
instead implement the proposed method. In addition, make rocker - the
sole user of the mark - use the proposed method.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused and useless priv_size member from struct devlink_ops.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the NLM_F_EXCL flag is set, then new elements that clash with an
existing one return EEXIST. In case you try to add an element whose
data area differs from what we have, then this returns EBUSY. If no
flag is specified at all, then this returns success to userspace.
This patch also update the set insert operation so we can fetch the
existing element that clashes with the one you want to add, we need
this to make sure the element data doesn't differ.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
per_cpu_inc() is faster (at least on x86) than per_cpu_ptr(xxx)++;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"meta pkttype set" is only supported on prerouting chain with bridge
family and ingress chain with netdev family.
But the validate check is incomplete, and the user can add the nft
rules on input chain with bridge family, for example:
# nft add table bridge filter
# nft add chain bridge filter input {type filter hook input \
priority 0 \;}
# nft add chain bridge filter test
# nft add rule bridge filter test meta pkttype set unicast
# nft add rule bridge filter input jump test
This patch fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After I add the nft rule "nft add rule filter prerouting reject
with tcp reset", kernel panic happened on my system:
NULL pointer dereference at ...
IP: [<ffffffff81b9db2f>] nf_send_reset+0xaf/0x400
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81b9da80>] ? nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get+0x160/0x160
[<ffffffffa0928061>] nft_reject_ipv4_eval+0x61/0xb0 [nft_reject_ipv4]
[<ffffffffa08e836a>] nft_do_chain+0x1fa/0x890 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa08e8170>] ? __nft_trace_packet+0x170/0x170 [nf_tables]
[<ffffffffa06e0900>] ? nf_ct_invert_tuple+0xb0/0xc0 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffffa07224d4>] ? nf_nat_setup_info+0x5d4/0x650 [nf_nat]
[...]
Because in the PREROUTING chain, routing information is not exist,
then we will dereference the NULL pointer and oops happen.
So we restrict reject expression to INPUT, FORWARD and OUTPUT chain.
This is consistent with iptables REJECT target.
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 5b8ef3415a
("xfrm: Remove ancient sleeping when the SA is in acquire state")
gc does not need any per-netns data anymore.
As far as gc is concerned all state structs are the same, so we
can use a global work struct for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We no longer use this handler, we can delete it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU for UDP,
we do not need sk_prot_clear_portaddr_nulls() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets similar to what was done
for TCP with commit c1e64e298b ("net: diag: Support destroying TCP
sockets.") A process with a UDP socket targeted for destroy is awakened
and recvmsg fails with ECONNABORTED.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TFO_SERVER_WO_SOCKOPT2 was intended for debugging purposes during
Fast Open development. Remove this config option and also
update/clean-up the documentation of the Fast Open sysctl.
Reported-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the upper layer unpauses a stream parser connection we need to
queue rx_work to make sure no events are missed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array")
we do dynamic allocation in tcf_exts_init(), therefore we need
to handle the ENOMEM case properly.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As recently discussed during the task_under_cgroup_hierarchy() addition,
we should get rid of the ifdefs surrounding the bpf_skb_under_cgroup()
helper. If related functionality is not built-in, the helper cannot be
used anyway, which is also in line with what we do for all other helpers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcp_sendmsg() allocates a fresh and empty skb, it puts it at the
tail of the write queue using tcp_add_write_queue_tail()
Then it attempts to copy user data into this fresh skb.
If the copy fails, we undo the work and remove the fresh skb.
Unfortunately, this undo lacks the change done to tp->highest_sack and
we can leave a dangling pointer (to a freed skb)
Later, tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue() can dereference this pointer and
access freed memory. For regular kernels where memory is not unmapped,
this might cause SACK bugs because tcp_highest_sack_seq() is buggy,
returning garbage instead of tp->snd_nxt, but with various debug
features like CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, this can crash the kernel.
This bug was found by Marco Grassi thanks to syzkaller.
Fixes: 6859d49475 ("[TCP]: Abstract tp->highest_sack accessing & point to next skb")
Reported-by: Marco Grassi <marco.gra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current vlan push action supports only vid and protocol options.
Add priority option.
Example script that adds vlan push action with vid and
priority:
tc filter add dev veth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
indev veth0 \
action vlan push id 100 priority 5
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add vlan priority check to the flow dissector by adding new flow
dissector struct, flow_dissector_key_vlan which includes vlan tag
fields.
vlan_id and flow_label fields were under the same struct
(flow_dissector_key_tags). It was a convenient setting since struct
flow_dissector_key_tags is used by struct flow_keys and by setting
vlan_id and flow_label under the same struct, we get precisely 24 or 48
bytes in flow_keys from flow_dissector_key_basic.
Now, when adding vlan priority support, the code will be cleaner if
flow_label and vlan tag won't be under the same struct anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Buffers powersave frame test is reversed in cfg80211, fix from Felix
Fietkau.
2) Remove bogus WARN_ON in openvswitch, from Jarno Rajahalme.
3) Fix some tg3 ethtool logic bugs, and one that would cause no
interrupts to be generated when rx-coalescing is set to 0. From
Satish Baddipadige and Siva Reddy Kallam.
4) QLCNIC mailbox corruption and napi budget handling fix from Manish
Chopra.
5) Fix fib_trie logic when walking the trie during /proc/net/route
output than can access a stale node pointer. From David Forster.
6) Several sctp_diag fixes from Phil Sutter.
7) PAUSE frame handling fixes in mlxsw driver from Ido Schimmel.
8) Checksum fixup fixes in bpf from Daniel Borkmann.
9) Memork leaks in nfnetlink, from Liping Zhang.
10) Use after free in rxrpc, from David Howells.
11) Use after free in new skb_array code of macvtap driver, from Jason
Wang.
12) Calipso resource leak, from Colin Ian King.
13) mediatek bug fixes (missing stats sync init, etc.) from Sean Wang.
14) Fix bpf non-linear packet write helpers, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Fix lockdep splats in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
16) hv_netvsc bug fixes from Vitaly Kuznetsov, mostly to do with VF
handling.
17) Various tc-action bug fixes, from CONG Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
net_sched: allow flushing tc police actions
net_sched: unify the init logic for act_police
net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array
net_sched: move tc offload macros to pkt_cls.h
net_sched: fix a typo in tc_for_each_action()
net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()
net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()
mlxsw: spectrum: Allow packets to be trapped from any PG
mlxsw: spectrum: Unmap 802.1Q FID before destroying it
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing rollbacks in error path
mlxsw: reg: Fix missing op field fill-up
mlxsw: spectrum: Trap loop-backed packets
mlxsw: spectrum: Add missing packet traps
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark port as active before registering it
mlxsw: spectrum: Create PVID vPort before registering netdevice
mlxsw: spectrum: Remove redundant errors from the code
mlxsw: spectrum: Don't return upon error in removal path
i40e: check for and deal with non-contiguous TCs
ixgbe: Re-enable ability to toggle VLAN filtering
ixgbe: Force VLNCTRL.VFE to be set in all VMDq paths
...
Adapt KCM to use the stream parser. This mostly involves removing
the RX handling and setting up the strparser using the interface.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a utility for parsing application layer protocol
messages in a TCP stream. This is a generalization of the mechanism
implemented of Kernel Connection Multiplexor.
The API includes a context structure, a set of callbacks, utility
functions, and a data ready function.
A stream parser instance is defined by a strparse structure that
is bound to a TCP socket. The function to initialize the structure
is:
int strp_init(struct strparser *strp, struct sock *csk,
struct strp_callbacks *cb);
csk is the TCP socket being bound to and cb are the parser callbacks.
The upper layer calls strp_tcp_data_ready when data is ready on the lower
socket for strparser to process. This should be called from a data_ready
callback that is set on the socket:
void strp_tcp_data_ready(struct strparser *strp);
A parser is bound to a TCP socket by setting data_ready function to
strp_tcp_data_ready so that all receive indications on the socket
go through the parser. This is assumes that sk_user_data is set to
the strparser structure.
There are four callbacks.
- parse_msg is called to parse the message (returns length or error).
- rcv_msg is called when a complete message has been received
- read_sock_done is called when data_ready function exits
- abort_parser is called to abort the parser
The input to parse_msg is an skbuff which contains next message under
construction. The backend processing of parse_msg will parse the
application layer protocol headers to determine the length of
the message in the stream. The possible return values are:
>0 : indicates length of successfully parsed message
0 : indicates more data must be received to parse the message
-ESTRPIPE : current message should not be processed by the
kernel, return control of the socket to userspace which
can proceed to read the messages itself
other < 0 : Error is parsing, give control back to userspace
assuming that synchronzation is lost and the stream
is unrecoverable (application expected to close TCP socket)
In the case of error return (< 0) strparse will stop the parser
and report and error to userspace. The application must deal
with the error. To handle the error the strparser is unbound
from the TCP socket. If the error indicates that the stream
TCP socket is at recoverable point (ESTRPIPE) then the application
can read the TCP socket to process the stream. Once the application
has dealt with the exceptions in the stream, it may again bind the
socket to a strparser to continue data operations.
Note that ENODATA may be returned to the application. In this case
parse_msg returned -ESTRPIPE, however strparser was unable to maintain
synchronization of the stream (i.e. some of the message in question
was already read by the parser).
strp_pause and strp_unpause are used to provide flow control. For
instance, if rcv_msg is called but the upper layer can't immediately
consume the message it can hold the message and pause strparser.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcf_exts belongs to filters, should not be visible
to plain tc actions.
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is harmless because all users pass 'a' to this macro.
Fixes: 00175aec94 ("net/sched: Macro instead of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT ifdef")
Cc: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 64b87639c9 ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race between
nf_conntrack proc read and hash resize") introduce the
nf_conntrack_get_ht, so there's no need to check nf_conntrack_generation
again and again to get the hash table and hash size. And convert
nf_conntrack_get_ht to inline function here.
Suggested-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Ensure that the inner_protocol is set on transmit so that GSO segmentation,
which relies on that field, works correctly.
This is achieved by setting the inner_protocol in gre_build_header rather
than each caller of that function. It ensures that the inner_protocol is
set when gre_fb_xmit() is used to transmit GRE which was not previously the
case.
I have observed this is not the case when OvS transmits GRE using
lwtunnel metadata (which it always does).
Fixes: 3872035241 ("gre: Use inner_proto to obtain inner header protocol")
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Use struct gre_base_hdr directly in pptp_gre_header instead of
duplicated members;
2. Use existing macros like GRE_KEY, GRE_SEQ, and so on instead of
duplicated macros defined by PPTP;
3. Add new macros like GRE_IS_ACK/SEQ and so on instead of
PPTP_GRE_IS_A/S and so on;
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the correct type __wsum to csum_sub() and csum_add(). This doesn't
really change anything since __wsum really *is* __be32, but removes the
address space warnings from sparse.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 34ae6a1aa0 ("ipv6: update skb->csum when CE mark is propagated")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This backward compatibility has been around for more than ten years,
since Yasuyuki Kozakai introduced IPv6 in conntrack. These days, we have
alternate /proc/net/nf_conntrack* entries, the ctnetlink interface and
the conntrack utility got adopted by many people in the user community
according to what I observed on the netfilter user mailing list.
So let's get rid of this.
Note that nf_conntrack_htable_size and unsigned int nf_conntrack_max do
not need to be exported as symbol anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After earlier patches conversions all spots acquire the writer lock and
we can now convert this to a normal spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The PPTP is encapsulated by GRE header with that GRE_VERSION bits
must contain one. But current GRE RPS needs the GRE_VERSION must be
zero. So RPS does not work for PPTP traffic.
In my test environment, there are four MIPS cores, and all traffic
are passed through by PPTP. As a result, only one core is 100% busy
while other three cores are very idle. After this patch, the usage
of four cores are balanced well.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
push the lock down, after earlier patches we can rely on rcu to
make sure state struct won't go away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The xfrm_replay structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
After commit 0ddcf43d5d ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
fib_local is set but not used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=4hWm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-08-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
First set of fixes for the current cycle:
* fix 80+80 bandwidth warning
* fix powersave with mac80211 TXQ implementation
* use correct way to free SKBs from multicast buffering
* mesh: fix operation ordering to work with all drivers
* mesh: end service period even when peer goes away
* mesh: correct HT opmode validity checks
* pass hw pointer from mac80211 to driver in TPT method,
fixing a bug (in a bit the wrong way, but that's what
we have right now)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- New vsock device support in host and guest
- Platform IOMMU support in host and guest,
including compatibility quirks for legacy systems.
- Misc fixes and cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXofvbAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpUTIH/iEoK9h636tBayXy0PXkPby0
6fMaRFy6H1HgEttgDhJE8Pqg/ba3qaW9Em0fHyFq7Mp2waFHAZ8hAT8phC6TAK3c
CIBnfzyyuI8u3N9SnNOfelPVcwCBfuALuuTsXB/rwKbYQEVv+U5Rdt3Vyx9+lXkj
P005klz7PfqxFhQrrnj4Eh7VawtHwmMuLH8YoWpCZpM71dHPo6eL+3ftKwhH2boo
qK86uVprwba03Pewpm13vQnotemfVfUUkjXd4EJpG3dx7E0KZosuj0ZG9OV8mPGQ
Cl2gBdUhocdJgeUnAHmf6tumYi9KFlYfy6xLy44YMmN7FL3E9nQjaKZp25UKfiM=
=ztIm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost updates from Michael Tsirkin:
- new vsock device support in host and guest
- platform IOMMU support in host and guest, including compatibility
quirks for legacy systems.
- misc fixes and cleanups.
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
VSOCK: Use kvfree()
vhost: split out vringh Kconfig
vhost: detect 32 bit integer wrap around
vhost: new device IOTLB API
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vhost: convert pre sorted vhost memory array to interval tree
vhost: introduce vhost memory accessors
VSOCK: Add Makefile and Kconfig
VSOCK: Introduce vhost_vsock.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_transport.ko
VSOCK: Introduce virtio_vsock_common.ko
VSOCK: defer sock removal to transports
VSOCK: transport-specific vsock_transport functions
vhost: drop vringh dependency
vop: pull in vhost Kconfig
virtio: new feature to detect IOMMU device quirk
balloon: check the number of available pages in leak balloon
vhost: lockless enqueuing
vhost: simplify work flushing
Inside the kafs filesystem it is possible to occasionally have a call
processed and terminated before we've had a chance to check whether we need
to clean up the rx queue for that call because afs_send_simple_reply() ends
the call when it is done, but this is done in a workqueue item that might
happen to run to completion before afs_deliver_to_call() completes.
Further, it is possible for rxrpc_kernel_send_data() to be called to send a
reply before the last request-phase data skb is released. The rxrpc skb
destructor is where the ACK processing is done and the call state is
advanced upon release of the last skb. ACK generation is also deferred to
a work item because it's possible that the skb destructor is not called in
a context where kernel_sendmsg() can be invoked.
To this end, the following changes are made:
(1) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is added. This should be called whenever
an skb is emptied so as to crank the ACK and call states. This does
not release the skb, however. kernel_rxrpc_free_skb() must now be
called to achieve that. These together replace
rxrpc_kernel_data_delivered().
(2) kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() is wrapped by afs_data_consumed().
This makes afs_deliver_to_call() easier to work as the skb can simply
be discarded unconditionally here without trying to work out what the
return value of the ->deliver() function means.
The ->deliver() functions can, via afs_data_complete(),
afs_transfer_reply() and afs_extract_data() mark that an skb has been
consumed (thereby cranking the state) without the need to
conditionally free the skb to make sure the state is correct on an
incoming call for when the call processor tries to send the reply.
(3) rxrpc_recvmsg() now has to call kernel_rxrpc_data_consumed() when it
has finished with a packet and MSG_PEEK isn't set.
(4) rxrpc_packet_destructor() no longer calls rxrpc_hard_ACK_data().
Because of this, we no longer need to clear the destructor and put the
call before we free the skb in cases where we don't want the ACK/call
state to be cranked.
(5) The ->deliver() call-type callbacks are made to return -EAGAIN rather
than 0 if they expect more data (afs_extract_data() returns -EAGAIN to
the delivery function already), and the caller is now responsible for
producing an abort if that was the last packet.
(6) There are many bits of unmarshalling code where:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
switch (ret) {
case 0: break;
case -EAGAIN: return 0;
default: return ret;
}
is to be found. As -EAGAIN can now be passed back to the caller, we
now just return if ret < 0:
ret = afs_extract_data(call, skb, last, ...);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(7) Checks for trailing data and empty final data packets has been
consolidated as afs_data_complete(). So:
if (skb->len > 0)
return -EBADMSG;
if (!last)
return 0;
becomes:
ret = afs_data_complete(call, skb, last);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
(8) afs_transfer_reply() now checks the amount of data it has against the
amount of data desired and the amount of data in the skb and returns
an error to induce an abort if we don't get exactly what we want.
Without these changes, the following oops can occasionally be observed,
particularly if some printks are inserted into the delivery path:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: kafs(E) af_rxrpc(E) [last unloaded: af_rxrpc]
CPU: 0 PID: 1305 Comm: kworker/u8:3 Tainted: G E 4.7.0-fsdevel+ #1303
Hardware name: ASUS All Series/H97-PLUS, BIOS 2306 10/09/2014
Workqueue: kafsd afs_async_workfn [kafs]
task: ffff88040be041c0 ti: ffff88040c070000 task.ti: ffff88040c070000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8108fd3c>] [<ffffffff8108fd3c>] __lock_acquire+0xcf/0x15a1
RSP: 0018:ffff88040c073bc0 EFLAGS: 00010002
RAX: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88040d29a710
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff88040d29a710
RBP: ffff88040c073c70 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000001
R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 0000000000000000
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: ffff88040be041c0 R15: ffffffff814c928f
FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88041fa00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00007fa4595f4750 CR3: 0000000001c14000 CR4: 00000000001406f0
Stack:
0000000000000006 000000000be04930 0000000000000000 ffff880400000000
ffff880400000000 ffffffff8108f847 ffff88040be041c0 ffffffff81050446
ffff8803fc08a920 ffff8803fc08a958 ffff88040be041c0 ffff88040c073c38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8108f847>] ? mark_held_locks+0x5e/0x74
[<ffffffff81050446>] ? __local_bh_enable_ip+0x9b/0xa1
[<ffffffff8108f9ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x16d/0x189
[<ffffffff810915f4>] lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff810915f4>] ? lock_acquire+0x122/0x1b6
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff81609dbf>] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x35/0x49
[<ffffffff814c928f>] ? skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffff814c928f>] skb_dequeue+0x18/0x61
[<ffffffffa009aa92>] afs_deliver_to_call+0x344/0x39d [kafs]
[<ffffffffa009ab37>] afs_process_async_call+0x4c/0xd5 [kafs]
[<ffffffffa0099e9c>] afs_async_workfn+0xe/0x10 [kafs]
[<ffffffff81063a3a>] process_one_work+0x29d/0x57c
[<ffffffff81064ac2>] worker_thread+0x24a/0x385
[<ffffffff81064878>] ? rescuer_thread+0x2d0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff810696f5>] kthread+0xf3/0xfb
[<ffffffff8160a6ff>] ret_from_fork+0x1f/0x40
[<ffffffff81069602>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1cf/0x1cf
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to
it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked.
This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a
station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong
way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and
it does make sense to have the hw pointer here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[rewrite commit message, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was only one use of __initdata_refok and __exit_refok
__init_refok was used 46 times against 82 for __ref.
Those definitions are obsolete since commit 312b1485fb ("Introduce new
section reference annotations tags: __ref, __refdata, __refconst")
This patch removes the following compatibility definitions and replaces
them treewide.
/* compatibility defines */
#define __init_refok __ref
#define __initdata_refok __refdata
#define __exit_refok __ref
I can also provide separate patches if necessary.
(One patch per tree and check in 1 month or 2 to remove old definitions)
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1466796271-3043-1-git-send-email-fabf@skynet.be
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This module contains the common code and header files for the following
virtio_transporto and vhost_vsock kernel modules.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The virtio transport will implement graceful shutdown and the related
SO_LINGER socket option. This requires orphaning the sock but keeping
it in the table of connections after .release().
This patch adds the vsock_remove_sock() function and leaves it up to the
transport when to remove the sock.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
struct vsock_transport contains function pointers called by AF_VSOCK
core code. The transport may want its own transport-specific function
pointers and they can be added after struct vsock_transport.
Allow the transport to fetch vsock_transport. It can downcast it to
access transport-specific function pointers.
The virtio transport will use this.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Prior to this patch, sctp defined TCP_CLOSING as SCTP_SS_CLOSING.
TCP_CLOSING is such a special sk state in TCP that inet common codes
even exclude it.
For instance, inet_accept thinks the accept sk's state never be
TCP_CLOSING, or it will give a WARN_ON. TCP works well with that
while SCTP may trigger the call trace, as CLOSING state in SCTP
has different meaning from TCP.
This fix is to change to use TCP_CLOSE_WAIT as SCTP_SS_CLOSING,
instead of TCP_CLOSING. Some side-effects could be expected,
regardless of not being used before. inet_accept will accept it
now.
I did all the func_tests in lksctp-tools and ran sctp codnomicon
fuzzer tests against this patch, no regression or failure found.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull security subsystem updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- TPM core and driver updates/fixes
- IPv6 security labeling (CALIPSO)
- Lots of Apparmor fixes
- Seccomp: remove 2-phase API, close hole where ptrace can change
syscall #"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (156 commits)
apparmor: fix SECURITY_APPARMOR_HASH_DEFAULT parameter handling
tpm: Add TPM 2.0 support to the Nuvoton i2c driver (NPCT6xx family)
tpm: Factor out common startup code
tpm: use devm_add_action_or_reset
tpm2_i2c_nuvoton: add irq validity check
tpm: read burstcount from TPM_STS in one 32-bit transaction
tpm: fix byte-order for the value read by tpm2_get_tpm_pt
tpm_tis_core: convert max timeouts from msec to jiffies
apparmor: fix arg_size computation for when setprocattr is null terminated
apparmor: fix oops, validate buffer size in apparmor_setprocattr()
apparmor: do not expose kernel stack
apparmor: fix module parameters can be changed after policy is locked
apparmor: fix oops in profile_unpack() when policy_db is not present
apparmor: don't check for vmalloc_addr if kvzalloc() failed
apparmor: add missing id bounds check on dfa verification
apparmor: allow SYS_CAP_RESOURCE to be sufficient to prlimit another task
apparmor: use list_next_entry instead of list_entry_next
apparmor: fix refcount race when finding a child profile
apparmor: fix ref count leak when profile sha1 hash is read
apparmor: check that xindex is in trans_table bounds
...
After the previous patch, struct tc_action should be enough
to represent the generic tc action, tcf_common is not necessary
any more. This patch gets rid of it to make tc action code
more readable.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
